I 


HiHllllHllllililll 


> 


Mtll 


nf 


li  I 


PP     P  P 

lfl>      h  1 1 11 1  Mu 

1        II 


iiiia 


.{t^ 


llLll:aiiiliilJ  iiijiil 


;  H  I    H  ii 


^^^l^^i!™^^^^^ 


PItPllliplilllli 
'iiinillliiWiill; 


wmi 


I 


;1       I 


GIFT  OF 
Professor  F.T.    Biolett:i 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/firstbool<inlatinOOinglrich 


FIRST  BOOK  m  LATIN 


^rt^^^ 


FIRST  BOOK  m  LATIN 


BY 

ALEXANDER   JAMES   INGLIS,  A.B. 

INSTRUCTOR  IN  LATIN,  HORACE  MANN  HIGH  SCHOOL 
TEACHERS   COLLEGE 

AND 

VIRGIL   PRETTYMAN,   A.M.,  Pd.D. 

PRINCIPAL  HORACE  MANN  HIGH  SCHOOL,  TEACHERS  COLLEGE 


THE  MACMILLAN   COMPANY 

LONDON:  MACMILLAN  &  CO.,  Ltd. 
1906 

All  rights  reserved"^ 


Copyright,  1906, 
By  the  MAOMILLAN  COMPANY. 


Set  up  and  electrpftyped.     Published  SJej)tember,  1906. 


Noriaoalj  i^ress 

J,  S.  Cushing  &  Co.  —  Berwick  &  Smith  Co. 

Norwood,  Mass.,  U.S. A, 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PA  OK 

Introductory  Lesson:   Alphabet,   Pronunciation,   Syllables, 

Quantity,  Accent,  Declension,  Conjugation       .        .      13 

LESSON 

I.     First  Declension  :   Nominative  and  Accusative  Cases. 

Number  —  Subject  and  Object 18 

II.     First  Declension:  Genitive  Case.  —  Genitive  of  Posses- 
sion        20 

III.  First  Declension  :  Dative  Case.  —  Indirect  Object        .      22 

IV.  First  Declension:  Ablative  Case. — Ablative  of  Place ; 

A  blative  of  Means  or  Instrument 24 

V.     First  Declension  Complete  :  Declension  of  Nouns  and 

Adjectives 26 

VI.     First  Conjugation  :  Present  Indicative  Active     .        .      29 
VII.     Second   Declension:    Nouns   and   Adjectives   in   -us. 

—  Vocative  Case 32 

VIII.     Second  Declension  :  Nouns  in  -um.  Nouns  in  -ius  and 

-ium,  Adjectives  in  -us,  -a,  -um 35 

IX.  Conjugation  of  sum  :  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future 
Indicative;  Apposition;  Predicate  Nouns  and  Adjec- 
tives       38 

X.    Second  Declension  :  Nouns  in  -er  and  -ir,  Adjectives 

in  -er,  -(e)ra,  -(e)rum 41 

XI.    First  Conjugation  :   Imperfect  and  Future  Indicative 

Active ;  Tense  Distinctions ;  Order  of  Words     .         .       43 
Xn.    Voice  Distinction.  —  First  Conjugation,  Passive: 
Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Indicative.  —  Ablative 

of  Agent 46 

XIII.     Sum,  Indicative  :  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Per- 
fect       50 

^30670 


CONTENTS 


LESSON  PAGB 

XIV.  First  Conjugation,  Active  :  Perfect,  Pluperfect, 
and  Future  Perfect  Indicative;  Tense  Distinc- 
tions ;  Principal  Parts 53 

XV.     First  Conjugation  :  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future 
Perfect  Indicative  Passive;  Review  of  the  First 
Conjugation  Indicative.  —  Ablative  of  Manner        .       57 
XVI.     Third  Declension:  Mute  Stems.  —  Ablative  of  Time      61 
XVII.     Third  Declension  :  Mute  Stems  (continued)  ;  Liq- 
uid Stems.  —  Ablative  and  Genitive  of  Description       64 
XVIII.     Third   Declension  :    Stems  in  -i.     Statement  of 

i-stems 67 

XIX.    Gender  :  Review  of  the  First  Three  Declensions.  — 

Ablative  of  Specif  cation  ......       70 

XX.    Characteristics  of  the  Four  Regular  Conju- 
gations.—  Second  Conjugation:  Present,  Im- 
perfect, and  Future  Indicative  Active  and  Passive      73 
XXI.     Second    Conjugation:    Perfect,    Pluperfect,    and 
Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active  and  Passive. — 

Ablative  of  Cause 76 

XXII.     Third  Declension  —  Adjectives  of  Three  and 

Two  Terminations 79 

XXin.     Third  Declension  —  Adjectives  of  One  Termi- 
nation: Review  of  Adjectives. — Dative  Case  with 

Adjectives 82 

XXIV.     The  Demonstrative  is,  ea,  id:  Ablative  of  Accom- 
paniment   85 

XXV.     The  Interrogative  quis:  Questions      ...      88 
XXVI.     Third  Conjugation:    Present,  Imperfect,  and  Fu- 
ture Perfect  Indicative  Active  and  Passive    .         .       91 
XXVII.    Third  Conjugation  :   Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Fu- 
ture Indicative  Active  and  Passive. — Place  from 

Which  and  to  Which    , 93 

XXVIII.     The  Demonstratives  hie  and  ille  ...      95 

XXIX.     Simple,    Compound,    and    Complex    Sentences  : 

The  Relative  qui 98 

XXX.     Fourth  Declension  :  Dative  with  Intransitive  Verbs     102 
XXXI.     Third     Conjugation:     Verbs    in    -io.  —  Locative 

Case;  Syntax  with  Names  of  Towns  .        .     105 


CONTENTS 


LESSON  PAGE 

XXXII.    Personal  and  Reflexive  Pronouns  :  Possessive 

Adjectives 108 

XXXIII.  Fourth  Conjugation:  Indicative         .        .        .     112 

XXXIV.  Irregular  Adjectives 114 

XXXV.     Cardinal    Numerals:    Accusative   of  Time  and 

Space 116 

XXXVI.     Ordinal  Numerals.  —  Fifth  Declension:   Re- 
view of  Declensions  I-V 118 

XXXVII.     Conjugation  of  possum:    Complementary  and  Sub- 
stantive Infinitives 121 

XXXVIII.     Participles 124 

XXXIX.     Infinitives  :   Simple   Sentences  in  Indirect  Dis- 
course     127 

XL.     Bepose^t  Yerbs  :  Ablative  with  utor,  etc.      .         .     131 
XLI.     Comparison   of    Adjectives:    Ablative  of  Com- 
parison   134 

XLII.     Comparison  of  Adjectives  {continued)  :  A  blative 

of  Degree  of  Difference 137 

XLIII.     Irregular  Comparison  of  Adjectives  :   Parti- 
tive Genitive 140 

XLIV.    Formation  and  Comparison  of  Adverbs:  Re- 
view of  Comparison  of  Adjectives         .         .         .     143 
XLV.     Subjunctive     Mood:      Present    and    Imperfect 

Tenses ;  Purpose  Clauses 146 

XLVL     Subjunctive  of  sum  and  possum :  Indirect  Ques- 
tions ;  Sequence  of  Tenses 149 

XL VII.     Subjunctive  Mood  :  Perfect  and  Pluperfect ;  Re- 
sult Clauses 153 

XLVIII.     Declension  of  ipse,  idem,   and    iste:   Dative  of 

Service .         .         .     156 

XLIX.     Cum-CLAUSES :  Relative  Clauses  of  Purpose    .        .     159 

L.     Participles  (con^mwec?)  :  Ablative  Absolute    .         .     162 

LI.     Indefinite  Pronouns:  Dative  of  the  Possessor      .     166 

LII.     Compounds  of  sum :  Dative  after  Compound  Verbs     169 

LIII.    Substantive  Clauses 172 

LIV.  Subjunctive  after  Verbs  of  Fearing  :  Re- 
view of  the  Uses  of  Subjunctive  in  Subordinate 
Clauses 174 


8  CONTENTS 

LESSON  PAGE 

LV.     Conjugation  of  eo:  Genitive  with  Adjectives ;  Review 

of  Place  Constructions 177 

LVI.     Conjugation  of  volo,  nolo,  and  malo        .        .        .  180 
LVII.     Imperative    Mood  :     Prohibitions ;    Hortatory    Sub- 
junctive         182 

LVIIL     Conjugation  of  fer5  and  fio:   Review  of  Irregular 

Verbs 185 

LIX.     Gerund  and  Gerundive 187 

LX.     Periphrastic  Conjugations 190 

LXI.     The  Supine  :  Various  Ways  of  expressing  Purpose     .  193 

LXII.     Conditional  Sentences:  Real  Conditions          .         .  195 
LXIII.     Conditional    Sentences    (continued)  :    Unreal   and 

Ideal  Conditions;  Summary  of  Conditions      .         .  198 

LXIV.     Wishes  :  Review  of  the  Subjunctive  Mood  .         .         .  201 

LXV.     Complex  Sentences  in  Indirect  Discourse  .        .  204 


Appendix  I.    Summary  of  Declensions,  Conjugations,  etc.  207 

Appendix  II.     Rules 243 

Latin-English  Vocabulary 249 

English-Latin  Vocabulary      ....        .        .        .  271 

Index 293 


PREFACE 

In  preparing  this  book  it  has  been  the  aim  of  the 
authors  to  provide  for  the  first  year  Latin  student  a  series 
of  lessons  which  will  afford  an  adequate  preparation  for 
the  reading  of  Caesar.  The  book  comprises  sixty-five 
lessons  and  should  be  mastered  in  twenty  weeks.  The 
last  four  lessons  are  so  arranged  that  any  or  all  may  be 
omitted  at  the  discretion  of  the  teacher. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  following  features  which  the 
authors  believe  will  prove  of  value  :  — 

1.  The  gradual  development  of  the  principles  of  in- 
flection and  syntax  without  assuming  much  knowledge  of 
English  grammar  on  the  part  of  the  student.  The  gen- 
eral principles  of  inflection  and  syntax  are  treated  in 
connection  with  the  subjects  to  which  they  best  apply, 
and  are  not  relegated  to  the  general  introduction,  e.g. 
122,  226. 

2.  The  introduction  of  connected  reading.  This  con- 
nected reading,  beginning  with  Lesson  XI,  consists  of  a 
simplified  form  of  the  Belgian  War  (Caesar  II,  1-15) 
and  of  the  Helvetian  War  (Caesar  I,  1-29).  A  portion 
of  this,  usually  about  five  lines,  is  included  as  an  inte- 
gral part  of  each  Latin-English  exercise  beginning  with 
Lesson  XL      It  is  hoped  that  this  will  prove  of  value  in 


10  PREFACE 

several  ways :  first,  by  affording  practice  in  reading  con- 
nected Latin;  second,  by  relieving  in  some  degree  the 
monotony  of  purely  formal  and  mechanical  work ;  third, 
by  arousing  the  interest  of  the  students;  fourth,  by 
affording  a  preparation  for  reading  Caesar ;  fifth,  by  pro- 
viding review  work  in  constructions,  thus  making  it  pos- 
sible to  devote  the  detached  Latin  sentences  exclusively 
to  the  special  topic  of  the  particular  lesson. 

3.  Conversational  exercises  based  on  the  connected 
Latin.  Although  these  are  not  necessary  parts  of  the 
lessons,  it  is  the  belief  of  the  authors  that  they  will 
prove  valuable  in  adding  interest  to  the  work  of  the 
classroom  and  in  accustoming  the  ear  as  well  as  the  eye 
to  the  new  language. 

4.  The  introduction  of  so  large  an  amount  of  connected 
Latin  in  the  regular  lessons  renders  unnecessary  the 
selections  for  reading  usually  found  at  the  end  of  a 
beginners'  Latin  book,  and  should  prepare  the  student 
for  immediate  work  in  Caesar  or  any  similar  writer.  A 
further  advantage  will  be  found  in  the  fact  that  this 
connected  Latin  is  thus  placed  where  it  belongs  by  reason 
of  its  vocabulary  and  the  peculiar  constructions  involved. 

5.  The  Vocabulary.  The  word-list  which  forms  the 
basis  of  the  lessons  and  exercises  comprises  about  six 
hundred  and  fifty  words  and  is  based  on  the  latest  and 
most  systematic  analysis  of  the  vocabulary  of  Caesar. 
Few  words  have  been  admitted  which  do  not  occur  at 
least  five  times  in  Caesar. 


PREFACE  11 

6.  Supplementary  Matter,  Appendices,  etc.  Numerous 
reviews  and  review  questions  have  been  inserted  through- 
out the  lessons.  The  paradigms  presenting  the  inflections 
of  the  various  parts  of  speech  are  found  in  orderly  form 
for  reference  in  Appendix  I.  A  summary  of  rules  is 
given  in  Appendix  II.  The  general  vocabularies,  Latin- 
English  and  English-Latin,  have  been  made  as  accurate 
as  possible.  Special  attention  has  been  given  to  the 
index,  which  will  be  found  unusually  full  and  helpful. 

Acknowledgments  are  due  to  many  teachers  of  Latin 

who,  by  their  suggestions  and  criticism,  have  been  of  great 

assistance  to  the  authors. 

ALEXANDER  J.  INGLIS. 

VIRGIL  PRETTYMAN. 
New  York, 
September  1,  1906. 


FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN 


INTRODUCTORY   LESSON 

'  Note.  —  It  is  recommended  that  at  least  one  recitation  be  spent 
on  this  introductory  lesson,  with  particular  attention  to  sections  1-4, 
6,  10,  11,  18.  After  that,  careful  pronunciation  on  the  part  of  the 
teacher,  together  with  reference  to  the  following  sections  as  occasion 
requires,  should  be  sufficient. 

PRONUNCIATION 

1.  The  English  and  Latin  alphabets  are  the  same,  ex- 
cept that  in  Latin  J  and  W  do  not  appear  and  I  is 
sometimes  used  as  a  consonant. 

2.  The  vowels  are,  as  in  English,  a^  g,  ^,  o,  u.  Vowels 
are  either  long  or  short  and  are  pronounced  as  follows  :  — 

Short  Vowels  Long  Vowels 

5  as  in  above  a  as  in  far 

6  as  in  men  e  as  in  obey 

i  as  in  it  i  as  in  routine 

8  as  in  for  6  as  in  vote 

u  as  in  pull  u  as  in  rule 

3.  All  other  letters  are  consonants.  They  are  pro- 
nounced as  in  English  except  as  follows  :  — 

c  is  always  like  the  English  k  bs  and  bt  like  ps  and  pt 

g  is  always  hard,  as  in  gate  ph  like  /in  English 

i-consonant  like  i  in  union  oh  as  in  chord 

s  as  in  sir^  never  as  in  please  qu  as  in  quieli 

Y  always  like  the  English  w 
13 


14  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

4.  Diphthongs  (=two  vowels  pronounced  in  one  syl- 
lable) are  pronounced  as  follows  :  — 

ae  like  i  in  mine  au  like  ou  in  round 

oe  like  oi  in  oil  ui  like  we 

eu  about  like  eau  in  beautiful 

5.  Pronounce  the  following  words  :  — 


ta 

laudes 

poenae 

pulchgr 

di 

neuter 

urbs 

cui 

Ttai 

porta 

servias 

civis 

^k 

iam2 

quS,m 

g6ro 

SYLLABLES 

6.  A  syli.abl«  is  a  vowel  or  diphthong  with  or  with- 
out one  Oi-jniOra  consonants,  and  in  Latin  a  word  has  as 
many  syllables  *  as  it  contains  separate  vowels  or  diph- 
thongs.   a-gri'-c6-lae,  of  the  farmer. 

7.  A  single  consonant  between  two  vowels  goes  with 
the  vowel  following,     le-ga^-tus,  lieutenant. 

8.  Any  combination  of  consonants  that  can  be  pro- 
nounced together  is  taken  with  the  following  vowel. 
con-scri'-bo,  /  enroll. 

9.  Compound  words  are  divided  according  to  their 
composition,     in'-it,  he  goes  in  (in,  in  +  it,  he  goes). 

10.   The  following  terms  are  applied  to  the  last  three 
syllables  of  a  word :  — 

Ultima  =  the  last  syllable. 
Penult  =  next  to  the  last  syllable. 
Antepenult  =  third  syllable  from  the  end. 

1  Two-syllable  words  are  accented  on  the  first  syllable. 

2  At  the  beginning  of  a  word  before  a  vowel  i  is  a  consonant. 


INTRODUCTORY  LESSON  15 

QUANTITY 

11.  According  to  their  pronunciation  vowels  are  either 
long  (~)  or  short  (^).  Though  the  Romans  themselves 
never  used  these  marks,  long  vowels  in  this  book  are 
marked  to  aid  in  pronunciation.  Short  vowels  are  not 
marked  except  to  indicate  some  peculiarity. 

12.  A  vowel  is  short  before  another  vowel,  a  diphthong, 
or  A.  Thus:  pe-cu'-ni-a,  mone?/;  pe-cu'-ni-ae,  of  money ; 
nr-hil,  nothing. 

13.  A  vowel  is  short  before  nd  or  nt.  Thus:  con- 
ten '-do,  /  strive. 

14.  A  vowel  is  long  before  nf,  ns,  or  gn.  Thus  :  in'- 
fans,  infant ;  ma'-gnus,  large. 

15.  Diphthongs,  vowels  representing  diphthongs,  and 
vowels  which  result  from  contraction  are  long.  Thus: 
cau'-sa,  cause;  in-ci'-do  (in -f  cae'do),  I  cut  into;  c6'-g6 
(c6  -f  ago),  /  collect.  Diphthongs  are  not  marked  in  this 
book. 

16.  a.  A  syllable  containing  along  vowel  or  a  diphthong 
is  long.     Thus:     du' -co,  Head  ;  -pge'-nsie,  punishments. 

h.    A  syllable  is  long  when  its  vowel  (long  or  short) 
is   followed   by   two  or  more  consonants  or  by  x  or  z. 
But  a  short  vowel  is  still  pronounced  short.     Thus:  pu- 
eV -la.,  girl ;  dux,  leader. 

17.  Separate  into  syllables  and  mark  the  quantity  of 
each  vowel  and  syllable  :  — 

dignae  audiens  quaerunt 

trahant  infensae  intendent 

praesens  igneae  monstrant 


16  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

ACCENT 

18.  A  Latin  word  is  accented  as  follows  :  — 

a.    In  words  of  two  syllables  the  first  is  accented. 

h.  In  words  of  more  than  two  syllables  the  accent 
falls  on  the  next  to  the  last  (penult)  if  that  syllable  con- 
tains, a  long  vowel,  a  diphthong,  or  a  vowel  followed 
by  two  consonants  (cf.  16).  Otherwise  the  accent  falls 
on  the  third  syllable  from  the  end  {the  antepenult). 
Thus:  prae-di'-co,  I  foretell ;  pu-Bl'-la,  girl;  a-gri' -co-la, 
farmer. 

19.  Some  words,  called  "  enclitics,"  such  as  -que,  and^ 
and  -ne,  the  sign  of  a  question,  are  added  to  other  words 
and  these  words  then  change  the  accent  to  the  syllable 
preceding  the  enclitic.  Thus  :  re-ges'-que,  and  the  kings  ; 
lau-dat'-ne,  ^s  he  praising  f 

20.  Separate  the  words  in  the  following  exercise  into 
syllables,  accent  each  word,  and  pronounce. 

Gallia  est  omnis  divisa  in  partes  tres  ;  quarum  unam 
incolunt  Belgae,  aliam  Aquitani,  tertiam  qui  ipsorum  lin- 
gua Celtae,  nostra  Galli  appellantur.  Hi  omnes  lingua, 
institutis,  legibus  inter  se  differunt.  Gallos  ab  Aquitanis 
Garumna  flumen,  a  Belgis  Matrona  et  Sequana  dividit. 

DECLENSION 

21.  The  declension  of  a  noun,  pronoun,  or  adjective  is 
a  summary  of  the  different  forms  which  the  noun,  pro- 
noun, or  adjective  may  assume  to  indicate  changes  in 
meaning  or  use.  The  different  forms  are  called  cases, 
and  when  the  different  cases  are  given,  the  noun,  pronoun, 
or  adjective  is  said  to  be  declined. 


INTRODUCTORY  LESSON  17 

Thus  the  pronoun  he  has  three  cases  as  follows  :  — 
Case  Singular  Plural 

Subjective  (Nominative)  he  they 

Possessive  (Genitive)  his  their 

Objective  (Accusative)  him  them 

In  Latin  each  noun,  pronoun,  and  adjective  has  five 
separate  cases  :  Nominative^  Genitive^  Dative^  Accusative^ 
and  Ablative.  Some  have  also  a  Vocative  case  or  a  Locative 
case.     All  these  cases  will  be  explained  later. 

There  are  five  different  declensions  of  nouns  in  Latin  : 
Firsts  Second^  Thirds  Fourth^  and  Fifth. 

CONJUGATION 
22.  The  conjugation  of  a  verb  is  a  summary  of  the  dif- 
ferent forms  it  may  assume  to  indicate  changes  in  person, 
number,  voice,  tense,  mood,  etc.  Thus  the  conjugation  of 
the  verb  see  would  comprise  all  forms  in  which  see^  sees, 
saw,  seeing,  and  seen  occur. 

Active  Passive 

I  see,  you  see,  he  sees,  etc.  lam  seen,  etc. 

I  saw,  you  saw,  he  saw,  etc.  I  was  seen,  etc. 

and  so  through  all  the  forms  of  the  verb  see. 

a.  Person,  number,  and  voice  are  terms  used  in  Latin 
in  the  same  way  as  in  English. 

h.  The  various  tenses,  moods,  etc.,  will  be  explained 
later. 

c.  There  are  four  regular  conjugations  in  Latin  :  First, 
Second,  Third,  and  Fourth. 


18 


FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 


FIRST   DECLENSION 


LESSON  I 

-NOMINATIVE   AND  ACCUSATIVE 
CASES 


NUMBER.     SUBJECT  AND   OBJECT 

23.  In  English  when  we  speak  of  more  than  one  per- 
son or  thing,  that  is,  when  we  use  the  plural  number, 
we  make  a  change  in  the  word,  usually  by  adding  -s  or 
-es  to  the  singular.  In  Latin  number  is  shown  by  the 
ending  added  to  the  base  of  the  word,  the  base  being 
that  part  of  the  word  which  does  not  change.  Thus : 
puella,  girl ;  base,  puell-. 


Endings 

Singular 

puella,  girl 

regina,  queen 

-a 

Plural 

puellae,  girls 

reginae,  queens 

-ae 

24.  The  ending  in  Latin  also  indicates  whether  the 
noun  is  the  subject  or  the  object  of  the  verb.  The 
forms  obtained  by  adding  the  different  endings  are  called 
cases.  The  subject  is  in  the  nominative  case  ;  the  object, 
in  the  accusative  case. 


Case                         Singular                      Plural 

Endings 

Nominative  (Subject)        puella,  girl               puellae,  girls 
Accusative  (Object)           puellam,  girl            puellas,  girls 

-a    -ae 
-am   -as 

Subject        Verb            Object                Subject        Object 

Verb 

The  girl       praises        the  queen.               Puella        reginam 
The  girls     praise          the  queens.             Puellae      reginas 

laudat. 
laudant. 

a.  In  Latin  there  are  no  words  for  a,  an.,  or  the  ;  thus, 
puella  may  mean  girl^  a  girl.,  or  the  girl.,  and  puellae,  girl%^ 
or  the  girU.,  according  to  the  rest  of  the  sentence. 


FIRST   DECLENSION— NOMINATIVE   AND  ACCUSATIVE      19 

h.    Form  the  nominative  and  accusative,  singular  and 
plural,  of  the  nouns  in  the  vocabulary  below. 
c.    In  a  Latin  sentence  the  verb  comes  last. 

25.  Rule.     The  subject  of  a  verb  is  in  the  nominative  case. 

26.  Rule.  .  The  direct  object  of  a  verb  is  in  the  accu- 
sative case. 

27.  VOCABULARY 

Nouns  Verbs 

dea,  goddess  laudat,  praises        laudant,  praise 

femina,  woman  vocat,  calls  vocant,  call 

filia,  daughter  Conjunction  Interrogative  Pronoun 

puella,  girl  et,  and  quis,  who?    (Nominative  case.) 

EXERCISES 

28.  1.  Dea  vocat.  2.  Deae  vocant.  3.  Regina  puel- 
1am  laudat.  4.  Reginae  puellas  laudant.  5.  Femina 
filiam  ^  vocat.  6.  Femina  filias  ^  vocat.  7.  Quis 
reginam  vocat  ?  8.  Filia  reglnam  vocat.  9.  Quis 
deas  laudat?  10.  Femina  deas  laudat.  11.  Regina 
feminas  vocat.        12.    Puellae  et  feminae  deam  laudant. 

29.  1.  The  girl  calls.  2.  The  girls  call.  3.  The 
girls  call  the  woman.  4.  A  girl  calls  the  woman. 
5.  Women  praise  the  goddess.  6.  The  women  and 
girls  praise  the  queen.  7.  Who  calls  the  queen? 
8.  The  goddess  calls  the  queen.  9.  Who  praises  the 
girls  ?        10.    The  queen  praises  the  girls  and  women. 

30.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  vocat  ?  Puella  vocat. 

Quis  feminam  vocat  ?  Filia  feminam  vocat. 

Quis  deas  laudat  ?  Regina  deas  laudat. 

1  Supply  "her"  in  the  English  translation. 


20  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON   II 

FIRST   DECLENSION  —  GENITIVE   CASE 

GENITIVE   OF  POSSESSION 

31.  The  genitive  case  expresses  the  relation  which,  in 
English,  is  shown  by  the  preposition  of^  or  by  the  posses- 
sive case  in  -»s,  or  -s*. 

In  Latin  this  relation  is  shown  by  the  ending  of  the 
genitive  case. 

Genitive  Endings 
Singular        puellae,  girVs^  of  the  girl,  of  a  girl  -ae 

Plural  ^uellanum,  gii'ls',  of  the  girls,  of  girls     -arum 

a.  Similarly  form  the  genitive  case  of  each  noun  in  27 
and  34. 

32.  The  genitive  case  is  commonly  used  to  express 
possession  in  Latin. 

Dea  filias  reginae  vocat,  the  goddess  calls  the  daughters  of  the  queen 
(the  queen'' s  daughters). 

Dea  filias  reginarum  vocat,  the  goddess  calls  the  daughters  of  the 
queens  {the  queens^  daughters). 

33.  Rule.    Possession  is  expressed  hy  the  genitive  case. 


34.  VOCABULARY 

Nouns  Verbs 

copia,     supply,     plenty  liberal,  frees,  is-freeing 

cdpiae,  plur.,  troops,  forces  liberant,  free,  are-freeing 

peciinia,  money  pugnat,  fights,  is-fighting 

terra,  land,  country  piignant,  fight,  are-fighting 

vita,  life  servat,  saves,  is-saving 

Interrogative  Pronoun  servant,  save,  are-saving 

Cliius,  ichose  ?  (Genitive  case.)  superat,  conquers,  is-conquering 

Adverb  superant,  conquer^  are  conquering 
non,  not 


FIRST  DECLENSION  — GENITIVE   CASE  21 

EXERCISES 

35.  1.  Vita  feminae  ;  vitae  feminarum.  2.  Copia 
pecuniae  ;  deae  f ilia.  3.  Regina  f iliam  feminae  liberat. 
4.  Copiae  reginae  ^  piignant.  5.  Copiae  vitam  puellae 
servant.  6.  Ciiius  terrain  regina  superat  ?  7.  Quis 
filias  feminarum  laudat?  8.  Copiae  terram  reginae 
liberant.  9.  Regina  copiam  peciiniae  servat. 
10.  Regina  filiam  deae  non  laudat.  11.  Femina 
filiam  reginae  vocat. 

36.  1.  The  girl's  life;  the  girls'  lives.  2.  The 
queen's  troops  are-fighting.  3.  The  woman  is  not 
praising  the  daughter  of  the  goddess.  4.  Whose  life 
is  the  goddess  saving  ?  5.  The  queen  saves  the  life 
of  the  woman.  6.  The  goddess  is-freeing  the  girl. 
7.  The  queen's  troops  are-conquering  the  land.  8.  The 
troops  are  not  freeing  the  women  of  the  land.  9.  The 
girl  is-saving  a  supply  of  money.  10.  The  women 
praise  the  lands  of  the  queens.  11.  The  queen  is  call- 
ing the  daughter  of  the  goddess. 

37.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  puellam  laudat  ?  Dea  puellam  laudat. 

Cuius  terram  copiae  supe-  C5piae  terram  reginae  supe- 

rant  ?  rant. 

Quis  peciiniam  servat  ?  Puella  peciiniam  servat. 

Quis  terram  liberat  ?  Regina  terram  liberat. 

Ciiius  copiae  piignant  ?  Reginae  copiae  piignant. 

Quis  copias  reginae  superat?  Dea  copias  reginae  superat. 

Cuius  filiam  regina  vocat  ?  Regina  filiam  deae  vocat. 

1  Genitive  case. 


22  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON   III 

FIRST   DECLENSION— DATIVE   CASE 

INDIRECT  OBJECT 

38.  The  dative  case  expresses  the  relation  which,  in 
English,  is  shown  by  the  prepositions  to  ov  for. 

Dative  Endings 
Singular    puellae,  to  ov  for  the  girl  -ae 

Plural        puellis,  to  or  for  the  girls  -is 

a.    Form  the  dative  case  of  each  noun  in  27,  34,  and  41. 

39.  -According  to  rule  given  in  26  the  direct  object  of  a 
verb,  that  is,  the  object  directly  affected  by  the  action  of 
the  verb,  is  put  in' the  accusative  case.  The  person  or 
thing  indirectly  affected  by  the  action  of  the  verb  is  called 
the  "  indirect  object,"  and  in  Latin  is  put  in  the  dative  case. 

Femina  puellis  pecuniam  dat,  Tlie  woman  gives  money  to  the  girls. 

a.  Note  the  difference  between  the  direct  object, 
pecuniam,  money.,  and  the  indirect  object,  puellis,  girls. 

h.  The  preposition  to  is  not  always  expressed  in  Eng- 
lish.    Thus  :   "  The  woman  gives  the  girls  money. ^"^ 

40.  Rule.  The  indirect  object  of  a  verb  is  put  in  the 
dative  case. 

41.  VOCABULARY 

Nouns  Verbs 

causa,  cause.,  reason  dat,  gives,  is-giving 

fabula,  story  dant,  give,  are-giving 

fortuna, /oriM/ie,  good  fortune  narrat,  tells,  is-telling 

victoria,  victory  narrant,  tell,  are-telling 

Interrogative  Pronoun  est,  is^ 

cui,  to  or  for  whom  ?  (Dative  case.)  sunt,  are^ 

1  Distinguish  carefully  between  is  and  are  as  complete  verbs,  and  is 
and  are  as  parts  of  some  other  verb,  as  is-giving  and  are-giving. 


FIRST   DECLENSION  — DATIVE   CASE  23 

EXERCISES 

42.  1.  Feminae  ;  feminis ;  copils.  2.  Femina 
puellis  causam  victoriae  narrat.  3.  Dea  reginae 
vict5riam  dat.  4.  Copiae  reginae  ^  pugnant. 
5.  Regina  c5piis  pecuiiiam  dat.  6.  Copiae  superant 
et  vitas  feminarum  servant.  7.  Cui  copiae  fabulam 
narrant?  8.  Copiae  reginae  ^  fabulam  narrant. 
9.  Feminae  fortunam  reginae  laudaut.  10.  Puellae 
sunt  filiae  reginae. 

43.  1.  To  the  goddess ;  to  the  troops.  2.  Of  the 
queen ;  to  the  queen  ;  of  the  queens  ;  to  the  queens. 
3.  The  women  give  money  to  the  troops.  4.  The 
girl  tells  the  cause  of  the  victory  to  the  queen. 
5.  The  troops  tell  the  story  to  the  woman.  6.  The 
women  tell  the  reason  to  the  goddess.  T.  To 
whom  is  ^  the  girl  giving  mone}^  ?  8.  The  girl  is- 
giving  3  money  to  the  queen  of  the  country.  9.  The 
girls  are  ^  daughters  of  the  queen.  10.  The  girls  tell 
the  story  of  the  victory  to  the  women. 

44.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  puellae  peciiniam  Femina  puellae  peciiniam 
dat?  dat. 

Cuius  copiae  piignant?  Copiae  reginae ^  pugnant. 

Cui  regina  fabulam  narrat  ?  Regina  filiae  fabulam  narrat. 

Cui  dea  victoriam  dat  ?  Dea  reginae  victoriam  dat. 

Ciiius  terram  copiae  su-  Copiae  terram  reginae  su- 
perant ?  perant. 

1  Genitive  case.  ^  Dative  case.  ^  See  foot-note,  p.  22. 


24  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON  IV 

FIRST  DECLENSION  — ABLATIVE  CASE 

ABLATIVE  OF  PLACE.     ABLATIVE  OF  MEANS   OR 
INSTRUMENT 

45.  The  ablative  case  expresses  the  relation  which,  in 
English,   is    shown    by    such    prepositions    as    %,    with^ 

from^   etc. 

There  are  various  uses  of  the  ablative  case,  some 
requiring  a  preposition  and  some  being  used  without  a 
preposition. 

Ablative  Endings 
Singular    a  puella,  from  the  girl      sagitta,  with  an  arrow  -a 

Plural        a  puellis,  from  the  girls    sagittis,  with  arrows  -is 

a.  The  first  example,  a  puella,  from  the  girl^  illustrates 
the  use  of  the  ablative  case  with  a  preposition.  The 
second  example,  sagitta,  with  an  arrow^  illustrates  the  use 
of  the  ablative  without  a  preposition.  The  different  uses 
of  the  ablative  case  must  be  carefully  noted  as  they  are 
given  in  the  rules. 

46.  Rule.  The  ablative  of  means  or  instrument  is  used 
without  a  preposition  to  denote  the  thing  with  which  or  by 
which  anything  is  done. 

Sagittis  pGgnant,  they  fight  with  arrows. 

Opera  reginae  terram  liberant,  by  the  aid  of  the  queen  they  free  the  land. 

Pecunia  feminam  servant,  with  money  they  save  the  woman. 

47.  Rule.  Place  where  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  case 
with  the  preposition  in. 

In  terra  reginae,  in  the  land  of  the  queen. 
In  insula,  on  the  island. 
'     In  America,  in  America. 


FIRST  DECLENSION  — ABLATIVE   CASE  25 

48.  VOCABULARY 

Nouns  Verbs 

insula,  island  armat,  arms,  is-arming  ;  armant,  arm,  are-arming 

opera,  aid,  help  habitat,  lives,  is-living  ;  habitant,  live,  are-living 

pugna,  flght,  battle  postulat,  asks-for,  is-asking-for 

sagitta,  arrow  postulant,  ask-for,  are-asking-for 

Adverbs  Prepositions 

ubi,  where  in,  in,  on  (with  ablative  case) 

itaque,  therefore  ~    a  or  ab  i,  from  (with  ablative  case) 

EXERCISES 

49.  1.  In  insulTs;  in  pugna.  2.  A  femina ;  ab 
insulis.  3.  Ubi  feminae  habitant  ?  4.  Feminae  in 
terra  reginae  habitant.  5.  Deae  copias  sagittis  armant. 
6.  Regina  sagittis  copias  armat.  7.  Copiae  a  regina 
pecuniam  postulant.  8.  Regina  copiis  peciiniam  non  dat. 
9.  Itaque  regina  a  dea  operam  postulat.  10.  Regina 
opera   deae  copias  superat. 

50.  1.  The  women  live  in  the  land  of  the  queen. 
2.  The  queen  lives  on  an  island.  3.  The  girls 
ask-for  aid  from  the  queen.  4.  The  queen  arms  the 
troops  with  arrows.  5.  The  queen  praises  the  troops 
in  battle,  6.  The  troops  ask-for  money  from  the 
queen.         7.     With   arrows   the   troops  free  the  island. 

51.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  in  insula  habitat  ?  Puella  in  insula  habitat. 

Ciiius  vitam  dea  servat?  Dea  vitam  feminae  servat. 

Cui  regina  peciiniam  dat  ?  Regina  puellae  peciiniam  dat. 

Ubi  feminae  sunt  ?  Feminae  sunt  in  terra  reginae. 

1  Ab  mu«t  be  used  before  vowels  or  h. 


26  FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 

LESSON  V 

FIRST   DECLENSION    COMPLETE 

DECLENSION  OF  NOUNS  AND  ADJECTIVES 

52,  The  change  in  form  which  a  noun  undergoes  to 
indicate  number  and  case  is  called  the  declension  of  that 
noun.  The  complete  declension  of  puella,  girl^  with  the 
endings  of  the  First  or  A  Declension  is  as  follows  :  — 


Singular 

Endings 

NOM. 

puella,  girl     (Subject) 

-a 

Gen. 

puellae,  of  the  girl,  girVs 

-ae 

Dat. 

puellae,  to  or  for  the  girl 

-ae 

Ace. 

puellam,  girl     (Object) 

-am 

Abl. 

puella,  (from)  the  girl 

Plural 

-a 

NoM. 

puellae,  girls    (Subject) 

-ae 

Gen. 

puellarum,  of  the  girls,  girls'^ 

-arum 

DAT. 

puellis,  to  or  for  the  girls 

-is 

Ace. 

puellas,  gi7'ls    (Object) 

-as 

Abl. 

puellis,  (from)  the  girls 

-is 

a.  Note  the  difference  in  ending  between  the  nomina- 
tive and  the  ablative  singular. 

b.  Note  that  the  dative  and  the  ablative  plural  are  alike 
in  form.  This  is  true  in  all  declensions.  The  dative  and 
the  ablative  plural  of  dea  is  deabus,  and  of  filia  is  filiabus. 

e.  Write  out  the  declension  of  femina,  woman;  terra, 
land, 

53.  Gender.  The  gender  of  nouns  in  Latin  is  not  de- 
termined entirely  by  meaning,  as  in  English,  and  many 
nouns  which  in  English  are  neuter,  are  masculine  or  femi- 
nine in  Latin.  The  gender  of  most  nouns  in  Latin  is 
determined  by  the  endings. 


FIRST   DECLENSION   COMPLETE  27 

54.  Rule.  All  nouns  of  the  first  declension  are  femi- 
nine except  those  denoting  males. 

DECLENSION  OF  ADJECTIVES 

55.  Adjectives  as  well  as  nouns  are  declined  in  Latin. 
In  the  first  declension  they  are  declined  just  as  the  nouns. 

Puella  bona,  good  girl ;  base,  puell-  bon-. 

Singular 

NoM.  puella  bona,  the  good  girl 

Gen.  puellae  bonae,  of  the  good  girl,  the  good  girVs 

Dat.  puellae  bonae,  to  ot  for  the  good  girl 

Ace.  puellam  bonam,  the  good  girl 

Abl.  puella  bona,  (from)  the  good  girl 

a.    Write  out  the  plural  of  puella  bona  with  meanings. 

h.  It  happens  here  that  the  adjective  has  the  same  end- 
ing as  the  noun  which  it  modifies ;  but  this  is  not  always 
the  case,  as  will  be  seen  later. 

c.  The  adjective  must  agree  in  gender,  number,  and 
case  with  the  noun  it  modifies. 

d.  Decline  together :  insula  magna,  the  large  island ; 
terra  lata,  a  broad  country, 

56.  VOCABULARY 

Nouns  Adjectives 

bona,  good 
porta,  gate,  door  lata,  hroad,  wide 

silva,  forest,  wood  longa,  long 

via,  way,  road,  street  magna,  great,  large 

mala,  had,  evil 
Verbs  parva,  small,  little 

occupat,  seizes,  is-seizing  Interrogative  Pronoun 

occupant,  seize,  are-seizing        quern,  whom  ?     (Accusative  case.) 


28  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

EXERCISES 

57.  1.     In  magna   insula ;    a  parva  porta  ;  a  filiabus. 

2.  Viae  sunt  longae  ^  et  latae.  3.  Dea  bona  puellas 
malas  non  laudat.  4.  In  magna  silva  sunt  c5piae. 
5.  Cuius  copiae  sunt  in  silva  ?  6.  Copiae  reginae 
sunt  in  silva.  7.  Feminae  a  regina  operam  postulant. 
8.  Regina  copias  longis  sagittis  armat.  9.  Copiae 
parvam  insulam  superant  et  bonas  feminas  servant. 
10.  Feminae  victoriam  reginae  laudant. 

58.  1.  Of  fortune  ;  from  the  goddess.  2.  To  the 
daughters  of  the  queen  ;  with   the  aid  of   the  goddess. 

3.  In  the  land  ;  the  large  gate.  4.  The  roads  are 
longhand  bad.  5.  The  island  is  not  large.  ^  6.  The 
troops  seize  the  land  of  the  queen.  7.  The  woman 
gives  money  to  the  girls.  8.  The  goddess  tells  the 
story  to  (her)  ^  daughters.  9.  The  queen  seizes  the 
small  island.         10.     Therefore  the  evil  troops  fight. 

59.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  bonas  puellas  vocat  ?        Dea  bonas  puellas  vocat. 

Ciiius  filia  est  mala  ?  Filia  reginae  est  mala. 

Cui  bona  femina  peciiniam  Parvae  puellae  bona  femina 
dat  ?  peciiniam  dat. 

Quem  bonae  copiae  servant  ?  Bonae  copiae  feminam  ser- 
vant. 

Ubi  sunt  viae  longae  et  latae  ?  In  insula  sunt  viae  longae 

et  latae. 

1  Since  is  (est)  and  are  (sunt)  are  not  transitive  verbs,  that  is,  cannot 
take  an  object,  a  noun  or  adjective  following  either  form  and  referring  to 
the  subject  will  be  in  the  nominative  case. 

2  Omit. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION  29 

LESSON   VI 

FIRST   CONJUGATION 
PRESENT   INDICATIVE   ACTIVE 

60.  In  Lessons  I-V,  when  the  subject  was  singular,  the 
verb  ended  in  -t ;  puella  laudat,  the  girl  praises.  When 
the  subject  was  plural,  the  verb  ended  in  -nt ;  puellae  lau- 
dant,  the  girls  praise.  Thus  a  change  in  number  was 
indicated  by  the  ending.  Person  also  is  indicated  by  the 
ending  of  the  verb  in  Latin » 

61.  Laudo,  praise    PRESENT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE 

Singular  Personal  Endings 

1st  person         laudo,  I  praise^  am  praising^  do  praise  -6  (or  -m) ,  1 

2d  person         laudas,  you  praise^  are  praising^  do  praise       -s,  you 

3d  person         laudat,  he  praises,  is  praising^  does  praise       -t,  he,  she,  it 

PLURAIi 

1st  person        laudamus,  we  praise,  are  praising,  do  praise  -mus,  we 

2d  person         laudatis,  you  praise,  are  praising,  do  praise  -tis,  you 

3d  person         laudant,  they  praise,  are  praising,  do  praise  -nt,  they 

a.  The  stem,  that  is,  the  main  part  of  the  verb,  is  lauda- 
and  the  -a-  of  the  stem  is  the  distinguishing  mark  of  verbs 
of  the  first  conjugation.  This  -a-  unites  with  the  -6  of 
the  personal  ending  in  the  first  person  singular.  Any 
vowel  is  short  before  -t  at  the  end  of  a  word  or  before  -nt. 
Hence,  laudat  and  laudant. 

h.  Since  the  person  is  shown  by  the  ending,  the  per- 
sonal pronouns,  Z,  you^  he^  etc.,  are  not  expressed  in  Latin 
unless  emphatic. 

c.  Only  the  third  person  can  take  a  noun  as  the  subject, 
and  when  a  noun  subject  is  expressed,  he^  she^  it,  or  they 


30  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

is  not  to  be  translated.      Thus :   puella  laudat,   the  girl 
praises^  not,  the  girl  she  praises. 

d.  The  regular  position  of  the  verb  is  at  the  end  of  the 
sentence. 

e.  Conjugate  the  verbs  in  the  vocabulary  as  laudo  is 
conjugated  above. 

62.  Rule.  The  verb  agrees  with  its  subject  in  person  and 
number  (cf.  60). 

63.  When  asking  a  question,  unless  quis  or  some  other 
interrogative  word  is  used,  add  -ne  to  the  end  of  the  first 
word.  Commonly  -ne  is  added  to  the  end  of  the  verb, 
which  is  then  placed  first.  The  accent  of  the  word  to 
which  -ne  is  added  is  changed  to  the  syllable  before  -ne 
(cf.  19). 

laudone,  am  I  praising,  do  I  praise  9  laudamusne,  are  we  praising^  etc.  ? 

laudasne,  are  you  praising,  do  you  laudatisne,  are  youpraisii^g^  etc.  ? 

praise  ? 

laudatne,  is   he   praising^   does  he  laudantne,  are  they  praising,  etc.  ? 

praise  f 

64.  VOCABULARY 

arm5,  arm  pugno,  fight 

habit5,  live,  dwell  postulo,  ask-for,  ask,  demand 

laudo,  praise  servo,  save,  keep,  preserve 

libero,  free  super5,  overcome,  conquer,  surpass 

narro,  tell,  relate  voco,  call 

occupo,  seize  -ne,  sign  of  a  question  (cf .  63) 

EXERCISES 

65.  1.  Habito;  habitamus;  vocas;  vocatis.  2.  Pug- 
namus;  superatis;  occupas.  3.  Servasne?  liberatisne? 
habitantne?        4.     In  magna  insula  habito.     Ubi  habitas? 


FIRST  CONJUGATION 


81 


5.  Suntne  copiae  in  terra  reginae?  6.  Copias  longis 
sagittis  armamus.  7.  Pecuniam  a  regliia  postulas. 
8.  Vitam  bonae  feminae  servo.  9.  Filiabus  deae 
fabulara  narras.  10.  Copias  in  silva  superas  et 
terrain  liberas.  11.  Copias  reginae  in  magna  Insula 
superamus.  12.  Copiae  magnam  insulam  reginae 
occupant.         13.     Filiam  bonam  feminae  vocamus. 

66.  1.  I  am  fighting ;  you  (singular)  are  calling. 
2.  We  are  arming  the  troops.  3.  You  (plural)  live  on 
a   broad    street.  4.     Are  you  (plural)  conquering  the 

queen?  5.     We    are    conquering  the  queen's  troops. 

6.  Are  they  seizing  the  island?  7.  They  are  seizing 
the  forest  on  the  island.  8.  You  (singular)  are  freeing 
the  good  girl.  9.  I  am  asking-for  money  ^  from  the 
woman.         10.     We  are  saving  the  life  of  the  queen's 

I  am  telling  a  long  story  to  the  good 


11. 


CONVERSATION 


daughter, 
girls. 

67. 

Ubi  habitas  ? 

Pugnasne? 

Quem  laudatis? 

Cui  fabulam  narras? 

Ciiius  filiam  liberatis? 

Quis  copias  armat  ? 

Occupatisne  magnam  insulam? 

Superatisne  ? 


Habito  in  terra  reginae. 
N5n  piigno. 
Puellam  laudamus. 
Feminae  fabulam  narro. 
Filiam  reginae  liberamus. 
Regina  copias  armat. 
Magnam    insulam    non 

occupamus. 
Non  superamus. 


1  Accusative  case. 


32 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


LESSON   VII 


SECOND   DECLENSION 


NOUNS  AND  ADJECTIVES   IN  -US.    VOCATIVE   CASE 

68.   Nouns  in  -us  of  the  second  declension  are  masculine. 


servus, 

slave 

Base, 

serv- 

Singular 

Endings 

Plural 

Endings 

NOM. 

servus 

-us 

servi 

-i 

Gen. 

servi 

-i 

servorum 

-orum 

DAT. 

servo 

-0 

servis 

-is 

Ace. 

servum 

-um 

servos 

-5s 

Abl. 

servo 

-5 

servis 

-is 

Decline  each  noun  in  -us  in  the  vocabulary  as  servus 
is  declined. 

69.   Adjectives  in  -us.  — Adjectives  in  -us  are  declined 
like  servus. 


servus  bonus,  good  slave 

Base,  serv-  bon- 

Singular 

Plural 

NoM.   servus  bonus 

servi  boni 

Gen.    servi  boni 

serv5rum  bonorum 

Dat.    servo  bond 

servis  bonis 

Ace.    servum  bonum. 

servos  bonds 

Abl.  servo  bono 

servis  bonis 

a.  Bonus  is  the  masculine  form  of  the  adjective  bona 
C^B}.  Give  the  masculine  forms  of  the  adjectives  mala, 
longa,  magna,  lata,  and  decline  the  masculine  of  mala. 

70.  There  are  a  few  masculine  nouns  in  the  first  declen- 
sion in  -a.  The  most  common  of  these  are  given  in  the 
vocabulary  of  this  lesson.  Adjectives  modifying  these 
masculine  nouns  have  masculine  endings.     Thus  ;  — 

NoM.   agricola  bonus,  the  good  farmer 

Gen.  agricolae  boni,  etc.     Complete  this  declension. 


SECOND   DECLENSION  33 

71.  Note  the  gender,  number,  and  case  of  the  adjectives 
in  relation  to  the  nouns  which  they  modify  in  the  follow- 
►ing  examples :  — 

Bona  regina,  parvae  puellae  longam  fabulam  narrat,  The  good 

queen  is  telling  a  long  story  to  the  little  girl. 

Ferl  incolae  maids  servos  longls  sagittis  armant,  The  savage 
inhabitants  are  arming  the  bad  slaves  with  long  arrows. 

a.  Note  that  the  adjectives  in  italics  are  governed  in 
gender,  number,  and  case  by  the  gender,  number,  and 
case  of  the  nouns  which  they  modify.  This  does  not 
mean  that  the  adjective  will  have  the  same  ending  as 
the  noun  which  it  modifies,  as.  is  seen  in  feri  incolae. 

72.  Rule.  An  adjective  must  agree  with  the  noun  which 
it  modifies  in  gender^  number^  and  case. 

73.  Vocative  Case.  —  The  vocative  case  is  used  when 
calling  some  one  by  name  or  title.  Thus:  Charles^  come 
here.  Nouns  and  adjectives  of  the  second  declension  in  -us 
have  a  separate  form  for  the  vocative  case  with  the  ending 
-e;  serve  bone,  (0)  good  slave.  In  the  plural  of  these 
nouns  and  adjectives  and  in  the  singular  and  plural  of  all 
others  the  vocative  has  the  same  form  as  the  nominative. 

a.  Form  and  translate  the  vocative  of  all  the  nouns  in 
the  vocabulary. 

74.  VOCABULARY 

(Note.  —  m.  =  masculine  ;  i.  =  feminine ;  n.  =  neuter.) 

agricola,  m.,  farmer  Gallus,  m.,  a  Gaul  (inhabitant  of  Gaul) 

incola,  m.,  inhabitant  servus,  m.,  slave^  servant 

nauta,  m.,  sailor  populus,  m.,  people 

poeta,  m.,  poet  Gallia,  f.,  Gaul^  France 

amicus,  m...,  friend  ferus,  m.,  fera,  1,  adj.,  ^erce,  savage 

barbanis,  m.,  barbarian  Romanus,  m.,  Romana  f.,  adj.,  Boman 

de,  prep,  with  the  abl.  case,  con-  Romanus,  m.,  as  a  noun,  a  Boman 
cerning,  about 

D 


34  FIRST  BOOK   IN   LATIN 

EXERCISES 

75.  1.  Nauta  Romanus  de  Gallis  feris  narrat. 
2.  Boni  servi  de  pugna  narrant.  3.  Galli  non'* 
sunt  agricolae.  4.  Galli  sunt  feri  barbari.  5.  Galli 
non  sunt  amici  Romanorum.  6.  Romani  in  terra 
Gallorum  piignant.  7.  Populus  Romanus  ^  feros 
incolas  Galliae  superat.  8.  Romani  feros  Gailos 
superant.  9.  Quis  Romanes  non  laudat  ?  10.  Poetae 
et  nautae  Romanos  laudant. 

76.  1.     In     Gaul     (there)  ^     are     savage     barbarians. 

2.  (They)  2  are    not   friends    of     the     Roman     people. ^ 

3.  The     Romans     figlit     and     overcome     the     Gauls. 

4.  Who  tells  about  the  Romans  and  the  fierce  Gauls  ? 

5.  The  good  sailor  tells  the  story.  6.  To  whom  does 
he  tell  the  story  about  the  fight?  7.  (He)^  tells 
the  story  to  the  good  queen.  8.  The  queen  praises 
the  poet's  story.  9.  The  inhabitants  of  the  island 
are  bad  and  savage.  10.  The  poet  is  an  inhabitant 
of  France. 

77.  CONVERSATION 

Where  do  the  Gauls  live  ?    They  live  in  Gaul. 

Quis  de  Gallis  et  Romanis    Poeta  bonus  fabulam  narrat. 

narrat  ? 
Cuius  vitam  nauta  servat?  Vitam  reginae  servat. 
To  whom  does  the  farmer    (He)  ^  tells  the  story  to  the  girl. 

tell  the  story  ? 
Whomdo  the  Romans  free?  (They)^  free  the  inhabitants. 

1  The  adjective  in  Latin  may,  and  sometimes  must,  follow  its  noun. 
Thus  always  populus  Romanus  and  never  Romanus  populus. 

2  Omit. 


SECOND  DECLENSION  35 

LESSON   VIII 

SECOND   DECLENSION 

NOUNS    IN   -UM.      NOUNS    IN  -lUS    AND   -lUM.      ADJECTIVES 
IN  -US,    -A,    -UM 

78.  All  nouns  which  end  in  -um  in  the  nominative  case 
are  neuter. 

bellum  magnum,  great  war  Base,  bell-  magn- 

SiNGULAR  Endings              Plural  Endings 

NoM.   bellum  magnum               -um      bella  magna  -a 

Gen.   belli  magni                       -i          bellorum  magnorum  -orum 

Dat.   bello  magno                      -6         bellis  magnis  -is 

Ace.    bellum  magnum               -um      bella  magna  -a 

Abl.    bello  magno                     -5         bellis  magnis  -is 

a.    Note  that  the  adjective  is  declined  like  the  noun. 

h.  All  neuters  in  Latin  have  the  same  forms  in  the 
nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative,  and  in  the  plural 
they  always  end  in  -a  in  those  cases. 

c.  In  what  cases  do  the  endings  of  nouns  in  -um  differ 
from  the  endings  of  nouns  in  -us  in  the  second  declension  ? 

79.  Nouns  in  -ius  and  -ium.  —  Learn  the  declension  of 
filius,  son  (529).  Nouns  in  -ius  and  -ium  usually  have 
a  single  -i  in  the  genitive :  filius,  so/i,  genitive,  fill ;  con- 
silium, plan^  genitive,  consili.  The  accent  remains  the 
same  as  in  the  nominative  case.  In  all  other  cases  where 
-ii-  occurs  no  contraction  takes  place ;  thus  nominative 
plural,  filii,  sons. 

Proper  nouns  in  -ius  and  filius  take  the  vocative  case 
in  -i  instead  of  -ie:  fili,  (0)  son.  Write  out  the  declen- 
sion of  bonum  consilium,  good  plan  ;  Vergilius,  Vergil. 


36 


FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 


80.  Complete  Declension  of  Adjectives  in  -us,  -a,  -um 

bonus,  bona,  bonum,  good 
Singular  Plural 


MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NOM. 

bonus 

bona 

bonum 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

boni 

bonae 

boni 

bonorum 

bonarum 

bonSrum 

DAT. 

bono 

bonae 

bono 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Ace. 

bonum 

bonam 

bonum 

bonos 

bonas 

bona 

Abl. 

bond 

bona 

bono 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

a.  Review  71-72. 

b.  Decline  together:  regina  clara,  famous  queen,  nauta 
malus,  bad  sailor  ;  barbarus  f erus,  savage  barbarian  ;  oppi- 
dum  parvum,  small  town. 


81.  VOCABULARY 

(Note.  —  The  genitive  ending  and  the  gender  of  each  noun  will  hereafter 
be  given  after  each  noun.) 

latus,  lata,  latum,  hroad^  wide 
longus,  longa,  longum,  long 
magnus,  magna,   magnum,   large^ 

great 
malus,  mala,  malum,  bad,  evil 
multus,    multa,    multum,    much; 

plur.,  many 
parvus,  parva,  parvum,  small,  little 


bellum,  -i,  n.,  loar 

consilium,  consili,  n.,  pla7i,  advice 

filius,  fili,  m.,  son 

oppidum,  -i,  n.,  town 

proelium,  proeli,  n.,  battle 

vicus,  -i,  ra.,  village 

bonus,  bona,  bonum,  good 

clarus,  clara,  clarum,  famous 

ferus,  fera,  ferum,  fierce,  savage 


EXERCISES 

82.  1.  Nauta  clarus  de  bell5  narrat.  2.  Amicus 
poetae,  fili,  est  in  oppido  magno.  3.  Multi  RomanI  in 
oppido  pugnant.  4.  Cdnsiliura  agricolae  est  bonum. 
5.     Feros  incolas  vicorum  superant.  6.     Proelia   R5- 

manorura  sunt  clara.         7.     Itaque  populum   Romanum 


SECOND  DECLENSION  37 

laudamus.         8.     Filii  et  flliae  reginae  fabulam  nautae 
boni  non  laudant.  9.     In  Gallia  sunt   multi  vici   et 

multa  oppida.         10.     Oppida  sunt  parva  et  incolae  sunt 
feri. 

83.  1.  In  the  land  of  the  Gauls  (there)^  are  many- 
small  2  villages.  2.  The  Romans  are  fighting  in  the 
small  towns.  3.  Do  you  praise  the  Romans,  (my)i 
son  ?  4.  The  Romans  praise  the  advice  of  the  sailors. 
6.  They  request  money  from  the  inhabitants.  6.  The 
victories  of  the  Romans  are  many  and  famous.  7.  The 
good  poet  tells  (his)^  friends  ^  about  the  battles. 
8.  The  barbarians  of  Gaul  are  savage.  9.  The  queen 
is  giving  good  advice  to  (her)^  sons  and  daughters. 
10.  Who  does  not  praise  the  famous  victories  of  the 
Roman  people  ? 

84.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  oppidum  occupat  ?  Regina  oppidum  copiis   oc- 

cupat. 
Ciiius  oppidum  copiae  occu-     Oppidum    Gall5rum   copiae 

pant  ?  occupant. 

Cui  de  proelio  narrat  ?  Filiis  et  filiabus  de  proelio 

narrat. 
Ubi  sunt  magni  vici  Gallo-     In  Gallia  sunt. 

rum  ? 
Laudasne,  fill,  Romanes  ?         Roman5s  claros  laudo. 
Laudatisne  f ilium  boni  agri-     Filium     bonum     agricolae 

colae  ?  laudamus. 

1  Omit.  « In  Latin  "  to  (his)  friends." 

2  In  Latin,  **  many  and  small." 


38 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


LESSON   IX 

CONJUGATION   OF   SUM 

PRESENT,    IMPERFECT,    AND   FUTURE   INDICATIVE. 

APPOSITION.     PREDICATE   NOUNS   AND 

ADJECTIVES 


85. 


Singular 


Sum,  am,  etc. 


1.  sum,  I  am 

2.  es,  you  are 

3.  est,  he  {she,  it)  is 

1.  eram,  I  was 

2.  eras,  you  were 

3.  erat,  he  {she,  it)  was 

1.  ero,  I  shall  be 

2.  eris,  you  will  be 

3.  erit,  he  (she,  it)  will  be 


IMPERFECT 


Plural 

sumus,  we  are 
estis,  you  are 
sunt,  they  are 

eramus,  we  were 
eratis,  you  were 
erant,  they  were 

erimus,  we  shall  be 
eritis,  you  wlU  be 
erunt,  they  will  be 


a.  Note  that  a  single  word  is  used  for  the  future  in 
Latin.     In  English  the  auxiliary  shall  or  will  is  used. 

h.  Note  that  the  personal  endings  -m,  -s,  -t,  etc.,  are 
those  given  in  61. 

e.  He^  she,  it,  they,  are  not  translated  into  Latin  when 
the  subject  of  the  verb  is  expressed. 

86.  Apposition.  —  Note  the  use  and  case  of  the  nouns  in 
italics  in  the  following:  — 

Marcus,  legatus,  pugnat,  Marcus,  the  lieutenant,  is  fighting. 
Marc5,  legato,  gladium  dat,  He  gives  a  sword  to  Marcus,  the  lieutenant. 

Notice  that  the  nouns  legdtus  and  legato  indicate  the 
same  person  as  Marcus  and  Marco,  and  that  they  are  put 
in  the  same  case.  A  noun  which  limits  or  defines  another 
noun  and  indicates  the  same  person  or  thing  is  called  an 


CONJUGATION   OF    SUM  39 

"  appositive,"  and  is  said  to  be  in  apposition  with  the 
noun  which  it  limits  or  defines. 

87.  Rule.  A  noun  used  to  limit  or  define  another  noun^ 
and  meaning  the  same  person  or  thing,  is  put  in  the  same 
case  as  the  noun  which  it  limits. 

88.  Predicate  Nouns  and  Adjectives.  —  Note  the  use  and 
case  of  Romanus  and  parvi  in  the  following :  — 

1.  Nuntius  est  Romanus,  The  messenger  is  a  Boman. 

2.  Equi  sunt  parvi,  The  horses  are  small. 

a.  Notice  that  in  the  first  sentence  Romanus  is  a  noun 
in  the  predicate,  that  is,  in  the  verb  part  of  the  sentence, 
but  indicates  the  same  person  as  Nuntius  and  is  in  the 
same  case.  Such  a  noun  is  called  a  ''predicate  noun" 
and  takes  the  same  case  as  the  subject. 

h.  Notice  that  in  the  second  sentence  parvi  is  an  adjec- 
tive in  the  predicate  modifying  the  subject  Equi  and 
agreeing  with  Equi  in  gender,  number,  and  case.  Such  an 
adjective  is  called  a  "  predicate  adjective "  and  agrees 
witli  its  noun  like  any  other  adjective. 

89.  Rule.     A  predicate  noun  is  put  in  the  nominative 

case  ;  a  predicate  adjective  agrees  with  the  subject. 

90.  VOCABULARY 

pr5vincia,  -ae,  f.,  province  do,  give  ^ 

equus,  equi,  m.,  horse  socius,  -i,  m.,  ally 

gladius,  -i,  m.,  sword  frumentum,  -i,  n.,  grain 

Marcus,  -i,  m.,  Marcus  pilum,  i,  n.^  javelin 

novus,  -a,  -um,  new  signum,  -i,  n.,  signal,  standard 

legatus,  -i,  in.,  ambassador,  lieutenant 

niintius,  -i,  m.,  messenger,  message 

1  Unlrke  other  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation,  do  has  a  in  all  forms  except 
das  and  da. 


40  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

EXERCISES 

91.  1.  Sum  et  er5  Romanus;  es  et  eris  Gallus. 
2.  Sumus  et  erimus  amici ;  estis  et  eritis  socii.  3.  In 
Gallia  eras;  in  Gallia  non  eram.  4.  Gallia  erat 
provincia  populi  Roraani.  5.  Eramus  socii  Gallorum 
et  eratis  amici  Romanorum.  6.  Galli  Romanis  equos 
et  friimentum  dant.  7.  Legati  Gallorum  erant 
amici  Romanorum.  8.  Novi  legati  erunt  niintii  a 
Gallis.  9.  Romani  gladiis  pugnant ;  Galli  pilis 
piignant.         10.     Legatus  copiis  signum  dat. 

92.  1.  I  am  ;  I  was  ;  I  shall  be.  2.  We  shall  be ; 
we  were;  we  are.  3.  You  (sing.)  are;  you 
(plur.)  will  be;  you  (sing.)  were.  4.  We  live  in  the 
Roman  province.  5.  The  queen  calls  the  ambassa- 
dors (her)i  friends.  6.  The  allies  are  arming  the 
new  troops  with  swords.  7.  The  lieutenant  is  giv- 
ing grain  to  the  horses.  8.  They  were  bad  friends. 
9.  The  lieutenant  gives  the  standard  and  a  sword  to  the 
messenger.         10.     He  will  be  a  friend  of  the  Romans. 

93.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  es  ?  Ndntius  Romanus  sum. 

Ubi  eritis  ?  Erimus  in  silva. 

Ciiius  amicus  eras  ?  Eram  amicus  reginae. 

Cui  gladium  das  ?  Legato  gladium  do. 

Quem  liberatis  ?  Niintium  liberamus. 

Quis  est  legatus  ?  Legatus  Romanus  est. 

1  Unless  the  possessive  adjectives  my,  your,  his,  her,  its,  their,  are 
emphatic,  they  may  be  omitted  in  Latin. 


SECOND  DECLENSION 


41 


LESSON   X 

SECOND   DECLENSION 

NOUNS    IN    -ER     AND    -IR.      ADJECTIVES    IN      -ER,    -(E)RA, 

-(E)  RUM 

94.   Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -er  and  -ir  are 
masculine. 


ixxctovy 

\JLi.XlJ.KJm 

puer,  hoy 

Base, 

puer- 

ager,  field 

Base, 

agr- 

vir,  man 

Base, 

vir- 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

SlNG. 

Plur. 

NOM. 

puer 

pueri 

ager 

agri 

vir 

viri 

Gen. 

pueri 

puer5rum 

agri 

agrorum 

viri 

virorum 

Dat. 

puero 

pueris 

agro 

agris 

viro 

viris 

Ace. 

puerum  puerds 

agrum 

agros 

virum 

viros 

Abl. 

puero 

pueris 

agro 

agris 

viro 

viris 

a.  Most  nouns  in  -er  are  declined  like  ager.  The  only 
common  nouns  declined  like  puer  are  :  gener,  son-in-law; 
socer,  father-in-law  ;  the  plural  noun,  liberi,  children.  Vir 
is  the  only  noun  in  -ir. 

95.  Adjectives  in  -er,  -(e)ra,  -(e)rum. — Some  adjectives 
of  the  first  and  second  declensions  end  in  -er,  -era,  -erum, 
or  drop  the  -e-  in  all  forms  except  the  nominative  mascu- 
line singular  and  end  in  -er,  -ra,  -rum.  These  are  declined 
in  the  masculine  like  ager  or  puer,  in  the  feminine  and 
neuter  like  any  adjective  in  -a,  -um. 

Learn  the  declension  of  miser,  poor,  wretched;  pulcher, 
beautiful,  pretty,  in  538. 

Like  miser  are  declined  :  tener,  tenera,  tenerum,  tender, 
young;  liber,  libera,  liberum,/reg.  Most  other  adjectives 
in  -er  of  the  first  and  second  declensions  are  declined  like 
pulcher. 


42  FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN 

96.  VOCABULARY 

ager,  agrl,  m.^  field  liber,  libera,  liberum, /ree 

liber,  libri,  m.,  book  miser,  misera,  miserum,  poor,  wretched 

gener,  generi,  m.,  son-in-law    tener,  tenera,  tenerum,  tender,  young 
liberi,  liberorum,  m.,  children  pulcher,    pulchra,    pulchrum,     beautiful, 
(used  only  in  the  plural)  pretty 


puer,  pueri,  m,,  boy 

socer,  soceri,  m.,  father-in-law      Distinguish 

vir,  viri,  m.,  man 


'  liberi,  children 
liber,  book 
liber,  libera,  liberum,/ree 


EXERCISES 

97.  1.  Pueri  et  viri  sunt  in  agris.  2.  Socer 
genero  librum  dat.  3.  Feri  barbari  teneros  liberds 
servant.  4.  Agri  Gallorum  sunt  pulchri. 
5.  Femina  misera  peciiniam  postulat.  6.  Rdmani 
viros  liberos  laudant.  7.  Miseri  incolae  terram 
liberant.  8.  Roman!  oppida  et  agros  Gallorum 
occupant.  9.  Laudasne  libros  puerorum  ?  10.  Liberi 
libros  a  liberis  vir  is  postulant. 

98.  1.  ©f  the  fields ;  from  the  beautiful  towns. 
2.  To  the  father-in-law  of  the  man.  3.  The  queen 
praises  the  young  girls*.  4.  The  children's  books 
are  beautiful.  5.  The  Romans  are  seizing  the  fields 
of  the  Gauls.  6.  The  man  is  giving  money  to  (his) 
son-in-law.  7.  The  Gauls  are  arming  the  boys  and 
men  with  long  swords.  8.  The  free  inhabitants  are 
saving  (their)  fields.  9.  The  men  are  fighting  in  the 
fields.     10,    Do  they  praise  the  beautiful  fields  ? 

99.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  est  socer  viri?  Socer  viri  est  liber  Romanus. 

Ciiius  liberos  vocas?  Liberos  reginae  voco. 

Cui  librum  datis  ?  Misero  puero  librum  damns. 

Quem  servatis  ?  Miserum  incolam  servamus. 


I 


FIRST  CONJUGATION  43 

LESSON   XI 

FIRST   CONJUGATION 

IMPERFECT  AND   FUTURE   INDICATIVE   ACTIVE.    TENSE 
DISTINCTIONS.     ORDER   OF   WORDS   IN   LATIN 

ICX).  In  English  we  make  use  of  many  auxiliary  verbs  to 
show  the  tense  and  other  relations  of  the  verb.  These 
are  lacking  in  Latin  and  everything  is  shown  by  the  end- 
ings of  the  verb.     Thus  :  — 

I  am  praising.    I  do  praise,     laudo 

You  are  praising.     You  do  praise,     laudas,  etc. 

101.  Laudo,  praise    INDICATIVE  ACTIVE 

IMPERFECT 

Singular  Endings 

1.  laudabam,  I  praised,  was  praising^  did  praise  -bam 

2.  laudabas,  you  praised,  vjere  praising,  did  praise  -bas 

3.  laudabat,  he  {she,  it)  praised,  was  praising,  did  praise  -bat 

Plural 

1.  lauddihamvLs,  we  praised,  tcere  praising,  did  praise  -bamus 

2.  laudabatis,  you  praised,  were  praising,  did  praise  -batis 

3.  laudabant,  they  praised,  were  praising,  did  praise  -bant 

FUTURE 

Singular  Endings  Plural  Endings 

1.  la.uda.hb,  I  shall  praise      -bo        laudabimus,  we  shall  praise  -hiirms 

2.  laudahis,  you  loill  praise  -his       landahitis,  you  will  praise      -bitis 

3.  laudabit,  he  will  praise     -bit       laudabunt,  they  will  praise     -bunt 

a.  Note  how  the  tenses  are  formed  :  imperfect,  stem 
lauda-  +  -bam,  etc. ;  future,  stem  lauda-  -h  -bo,  etc.  The 
personal  endings  are  the  same  as  in  61,  but  remember  that 
the  first  personal  ending  is  -a  or  -m. 

b.  Note  that  the  Latin  does  not  express  was^  were,  shall, 
or  will  by  a  separate  word. 


44  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

102.  Tense  Distinction. — The  present  tense  denotes  that 
something  is  going  on  in  present  time ;  the  imperfect 
denotes  that  some  continuous,  repeated,  or  habitual  action 
was  going  on  in  past  time  ;  the  future  denotes  that  some- 
thing will  occur  in  the  future. 

/  am  fighting  to-day^  Hodie  pugno. 

I  was  fighting  yesterday^  Heri  pugnabam. 

I.shall  fight  to-morrow,  Cras  pugnabo. 

103.  Order  of  Words. 

a.    The  regular  order  of  words  in  English  is  :  — 

SuBJ.  WITH  ITS  Modifiers     Verb      Obj.  Ind.  Obj.  Adv. 

The  daughter  of  the  queen    gave     money       to  the  slave       yesterday. 

In  Latin  the  regular  order  is  :  — 

Subj.  with  its  Modifiers  Ind.  Obj.  Obj.        Adv.      Verb 

Filia  reginae  servo         pecuniam    heri      dabat. 

h.  The  order  may  be  changed  to  give  emphasis  to  any 
word. 

(?.    The  verb  sum,  etc.,  need  not  come  last. 

104.  VOCABULARY 

Belgae,  -arum,  m.,  Belgians  eras,  adv. ,  to-morrow 

coniuro,  conspire  heri,  adv.,  yesterday 

nunti5,  report,  announce  in,  prep,  with  ace.  case,  into 

propero,  hasten  contra,  prep,  with  ace.  case,  against 

vast5,  devastate,  lay  waste  dum,  conj.,  while 

hodie,  adv.,  to-day 

EXERCISES 

105.  1.  Vocabis  ;  vocabas  ;  liberabamus.  2.  Hodie 
coniiiramns  ;  eras  superabimus  ;  heri  viros  armabamus. 
3.  Niintii  Romanis  piignam  niintiabant.  4.  Belgae 
contra  populum  Romanum  coniurabunt.  5.  Galli  a 
Gallia  in  terram  Belgarum  properabant. 


FIRST   CONJUGATION  45 

Caesar's  Campaign  Against  the  Belgians  (^B.  Cr.  II.  1). 
—  Dum  Caesar  in  Gallia  est,  Belgae  contra  populum 
Romanum      coniiirant.  Nuntii      Romanis      niintiant, 

"Belgae  contra  populum  Romanum  coniiirant  et  copiae 
Belgarum  contra  Gallos  piignant.'*  Itaque  Caesar  in 
terram  Belgarum  properat. 

106.  1.  I  shall  call ;  I  was  conspiring ;  they  were 
hastening.  2.  To-morrow  we  shall  jQght  against  the 
Romans.  3.  While  the  troops  are  in  the  town,  the 
inhabitants  are  conspiring.  4.  The  Gauls  with  their 
swords  will  conquer  the  Belgians.  5.  The  Belgians 
were  devastating  the  fields  of  the  Gauls.  6.  The  men 
were  hastening  from  the  fields  into  the  towns.  7.  The 
ambassadors    will    report    the    battle    to    the    Romans. 

8.  The  Gauls  will  arm  the  men  with  swords  and  javelins. 

9.  The  troops  will  save  the  inhabitants.  10.  Who 
was  reporting  the  fight  to  the  Roman  people  ? 

107.  CONVERSATION  1 

Quis  erat  Caesar  ?  Caesar    erat     magnus     R5- 

manus. 
Coniurabantne  Belgae   con-  Contra    Romanes     coniiirar 

tra  Romanos  ?  bant. 

Piignabantne  Belgae  ?  Belgae  contra  Gailos  piigna- 

bant. 
Properabitne  Caesar  in  ter-  In  terram  Belgarum  prope- 

ram  Belgarum  ?  rabit. 

Ubi  Belgae  habitant  ?  Belgae  in  Gallia  habitant. 

1  From  this  point  the  conversational  exercise  at  the  end  of  each  lesson  is 
based  upon  the  preceding  connected  Latin.  Thus  107  is  based  on  the  connected 
Latin  of  105. 


46  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON   XII 

VOICE  DISTINCTION.      FIRST   CONJUGATION    PASSIVE 

PRESENT,    IMPERFECT,   AND    FUTURE    INDICATIVE. 
ABLATIVE  OF  AGENT 

108.  When  the  subject  of  a  verb  acts,  the  verb  is  said 
to  be  in  the  active  voice.  When  the  subject  is  acted  upon, 
that  is,  when  something  is  done  to  the  subject,  the  verb  is 
said  to  be  in  the  passive  voice. 

Active  Passive 

"1.    The  king  praises.  The  king  is  praise^?. 

2.   The  man  praises  the  boy.  The  boy  is  praised  by  the  man. 

a.  In  example  2,  where  the  verb  is  in  the  active,  the 
subject  is  man  and  the  object  is  boy.  In  the  passive,  the 
subject  is  boy  and  man  is  in  an  adverbial  phrase. 

h..  In  Latin,  voice  is  shown  by  the  ending  of  the  verb. 

109.  Laudo,  praise    INDICATIVE  PASSIVE 

PRESENT 
Singular 
Active  Passive  Endings 

1.  laudo,  I  praise,  etc.  laudor,   /  am  praised,  -r 

/  am  being  praised 

2.  laLudiaiS,  you  praise,  etc.        laudaris  or   laudare,  you  -ris, -re 

are  praised^  etc. 

3.  laudat,  he  praises,  etc.  laudatur,   he    is  praised,  -tur 

etc. 

Plural 

1.  laudamus,  we  praise,  etc.     laudamur,  we  are  praised,  -mur 

etc. 

2.  laud&tia,  you  praise,  etc.      laudaimml,  you  are  praised,  -mini 

etc. 

3.  laudant,  they  praise,  etc.      laudantur,  they  are  -ntiir 

praised,  etc. 


VOICE   DISTINCTION.      FIRST   CONJUGATION  PASSIVE      47 

IMPERFECT 
Singular 
Active  Passive  Endings 

1.  laudabam  laudabar,  I  was  praised,  was  being    -bar 

praised 

2.  laudabas  laudabaris  or  laudabare,   you  icere    -baris,  -bare 

praised,  etc. 

3.  laudabat  laudabatur,  he  was  praised,  etc.  -batur 

Plural 

1.  laudabamus  laudabamur,  xoe  were  praised,  etc.  -bamur 

2.  laudabatis  laudabamini,  you  were  praised,  etc.       -l)ainini 

3.  laudabant  laudabantur,  they  were  praised,  etc.       -bantur 

FUTURE 
Singular 

1.  laudabd  laxL^ahox,  I  shall  he  praised  -bor 

2.  laudabis  laudaberis  or  laudabere,  you  will  he    -beris,  -bere 

praised 

3.  laudabit  laudabitur,  he  will  he  praised  -bitur 

Plural 

1.  laudabimus  laudiabivam,  we  shall  he  praised  -bimur 

2.  laudabitis  laudabimini,  you  will  he  praised  -bimini 

3.  laudabunt  laudabuntur,  they  will  he  praised  -buntur 


a.  Note  that  the  first  and  third  persons  passive,  singular 
and  plural,  always  end  in  -r.  This  is  true  of  all  conjuga- 
tions in  Latin. 

h.  The  third  person  singular  and  plural  of  these  tenses 
may  always  be  formed  by  adding  -ur  to  the  active  form, 
though  the  accent  may  change.  This  is  true  of  all  con- 
jugations in  Latin. 

c.    Write  out  the  passive  of  voco,  call. 


48  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

110.  Ablative  of  Agent. 

Rule.  The  Ablative  of  Agent  with  a  or  ab  is  used  with 
a  passive  verb  to  denote  the  person  hy  whom  anything  is 
done. 

Note  the  examples. 

The  boy  is  praised  hy  the  man,  Puer  a  viro  laudatur. 

The  queen  is  praised  hy  the  farmers,  Regina  ah  agricolls  laudatur. 

a.  A  is  used  before  words  beginning  with  a  consonant, 
ab  before  words  beginning  with  a  vowel  or  h. 

h,    A  or  ab,  in  the  sense  of  hy^  is  used  only  with  persons. 

c.  Remember  that  the  thing  by  which  something  is 
done  is  an  ablative  of  means  or  instrument  and  no  pre- 
position is  used  (cf.  46). 

A  Romanis  superantur,  they  are  overcome  hy  the  Bomans. 
Gladiis  superantur,  they  are  overcome  hy  swords. 

111.  VOCABULARY 

finitimus,  -i,  m.,  neighbor  oppiigno,  attack,  besiege 

periculum,  -i,  n.,  danger  exspecto,  await,  wait  for 

praesidium,  -i,  n.,  guard,  garrison,      colloco,  place,  station  (verb) 
a  (ab),  prep,  with  the  abl.  case,  hy^    demonstr5,  show 

castra,  5rum,  n.  plur.,  camp.    Used  only  in  the  plural. 

arina,-orum,  n.  plur.,  arms.    Used  only  in  the  plural. 

impedimenta,  -5rum,  n.plur.,  baggage.    Used  only  in  tbepluralin  this 


EXERCISES 
122.    1.  Liberaberis;  liberabimini ;  vocabamur.     2.   Op- 
pidum  oppiignatur;  periculum  Romanis  demdnstrabitur. 

3.  Arma     et     impedimenta    in     castris     collocabuntur. 

4.  Finitimi     a    Romanis     superabantur.         5.    Parvum 
oppidum  ab  incolis  servatur. 

J  Remember  that  a  (ab)  sometimes  means  "  from." 


VOICE   DISTINCTION.      FIRST  CONJUGATION  PASSIVE      49 

The  Remi  Send  Messengers  to  Caesar.  —  Caesar  ^  copias 
in  terra  Remorum^  collocat.  Remi  in  Gallia  habitant 
et  sunt  populus  Belgarum.  Nuntii  Remdrum  Romanis 
niintiant,  "Amici  sumus  Romanorum  et  contra  populum 
Romanum  non  coniiirabamus."  Itaque  Remi  a  Romanis 
laudabantur. 

113.  They   await;    they    are   awaited;    it  was  shown. 

2.  The  town  was  attacked;  the  guards  were  stationed. 

3.  The  troops  will  be  stationed  in  the  land  of  the  Gauls. 

4.  The  camp  will  be  attacked  by  the  neighbors  of  the 
Gauls.  5.  The  arms  and  the  baggage  were  being 
placed  in  the  camp.  6.  The  great  danger  will  be 
shown  to  the  Romans  by  the  messengers.  7.  They  are 
waiting-for  the  baggage  and  the  guard.  8.  The  guards 
are  awaited  by  the  inhabitants.  9.  The  Gauls  were 
being  conquered  by  the  Romans.  10.  They  were  arm- 
ing the  Gauls  with  long  swords. 

114.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  copias  collocat  ?  Caesar  copias  collocat. 

Ubi  copias  collocat  ?  In   terra    Remorum    copias 

collocat. 

Ubi  RemT  habitant  ?  Remi  in  Gallia  habitant. 

Suntne    Remi  amici  Roma-  Remi  sunt  amici  Romano- 

norum  ?  rum. 

Coniiirabantne  Remi  contra  Contra  Rdmanos  n5n  con- 
Rom  anos  ?  iurabant. 

Laudabanturne   Remi?  A  Romanis  laudabantur. 

1  Proper  names  may  be  found  in  the  vocabulary  at  the  end  of  the  book. 


60 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


LESSON   XIII 


S  UM  —  INDICATIVE 


PERFECT,  PLUPERFECT,  AND  FUTURE  PERFECT 


115. 


Sum,  am,  etc. 
PERFECT 


1. 

2. 
3. 

Singular 
fui,  I  have  been,  was 
fuisti,  you  have  been,  mere 
fuit,  he  (she,  it)  has  been,  was 

Endings 
-i 

-isti 
-it 

1. 

2. 
3. 

Plural 
fuimus,  we  have  been,  were 
fuistis,  you  have  been,  icere 
fuerunt  or  fuere,  they  have  been,  were 

PLUPERFECT 

-imus 
-istis 
-erunt  or  -ere 

1. 

2. 
3. 

Singular 
fueram,  I  had  been 
fueras,  you  had  been 
fuerat,  he  (^she,  it)  had  been 

-eram 

-eras 

-erat 

1. 

2. 
3. 

Plural 
fueramus,  we  had  been 
fueratis,  you  had  been 
fuerant,  they  had  been 

-eramus 

-eratis 

-erant 

FUTURE  PERFECT 
Singular 

1.  fuero,  I  shall  have  been 

2.  fueris,  you  will  have  been 

3.  fuerit,  he  {she,  it)  will  have  been 


Plural 

1.  fuerimus,  we  shall  have  been 

2.  fueritis,  you  will  have  been 

3.  fuerint,  they  will  have  been 


-er5 
-eris 
-erit 

-erimus 

-eritis 

-erint 


a.    Note  that  the  auxiliary  verbs  has^  have,  had,  shall, 
and  will  are  indicated  by  the  ending  of  the  verb  in  Latin. 


/Sf/ilf— INDICATIVE  51 

h.  Note  that  in  the  perfect  the  personal  endings  are 
different  from  the  personal  endings  in  all  other  tenses 
(cf.  61). 

c.    The  perfect  stem  is  fu-.     From  this  the  above  tenses 

are  formed  as  follows :  — 

Perfect  :  perfect  stem  +  the  perfect  endings. 

Pluperfect  :  perfect  stem  +  -eram,  etc.  {the  imperfect  of  sum). 

Future  Perfect  :  perfect  stem  +  -ero,  etc.  {the  future  of  sum  except  in 

the  third  person  plural). 

116.  VOCABULARY 

aedificium,  -i,  n.,  building  altus,  -a,  -um,  high.,  deep 

locus,  -i,  m.,  place^  spot^  angustus,  -a,  -um,  narrow 

murus,  -i,  m.,  wall  •  iuvo,  help^  aid 

numerus,  -i,  m.,  number  iam,  adv.,  now^  already 

scutum,  -i,  n.,  shield  interim,  adv.,  meanwhile.,  in  the  meantime 

telum,  -i,  n.,  weapon  diu,  adv.,  /or  a  long  time 

fossa,  -ae,  f.,  ditch  sed,  conj.,  but 

EXERCISES 

117.  1.  Fuistis;  fueramus;  fuerint.  2.  Fuerant; 
fuere  ;  fuimus.  3.  In  oppid5  magnd  multa  aedificia 
fuerunt.         4.     Miirus  fuit  altus  sed  fossa  fuit  angusta. 

5.  Interim   Galli    tells    et    magnis    sciitis   armabantur. 

6.  Copiae  in  terra  diu  fuerint.         T.    Numerus  incolarum 
in  loco  fuit  magnus.        8.    Incolae  Romanos  iam  iuvabant. 

The  Haedui  Attack  the  Bellovaci.  —  German!  et  Bellovaci 
erant  finitimi  Belgarum  et  Belgas  iuvabant.  Haedui 
erant  amici  et  socii  Romanorum.  Itaque  copiae 
Haeduorum  agros  Bellovacorum  vastabant.  Caesar 
interim  contra  Belgas  properat. 

1  Locus  is  usually  neuter  in  the  plural  and  is  declined  loca,  -orum,  etc. 
(cf.  536). 


52  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

118.  1.     They    had     been ;     they    will     have     been. 

2.  You    (sing.)    have    been  ;     you    (plur.)    had    been. 

3.  We  have  been  ;  they  were  ;  I  had  been.  4.  We 
had  been  friends  of  the  Romans.  5.  They  were 
friends  of  the  Gauls.  6.  The  buildings  in  the  place 
were  small.  7.  The  ditch  was  deep,  but  the  wall 
was  small.  8.  The  number  of  weapons  and  shields 
was  large.  9.  In  the  meantime  we  had  been  in  the 
fields  for  a  long  time.  10.  They  are  already  aiding 
the  inhabitants. 

119.  CONVERSATION 

Erantne  German!  amici  Bel-  The  Germans  were  friends 

'     garum  ?  of  the  Belgians. 

luvabantne  German!  Belgas  ?  The  Germans  aided  the  Bel- 
gians. 

Fueruntne  Haedui  socii  Ro-  The  Haedui  were  friends  of 
manorum  ?  the  Romans. 

Ubi  sunt  copiae  Haeduorum  ?  They    are    devastating    the* 

fields  of  the  Belgians. 

Quis  contra  Belgas  properat?  Caesar   hastens   against  the 

Belgians. 

120.  REVIEW  EXERCISE 

Give  the  person,  number,  tense,  voice,  and  meaning  of 
the  following  verb  forms  :  — 


narratis 

armabimur 

vocatur 

liberabere 

occupabimus 

dabis 

pugnabis 

collocantur 

superaris 

servamini 

demonstras 

vastabatur 

FIRST  CONJUGATION  —  ACTIVE 


53 


LESSON   XIV 


FIRST   CONJUGATION  — ACTIVE 

PERFECT,    PLUPERFECT,    AND    FUTURE    PERFECT    INDICA- 
TIVE.    TENSE   DISTINCTIONS.     PRINCIPAL  PARTS. 


121. 


Laudo,  praise    INDICATIVE  ACTIVE 


PERFECT 
Singular  Endings 

1.  laudavi,  I  have  praised^  I  praised^  I  did  praise  -i 

2.  laudavisti,  you  have  praised^  praised^  did  praise  -isti 

3.  laudavit,  he  (she^  it)  has  praised^  praised^  did  praise  -it 

Plural 

1.  laudavimus,  we  have  praised^  praised^  did  praise  -imus 

2.  laudavistis,  you  have  praised,  praised,  did  praise  -istis 

3.  laudaverunt  or  laudavere,  they  have  praised,  etc.  -erunt  or  -ere 


PLUPERFECT 

Singular 

1.  laudaveram,  I  had  praised 

2.  laudaveras,  you  had  praised 

3.  laudaverat,  he  (she,  it)  had  praised 

Plural 

1.  laudaveramus,  ice  had  praised 

2.  laudaveratis,  you  had  praised 

3.  laudaverant,  they  had  praised 


-eram 

-eras 

-erat 


-eramus 

-eratis 

-erant 


FUTURE  PERFECT 
Singular 

1.  Isiudsiyero,  I  shall  have  praised 

2.  laudaveris,   you  will  have  praised 

3.  laudaverit,  he  will  have  praised 

Plural 

1.  laudaverimus,  we  shall  have  praised 

2.  laudaveritis,  you  will  have  praised 

3.  laudaverint,  they  will  have  praised 


-er5 
-oris 
-erit 


-erimus 

-eritis 

-erint 


54  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN 

a.  The  perfect  stem  is  laudav-  formed  by  adding  -v- 
to  the  present  stem  lauda-.  The  perfect,  pluperfect,  and 
future  perfect  tenses  are  formed  from  this  stem  by  adding 
the  endings  given  above  (cf.  115,  c), 

122.  Tense  Distinctions. — The  perfect  tense  has  two 
uses  :  — 

a.  Like  the  English  present  perfect  with  have  or  has. 

b.  To  denote  a  single  act  in  past  time.  The  perfect 
is  the  tense  commonly  used  of  a  simple  act  in  past  time, 
while  the  imperfect  is  used  of  a  continuous,  customary, 
or  repeated  act. 

Continuous  act :  We  were  fighting.,  Pugnabamus.     Imperfect  tense. 
Simple  act :  They  conquered  the  Gauls,  Gallos  superaverunt.    Perfect  tense. 

The  pluperfect  tense  indicates  an  act  completed  in  past 
time.      We  had  fought,  Pugnaveramus. 

The  future  perfect  tense  indicates  an  act  which  will  be 
completed  in  future  time.  We  shall  have  fought,  Pugna- 
verimus. 

123.  Principal  Parts. — To  aid  in  the  conjugation  of  the 
verb  certain  forms  are  chosen  from  which  all  the  other 
forms  of  the  verb  may  be  found.  These  forms  are  called 
the  Principal  Parts.     They  are  : — 

Endings 
The  present  indicative  active,  first  person,  singular    laudo  -o 

The  present  infinitive  active  laudare      -are 

The  perfect  indicative  active,  first  person,  singular     laudavi      -avi 
The  perfect  passive  participle  laudatus    -atus 

In  the  first  conjugation  the  principal  parts  are  seen  in 
laudo  above.     Almost  all  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation 


FIRST   CONJUGATION  — ACTIVE  55 

form  their  principal  parts  like  laudo.     The  chief  excep- 
tions are 

d5:  dare,  dedi,  dStus,  give 

iuvo,  iuvare,  iuvi,  (iutus),  help^  aid 

a.    Give  the  principal  parts  of  voco,  libero,  supero. 

124.  VOCABULARY 

(Note.  —  In  the  succeeding  vocabularies  the  principal  parts  of  each  verb 
will  be  indicated.) 

auxilium,  -i,  n.,  aid^  help  explore,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,   examine^ 

concilium,  -i,  n.,  council^  assembly         explore 

fuga,  -ae,  t,  flighty  escape  expugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  capture, 

ad,  prep,  with  ace.  case,  to  take  by  storm 

saepe,  adv.,  often  paro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  prepare,  pre- 

appello,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  call  pare-for 

convoco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  summon,    porto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  carry,  bring 
call  together 

'  voc5,  call,  summon 
Distinguish       convoco,  call  together,  summon 

.  appelld,  call  by  name 

EXERCISES 

125.  1.  Convocavistis ;  expiignaveratis ;  exploraverint. 
2.  Portavere  ;  appellaverant ;  paravimus.  3.  Multos 
Gallos  ad  concilium  convocaverant.  4.  Romani  Gallos 
amicos^  saepe  appellaverant.  5.  Belgae  fugam  para- 
bant  sed  finitimi  auxilium  portaverunt.  6.  Roijiani 
terram  exploraverunt  et  oppida  expugnabant. 

The  Belgians  Attack  Bihrax.  —  Bibrax  fuit  oppidum 
Remorum.  Belgae  oppidum  oppiignaverunt  et  Reini 
erant  in  magno  periculo.  Niintii  periculum  Remorum 
Romanis  niintiaverunt.  Itaque  Caesar  Remos  iuvat  et 
oppidum  non  expiignatur. 

1  Apposition  (cf.  86-87). 


56  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

126.  1.  We  shall  have  prepared ;  we  have  carried. 
2.  You  (sing.)  will  have  summoned  ;  you  (plur.)  had 
examined.  3.  They  called ;  were  calling ;  have  called ; 
had  called.  4.  They  had  prepared-for  flight,  but  we 
brought  aid.  5.  We  shall  have  summoned  the  Ro- 
mans to  a  council.  6.  The  Romans  had  devastated 
the  fields  of   the  Gauls  and  were  besieging   the  towns. 

7.  The    Gauls  have   often  called  the   Romans  friends. ^ 

8.  The  Romans  hastened  to  the  town  and  were  besieg- 
ing (it). 2  9.  The  inhabitants  were  being  summoned 
to  the  council.  10.  The  Remi  had  aided  the  Romans 
with  arms. 

127.  CONVERSATION 

Ubi  est  Bibrax  ?  Bibrax  is  a  town  of  the  Remi. 

Erantne  Remi  in  periculo  ?  They  were  in  great  danger. 

Eratne  perlculum  magnum  ?  The  danger  was  great, 

liivitne  Caesar  Rem5s?  Caesar  aided  the  Remi. 

Belgaene    oppidum    expiig-  The  Belgians  did  not  capture 

naverunt?  the  town. 

Caesarne   amicus    Remorum  Caesar  was  a  friend  of  the 

f  uit  ?  Remi. 

128.  REVIEW    EXERCISE 

Give  the  person,  number,  tense,  voice,  and  meaning  of 
the  following  verb  forms  :  — 


vocavisti 

dedere 

vastaverint 

superavere 

servaveras 

appellabas 

occupaverit 

pugnabitis 

explorabant 

occupabit 

armabantur 

liberamini 

Apposition  (cf.  86-87  ).  ^Omit. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION  67 

LESSON  XV 

FIRST   CONJUGATION 

PERFECT,   PLUPERFECT,    AND    FUTURE    PERFECT,    INDICA- 
TIVE PASSIVE.     REVIEW  OF  THE   FIRST   CONJUGATION 
INDICATIVE.     ABLATIVE   OF   MANNER 

129.  Laudio,  praise    INDICATIVE  PASSIVE 

PERFECT 

Singular 

1.  laudatus  sum,  I  have  been  praised,  I  was  praised 

2.  laudatus  es,  you  have  been  praised,  loere  praised 

3.  laudatus  est,  he  has  been  praised,  was  praised 

Plural 

1.  laudati  sumus,  we  have  been  praised,  were  praised 

2.  laudati  estis,  you  have  been  praised,  imre  jwaised 

3.  laudati  sunt,  they  have  been  praised,  were  praised 

PLUPERFECT 

Singular 

1.  laudatus  eram,  I  had  been  praised 

2.  laudatus  eras,  you  had  been  praised 

3.  laudatus  erat,  he  had  been  praised 

Plural 

1.  laudati  eramus,  we  had  been  praised 

2.  laudati  eratis,  you  had  been  praised 

3.  laudati  erant,  they  had  been  praised 

FUTURE   PERFECT 

Singular 

1.  laudatus  ero,  /  shall  have  been  praised 

2.  laudatus  eris,  you  will  have  been  praised 

3.  laudatus  erit,  he  will  have  been  praised 

Plural 

1.  laudati  erimus,  we  shall  have  been  praised 

2.  laudati  eritis,  you  will  have  been  praised 

3.  laudati  erunt,  they  will  have  been  praised 


58  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

a.  Note  that  the  passive  voice  of  the  perfect,  pluperfect, 
and  future  perfect  tenses  is  formed  by  combining  the  per- 
fect passive  participle  (last  of  the  principal  parts)  with 
the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  of  sum. 

h.  The  participle  is  made  to  agree  with  the  subject  in 
gender  and  number.     Thus  :  — 

When  the  subject  is  feminine.  When  the  subject  is  neuter. 


Perf. 

Sing. 

laudata  sum,  etc. 

oppidum  laudatum  est 

Plur. 

laudatae  sumus,  etc. 

oppida  laudata  sunt 

Plup. 

Sing. 

laudata  eram,  etc. 

oppidum  laudatum  erat 

Plur. 

laudatae  eramus,  etc. 

oppida  laudata  erant 

F.  P. 

Sing. 

laudata  ero,  etc. 

oppidum  laudatum  erat 

Plur.    laudatae  erimus,  etc.  oppida  laudata  erunt 

130.    Review  of  the  First  Conjugation  Indicative. 

a.  Review  all  forms  of  the  verb  laudo  given  thus  far 
(cf.  557). 

h.  A  synopsis  of  a  verb  is  a  list  of  all  the  forms  of  that 
verb  in  a  certain  person. 

Synopsis  of  laudo,  Indicative  Third  Person 

Active  Passive 

j  Sing,  laudat  laudatur 

l^  Plur.  laudant  laudantur 

^  f  Sing,  laudabat  laudabatur 

(^Plur.  laudabant  laudabantur 

rSiNG.  laudabit  laudabitur 

[Plur.  laudabunt  laudabuntur 

Complete  this  synopsis  and  write  out  the  synopsis  of 
ports  in  the  first  person  and  supero  in  the  second  person. 

c.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  armo,  libero,  and  occupo. 
The  principal  parts  of  do  are  do,  dare,  dedi.  datus.  Con- 
jugate the  perfect  indicative  of  do,  active  and  passive. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION  69 

131.  The  Ablative  of  Manner.  —  In  English  the  manner 
in  which  something  is  done  is  expressed  either  by  an  ad- 
verb or  by  an  adverbial  phrase. 

Adverb  :  The  boy  carries  the  sword  carefully. 
Adverbial  Phrase  :  The  boy  carries  the  sword  with  care. 

The  same  is  true  in  Latin,  but  the  adverbial  phrase  is 
more  common. 

Rule.  Manner  is  expressed  hy  the  ablative  ease  with  cum, 
hut  cum  may  he  omitted  if  an  adjective  is  used  with  the 
noun. 

The  boy  carries  the  sword  loith  care  (carefully),  Puer  gladium  cum 
curd  portat. 

The  boy  carries  the  sword  with  great  care,  Puer  gladium  magna 
cum  curd  portat. 

In  the  latter  sentence  the  cum  may  be  omitted.  Note 
its  position  between  the  adjective  and  its  noun. 

132.  VOCABULARY 

audacia,  ae-,  f.,  boldness,  daring  administro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  man- 

cura,  -ae,  f.,  care  age 

diligentia,  -ae,  f.,  diligence  perturbo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  disturb, 

negotium,  -i,  n.,  business,  affair  alarm 

studium,  -i,  n. ,  zeal,  eagerness,  de-     cum,  prep,  with  abl.  case,  with 

sire  sine,  prep,  with  abl.  case,  without 
vulnero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  wound 


133.  EXERCISES 

1.     Vulnerati      eramus  ;     perturbatae    estis  ;     servata 
sunt.         2.    Oppida  magna  cum  audacia  oppiignata  sunt. 

3.  Neg5tium  sine  ciira  et  diligentia  administratum  erat. 

4.  Vici    a    copiis    cum    studi5    telis     oppiignati    sunt. 

5.  Galli  superati  erant  et  agri  a  Belgis   vastabantur. 


60  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

The  Belgians  Attack  the  Roman  Camp.  —  Agri  Rem5rum 
a  Belgis  vastati  erant  et  Belgae  contra  Romanos 
properabant.  Castra  R5manorum  erant  in  loco  alt5  et 
fossa  erat  longa  et  lata.  Belgae  castra  oppugnare  ^ 
parabant. 

134.  1.  You  (sing.)  had  been  wounded  ;  we  (fern.) 
were  alarmed.  2.  The  town  will  have  been  captured  ; 
the  land  had  been  freed.  3.  Carefully  ;  with  great 
zeal ;  without  diligence.  4.  The  affair  has  been  man- 
aged with  great  care.  5.  The  camp  was  attacked 
boldly  by  the  Belgians.  6.  The  Gauls  had  been 
wounded  with  the  javelins  of  the  inhabitants.  7.  The 
troops  had  been  alarmed  by  the  Gauls.  8.  Guards 
will  have  been  stationed  in  the  town.  9.  The  fields 
of  the  allies  were  being  devastated  with  great  boldness. 
10.    The  baggage  will  be  placed  in  the  camp. 

135.  CONVERSATION 

Agrine  vastati  sunt  ?  The  fields  were  devastated. 

Ubi  erant  copiae  Belgarum  ?    The  Belgians  were  hasten- 
ing against  the  Romans. 
Ubi  erant   castra   Romano-    The  camp   of   the    Romans 
rum  ?  was  on  an  elevation  (high 

spot). 
Eratne  fossa  alta  ?  The  ditch  was  deep. 

Oppiignabantne  Belgae  cas-    The  Belgians  prepared  to  ^ 
tra  ?  attack  the  camp. 

1  oppugnare,  to  attack.  The  present  infinitive  (second  principal  part) 
of  oppiigno. 


THIRD   DECLENSION 


61 


LESSON   XVI 

THIRD   DECLENSION 
MUTE   STEMS.     ABLATIVE   OF  TIME 
136.  (Stem  ends  iu  p,  b,  t,  d,  c,  or  g  =  mutes.) 


dux,  m., 

leader 

Stem 

AND  Base, 

duc- 

miles,  m. 

,,  soldier 

Stem 

AND  Base, 

milit 

- 

aestas,  f. 

,  summer 

Stem 

AND  Base, 

aestat 

caput,  n.. 

,  head 

Stem 

AND  Base, 

capit 

- 

Endings 

Singular 

M.  &F. 

N. 

NOM. 

dux 

miles 

aestas 

caput 

-s 

— 

Gen. 

ducis 

militis 

aestatis 

capitis 

-is 

-is 

DAT. 

duci 

militi 

aestati 

capiti 

-i 

-i 

Ace. 

ducem 

militem 

aestatem 

caput 

-em 

— 

Abl, 

duce 

milite 

aestate 
Plural 

capite 

-e 

-e 

NOM. 

duces 

milites 

aestates 

capita 

-es 

-a 

Gen. 

ducum 

militum 

aestatum 

capitum 

-um 

-urn 

Dat. 

ducibus 

militibus 

aestatibus 

capitibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

duces 

milites 

aestates 

capita 

-es 

-a 

Abl. 

ducibus 

militibus 

aestatibus 

capitibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

a.  To  decline  a  noun  of  the  third  declension  it  is  neces- 
sary to  know  the  nominative  case,  the  gender,  and  the 
base.  The  base  may  be  found  by  dropping  the  -is  of  the 
genitive  singular  which  is  always  given  in  the  vocabulary. 

h.  Note  that  the  stem  aiid  the  base  of  the  above  nouns 
are  alike  and  that  the  ending  of  the  nominative  singular 
varies. 

c.  Note  that  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  take  the 
same  endings. 


62  FIRST   BOOK   IN  LATIN 

d.  Decline  dux  bonus,  good  leader ;  caput  magnum, 
large  head. 

e.  In  accordance  with  the  directions  in  a,  decline  the 
third  declension  nouns  in  the  following  vocabulary. 

137.  Rule.      The  ablative  ease  without  a  preposition  is 

used  to  denote  time  when  or  within  which, 

Oppidum  aestdte  expugnaverunt,  In  the  summer  they  captured  the 
town. 

Seac  horis  pugnabit,  Within  six  hours  he  will  fight. 

138.  VOCABULARY 

dux,  ducis,  m.,  leader,  general  hora,  -ae,  f.,  hour 

rex,  regis,  m.,  king  vigilia,  -ae,  f.,  watch  (part  of  the 

eques,  equitis,  m.,  horseman;  day  or  night) 

equites,  (plur.)   cavalry  tertius,  -a,  -um,  third 

miles,  militis,  m.,  soldier  sex,  indeclinable  adj.,  six 

aestas,  aestatis,  f.,  summer  septem,  indeclinable  adj.,  seven 
caput,  capitis,  n.,  head 

EXERCISES 

139.  1.  Regnum  ;  equitis;  ab  equitibus.  2.  Milites 
caput  regis  ad  ducem  portaverunt.  3.  Aestate 
R5mahi  Belgas  superaverant.  4.  Tertia  hora  dux 
militum  vulneratus  est.  5.  Septem  horis  oppidum 
expiignabitur. 

The  Romans  Remain  in  Camp.  —  Milites  Roman!  in 
castris  expectabant  sed  equites  contra  equites  Belgarum 
piignaverunt.  Equites  diii  sine  victdria  pugnahant  et 
tertia  vigilia  Caesar  Rdmanos  in  castra  vocavit. 

140.  1.  To  the  horsemen  ;  on  the  head  of  the  king. 
2.  For  the  leaders  ;  of  the  summer.  3.  The  leader  of 
the  Romans  will  conquer  the  king  of  the  barbarians. 
4.     The  soldiers  of  the  Romans  awaited  the  cavalry  of 


THIRD   DECLENSION 


63 


the    Gauls.  5.       In     the     third    watch    the     leader 

hastened  out  of  the  camp.  6.  During  the  summer 
the  Romans  often  fought  against  the  Gauls.  7.  The 
leader  of  the  cavalry  was  wounded  in  the  head  and  in 
the  foot.  8.  Within  seven  hours  the  general  will 
attack  the  village.  9.  With  great  boldness  the  soldiers 
freed  the  town.  10.  The  affair  will  be  diligently 
managed. 


141. 


CONVERSATION 


Where  were  the  soldiers  ? 
Where  were  the  horsemen  ? 


The   soldiers   were    in    the 

camp. 
The  horsemen  were  fighting 

against  the  cavalry  of  the 

enemy. 
Whose  horsemen  are  fight-    The   general's   soldiers   are 


ing 


fighting. 


Who  called  the  soldiers  into  Caesar   called    the    soldiers 

camp?  into  camp. 

Did  the   enemy  fight  for  a  The   cavalry    fought    for    a 

long  time  ?  long  time. 


142.  REVIEW  EXERCISE 

Give  the  case,  number,  nominative  case,  and  declension 
of  the  following  nouns  :  — 


equorum 

agricolarum 

studio 

socios 

pericula 

aestate 

socero 

praesidi 

castrorum 

liberis 

loca 

ffli 

libris 

fuga 

regibus 

64 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


LESSON   XVII 


THIRD   DECLENSION 


MUTE   STEMS    (Continued).  LIQUID   STEMS.     ABLATIVE  AND 

GENITIVE  OF   DESCRIPTION 
143. 
princeps,  m.,  chief  Stem  and  Base,  princip- 

pes,  m.,foot  Stem  and  Base,  ped- 

virtus,  1,  valor  Stem  and  Base,  virtut- 


NoM.   princeps  bonus 
Gen.    principis  boni 
Dat.   principi  bono 
Ace.   principem  bonum 
Abl.  principe  bono 


Singular 
pes  parvus 
pedis  parvi 
pedi  parvo 
pedem  parvum 
pede  parvo 


virtiis  magna 
virtiitis  magnae 
virtuti  magnae 
virtiitem  magnam 
virtute  magna 


a.  Complete  the  plural  of  the  nouns.  Cf.  list  of  end- 
ings in  136. 

h.  Note  that  the  adjectives  bonus,  parvus,  and  magna 
agree  with  their  respective  nouns  in  gender,  number,  and 
case,  but  not  in  ending. 

144.   Liquid  Stems. 


(Stem  ends  in  1,  r,  or  n  =  liquids) 


consul,  m.,  consul 
pater,  m.,  father 
homo,  m,,  man 
tempus,  n.,  time 

NoM.  consul 

Gen.  consulis 

Dat.  consul! 

Ace.  consulem 

Abl.  consule 


Stem  and  Base,  consul- 
Stem  and  Base,  patr- 
Stem  and  Base,  homin- 
Stem  and  Base,  tempor- 

SlNGULAR 

pater  homo  tempus 

patris  hominis  temporis 

patri  homini  tempori 

patrem  hominem  tempus 

patre  homine  tempore 


a.    Complete  the  plural  of  the  above  declension,  using 
the  endings  in  136. 


THIRD   DECLENSION  65 

h.  Note  that  nouns  with  liquid  stems  have  the  same 
endings  as  those  with  mute  stems,  but  that  the  masculine 
and  feminine  nouns  do  not  take  -s  in  the  nominative 
singular. 

e.  Most  nouns  in  -er  belong  to  the  second  declension 
(cf.  94,  a).  The  most  common  nouns  declined  like 
pater  are  mater,  f.,  mother,  and  f rater,  m.,  brother. 

d.  Learn  the  meaning,  gender,  nominative  and  genitive 
cases,  and  decline  each  of  the  third  declension  nouns  in 
the  vocabulary. 

145.  Ablative  and  Genitive  of  Description. 

Rule.  The  ablative  or  genitive  case  may  be  used  to 
describe  a  person  or  thing,  provided  an  adjective  is  used  to 
limit  the  describing  noun. 

Vir  magnae  virtutis  est,  1   He  is  a  man  of  great  bravery. 
Vir  magna  virtute  est,     J 

"  He  is  a  man  of  bravery  "  in  the  Latin  form  becomes 
"ITe  is  a  brave  man,''  and  an  ablative  or  genitive  of  de- 
scription must  not  be  used,  since  the  describing  noun 
"  bravery  "is  not  limited  by  an  adjective,  as  in  the  pre- 
ceding example. 

146.  VOCABULARY 

princeps,  principis,  m.,  chief  flumen,  fluminis,  n.,  river 

pes,  pedis,  m.^foot                 .  corpus,  corporis,  n.,  body 

virtus,   virtiitis,   f.,   valor,  virtue,      transport©,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  trans- 

hravery  port,  carry  across 

consul,  consulis,  m.,  consul  nec5,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  kill 

pater,  patris,  m.,  father  post,  prep,  with  ace.  case,  behind, 

mater,  matris,  f.,  mother  after 

hom5,  hominis,  m.,  man  trans,  prep,  with  ace.  case,  across 
tempus,  temporis,  n.,  time 


66  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

EXERCISES 

147.  1.  Magna  corpora ;  vir  magna  audacia.  2.  Prin- 
ceps  Gallorum  milites  trans  flumen  transportavit. 
3.  Multi  homines  a  consule  necati  sunt.  4.  Pater 
consulis  fuit  vir  parvo  studio.  5.  Pater  ducis  fuit 
consul  Rom  anus  magna  diligentia. 

The  Belgia7is  Try  to  Cross  the  River.  —  Post  castra 
Romanorum  erat  flumen  Axona.  Belgae  copias  trans 
flumen  transportare  ^  parabant.  Sed  Caesar  et  equites 
ad  flumen  properaverunt  et  magnum  numerum  Belgarum 
necaverunt. 

148.  1.  To  the  mother  of  the  consul;  of  time.  2.  By 
the  chief's  father ;  with  great  valor.  3.  The  leader 
will  transport  the  soldiers  across  the  river.  4.  Behind 
the  camp  was  a  large  town.  5.  The  men  will  fight 
with  great  valor,  but  (they)  will  be  killed.  6.  After 
a  long  time  the  town  was  freed  by  a  Roman  general  of 
great  daring.  7.  Javelins  had  wounded  the  body  and 
the  foot  of  the  consul.  8.  The  Romans  hastened  to 
the  river  with  great  zeal.  9.  In  the  third  watch  the 
Gauls  were  preparing-for  flight. ^  10.  A  large  num- 
ber of  horsemen  was  killed. 

149.  CONVERSATION 

Where  was  the  river  Axona?  The    river  was  in  Gaul. 

Where  were  the  troops  of  (When  the  answers  are  not 

the  Belgians  ?  given,  the  student   should 

Who  was  the  leader  of  the  form  answers  based  on  the 

Romans  ?  connected  Latin. ) 

1  Transportare,  to  transport ;  present  active  infinitive  (second  principal 
part)  of  transporto.  2  Direct  object. 


THIRD   DECLENSION 


67 


LESSON   XVIII 


THIRD   DECLENSION 


STEMS   IN   -I.     STATEMENT  OF  I-STEMS 

150.  Some  nouns  of  the  third  declension  have  stems 
ending  in  -i.  These  are  called  i-stem  nouns,  and  must 
be  carefully  distinguished  from  the  other  nouns  of  the 
third  declension. 

151.  Learn  the  following  classes  of  nouns  which  have 
stems  ending  in  -i-.  The  endings  mentioned  are  those  of 
the  nominative  case  singular. 

1.  Neuter  nouns  in  -e,  -al,  -ar. 

2.  Nouns  in  -ns  and  -rs. 

3.  Nouns  in  -is  and  -es  having  the  same  number  of  syl- 
lables in  the  genitive  singular  as  in  the  nominative. 

4.  Nouns  of  one  syllable  in  -s  or  -x  after  a  consonant. 

152.  Declension  of  i-stem  Nouns. 


hostis,  m., 

enemy 

Stem,  hosti- 

Base 

,  host- 

caedes,  f., 

slaughter 

Stem,  caedi- 

Base 

,  caed- 

mons,  m., 

mountain 

Stem,  monti 

Base, 

,  mont- 

animal,  n. 

,  animal 

Stem,  animali-             Base 

,  animal 

NoM.  hostis 

caedes 

Singular 
m5ns 

M 
animal 

Endings 
.  and  F.     N. 

Gen.   hostis 

caedis 

montis 

animalis 

-is 

-is 

Dat.  hosti 

caedi 

monti 

animali 

-i 

-i 

Ace.    hostem 

caedem 

montem 

animal 

-em 

Abl.   hoste 

caede 

monte 
Plural 

animali 

-e 

-i 

NoM.  hostes 

caedes 

montes 

animalia 

-es 

-ia 

Gen.    hostium 

caedium 

montium 

animalium 

-ium 

-ium 

Dat.    hostibus 

caedibus 

montibus 

animalibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

Ace.    hostis,  -es     caedis,  -es 

montis,  -es 

animalia 

-is,  -es 

-ia 

Abl.   hostibus 

caedibus 

montibus 

animalibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

68  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

a.  Compare  the  endings  of  these  nouns  with  the  end- 
ings of  mute  and  liquid  stems  in  136,  143.  What  differ- 
ences are  there  ? 

h.  A  few  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  sometimes  have 
-i  in  the  ablative  singular.  The  common  ones  are  navis, 
civis,  finis,  ignis,  and  turris  (cf.  Vocabulary).  A  few 
have  -im  in  the  accusative  singular,  of  which  the  most 
common  is  turris. 

c.  Write  out  the  declension  of  alta  turris,  high  tower. 

d.  Review  the  declensions  of  mute  and  liquid  stems  in 
136,  143,  144. 

153.  VOCABULARY 

hostis,  -is,  m.,  enemy  ^  collis,  -is,  in.,  Jiill 

civis,  -is,  m.,  citizen  caedes,  -is,  f.,  slaughter 

navis,  -is,  f.,  ship,  boat  mons,  montis,  m.,  mountain 

ignis,  -is,  m.,  fire  pons,  pontis,  m.,  bridge 

turris,  -is,  f.,  tower  urbs,  urbis,  f.,  city 
finis,    -is,   m.,    end  ;   fines,  -ium,     animal,  animalis,  n.,  animal 
(plur.)  territory 

EXERCISES 

154.  1.  Pontiam ;  igni ;  ab  urbe.  2.  In  finibus 
hostium  erat  magnum  fliimen.  3.  Multa  animalia 
erant  in  montibus  et  collibus.  4.  In  flumine  fuerant 
multae  naves  Romanorum.  5.  Gives  caede  et  igni  necati 
sunt.         6.     Hostes  pontem  et  turrim  oppugnaverant. 

The  Defeat  of  the  Belgimis. — Belgae  magna  cum  virtiite 
piignaverunt   et   multi   in    flumine   necati   sunt.  Sed 

multi  per^   corpora   amicorum  transeuntes^  necati   sunt. 
Itaque  hostes  superati  sunt  et  a  fliimine  properaverunt. 

^  Hostis  is  commonly  used  in  the  plural  except  when  denoting  a  single 
person.     Remember  that  the  English  noun  "enemy  "  is  usually  collective. 
2  per  may  here  be  translated  over.  ^  while  crossing. 


THIRD  DECLENSION  69 

155.  1.  By  the  slaughter  of  the  enemy  ;  the  heads  of 
many  animals.  2.  On  the  wall  of  the  city  there  are 
many  towers.  3.  There  were  high  mountains  and 
hills  in  the  territory  of  the  Gauls.  4.  The  soldiers 
were  awaiting  the  enemy  on  the  bridge.  5.  The  fire 
will  overcome  the  ships.  6.  We  shall  kill  jnany  ani- 
mals in  the  forest.  7.  The  enemy  had  attacked  the 
city  with  great  boldness.  8.  The  Belgians  were 
devastating  the  territory  of  the  Gauls.  9.  The  towers 
were  high  and  the  ditch  was  broad.  10.  Men  of  great 
diligence  managed  the  affair. 

156.  CONVERSATION 

Will  the  Gauls  fight  bravely? 
Where  is  the  enemy? 
Was  the  enemy  conquered? 
Where  are  the  Romans? 
Are  the  cities  large  ? 

157.  REVIEW    EXERCISE 

What  rules  govern  the  following  constructions  :  — 

Subject  of  a  verb.  Place  where. 

Object  of  a  verb.  Means  or  instrument. 

Indirect  object.  Manner. 

Possession.  Description. 

Agency.  Apposition. 

Time  when  or  within  which. 

Predicate  nouns  and  adjectives. 

Verb  agreement. 


70  FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 

LESSON  XIX 

GENDER.    REVIEW  OF  THE  FIRST  THREE  DECLENSIONS 
ABLATIVE  OE  SPECIFICATION 

158.   Gender. 

a.  Nouns  denoting  males  and  names  of  rivers,  winds, 
and  months  are  masculine. 

5.  Nouns  denoting  females  and  names  of  countries, 
towns,  and  trees  are  feminine. 

e.  The  gender  of  most  nouns  in  Latin  is  determined 
by  the  ending  or  declension,  but  the  above  rules  usually 
take  precedence.  The  gender  as  indicated  by  end- 
ings is  summarized  as  follows  for  the  first  three 
declensions  :  — 

Declension  I.     Masculine  —  Nouns  denoting  males,  end- 
ing in  -a. 
Feminine  —  All  other  nouns  ending  in  -a. 

Declension  II.   Masculine  —  Nouns  ending  in  -us,  -er,  -ir. 
Neuter  —  Nouns  ending  in  -um. 

Declension  III.  Masculine  —  Nouns  in  as  having  more 
syllables  in  the  genitive  than  in  the 
nominative,  and  nouns  in  -o,  -or,  os, 
and  -er. 
Feminine  —  Nouns  in  -do,  -go,  and  -16. 
Also  those  in  -es  having  the  same 
number  of  syllables  in  the  genitive 
as  in  the  nominative,  -as,  -us,  -s 
after  a  consonant. 
Neuter — Nouns  in  -1,  -e,  -n,  -t,  -us,  -ur,  -al. 


GENDER.      REVIEW  OF  FIRST  THREE   DECLENSIONS      71 

159.  Write  out  the  following  list  of  nouns,  giving  the 
gender,  genitive  singular,  ablative  singular,  genitive 
plural,  the  declension  to  which  each  noun  belongs,  and 
the  meaning  of  each  noun:  — 


mater 

caedes 

virtiis 

altitiidS 

gener 

eques 

corpus 

caput 

liber 

aestas 

filius 

c5nsul 

mons 

audacia 

homo 

flumen 

finis 

c5nsilium 

vir 

pes 

160.  Ablative  of  Specification. — In  English  when  we  tell 
in  what  respect  something  is  true  we  use  the  preposition 
in.     In  Latin  the  preposition  is  omitted. 

The  Romans  surpass  the  Gauls  in  valor,  Romani  Gall5s  virtute  superant. 
The  wall  is  great  in  height,  Miirus  magnus  est  altitudine. 

161.  Rule.  The  ablative  ivithout  a  preposition  is  used 
to  denote  in  what  respect  something  is  true. 


162. 


VOCABULARY 


auctoritas,  -atis,  f . ,  influence^ 

prestige 
altitiido,  -dinis,  f.,  height,  depth 
expl5rator,  -5ris,  m.,  scout 
mos,  m5ris,  m.,  custom 
legio,  -nis,  f.,  legion 
vulnus,  vulneris,  n.,  tcound 
mare,  maris,  n.,  sea^ 


nox,  noctis,  f.,  night 

hiems,  hiemis,  f.,  winter 

hiberna,  -orum,  plur.  n.,  winter  quarters 

pars,  partis,  t,  part 

nam,  conj.,  for 

ex,  prep,  with  abl.  case,  out  of,  from  ; 

ex    before  vowels   or    h,    e  before 

consonants 


EXERCISES 

163-    1.     Parti  militum  ;  ex  hibernis  legionum;   mores 

Romanorum.         2.     Tertia  vigilia  noctis  exploratores  ex 

hibernis    properaverunt.         3.     Rex    ducem    auctoritate 

1  Mare  lacks  a  form  for  the  genitive  plural.     But  marum  is  sometimes 
given. 


T2  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

superabit.  4.  Flumen  altitiidine  iiori  magnum  est. 
5.  Hieme  non  multae  naves  sunt  in  mari.  6.  Miles 
multis  vulneribus  necatus  est. 

The  Belgians  Withdraw.  —  Post  proelium  hostes  con- 
cilium convocaverunt.  Consilium  hostium  erat  in  finis 
Belgarum  properare  et  contra  Haeduos  piignare.  Nam 
Hadeui  agros  Bellovacorum  vastabant.  Itaque  tertia 
vigilia  e  castris  properaverunt. 

164.  1.  By  the  scouts  ;  during  the  winter.  2.  The 
wounds  of  the  soldiers  ;  a  part  of  the  night.  3.  The 
seas  surpass  the  rivers  in  depth.  4.  The  soldiers 
hastened  out  of  winter  quarters  into  the  territory  of  the 
Belgians.  5.  A  soldier  of  the  third  legion  was  killed 
during  the  night.  6.  The  chief  of  the  Gauls  is  great 
in  influence.  7.  For  he  surpasses  the  king  in  bold- 
ness. 8.  There  were  many  wounds  on  the  horseman's 
body.  9.  The  enemy  attacked  the  town  with  great 
boldness.  10.  The  Romans  stationed  the  winter 
quarters  in  Gaul. 

165.  CONVERSATION 

Ubi  sunt  copiae  hostium  ?  In  finis  Belgarum  properant 
Vastanturne  agri  Bellovaco-     Agri  ab  hostibus  vastantur. 

rum? 
Ubisunt  copiae  R5manorum?  Cdpiae  Romanorum  sunt  in 

hibernis. 
Quis  de  proeli5  niintiavit?       Explorator  de  proeli5  niin- 

tiavit. 
Multine  necati  sunt  ?  Magnam     partem     hostium 

necaverunt. 


SECOND    CONJUGATION  73 

LESSON  XX 

CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  FOUR  REGULAR  CONJUGA- 
TIONS.    SECOND  CONJUGATION 

PRESENT,  IMPERFECT,  AND    EUTURE    INDICATIVE,    ACTIVE 
AND  PASSIVE 

166.  In  Latin  there  are  four  regular  conjugations. 
The  conjugation  to  which  any  verb  belongs  may  be 
recognized  from  the  vowel  in  the  infinitive  form  (second 
one  of  the  principal  parts). 


Conjugation 

Infinitive 

Characteristic  Vowel 

I. 

laudare,  to  praise 

-a- 

II. 

monere,  to  advise 

-e- 

III. 

regere,  to  rule 

-g- 

IV. 

audire,  to  hear 

-i- 

167.  SECOND  CONJUGATION 

Moneo,  advise    INDICATIVE 
Stem,  mone-    Principal  Parts,  moneo,  monere,  monui,  monitus 

PRESENT 
Active  Passive 

Singular 

1.  moneo,  I  advise,  etc.  moneor,  lam  advised,  etc. 

2.  mones,  you  advise,  etc.  moneris  or  monere,  you  are  advised, 

etc. 

3.  monet,  he  advises,  etc.  monetur,  he  is  advised,  etc. 

Plural 

1.  monemus,  we  advise,  etc.  monemur,  we  are  advised,  etc. 

2.  monetis,  you  advise,  etc.  monemini,  you  are  advised,  etc. 

3.  monent,  they  advise,  etc.  monentiu:,  they  are  advised,  etc. 

IMPERFECT 

Singular 

1.  monebam,  I  advised,  etc.  monebar,  I  was  advised,  etc. 

2.  monebas,  you  advised,  etc.  monebaris  or  monebare,  you  were 

advised,  etc. 

3.  monebat,  he  advised,  etc.  monebatur,  he  was  advised,  etc. 


74 


FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 


Plural 


1.  monebamus,  we  advised^  etc. 

2.  monebatis,  ijou  advised,  etc. 

3.  monebant,  they  advised,  etc. 


monebamur,  ive  were  advised,  etc. 
monebamini,  you  were  advised,  etc. 
monebantur,  they  were  advised,  etc. 


1.  monebd,  I  shall  advise 

2.  monebis,  you  will  advise 

3.  monebit,  he  will  advise 


FUTURE 

Singular 

monebor,  I  shall  be  advised 
moneberis  or  monebere,  you  will  be 

advised 
monebitur,  he  will  be  advised 


Plural 


1.  monebimus,  ice  shall  advise 

2.  monebitis,  you  will  advise 

3.  monebunt,  they  will  advise 


monebimur,  we  shall  be  advised 
monebimini,  you  imll  be  advised 
monebuntur,  they  will  be  advised 


a.  Note  that  the  tense  endingvS  and  the  personal  end- 
ings are  the  same  as  those  of  the  first  conjugation  except 
that  the  characteristic  vowel  is  -e-  instead  of  -a-. 

h.  Conjugate  deleo,  destroy.,  as  moneo  is  conjugated 
above. 


168. 


VOCABULARY 


moneo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  advise,  warn 
habeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  have,  hold 

timeo,  -ere,  -ui, .^  fear,  be  afraid 

teneo,  -ere,  -ui,  tentus,  hold,  keep 
dele5,  -ere,  -evi,  -etus,  destroy 
maneo,  -ere,  mansi,    mansurus,^  re- 
main, stay 
Caesar,  Caesaris,  m.,  Caesar 
obses,  obsidis,  m.,  hostage 


multitudo,  -dinis,  1,  multitude, 
great  number 

insidiae,  -arum,  plur.  f.,  ambus- 
cade, treachery 

lux,  lucis,  f.,  light,  daylight 

primus,  -a,  -um,  first 

prima  luce,  at  daybreak  {at  first 
light) 


1  Some  verbs  do  not  have  perfect  passive  participles,  and  in  such  cases 
the  fourth  principal  part  is  supplied  by  the  future  participle  whenever 
possible.     In  some  verbs,  as  timeo,  no  fourth  part  is  given. 


SECOND  CONJUGATION  75 

EXERCISES 

169.  1.  Habebimus ;  tenebere ;  manebatis.  2.  Cae- 
sar multitudinem  obsidum  in  castrls  tenebat.  3.  Dux 
Romanus  insidias  hostium  timet.  4.  Legatus  septem 
legion es  habebit.  5.  Prima  liice  milites  pontem 
delebunt. 

Oaesar  Pursues  the  Enemy.  —  Post  fugam  Belgarum 
Caesar  insidias  hostium  timebat  et  milites  in  castris 
tenebat.  Sed  prima  luce  fuga  ab  exploratoribus 
niintiala  est.  Itaque  equites  ex  castris  properaverunt 
et  multitiidinem  hostium  necaverunt. 

170.  1.  We  shall  be  held;  you  (plur.)  will  destroy. 
2.  Will  you  (sing.)  remain?  Did  they  fear  the  horse- 
men? 3.  The  Romans  feared  the  treachery  of  the 
enemy.  4.  The  city  will  be  destroyed  at  daybreak. 
5.  A  multitude  of  the  inhabitants  was  hastening  from 
the  fields  into  the  city.  6.  Caesar  will  hold  a  great 
number  of  hostages  in  the  camp.  7.  I  shall  remain  in 
the  city,  for  I  fear  the  enemy.  8.  Caesar's  soldiers 
surpass  the  enemy  in  number.  9.  They  will  attack 
the  enemy's  camp  with  great  zeal.  10.  The  citizens 
feared  the  chief's  soldiers. 

171.  CONVERSATION 

Quem  times  ?  Mil  item  timeo. 

Habetisne  obsides  ?  Multos  obsides  habemus. 

Insidiasne  timebant?  Insidias  n5n  timebant. 

Ubi  hodie  manebit  ?  In  urbe  Romanorum  manebit. 

Delebatne  oppidum?  Multa  oppida  hostium  delebat. 


76  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON   XXI 

SECOND   CONJUGATION 

PERFECT,    PLUPERFECT,  AND    FUTURE    PERFECT    INDICA- 
TIVE,  ACTIVE   AND  PASSIVE.     ABLATIVE   OF   CAUSE 

172.  Moneo,  advise     INDICATIVE 

PERFECT 

Singular 
Active  Passive 

1.  monui,  I  have  advised,  etc.  monitus  sum,  I  have  been  advised,  etc. 

2.  monuisti,  you  have  advised,  etc.     monitus  es,  you  have  been  advised,  etc. 

3.  monuit,  he  has  advised,  etc.         monitus  est,  he  has  been  advised,  etc. 

Plural, 

1.  monuimus,  we  have  advised,        moniti    sumus,   we    have    been    ad- 

etc.  vised,  etc. 

2.  monuistis,  you  have  advised,        moniti    estis,    you    have    been    ad- 

etc.  vised,  etc. 

3.  monuerunt  or  monuere,   they     moniti    sunt,    they    have    been    ad- 

have  advised,  etc.  vised,  etc. 

PLUPERFECT 

Singular 

1.  monueram,  I  had  advised  monitus  eram,  I  had  been  advised 

2.  monueras,  you  had  advised  monitus  eras,  you  had  been  advised 

3.  monuerat,  he  had  advised  monitus  erat,  he  had  been  advised 

Plural 
1."  monueramus,  toe  had  advised       moniti  eramus,  we  had  been  advised 

2.  monueratis,  you  had  advised        moniti  eratis,  you  had  been  advised 

3.  monuerant,  they  had  advised       moniti  erant,  they  had  been  advised 

FUTURE  PERFECT 

Singular 

L   monuero,  /  shall  have  advised       monitus  ero,  /  shall  have  been  advised 

2.  monueris,   you  will  have  ad-     monitus  eris,  you  will  have  been  ad- 

vised vised 

3.  monuerit,  he  will  have  advised     monitus  erit,  he  will  have  been  ad- 

vised 


SECOND  CONJUGATION  77 

Plural  , 

1.  monuerimus,  we  shall  have  ad-   moniti  erimus,  loe  shall  have  been 

vised  ■  advised 

2.  monueritis,  you  will  have  advised   moniti  eritis,  you  will  have  been  ad- 

vised 

3.  monuerint,  they  will  have  advised   moniti  erunt,  they  will  have  been  ad- 

vised 

a.  In  the  first  conjugation  the  perfect  may  regularly 
be  formed  from  the  present  stem.  This  is  true  only  of 
the  first  conjugation,  and  with  all  other  verbs  the  perfect 
stem  must  be  obtained  fyom  the  third  principal  part.  So 
also  of  the  perfect  passive  participle  (fourth  principal 
part) . 

h.  Give  a  synopsis  of  habeo  in  the  third  person,  video 
in  the  first  person,  and  deleo  in  the  second  person,  indicative. 

173.  Rule.  Cause  may  he  expressed  by  the  ablative  case 
without  a  preposition. 

Caesar  victoria  laetus  est,  Caesar  is  glad  because  of  the  victory. 
Miles  virtute  laudatur,  The  soldier  is  praised  for  his  bravery. 

a.  The  ablative  of  cause  answers  the  question  "  why  f  " 
The  ablative  of  manner  answers  the  question  "  how  f " 
The  ablative  of  means  answers  the  question  "  by  what  f 
with  what  ?  "  The  ablative  of  agent  answers  the  question 
'''•by  whom V  The  ablative  of  specification  answers  the 
question  "m  what  respect  V^ 

174.  VOCABULARY 

civitas,  -atis,  f.,  state  opus,  operis,  n.,  work,  siegework 

celeritas,  -atis,  f.,  swiftness,  speed  video,  -ere,  vidi,  visus,  see 

latitude,  -dinis,  f.,  width  moveo,  -ere,  movi,  motus,  move 

mulier,  mulieris,  f.,  woman  perterreo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  frighten, 
timor,  -oris,  m.,  fear  alarm,  terrify 

patio,  -nis,  f.,  a  people,  nation,  tribe  laetus,  -a,  -um,  glad,  joyful 


78  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

EXERCISES 

175.  1.  Moveras ;  visa  es ;  tenti  erimus.  2.  Nationes 
et  civitates  Galliae  timore  belli  perterritae  sunt. 
3.  Celeritas  Romanorum  hostis  perterruit.  4.  Lati- 
tiido  fossae  erat  magna  et  oppidum  n5n  expiignatum  est. 
5.    Mulieres  milites  virtiite  et  audacia  laudaverant. 

Caesar  Attacks  Noviodunum.  —  Suessiones  socii  Belga- 
rum  fuerant.  Itaque  Caesar  ad  oppidum  Noviodunum 
properavit  et  oppidum  oppiignavit.  Sed  latitiido  fossae 
erat  magna  et  miirus  erat  altus.  Itaque  oppidum  non 
expiignatum  est. 

176.  1.  We  shall  have  seen ;  you  (plur.  fem.)had  been 
alarmed.  2.  The  camp  has  been  moved ;  the  city  had 
been  destroyed.  3.  The  citizens  were  alarmed  by  the 
boldness  of  the  enemy.  4.  The  general  praised  the 
soldiers  for  (their)  swiftness  and  valor.  5.  The  works 
of  the  Romans  alarmed  the  Gauls.  6.  Many  nations  of 
Gaul  were  conquered  by  Caesar.  7.  We  shall  have 
moved  the  camp  from  the  hill  into  the  city.  8.  The 
width  of  the  river  was  great,  but  the  river  was  not  deep. 
9.  The  women  were  frightened  because  of  the  boldness 
of  the  soldiers.  10.  The  legions  hastened  out  of  the  city 
with  great  speed. 

177.  CONVERSATION^ 

Suntne  Suessiones  socii  Belgarum? 

Ubi  est  oppidum  Noviodiinum  ? 

Eratne  fossa  lata?      Estne  miirus  latus? 

^In  the  succeeding  conversational  exercises,  the  answers  must  be 
formed  by  the  student.     See  note,  p.  45. 


THIRD   DECLENSION  ADJECTIVES 


T9 


LESSON   XXII 

THIRD    DECLENSION 

ADJECTIVES   OF  THREE  AND   TWO  TERMINATIONS 

178.  Adjectives  of  the  third  declension  are  divided  into 
three  classes:  — 

a.  Adjectives  of  Three  Terminations  having  a  separate 
form  in  the  nominative  case  for  each  gender. 

h.  Adjectives  of  Two  Terminations  having  one  form 
for  the  masculine  and  feminine  and  a  separate  form  for 
the  neuter. 

c.  Adjectives  of  One  Termination  having  one  form  for 
all  genders  in  the  nominative  case. 

179.  Adjectives  of  Three  and  Two  Terminations. 


acer,  acris, 

acre,  eager 

Stem, 

acri- 

Base, 

acr- 

omnis,  omne,  all,  every 

Stem, 

omni- 

Base, 

omn- 

Singular 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc.  &  Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

acer 

acris 

acre 

omnis 

omne 

Gen. 

acris 

acris 

acris 

omnis 

omnis 

DAT. 

acri 

acri 

acri 

omni 

omni 

Ace. 

acrem 

acrem 

acre 

omnem 

omne 

Abl. 

acri 

acri 

acri 

Plural 

omni 

omni 

NOM. 

acres 

acres 

acria 

omnes 

omnia 

Gen. 

acrium 

acrium 

acrium 

omnium 

omnium 

Dat. 

acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

omnibus 

omnibus 

Ace. 

acris,  -es 

acris,  -es 

acria 

omnis,  -es 

omnia 

Abl. 

acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

omnibus 

omnibus 

a.  Note  that  the  three-termination  adjectives  differ 
from  those  of  two  terminations  only  in  having  a  separate 
form  for  the  feminine  nominative  singular. 


80  FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 

h.  Note  that  these  adjectives  all  have  -i-stem  end- 
ings including  the  ablative  in  -i.  An  exception  will  be 
found  later  in  the  case  of  the  comparative  of  adjectives 
(cf.  321). 

c.  The  most  common  three-termination  adjectives  given 
in  this  book  are  acer,  celer,  swifts  equester,  of  the  cavalry^ 
pedester,  of  the  infantry.  These  will  occur  in  the  vocabu- 
laries. 

d.  Decline  miles  acer,  the  eager  soldier ;  in  the  plural 
omnes  urbes,  all  the  cities ;  in  the  singular,  breve  tempus, 
a  short  time. 

180.  VOCABULARY 

acer,  acris,  acre,  keen,  eager,  sharp  brevis,  breve,  short,  brief 

celer,  celeris,  celere,  swift  fortis,  forte,  brave 

equester,  equestris,  equestre,  of  the  gravis,  grave,  severe,  heavy 

cavalry,  cavalry  (adj.)  omnis,  omne,  all,  the  whole 

pedester,    pedestris,    pedestre,    of  dediti5,  -nis,  f.,  surrender 

the  infantry,  foot  (sidj.)  pedes,    peditis,    m.,    foot-soldier; 

pedites,  plur.,  infantry 

EXERCISES 

181.  1.  Proelia  equestria ;  copiarum  pedestrium. 
2.  Fortes  Roman!  brevi  tempore  oppidum  expugnave- 
rant.  3.  Omnes  pedites  et  pars  equitum  trans  fliimen 
transportati  sunt.  4.  Acres  equites  in  celeribus  equis  e 
castris  properaverunt.  5.  Fortes  mllites  gravibus 
vulneribus    superati    erant. 

The  Town  Surrenders.  —  Itaque  Caesar  opera  paravit  et 
altos    turris   aedificavit.  Hostes   magnis   operibus   et 

celeritate  Romanorum  perterriti  sunt.  Itaque  legati  ex 
oppido  ad  Caesarem  de  dediti5ne  properaverunt.  Caesar 
oppidum  non  delevit. 


THIRD  DECLENSION  ADJECTIVES  81 

182.  1.  Of  all  the  troops  ;  after  a  short  time.  2.  By 
the  surrender  of  the  citizens  the  city  was  saved.  3.  The 
infantry  forces  remained  in  the  camp.  4.  The  city 
was  captured  by  the  eager  foot-soldiers.  5.  In  the 
cavalry  battle  many  horsemen  were  killed.  6.  The 
wounds  of  the  brave  soldier  were  severe.  7.  The  swift 
horses  were  transported  across  the  river.  8.  All  the 
cities  were  destroyed  by  the  cavalry  of  the  enem}^ 
9.  At  daybreak  all  the  soldiers  will  be  transported  across 
the  river.  10.  The  foot-soldiers  were  praised  for 
(their)  valor. 

183.  CONVERSATION 

Who  is  building  the  towers  ? 
Are  the  siege  works  large  ? 
Were  the  Gauls  alarmed  ? 
Did  Caesar  destroy  the  towns  ? 
Are  the  soldiers  brave  ? 
Are  the  towers  high  ? 
Where  is  the  enemy  ? 

184.  REVIEW   EXERCISE 

Give  the  person,  number,  tense,  voice,  and  meaning  of 
the  following  verb  forms :  — 


moveramus 

dedit 

liberatisne 

mansere 

collocabat 

liberatus  es 

habebimus 

deletum  est 

delebitur 

deleverit 

habueramus 

perterruit 

timuit 

teneris 

habetur 

tenta  erunt 

timuisti 

manebat 

visae  estis 

iuverat 

monebat 

82 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


LESSON   XXIII 


THIRD   DECLENSION 

ADJECTIVES    OF   ONE    TERMINATION.     REVIEW  OF  ADJEC- 
TIVES.    DATIVE   CASE   WITH    ADJECTIVES 


185.    Adjectives  of  One  Termination. 


audax,  bold 
ingens,  huge,  great 


Masc.  &  Fem. 

NoM.  audax 

Gen.  audacis 

Dat.  audaci 

Ace.  audacem 

Abl.  audaci  (-e) 

NoM.  audaces 

Gen.  audacium 

Dat.  audacibus 

Ace.  audacis  (-es) 

Abl.  audacibus 


Stem,  audaci- 
Stem,  ingenti- 


Base,  audac- 
Base,  iugent- 


SlNGULAR 


Nedt. 
audax 
audacis 
audaci 
audax 
audaci  (-e) 


Plukal 


audacia 

audacium 

audacibus 

audacia 

audacibus 


Masc.  &  Fem. 

ingens 

ingentis 

ingenti 

ingentem 

ingenti  (-e) 

ingentes 
ingentium 
ingehtibus 
ingentis  (-es) 
ingentibus 


Neut. 
ingens 
ingentis 
ingenti 
ingens 
ingenti  (-e) 

ingentia 

ingentium 

ingentibus 

ingentia 

ingentibus 


a.  Note  that  all  genders  have  the  same  form  except  in 
the  accusative  singular  and  nominative  and  accusative 
plural. 

b.  The  common  ending  for  the  ablative  singular  is  -i. 

186.     Review  of  Adjectives. 

1.  Review  80,  95,  178,  179. 

2.  Adjectives  may  be  classified  as  follows  :  — 


Endings 

-a,  -um  ;  -er,  -(e)ra,  -(e)rum 


-er,  -ris,  -re 

-is,  -e 

any  other  ending 


Three  Terminations'! 
Two  Terminations  I 
One  Termination 


Declension 
I-II. 

III. 


THIRD   DECLENSION  ADJECTIVES  83 

3.  Decline  puer  fortis,  brave  hoy ;  silva  ingens,  great 
forest ;  par  studium,  equal  zeal. 

187.  Rule.     Adjectives  of  likeness^  fitness^  friendliness^ 

nearness^  a7id  the  like,  with  their  opposites,  govern  the  dative 

case. 

The   Belgians   are   nearest   to   the   Germans,    Belgae   proxiinl   sunt 

Germanls. 
The  boy  is  like  (to)  the  man,  Puer  similis  est  viro. 
The  spot  is  suitable  for  a  camp.  Locus  idoneus  est  castris. 

188.  VOCABULARY 

audax,  audacis,  hold^  daring  vetus,  veteris,  old^  ancient'^ 

ingens,  ingentis,  great,  immense  idoneus,  -a,  -um,  suitable 

par,  paris,  equals  like  proximus,  -a,  -um,  nearest,  next 

potens,  potentis,  powerful  imperator,  -oris,  m.,  general 

similis,  simile,  like,  similar  magnitude,  -dinis,  /.,  size,  large  size 

dissimilis,  dissimile,  unlike  profectio, -nis,/.,  departure 

EXERCISES 

189.  1.  Similis  potent!  regi  ;  fines  proximi  Belgis. 
2.  Profectio  Gallorum  erat  similis  fugae.  3.  Locus 
magnitiidine  idoneus  est  hibernis.  4.  Audax  impera- 
tor dissimilis  fuit  potent!  regi.  5.  Vetus  urbs  magni- 
tudine  erat  par  novae  urbi.  6.  Montes  erant  in- 
genti  altitudine. 

Caesar  Pardons  the  Bellovaci.  —  Bellovaci  Belgas 
iiiverant.  Itaque     Caesar     in     fines     Bellovacorum 

properavit  et  agros  vastabat.  Legati  a  Bellovacis  ad 
Caesarem  properaverunt  et  Caesar  deditionem  postulavit. 
Bellovaci  amici  fuerant  Haeduorum  et  Haedui  erant 
socii  Romanorum.  Itaque  Caesar  Bellovacos  servavit. 

1.  Vetus  has  the  genitive  plural  veterum  and  the  neuter  nominative  and 
ficQUsative  plural  Vetera. 


84  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

190.  1.  Of  the  large  mountains  ;  to  the  bold  men. 
2.  The  ancient  city  had  been  destroyed  by  the  powerful 
general.  3.  They  awaited  the  enemy  in  the  nearest 
woods.         4.     The  Gauls  were  unlike  the  fierce  Belgians. 

5.  The  Gauls  were   alarmed  by  the  size  of  the  works. 

6.  They  were  fighting  in  a  spot  suitable  for  a  cavalry 
battle.  7.  The  towers  were  equal  to  the  wall  in 
height.  8.  The  girl  was  like  (her)  mother.  9.  The 
enemy  with  high  towers  attacked  the  wall  and  captured 
the  city.  10.  At  daybreak  the  camp  was  moved  away 
from  the  river  to  the  hill  nearest  the  enemy. 

191.  CONVERSATION 

Ubi  sunt  Bellovaci  ? 
Quis  agros  Bellovacorum  vastavit  ? 
Postulavitne  Caesar  deditionem  ? 
Necavitne  Caesar  Bellovacos  ? 
Estne  imperator  audax  ? 

192.  REVIEW    EXERCISE 

(Questions   based   on   the    connected   Latin   of   Lessons 

XI-XXIII.) 
Quis  fuit  Caesar  ?  Caesarne  Rem  6s  iHvit  ? 

Ubi  Caesar  pugnavit  ?  Oppidumne  expiignatum  est  ? 

Ubi  Belgae  habitabant  ?         Quis  oppidum  servavit  ? 
Remine  coniuraverunt  ?  Belgaene  superati  sunt  ? 

Ubi  fuit  Bibrax  ?  Quis  Belgas  superavit 

Fueruntne  Bellovaci  amici  Belgarum  ? 

Bellovacine  Belgas  contra  Caesarem  iiiverunt  ? 

Quis  agros  Bellovacorum  vastavit  ? 

Caesarne  Bellovacos  necavit  ? 


THE   DEMONSTRATIVE  IS,  EA,  ID 


85 


LESSON   XXIV 

THE  DEMONSTRATIVE  IS,  EA,  ID 
THE   ABLATIVE   OF  ACCOMPANIMENT 

193.  A  demonstrative  pronoun  or  adjective  is  one  which 
points  out  a  person  or  thing  (de -|- monstro,  I  point  out). 
Such  are  "  this  "  and  "  that  "  in  English  ;  is,  ea,  id  in  Latin. 


194. 

is,  ea 

,  id,  this^ 
Singular 

that 

Masc. 

Fem, 

Neut. 

Meanings 

NOM. 

is 

ea 

id 

this,  that 

Gen. 

eius 

eius 

eius 

of  this,  of  that 

Dat. 

ei 

ei 

ei 

to  or  for  this  or  that 

Ace. 

eum 

earn 

id 

this,  that 

Abl. 

eo 

ea 

eo 

Plural 

by,  etc.,  this  or  that 

NOM. 

ei  or  ii 

eae 

ea 

these,  those 

Gen. 

eorum 

earum 

eorum 

L 

of  these,  of  those 

Dat. 

eis  or  iis 

eis  or  iis 

eis  or 

iis 

to  or  for  these  or  those 

Ace. 

e5s 

eas 

ea 

these,  those 

Abl. 

eis  or  iis 

eis  or  iis 

eis  or 

iis 

by,  etc.,  these  or  those 

a.  Note  that  in  the  plural  tlie  endings  are  the  same 
as  those  of  bonus,  -a,  -um. 

b.  Is,  ea,  id,  when  not  used  with  a  noun,  may  be  used  as 
a  personal  pronoun,  he^  she,  it,  etc. 

c.  Write  out  the  declension  of  is  homo,  this  man ;  ea 
urbs,  this  city  ;  id  oppidum,  that  town. 


195.    Rule.     Accompaniment  is  expressed 
the  ablative  case. 


cum  with 


Caesar  hastens  with  the  soldiers  into  the  city,  Caesar  cum  m/Uitibus 
in  urbem  properat. 
The  boy  will  remain  with  (his)  father,  Puer  cum  patre  manebit. 


86  FIRST  BOOK  m  LATIN 


196.  VOCABULARY 

frater,  fratris,  m.,  brother  hiemo,  -are,  -avi,  -aturus,  winter 

mercator,  -oris,  m.,  merchmit  noctu,  adv.,  by  night 

iter,  itineris,  n.,  loay,  road,  route,  turn,  adv.,  then,  at  that  time 

march  per,  prep,  with  ace.  case,  through 

nomen,  nSminis,  n.,  name  reliquus,   -a,    -um,    remaining,   the 

pax,  pacis,  f.,  peace  rest  of 

mors,  mortis,  f.,  death  reliqui,  -orum,  m.,  as  a  noun,  the 

pauci,  -ae,  -a,  plur.,  few,  a  few  rest  of 
annus,  i-,  m.,  year 


EXERCISES 

197.  1.  Nomina  eorum  mercatorum  ;  sex  annis. 
2.  Caesar  cum  eis  legionibus  itinere  proxim5  in  Galliam 
properavit.  8.  Reliqui  pedites  cum  panels  equitibus 
in  finibus  Belgarum  hiemabant.  4.  Per  eas  silvas 
properaverant  et  urbem  noctii  oppiignabant.  5.  Turn 
post  eius  principis  mortem  reliqui  pacem  postulaverunt. 
6.  Caesar  principem  ad  castra  vocavit  et  is  nomen  fratris 
niintiavit. 

77ie  Inhabitants  of  G-aul  (^B.  Gr.  I.  1).  — In  omni  Gallia 
erant  tres  ^  magnae  nationes,  Belgae,  Aquitani  et  Celtae. 
Celtae  a  Romanis  Galli  appellabantur.  Belgae  erant 
fortes  homines  -  et  cum  Germanis  saepe  piignabant. 
Helve  til  erant  Celtae  et  reliquos  Gallos  virtute 
superabunt.         Ei    in    montibus    Helvetiae    habitabant. 

198.  1.     With      that     legion  ;      with     his     brother. 

2.  With   the   rest    of    the    troops ;     of   those   soldiers. 

3.  During   that   winter  the   legions  wintered  in    Gaul. 

4.  Then  in  the  summer  Caesar  hastened  with  those  troops 
into  the  territory  of   the  enemy.         5.     The   names   of 

iTres,  three. 


THE   DEMONSTllATIVE   IS,   EA,    ID 


87 


those  merchants  were  reported  to  Caesar.  6.  A  few 
of    the   citizens   hastened    out    of    the    city    by    night. 

7.  The  nearest  road  to  the  town  was  through  this  forest. 

8.  The  death  of  this  chief  was  reported  to  the  Roman 
general.  9.  Then  the  enemy  asked  for  peace. 
10.     In  this  year  the  remaining  Gauls  were  conquered. 

199.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  est  is  vir  ? 

Ubi  Aquitani  habitant  ? 

Suntne  Belgae  fortes  ? 

Piignabantne  Belgae  cum  finitimis  ? 

Ciiius  mors  niintiata  est  ? 


WRMY  (MiWh,»tf. 


88  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON  XXV 

THE  INTERROGATIVE  QUIS 

QUESTIONS 

200.  Quis  is  used  either  as  an  interrogative  pronoun  or 
as  an  interrogative  adjective.  As  a  pronoun  it  has  the 
same  form  for  the  masculine  and  feminine  singular  and  is 
declined  as  follows  :  — 

Singular  Plural  Meanings 

M.  &  F.     N.  Masc.      Fem.  Neut. 

NoM.  quis    quid  qui         quae  quae  who?  what?  (Subj.) 

Gen.  cuius  ciiius  quorum  quarum  qu5rum  whose?  of  whom  ov  what? 

Dat.  cui       cui  quibus    quibus  quibus  to  or  for  whom  or  what  f 

Ace.  quern  quid  quos       quas  quae  whom  ?  what  ?  {Oyy^J) 

Abl.  quo      qu5  quibus    quibus  quibus  &?/,  etc.,  whom  or  what  ? 

201.  As  an  adjective  it  agrees  with  its  noun  in  gender, 
number,  and  case,  and  is  declined  as  follows  :  — 

Singular  Plural  Meanings 

Masc.  Fem.    Neut.  Masc.  Fem.  Neut. 

NoM.  qui      quae    quod  qui  quae  quae        which  ?  what  ? 

Gen.  ciiius  ciiius    cuius  quorum  quarum  quorum  of  which  ov  what  ? 

Dat.  cui       cui       cui  quibus  quibus  quibus         etc.  etc. 

Ace.  quern  quam  quod  quos  quas  quae 

Abl.  quo      qua      quo  quibus  quibus  quibus 

a.  In  what  forms  does  the  adjective  differ  from  the 
pronoun? 

h.  Quis  is  sometimes  used  insteiad  of  qui  in  the  nomina- 
tive singular  of  the  adjective.  Thus  :  Quis  vir  ?  or  Qui 
vir  ?   What  man  ? 

c.  Decline  qui  dux?  what  leader?  quod  bellum ?  what 
war? 


THE    INTERROGATIVE    QUIS  89 

202.  Questions. —  In  an  ordinary  question,  where  no  in- 
dication is  made  as  to  what  answer  is  expected,  -ne  is  used 
(cf.  63).  When,  however,  there  is  an  interrogative  pro- 
noun or  other  interrogative  word  used,  -ne  is  omitted. 

When  the  answer  Yes  is  expected,  Nonne  may  begin  the 
sentence.  When  the  answer  No  is  expected,  Num  may 
begin  the  sentence. 

Is  he  fighting?  Pugnatne?  (Nothing  implied  as  to  the 
answer.) 

Is  he  not  fighting  ?  Nonne  pugnat  ?  (The  answer  Yes 
expected.) 

He  isn't  fighting^  is  he?  Num  pugnat?  (The  answer  No 
expected.) 

203.  VOCABULARY 

animus,  -i,  m.,  mind  latus,  lateris,  n.,  side 

captivus,  -i,  in.,  captive  compleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etus, /7Z 

carrus,  -i,  m.,  wagon  contineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentus,  hold  in, 

coniuratio,  -nis,  f.,  conspiracy  bound 

regnum,  -i,  n.,  kingdom,  royal  power  cur,  ivhy  9 
subsidium,  -i,  n.,  reenf or  cement,  aid  quod,  coiij.,  because 

nonne  introduces  a  question  implying  the  answer  "  Tes" 
num  introduces  a  question  implying  the  answer  "iVo" 

EXERCISES 

204.  1.  Quorum,  coniiiratio?  Num  superabit? 
2.  A  quo  navis  militibus  completa  est  ?  3.  Quo  in 
latere  castrorum  sunt  captivi  et  carri  ?  4.  Cui  potens 
rex   regnum    dedit  ?         5.     N5nne   filio  regnum   dedit  ? 

6.  Quos  imperator  Romanus  ad  concilium  convocaverat  ? 

7.  Ciir  milites  in  castris  continuit  ?        8.     Quod^  subsidia 
ad  eos  properabant. 

1  Do  not  confuse  quod,  because,  with  the  interrogative  adjective  which 
is  spelled  the  same. 


90  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

Orgetorix  and  the  Helvetians.  —  Orgetorix  fuit  princeps 
Helvetiorum  et  vir  potens  in  ea  civitate.  Is 
coniurationem  paravit  et  in  animo  habebat  regnum 
occupare.  Fines  Helvetiorum  non  lati  erant  et 
montibus  et  fluminibus  continebantur. 

205.  1-  Whose  kingdom  ?  To  what  city  ? 
2.  What  has  he  in  mind  ?  Will  he  not  attack  the 
town?  3.  You  don't  praise  this  chief,  do  you?  4.  By 
whose  territories  is  Gaul  bounded  ?  5.  What  soldiers 
have  filled  these  wagons  with  arms  ?  6.  Who  pre- 
pared that  conspiracy?  7.  What  side  of  the  camp  did 
the  enemy  attack  ?  8.  What  reenforcements  will  save 
the  citizens  ?  9.  Did  not  the  general  transport  the 
soldiers  across  the  river  ?  10.  Why  was  that  chief 
killed  ?         11.     Because  he  had  prepared  a  conspiracy. 

206.  CONVERSATION 

Qui  in  ea  terra  habitant  ? 

Qu5rum  oppidum  oppiignatum  est? 

Quibus  tela  dedit  ? 

Quos  imperator  vidit  ? 

A  quibus  princeps  necatus  est  ? 

N5nne  milites  convocavit  ? 

Num  regnum  occupabit  ? 

Fuitne  Orgetorix  potens? 

Quid  Orgetorix  paravit  ? 

Quid  in  animo  habuit  ? 

Num  fines  lati  f uerunt  ? 

Qua  in  civitate  fuit  Orgetorix"? 


THIRD   CONJUGATION  91 

LESSON   XXVI 

THIRD   CONJUGATION 

PRESENT,   IMPERFECT,   AND   FUTURE    INDICATIVE,   ACTIVE 
AND   PASSIVE 

207.  Rego,  rule  Stem,  rege-  Principal  parts,  rego, 
regere,  rexi,  rectus. 

Learn  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  indicative, 
active  and  passive,  of  rego  (571).     Review  166. 

a.  Note  that  the  stem  vowel  of  the  third  conjugation  is 
6,  while  that  of  the  second  conjugation  is  e.  The  6  of  the 
stem  appears,  however,  only  in  one  form  of  the  present 
tense.     Which  form  ? 

h.  Note  that  the  future  tense  endings  of  the  third  con- 
jugation differ  from  those  of  the  first  and  second  conjuga- 
tions.    Make  a  list  of  these  endings. 

c.  Conjugate  in  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future 
indicative,  active  and  passive,  duco,  lead. 

208.  VOCABULARY 

rego,  -ere,  rexi,  rectus,  rule  comparo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  prepare^ 

duco,  -ere,  duxi,  ductus,  lead  gather  together 

mitto,  -ere,  misi,  missus,  send  confirmo,       -are,       -avi,       -atus, 

constituo,  -ere,  -ui,  -iitus,  decide^  de-      strengthen,  establish,  assure 

termine,  set  oratio,  -nis,  f.,  speech,  oration 

adduc5,    -ere,    -duxi,    -ductus    (ad-  lex,  legis,  f.,  law 

duco) ,  lead  on,  influence  amicitia,   -ae,  f.,  friendship 

-que,  and,  enclitic  (cf .  19)  ;  added  to  the  last  word  connected  and  not 
placed  between  them,  pueri  -puellaeque,  boys  and  girls 

EXERCISES 

209.  1.  Constituimus  ;  ducere ;  adducebantur. 
2.     Sex  legiones  trans  flumen  in  finis  Belgarum  diicentur. 


92  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

3.  Galli  amicitia  adducuntur  et  legates  ad  Caesarem  mit- 
tent.       4.     Garros  frumentumque  comparare  constituunt. 

5.  Amicitiam    pacemque    cum    Romanis    confirmabant., 

6.  Legibus  et  oratione  consulis  adducuntur. 

The  Helvetians  Prepare  to  Emigrate.  —  Helvetii  oratione 
Orgetorigis  adducuntur  et  constituunt  omnia ^  ad^  pro- 
fectionem   comparare.  Constituunt   magnum    nume- 

rum  equorum  carrorumque  et  magnam  copiam  frumenti 
comparare,  et  cum  finitimis  pacem  amicitiamque 
confirmare.  Tertius       annus       ad^       profectionem 

constituitur. 

210.  1.  You  (sing.)  will  be  ruled  ;  we  were  being 
sent.  2.     You    (plur.)   determine ;     I  was   leading. 

3.  We    decide    to   prepare   a    large   number   of   ships. 

4.  They  will  be  influenced  by  the  laws  and  friendship. 

5.  The    Gauls     establish     peace     with     the     Romans. 

6.  Who  will  lead  the  legions  into  Gaul  ?  7.  The 
general's  speech  will  influence  the  brave  soldiers. 
8.  The  troops  were  being  sent  into  the  camp  by  the 
lieutenant.  9.  The  laws  are  established  by  the  chief. 
10.  The  Gauls  fought  with  the  Romans  with  javelins  and 
swords. 

211.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  Helvetios  adducit  ? 

Ciiius  oratione  Helvetii  addiicuntur  ? 

Quid  Helvetii  comparant  ? 

Nonne  amicitiam  confirmabunt  ? 

Ciir  Helvetii  profectionem  comparant  ? 

iThe  adjective  omnia  is  here  used  as  a  noun  and  means  ^' all  {things)". 
Why  things  and  not  persons  ?  2  j^^  is  sometimes  best  translated  hy  for. 


THIRD   CONJUGATION.     ACTIVE  AND  PASSIVE  93 

LESSON   XXYII 

THIRD   CONJUGATION.      ACTIVE   AND   PASSIVE 

PERFECT,    PLUPERFECT,    AND     FUTURE    PERFECT    INDICA- 
TIVE.    PLACE   FROM  AND   TO   WHICH 

212.  Learn  the  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future  perfect 
indicative,  active  and  passive,  of  rego  (571). 

a.  No  simple  rule  can  be  given  for  the  formation  of 
perfect  and  participial  stems.  They  must  be  obtained 
from  the  principal  parts. 

PLACE    WHENCE   AND   PLACE   WHITHER 

213.  Rule.  Place  from  which  is  expressed  by,  the  abla- 
tive case  with  ab  (a),  ex  (e),  or  de. 

Ab  (a)  means /rom,  avmy  from  Ab  urbe,  from  the  city 

Ex  (e)  means /rowi,  out  of  Ex  urbe,  out  of  the  city 

De  means  from^  down  from  De  monte,  down  from  the  mountain 

214.  Rule.  Place  to  which  is  expressed  by  the  accusa- 
tive case  with  in  or  ad. 

He  sends  the  soldiers  into  the  city,  Milites  in  uvbein  mittit. 
He  sends  the  soldiers  to  Caesar,  Milites  ad  Caesarem  mittit. 

a.  Do  not  confuse  to  =  place  whither  with  the  to  which 
goes  with  the  indirect  object  in  English  and  is  expressed 
by  the  dative  case  in  Latin. 

He  gives  a  book  to  the  boy,  Librum  puero  dat.  Dative  of  indirect 
object. 

He  sends  a  book  to  the  boy,  Librum  ad  puerum  mittit.  Place 
whither. 

b.  Do  not  confuse  place  where  (in  with  the  ablative 

case)  with  place  into  which  (in  with  the  accusative  case). 

I  am  in  the  city,  In  urhe  sum.    Place  where. 

I  am  sent  into  the  city,  In  urbem  mittor.    Place  whither. 


94  FIRST  BOOK  m  LATIN 


?1,5  VOCABULARY 


-eie,    Tid,   Ticbs,    d^^at,     dJaoeio,  -«re,  -cesai,   diaceaauma, 

withdraw^  depart 
-«fe,  pond,  poaitas,jplac«  dmdo,  -ere.  -yisa^  -finB,  ^qMrote, 

pHekemmp  divide 

pdB,  -«re,  9C]mE,  fvlsas,  cbroe     quo,   irAilAer  f  vckere  t 

(pvi).  eajfei^  romt  vnde,  wkemtx  t  from  inkat  place  f 

cvrry  <m,  «afe  afnifgie,  conUmA,  hastem 

^tSimmfge^  wage  war 

EXERCISES 

21£L  1.  Yicti  eramas ;  castra  posita  sunt.  2.  Romani 
bellom  in  finibus  Belgamm  gesserant.  3.  Quo  missi 
enmt?       In  finis    hostium    eontenderint.  4.     Galli 

Ticti  sunt  et  «le  collibus  pellentur.  5.  Galli  a  Belgis 
fljiniine  dividuntur.  6.  Princeps  e  vied  discessit  et  in 
ooUe  proximo  castra  posuit^ 

The  Oimtpiraey  of  Orgetonx.  —  Orgetoiix  legatus  ad 
<U¥itites  missus  est.  Castieus  erat  fiUus  prineipis  Se- 
quanomm  et  Dumnorix  erat  frater  prineipis  Haeduorum. 
El  homines  cum  Orgetorige  coniuraverunt  et  Orgetorix 
r^num  Helvetiorum  occupare^  parayit. 

23.7.  1-  In  the  fields ;  into  the  camp ;  to  the  river. 
2.  Out  of  the  town  ;  from  the  village ;  down  from 
the  wall.  3.     Messengers  had  been  sent  to   Caesar 

bj  the  Gauls.  4.  Where  is  the  general  ?  Where  did 
he  lead  the  soldiers?  5.     The  Belgians  have  waged 

war  in  the  territory  of  the  Gauls.  6.  The  land  of  the 
Belgians  is  separated  from  Gaul  by  a  river.         7.     The 

to  aeae,  jfUMimi,  adhre  mfinitive  (seomd  fwindpal  part)  of 


THE  DEMONSTRATIVES  HW  AJfD  ILLE  95 

enemy  was  driven  from  the  high  hill.  8.  The  chief 
pitched  his  camp  in  the  territory  of  the  enemy. 
9.     Whence  did  the  general  depart  ?     From  the  town. 

21&  CONVERSATION 

Qnis  legatos  mittitur  ?      Ciiins  fiilias  fait  CastLcus  ? 

Ad  qnos  Orgetorix  missus  est  ? 

Qui  homines  cum  Orgetorige  coniuraverant  ? 

LESSON  XXVIII 

THE  DEMONSTRATIVBS  HIC  AMD  ILLB 

219.  hie,  ihi»;  plnral,  thete 

SnrGUuut  FttmAi; 

Kajc.  Fkm.  Xbct.  Masc.  Fkm-  Xktt. 

XoM.        hie  haec  hoc  hi  hae 

Gev.        hoins  hoins  hnias  hofWH.  haiVM 

Dat.        hnic  hnic  hide  hii  his 

Ace.        huoc  hanc  hoc  hoo  has 

Abl.        hoc  hie  hoc  hit  his 

220.  ille,  that;  plural,  tho9e 
SDrGirx.AJi  Plcikai. 


M*»r. 

Fn. 

Kkpt. 

Masc. 

Fn. 

Knn 

XOM. 

flle 

ina 

flhid 

mi 

illae 

iOa 

Gkx. 

inlns 

iSSm 

iUuB 

illoram 

iUaram 

illon 

Dat. 

Ofi 

ilfi 

on 

ilfis 

iIBb 

Ace. 

iHm 

iOa 

fflnd 

iDos 

illas 

ina 

Abi. 

IDo 

iffi 

IDo 

ilUs 

illis 

flits 

a.    Xote  that  the  plural  is  declined  like  bonus  except  in 
the  form  haec 

h.   Decline  haec  urbs^  thU  city  ;  illad  oppiduni,  that  \ 


96  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

221.  Uses  of  hlc  and  Ule. 

a.   Hie  means  that  Avhich  is  near  the  speaker  in  place, 

time,  or  thought.     lUe  means  that  which  is  remote  from 

the   speaker   in   place,  time,  or   thought.     Each  is  used 

either  as  a  pronoun  or  as  an  adjective. 

This  soldier  is  a  Roman,  that  man  a  Gaul,  Hie  miles  Romanus,  Ule 
vir  Gallus  est. 

h.  Hie  and  ille  are  sometimes  used  as  personal  pro- 
nouns =  Ae,  she^  it,  they,  when  they  are  not  employed  to 
modify  a  noun. 

She  praises  the  soldier,  Ilia  militem  laudat. 

c.  When    there  is   contrast    between    two   persons   or 

things  mentioned  to  be  indicated,  hie  has  the  meaning  of 

the  latter,  ille  the  former. 

Caesar  and  Pompey  were  Roman  generals  ;  the  former  conquered  the 
latter.,  Caesar  et  Pompeius  fuerunt  imperatores  Roman! ;  ille  hunc 
vicit. 

d.  Ille  sometimes  means  that  well  known. 

Ille  Imperator,  that  well-known  general.    . 

222.  VOCABULARY 

colloquium,  -i,  n.,  conference  relinquo,  -ere,  -liqui,  -lictus,  leave, 

tribiinus,  -i,  m.,  tribune'^  abandon 

iiidicium,  -i,  w.^  judgment,  trial  miinitio,  -nis,  i.,  fortification 

saliis,  saliitis,  f.,  safety.,  welfare  inimicus,  -a,  -um,  hostile;    inimi- 

cohors,  cohortis,  f.,  co^or^,  part  of  cus,   m.,    as  a    noun,    personal 

the  legion  enemy 

regio,  -nis,  1,  district,  region  ibi,  adv.,  there.,  in  that  place 

vis, 2    (vis),    f.,    force;    vires,    f.  apud,  prep,  with  ace.  case,  awiongf, 

plur.,  strength  with 
conscribo,  -ere,  -scripsi,  -scriptus, 

enroll.,  enlist 

lA  Roman  officer. 

^  For  declension,  see  536.    The  genitive  and  dative  singular  are  not  used. 


THE   DEMONSTRATIVES   HIC  AND   ILLE  97 

EXERCISES 

223.  1.  Huius  coUoqui  ;  ill  arum  cohortium  \  ab  his 
munitionibus.  2.  Belgae  et  Galli  in  illis  regionibus 
habitabant  ;  hi  inimici  erant  illis.  3.  Ille  tribiinus 
Romanus  sex  legiones  ibi  conscripsit.  4.  Caesar  has 
cohortis  in  hibernis  apud  Gallos  reliquit.  5.  Hostes 
hos  milites  trans  fliimen  vi  diicent.  6.  Niintii  Caesari 
de  saliite  illarum  cdpiarum  niintiaverunt. 

The  Conspiracy  is  Discovered.  —  Haec  coniiiratio  Hel- 
vetiis  per  niintios  nQntiata  est.  Illi  Orgetorigem  igni 
necare  c5nstituerunt  sed  Orgetorix  ad  iiidicium  omnis 
amic5s  diixit  et  hi  amici  eum  per  vim  servaverunt. 

224.  1.  To  these  cohorts ;  by  those  troops.  2.  That 
chief  was  a  powerful  man  among  the  Gauls.  3.  The 
enemy  had  abandoned  these  fortifications.  4.  The 
general  has  summoned  all  the  tribunes  of  the  soldiers  to 
this  conference.  5.  There  Caesar  will  enroll  six 
cohorts.  6.  The  former  men  were  friends  of  the  chief, 
the  latter  were  enemies.  7.  All  his  friends  were  led 
to  the  trial.  8.  The  strength  of  this  man  was  great. 
9.  The  lieutenant  reported  to  the  consul  concerning  the 
welfare  of  the  general.  10.  In  these  districts  there 
were  high  mountains. 

225.  CONVERSATION 

Quibus  coniiiratid  niintiata  est? 
Per  quos  coniiiratio  niintiata  est  ? 
Quem  Helvetii  necare  constituunt  ? 
Quos  Orgetorix  ad  iiidicium  diixit  ? 


98  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


LESSON  XXIX 


SIMPLE,    COMPOUND,    AND   COMPLEX   SENTENCES 
THE   RELATIVE    QUI 

226.  a.  A  sentence  containing  but  one  statement,  hav- 
ing one  subject  and  one  predicate,  is  a  simple  sentence. 
The  soldiers  obey. 

h.  A  sentence  containing  two  or  more  independent 
statements  is  a  compound  sentence.  The  general  orders 
and  the  soldiers  obey. 

(An  independent  statement  is  one  that  is  complete  in 
itself  ;  a  dependent  statement  must  depend  on  some  other 
statement.) 

c.  A  sentence  containing  one  independent  statement 
and  one  or  more  dependent  statements  is  a  complex 
sentence.      When  the  general  orders^  the  soldiers  obey. 

d.  The  separate  statements  in  a  complex  sentence  are 
called  "  clauses."  The  independent  clause  is  called  the  prin- 
cipal or  main  clause  and  the  dependent  clause,  the  subor- 
dinate clause.     This  distinction  is  important  later. 

227.  The  relative  pronoun  is  a  pronoun  which  intro- 
duces a  subordinate  clause  and  relates  or  refers  to  a  noun 
or  pronoun  in  the  principal  clause.  The  relative  pronouns 
in  English  are  who,  which  and  that.  In  Latin  the  relative 
pronoun  is  qui.  This  can  be  distinguished  from  the  in- 
terrogative pronoun  or  adjective  from  the  fact  that  the 
interrogative  pronoun  is  used  to  introduce  a  question 
and  (except  in  indirect  questions,  cf .  366)  is  used  in  the 
principal  clause. 


228. 


THE    RELATIVE    QUI 

Qui,  who^  which,  that 


99 


Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Nrut. 

NOM. 

qui 

quae 

quod 

qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

DAT. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ace. 

quern 

quam 

quod 

qu5s 

quas 

quae 

Abl. 

qu5 

qua 

quo 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

a.    Compare   the    declension    of   qui    with   that  of  the 
interrogative  quis  (qui)  (cf.  200-201). 


229.  Table  of  Meanings  for  Reference.  —  (Gender  is  not 
indicated  by  the  order  in  the  following.) 

NoM.   who,  which,  that  (Subj.) 
Gen.    of  whom,  of  which,  whose 
Dat.   to  or  for  whom,  to  or  for  which 
Ace.  whom,  which,  that  (Obj.) 
Abl.    by,  etc.,  whom,  by,  etc.,  which 

230.  The  following  sentences  illustrate  the  use  of  the 

relative  pronoun:  — 

1.  Legatus,  quern  Caesar  mittit,  oppidum  expiignabit,  The  lieutenant, 
whom  Caesar  sends,  will  capture  the  town. 

2.  Incolae,  quorum  oppidum  expugnatur,  fortes  sunt,  The  inhabitants, 
whose  town  is  being  captured,  are  brave. 

3.  Vir,  a  quo  oppidum  expiignatur,  legatus  Caesaris  est.   The  man,  by 
whom  the  town  is  captured,  is  Caesaris  lieutenant. 

4.  Mulieres,  quae  in  oppido  habitant,  perterrentur.   The  women,  who 
live  in  the  town,  are  frightened. 

5.  Oppidum,  quod  a  legato  expiignatum  est,  parvum  est.    The  toion, 
which  has  been  captured  by  the  lieutenant,  is  small. 

6.  Is,  qui  oppidum  expugnat,  miles  bonus  est.  He  {a  man,  one),  who 
captures  a  town,  is  a  good  soldier: 

7.  N6s,i  qui  eum  mittimus,  R5mani  sumus,   We,  who  send  him,  are 
Bomans. 

1  Wos,  we,  nominative  plural  of  the  personal  pronoun. 


100  FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN 

a.  The  word  in  the  principal  clause  to  which  the  rela- 
tive refers  is  called  the  antecedent.  Thus  in  the  pre- 
ceding sentences  legatus,  incolae,  vir,  mulieres,  etc.,  are 
the  antecedents  of  the  relatives,  quern,  quorum,  quo,  quae, 
etc. 

h.  Note  that  the  relative  pronouns  agree  with  their 
antecedents  in  gender,  number,  and  person,  but  not  neces- 
sarily in  case.  Thus  quam  is  in  the  accusative  case  as  the 
object  of  mittit,  while  its  antecedent,  legatus,  is  in  the 
nominative  as  the  subject  of  expugnabit. 

c.  Note  that  in  the  sixth  sentence  is  does  not  refer  to 
any  particular  person,  but  means  one^  a  man.  Is  is  very 
commonly  used  thus  as  the  antecedent  of  the  relative. 

d.  Apply  the  rule  below  to  the  above  examples. 

231.  Rule.  The  relative  pronoun  agrees  with  its  ante- 
cedent in  gender^  number^  and  person^  hut  its  case  is  gov- 
erned hy  its  use  in  its  own  clause. 

232.  VOCABULARY 

incite,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  arouse,  ex-  legatio,  -nis,  f.,  embassy 

cite  potestas,  -atis,  f.,  power 

incolo,  -ere,  -ui,  -cultus,  inhabit  iniuria,  -ae,  f.,  wrong,  injury 

despero,  -are,  -avi,  atus,  despair  suspici5,  -nis,  f.,  suspicion 

incendo,  -ere,  -cendi,    -census,   set  praemium, -i,  n.,  rew^ard,  pn;se 

fire  to,  burn  littera,  -ae,  f.,  letter  of  the  alpha- 

traduc5  (trans-duc5) ,   -ere,    -duxi,  bet ;  iplur.,  a  letter,  dispatch 

-ductus,  lead  across,  lead  over  postea,  adv.,  afterward 

Ob,  prep,  with  ace.  case,  on  account  of,  because  of 

EXERCISES 

233.  1.  Ei  qui  banc  regionem  incolebant  ob  iniurias 
hostium  incitati  sunt.  2.  Gives,  quorum  urbs  incensa 
erat,    legationem    litterasque     ad     Caesarem     miserunt. 


THE   RELATIVE    QUI  101 

3.  Postea  eae  copiae,  quae  de  victoria  (lesperaverant,  trail's 
flumen  traductae  sunt.  4.  Gives  multas  suspiciones 
habebant  de  praemiis  quae  data  erant. 

Death  of  Orgetorix.  —  Civitas  ob  eius  fugam  incitata 
est  et  principes  multitudinem  hominum  ex  agris 
convocaverunt.  Interim  Orgetorix,  qui  de  regno 
desperaverat,  mortuus  est  ^  et  Helvetii  multas  suspiciones 
de  eius  morte  habebant. 

234.  1.  The  Gauls  burned  the  city  which  they  had 
captured.  2.  The  citizens  were  aroused  on  account  of 
the  letter  which  the  general  had  sent.  3.  Afterward  the 
lieutenant  will  lead  the  embassy  across  the  river.  4.  On 
account  of  those  wrongs  which  were  reported  the  fields  of 
the  Gauls  were  being  devastated.  5.  The  men  who 
inhabit  this  country  despaired  of  ^  the  power  of  the  chief. 
6.  His  suspicions  were  strengthened  on  account  of  the 
rewards  which  the  chief  had  given.  7.  Those  who  had 
been  led  across  the  river  were  saved.  8.  The  embassy 
which  they  have  sent  will  be  led  into  the  city.  9.  The 
city  in  which  they  had  lived  was  burned. 

235.  CONVERSATION 

Ciiius  fuga  Helvetios  incitavit  ? 

Quos  principes  convocaverunt  ? 

Qui  de  morte  Orgetorigis  suspiciones  habebant  ? 

Necabuntne  Orgetorigem  ? 

Eratne  multitudo  hominum  magna  ? 

Qui  Orgetorigem  iiiverant  ? 

1 "  died."  2  "  concerning." 


102 


FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN 

LESSON   XXX 

FOURTH   DECLENSION 


)URTH  : 

DECLENSION  — STEM    ENDS    IN  -U. 

DATIVE 

WITH 

INTRANSITIVE   VERBS 

236.     exercitus,  m.,  army 

Stem,  exercitu- 

Base,  exercit- 

cornu,  n.,  horn^  wing 

Stem,  cornu- 

Base,  corn- 

(of  an  army) 

Endings 

SlNGULAR 

Masc. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

exercitus 

cornii 

-us 

-u 

Gen. 

exercitus 

cornus 

-us 

-us 

DAT. 

exercitui 

cornu 

-ui 

-ii 

Ace. 

exercitum 

cornu 

-um 

-u 

Abl. 

exercitu 

cornii 
Plural 

-u 

-u 

NOM. 

exercitus 

cornua 

-us 

-ua 

Gen. 

exercituum 

cornuum 

-uum 

-uum 

Dat. 

exercitibus 

cornibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

exercitus 

cornua 

-us 

-ua 

Abl. 

exercitibus 

cornibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

a.  The  dative  singular  of  nouns  in  -us  sometimes  ends 
in  -u. 

I.  The  following  take  -ubus  in  the  dative  and  ablative 
plural :  tribus,  trihe  ;  portus,  harbor  (sometimes),  and  two- 
syllable  words  in  -cus. 

c.  Domus,  f.,  house,  home,  belongs  partly  to  the  second 
and  partly  to  the  fourth  declension.  Learn  its  declension 
in  536. 

d.  There  are  very  few  nouns  in  -ti,  and  cornu  is  the 
only  one  which  will  be  given  in  this  book. 

e.  Decline  portus  magnus,  large  harbor  ;  cornu  dextrum, 
right  wing. 


FOURTH  DECLENSION  103 

237.  Gender.  Nouns  of  the  fourth  declension  in  -us 
are  masculine  ;  those  in  -u  are  neuter. 

a.  Domus,  house,  home,  manus,  hand,  hand,  and  a  few- 
others  are  feminine. 

238.  Dative   with   Intransitive   Verbs.  —  Certain   verbs 

which  in  English  are  transitive  and  take  a  direct  object 

in  the  objective  (accusative)  case,  when  translated  into 

Latin  are  intransitive  and  are  used  with  the  dative  case. 

The  soldiers  obey  the  general,  Milites  impef^atori  parent. 
They  believe  the  man,  Vivo  credunt. 

239.  Rule.  Moat  verbs  meaning  to  favor,  help,  please, 
trust,  believe,  and  their  opppsites,  also  to  persuade,  command, 
obey,  serve,  resist,  envy,  threaten,  pardon,  and  spare,  and 
the  like,  govern  the  dative  case, 

240.  VOCABULARY 

exercitus,  -us,  m.,  army  cornu,  -us,  n.,   horn,   wing   (of  an 
equitatus,  -us,  m.,  cavalry'^  army) 

peditatus,  -us,  m.,  infantry'^  sinister,  sinistra,  sinistrum,  left 

manus,  -iis,  f.,  hand,  force,  hand  pareo,  -ere,  -ui,  -iturus,  obey 

domus,  -iis,  f.,  house,  home  noceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itiirus,  harm,  injure 

portus,  -us,  m.,  harbor,  port  resisto,  -ere,  -stiti,  — ,  resist,  oppose 

lacus,  -us,  m.,  lake  persuadeo,    -ere,    -suasi,    -suasiirus, 
deleter,  dextra,  dextrum,  right  persuade 

a  dextro  (sinistro)  cornu,  on  the  right  {left)  wing 


EXERCISES 

241.  1.  Equitatus  a  sinistro  cornii  et  peditatus  a 
dextro  cornii  hostibus  restitit.  2.  In  portubus  et  in 
lacubus   sunt  multae  et   magnae  naves.         3.     Prmceps 

1  Collective  noun,  used  in  the  singular,  and  when  subject,  taking  a  verb 
in  the  singular. 


104  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN 

civibus,    qui    consilio    parent,    persuadet.         4.     Copiae 
domibus     incolarum     non     nocebunt.  5.      Ei,     qui 

imperatori   paruerunt,    a   sinistro   cornu   piignaverunt. 

The  Helvetians  Continue  Preparations  for  Departure.  — 
Post  mortem  Orgetorigis  de  profectione  non 
desperaverunt  sed  paraverunt  id  quod  constituerant. 
Omnis  equos  carrosque  comparaverunt  et  omnia  oppida, 
vicos  et  aedificia  incenderunt.  Multi  finitimorum  cum 
Helvetiis  e  finibus  properaverunt. 

242.  1.  The  left  wing  of  the  army  will  oppose  the 
cavalry  of  the  enemy.  2.  The  consul  was  wounded 
in  the  left  hand.  3.  There  were  many  large  ^  lakes  in 
the  district.  4.  The  Roman  general  sent  the  soldiers 
to  the  harbor.  5.  The  infantry  will  not  obey  the  lieu- 
tenant. 6.  The  leader  will  persuade  them.  7.  The 
enemy  injured  the  bridge  which  the  Romans  had  built. 
8.  The  women  and  children  who  were  in  the  town  were 
saved.  9.  In  whose  territory  is  Caesar's  cavalry  ? 
10.     Will  not  the  soldiers  obey  the  general  ? 

243.  CONVERSATION 

Quid  Helvetii  comparaverunt  ? 

Incenderuntne  Helvetii  multa  oppida  ? 

Qui  cum  Helvetiis   e  finibus  properaverunt  ? 

Quod  cornu  exercitiis  hostibus  resistebat  ? 

Cuius  exercitus  est  in  hac  urbe  ? 

Qui  Romanis  resistunt  ? 

Nonne  milites  imperatori  parebunt? 

1  *'  many  and  large.'* 


THIRD   CONJUGATION  — VERBS   IN  -10  105 

LESSON   XXXI 

THIRD   CONJUGATION  — VERBS   IN    lO 

THE  LOCATIVE  CASE.     SYNTAX  WITH  NAMES  OF  TOWNS 

244.  Capio,  take  Stem,  cape-  Principal  parts,  capio, 
capere,  cepi,  captus.  Learn  the  conjugation  of  capio  in 
the  indicative  active  and  passive  (578). 

a.  Note  that  the  conjugation  of  verbs  in  -io  of  the 
third  conjugation  in  the  indicative  is  the  same  as  that  of 
rego  except  that  -i-  is  inserted  in  the  imperfect  and  future, 
and  in  the  first  person  singular  and  third  person  plural  of 
the  present  tense. 

h.  All  verbs  in  -io  with  infinitives  in  -ere  belong  to 
this  conjugation  and  are  declined  like  capio.  Write  out 
a  synopsis  of  fugio  in  the  first  person,  active,  and  of  iacio 
in  the  third  person,  active  and  passive. 

245.  Locative  Case. —  Names  of  towns  and  small  islands 
and  a  few  other  words  have  a  form  called  the  locative  case 
which  expresses  place  where  and  is  translated  by  a ^  or  in. 

The  locative  endings  with  examples  and  meanings  are 

as  follows  :  — 

Example 
Romae,  at  or  in  Borne 
Athenis,  at  or  in  Athens 
( Tarenti,  at  or  in  Tarentum 
l^Pompeiis,  at  or  in  Pompeii 
J  Carthagini,  at  or  in  Carthage 
[^  Calibus,  at  or  in  Cales 

a.  A  few  other  nouns  have  locative  forms  of  which  the 
most  common  are  :  domi,  at  home;  humi,  on  the  ground; 
ruri,  in  the  country. 


Sing. 

Plur. 

Declension     I. 

-ae 

-is 

Declension    II. 

-i 

-is 

Declension  III. 

-  i  or  -e 

-ibus 

106 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


246.     Rule.      With  names  of  towns,  small  islands,  and 
dotnus  and  rus :  — 

1.  Place  where  is  expressed  hy  the  locative  case. 

2.  Place  to  which   is   expressed   hy    the    accusative  case 
without  a  preposition. 

3.  Place  from  which  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  case 
without  a  preposition. 

a.    Review  47,  213,  214. 


247. 


Est,  he  is 


EXAMPLES 


Place   Where 


{1 


in  urbe,  in  the  city 
in  Gallia,  in  Gaul 


Romae,  at  or  in  Borne 
Pompeiis,  at  or  in  Pompeii 
domi,  at  home 
I  riiri,  in  the  country 


Place  to  Which 


adpontem,  to  the  bridge 
Contendit,    •!  in  oppidum,  into  the  town 
he  hastens   \  in  Galliam,  into  Gaul 


Romam,  to  Borne 
Pompeios,  to  Pompeii 
domum,  home 
rus,  to  the  country 


{a  flumine,  from  the  river 
de  monte,  from  the  mountain 
e  Gallia,  out  of  Gaul 


Place  from  Which 

'  Roma,  from  Borne 


Pompeiis,  from  Pompeii 
dom5,  from  home 
riire,  from  the  country 


248. 


VOCABULARY 


Roma,  -ae,  f.,  Bome 
Athenae,  -arum,  f.,  plur.,  Athens 
Pompeii,  -orum,  m.,  plur.,  Pompeii 
Carthago,  -ginis,  f.,  Carthage 
Cales,  -ium,  f.,  plur.,  Cales 
Tarentum,  -i,  n.,  Tarentum 
impetus,  -iis,  m,,  attack 

iter  facio,  make  a  march,  march 

impetum  facio  in,  with  ace.  case,  make  an  attack  upon 


capio,  -ere,  cepi,  captus,  take,  re- 
ceive, capture 
iacio,  -ere,  ieci,  iactus,  throw,  hurl 
facio,  -ere,  feci,  factus,  make,  do 
fugio,  -ere,  fiigi,  fugiturus,  flee 
rus,  ruris,  n.,  country  (as  opposed 
to  city) 


THIRD  CONJUGATION  — VERBS  IN -10  107 

EXERCISES 

249.  1.  Romam  ;  Athenis  properat  ;  fugiemus 
Carthagine.         2.     Iter  Pompeiis  Tarentum  faciebamus. 

3.  Romani  impetum  in  hostes  fecerunt  et  tela  iecerunt. 

4.  Caesar     oppidum,    quod     Galli     reliquerant,     cepit. 

5.  Rex  cives  Calibus  rus  mittet. 

Route  of  the  Helvetians'  March.  —  Erant  itinera  duo^  e 
finibus  Helvetiorum  sed  iter  per  fines  Sequanorum  erat 
per  altos  montes  et  angastum.  Itaque  Helvetii  per 
provinciam  Romanam  iter  facere  constituerunt. 

250.  1.  In  the  province  ;  at  Pompeii ;  from  Carthage. 
2.  From  Cales  to  Athens ;  in  Tarentum.  3.  The 
army  will  march  from  Rome  into  Gaul.  4.  The 
citizens  had  hastened  into  the  country  at  daybreak. 
5.  The  enemy  hurled  javelins  and  made  an  attack  on 
the  infantry.  6.  The  Romans  had  already  taken  the 
town  and  the  inhabitants  were  fleeing.  7.  The  consul 
will  not  be  at  home  to-day.  8.  The  general  sent  re- 
enforcements  to  the  allies  who  were  in  that  village. 
9.  The  Romans  surpass  the  Gauls  in  bravery  and 
boldness.  10.  The  troops  whom  he  had  sent  were 
defeated. 

251.  CONVERSATION 

Ubi  est  consul? 
Qua  ex  urbe  fiigisti  ? 
Qua  in  urbe  est  tribunus  ? 
Nonne  eras  riis  properabis  ? 
Num  domi  heri  mansisti  ? 

i"two." 


108  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON   XXXII 

PERSONAL   AND   REFLEXIVE  PRONOUNS 

POSSESSIVE   ADJECTIVES 
252.  Singular 

First  Person  Second  Person         Possessive  Adjective 

NoM.     ego,  /  tu,  you 

Gen.     mei,  o/rwe  tm.,  of  you  meus, -a, -um,  w?/ or  mme 

Dat.     mihi,  to  or  for  me  tibi,  to  or  for  you    tuus,  -a,  -um,  your  or  yours 

Ace.      me,  me  te,  you  (applying  to  one  person) 

Abl.     me,  by,  etc.,  me  te,  by,  etc.,  you 

Plural 
NoM.     nos,  we  vos,  you  noster,  nostra,  nostrum, 

fnostri     1  fvestri     1 

^^^-  jnostrum/  '  ^^^^^     |vestrum|'  ^-^^^^^ 
Dat.     nobis,  to,  for  us         vobis,  to,  for  you    vester,  vestra,  vestrum. 
Ace.     n5s,  us  vos,  you  your      (applying      to 

Abl.     nobis,  6?/,  etc. ,  ws      vobis,    by,  etc.,         more  than  one  person) 

you 

Third  Person  (Reflexive) 
Singular  and  Plural 


our 


NOM. 

Gen.   sui,  of  himself,  herself,  itself,  suus,  -a,  -um,  Jiis,  her, 

themselves  it,  their  {own) 

Dat.    sibi,  to  or  for  himself,  etc.,  themselves 
Ace.   se  (sese),  himself,  etc.,  themselves 
Abl.   se(sese),  by,  etc.,  himself,  etc.,  themselves 

253.  Use  of  the  Personal  and  Reflexive  Pronouns  and 
Possessive  Adjectives. 

a.    The  personal  pronouns  are   expressed   as   subjects 

only  for  emphasis  or  contrast.     In  the  third  person  is,  or 

sometimes  hie  or  ille,  may  be  used  as  a  personal  pronoun 

when  the  pronoun  is  not  reflexive. 

Ego  tibi  credo,  tii  mihi  non  credis,  I  believe  you,  you  donH  believe  me. 
Is  mihi  credit,  tii  ei  non  credis.  He  believes  me,  you  donH  believe  him. 


PERSONAL   AND   REFLEXIVE   PRONOUNS  109 

h.  A  reflexive  pronoun  is  one  that  refers  back  to  the 
subject.  The  reflexive  pronouns  of  the  first  and  second 
persons  have  the  same  forms  as  the  personal  pronouns. 
Me  laudo,  /  praise  myself ;  te  laudas,  you  praise  yourself; 
etc.  Sui,  etc.,  is  entirely  a  reflexive  pronoun  and  must 
not  be  used  except  to  refer  to  the  subject.  In  all  other 
uses  is  is  commonly  employed. 

Se  laudat,  He  praises  himself. 

Eum  laudat,  He  praises  Mm  (some  one  else). 

c.  The  possessive  adjectives  are  declined  as  bonus  or 
pulcher  and  must  agree  with  their  nouns  like  any  other 
adjective.  The  genitive  of  the  personal  pronouns  is 
never  used  to  denote  possession.  Tuus  is  singular  and 
vaster  is  plural  with  reference  to  the  person  or  persons 
referred  to,  but  either  may  be  singular  or  plural  in 
agreement  with  its  noun. 

Amicos  tuos  laudas,  You  (sing.)  praise  your  friends  (plur.). 
Urbem  vestram  laudatis,  You  (plur.)  praise  your  city  (sing.). 

d.  Suus  is  used  for  te,  her^  its,  or  their,  when  these 
refer  to  the  subject  of  the  sentence ;  otherwise  the 
genitive  of  is  must  be  used  :  eius  for  his,  her,  or  its,  eorum 
for  their  referring  to  masculines  and  neuters,  and  earum 
for  their  referring  to  feminines. 

Filium  suum  laudat,  He  praises  his  own  son. 

Filium  eius  laudat,  He  praises  his  (some  one''s  else)  son. 

e.  With  the  ablative  of  the  personal  and  reflexive 
pronouns,  cum,  with,  is  used  as  an  enclitic  (19).  Thus  : 
mecum,  tecum,  secum,  nobiscum,  vobiscum,  with  me,  etc. 

Pax  vobiscum,  peace  (be)  with  you. 


110  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN 

254.  VOCABULARY 

ago,  -ere,  egi,  actus,  drive,  do,  treat  placed,   -ere,    -ui,     -itunis,    please 
cog5  (co-ag5),  -ere,  coegi,  coactus,  (with  dative  case) 

collect,  gather,  force,  compel  adventus,  -us,  m.,  arrival 

credo,  -ere,   credidi,   creditus,    be-  senatus,  -us,  m.,  senate 

lieve,  trust   (with    dative  case)  ripa, -ae,  f.,  6awA;  (of  a  river) 

rogo,  -are,  -avi,   -atus,  ask,   ask-  subitus,  -a,  -um,  sudden 

for  ubi,  ichen 

EXERCISES 

255.  1.  Meum  consilium  tibi  n5n  placuit  sed  senatus 
mihi  credet.  2.  Caesar  principes  ad  se  convocavit  et 
ab  eis  deditidnem  postulavit.  3.  Eius  adventii  subito 
hostes  perterriti  sunt  et  omnes  suas  copias  coegerunt. 
4.  Ubi  nostril  ad  ripam  fliiminis  ducti  sunt  hostes 
fiigerunt.  5.  Equos  suos  in  tuos  agros  aget  —  in 
vestros  agr5s.  6.     Cum  Caesare  ;   tecum ;  ndbiscum. 

Caesar  Learns  the  Plans  of  the  Helvetians.  —  Cdnsilia 
Helvetiorum  Caesari  nuntiata  sunt  et  Caesar  Roma  in 
Galliam  contendit.  Eo  tempore  in  eis  locis  non  multi 
milites  erant.  Itaque  Caesar  magnum  numerum  militum 
in  provincia  Romana  conscripsit. 

256.  1.  Caesar  will  collect  his  soldiers  and  will  make 
an  attack  on  you  (plur.).  2.  His  sudden  arrival  pleased 
the  senate.  3.  Our^  (men)  will  believe  their 
lieutenant.  4.  The  troops  have  demanded  rewards 
from  you  (sing.).  5.  The  girl  drove  her  horses  to 
the  bank  of  the  river.  6.  When  you  (sing.)  departed 
out  of  the  city,  I  sent  my  son  home.  7.  He  will  send 
brave  soldiers   with   us  to  the  city.         8.     In  the  third 

1  The  masculine  ending  shows  that  "  men  "  is  understood. 


PERSONAL  AND   REFLEXIVE   PRONOUNS  111 

« 

watch  they  will  lead  us  out  of  the  camp.  9.  This  was 
done  by  you  (plur.)  with  great  diligence.  10.     He 

pleases  you,  but  you  do  not  please  him. 

257.  CONVERSATION 

Cui  c5nsilium  Helvetiorum  nuntiatum  est? 

Ubi  erat  Caesar  ? 

Num  multi  milites  in  Gallia  erant  ? 

Ubi  Caesar  milites  conscripsit  ? 

Quam  in  terram  Caesar  contendet  ? 

258.  REVIEW  EXERCISE 

I.  1.  What  are  the  endings  of  Declension  I? 
2.  Of  Declension  II?  3.  Of  Declension  III? 
4.  Of  Declension  IV?  5.  What  is  the  gender  of 
nouns  of  Declension  I?  6.  Of  Declension  II? 
7.     Of    Declension    III?  8.     Of    Declension    IV? 

9.  What    declensions    contain    nouns    ending    in    -us  9 

10.  What   declensions    contain    nouns   ending    in   -er  9 

II.  1.  How  many  regular  conjugations  are  there  in 
Latin  ?  2.  How  can  you  tell  to  what  conjugation  a  verb 
belongs  ?  3.  What  are  the  principal  parts  of  a  verb  ? 
4.  How  do  verbs  in  -io  of  the  third  conjugation  differ 
from  those  in  -o  ?  5.  What  is  the  difference  in  mean- 
ing and  use  between  the  imperfect  and  perfect  tenses? 

6.  Between    the    future    and     future    perfect     tenses? 

7.  What  are  the  personal  endings  of  the  perfect  active  ? 

8.  Of    the     present,    imperfect,    and     future     active  ? 

9.  What  are  the  personal  endings  of  the  present,  im- 
perfect, and  future  passive  ?  10.  How  are  the  perfect, 
pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  passive  tenses  formed  ? 


112 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


LESSON   XXXIII 

FOURTH  CONJUGATION 

INDICATIVE 

259.   Audio,  hear     Stem,  audi-      Principal  Parts,  audio,  audire, 
audivi,  auditus 

Learn  all  tenses  of  the  indicative,  active  and  passive,  of 
audio  (585). 

a.  Compare  carefully  with  the  conjugation  of  capio  in 
the  present  (578).  All  other  tenses  of  the  indicative  are 
conjugated  like  capio. 


Active 

Sing.  1.  audi5 

2.  audis 

3.  audit 
Plur.    1.  audimus 


Present 


Passive 


capio 
capis 
capit 
capimus 

2.  auditis         capitis 

3.  audiunt       capiunt 


audior 

audiris 

auditur 

audimur 

audimini 

audiuntur 


capior 

caperis 

capitur 

capimur 

capimini 

capiuntur 


h.    Write   out   a   synopsis   of   impedio,   hinder^   in   the 
second  person,  and  of  munio^  fortify^  in  the  third  person. 


260. 


VOCABULARY 


audiS,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus,  hear 

muni5,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus,  fortify 

impedio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus,  hinder, 
impede^  prevent 

venio,  -ire,  veni,  venturus,  come 

conveni5  (con-venio),  -ire,  -veni, 
-venturus,  assemble^  come  to- 
gether 

reperio,  -ire,  repperi,  repertus,  discover,  find  out 


defendo,  -ere,  -fendi,  -fensus,   de- 
fend, protect 
vox,  vocis,  1,  voice 
clamor,  -oris,  m.,  cry,  clamor,  shout 
natura,  -ae,  f.,  nature 
vallum,  -i,  n.,  rampart,  mound 
sententia,  -ae,  f.,  opinion 


FOURTH  CONJUGATION  113 

EXERCISES 

261.  1.  Venit;  sententia  reperietur;  impeditus  er5. 
2.  Clamores  e5rum  qui  cum  impedimentis  veniebant 
audiebantur.  3.  Gives  urbem  vallo  miinient  et  cum 
virtute  se  defendent.  4.  De  natiira  montis,  in  qu5 
hostes  convenerant,  repperit.  5.  Voces  eorum,  qui 
impedimentis  impediuntur,  auditis. 

The  Helvetians  Send  Ambassadors  to  Caesar.  —  Ubi 
Helvetii,  qui  ad  ripam  fliiminis  Rhodani  convenerant, 
de  adventu  Caesaris  audiverunt,  legatds  ad  eum  miserunt. 
Hi  legati  iter  per  provinciam  a  Caesare  postulaverunt. 
Id  Caesar  eis  non  dedit  sed  colloquium  constituit. 

262.  1.  They  will  have  come ;  we  had  fortified. 
2.  The  consul  heard  the  opinions  of  those  who  had 
assembled.  3.  The  camp  had  been  fortified  by  a 
rampart  of  great  height.  4.  The  city  had  been  for- 
tified by  a  high  wall  and  a  broad  ditch.  5.  The  cries 
of  the  brave  soldiers  who  had  been  wounded  were  heard. 
6.  The  citizens  will  defend  themselves  with  great  bold- 
ness. 7.  The  soldiers  were  impeded  by  their  weapons 
and  the  baggage.  8.  You  hear  the  voice  of  the 
general  who  is  leading  the  army.  9.  With  whom  had 
the  Gauls  fought?  10.  With  these  weapons  they  will 
defend  their  homes  and  fields. 

263.  CONVERSATION 

Ubi  Helvetii  de  adventii  Gaesaris  audiverunt  ? 
Legatine  ad  eum  missi  sunt  ? 
Quid  Helvetii  a  Gaesare  postulaverunt  ? 
Num  Gaesar  iter  per  provinciam  dedit  ? 


114  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON   XXXIV 

IRREGULAR    ADJECTIVES 

264  Learn  the  declension  of  unus  and  alius  (541),  and 
memorize  the  following  adjectives  which  take  the  endings 
-ius  in  the  genitive  singular  and  -i  in  the  dative  singular 
of  all  genders.     The  plural  is  declined  like  bonus. 

alius,  alia,  aliud,  other^  another      ullus,  -a,  -um,  ciny 
alter,  -era,  -erum,  the  other  nuUus,  -a,  -um,  no,  none,  no  one 

{of  two)  uter,  utra,  utrum,  which  (of  two) 

unus,  -a,  -um,  one,  alone  neuter,    -tra,     -trum,    neither 

solus,  -a,  -um,  alone,  sole,  only  {of  two) 

uterque,  utraque,  utrumque,  each  {of  two),  both 

totus,  -a,  -um,  whole,  all 

a.  Note  that  the  nominative  and  accusative  singular 
neuter  of  alius  is  aliud.     The  genitive  of  alter  is  alterius. 

265.  Memorize  the  following  idiomatic  uses   of   alius, 

alter,  etc. 

alius   ....  alius,  one    .  .  .  another 

alii alii,  some  .  .  .  others 

alter  1 

unus  f    *  *  '  ^^^^^^  the  one  .  .  .  the  other  {of  two) 

alius   ....  aliud,      one  one  thing  .  .  .  another,  another 

Examples. 

1.  One  fights,  another  flees,  another  is  killed.  Alius  piignat,  alius 
fugit,  alius  interficitur. 

2.  Some  fight,  others  flee.  Alii  pugnant,  alii  f  ugiunt. 

3.  The  one  helps  the  other.  Alter  alterum  iuvat. 

4.  One  does  one  thing,  another  another,  Alius  aliud  facit. 

266.  VOCABULARY 

interfici5  (inter  +  faci5), -ere,  -feci,      castellum,  -i,  n.,fort 

-fectus,  kill,  slay  prohibeo     (pr5-habeo),    -ere,    -ui, 

dedo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus,  surrender         -iius,  keep  away,  keep  out, prevent 


IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES  115 

EXERCISES 

267.  1.  Utri  praemium  dedit  ?  Neutri.  2.  Nam  alter! 
non  credidit,  alter  interf ectus  erat.  3.  Nationes  totius 
Galliae  virtute  audaciaque  unius  hominis  superatae  sunt. 
4.  In  utraque  ripa  fluminis  erant  milites,  quorum  alii 
equites,  alii  pedites  erant.  5.  Sine  iillo  periculo 
magnum  numerum  hostium  interfecerunt.  6.  Alii 
interfecti    sunt,    alii    se    dediderunt. 

Caesar  Blocks  the  Helvetians,  —  Interim  Caesar  a  lacu 
Lemanno  ad  montem  luram,  qui  fines  Sequanorum  ab 
Helvetiis  dividit,  miirum  altum  et  fossam  fecit.  Hie 
miirus  praesidiis  castellisque  miinitus  est  et  Helvetios  ab 
itinere  per  provinciam  prohibuit. 

268.  1.  Some  were  sent  to  one  city,  some  to  another.  ^ 
2.  There  was  no  bridge  over  this  river.  3.  To 
which  of  the  (two)  generals  was  the  money  given? 
4.  To  one  of  these  he  gave  a  sword,  to  the  other  a 
javelin.  5.  During  that  summer  another  town  was 
captured.  6.  Some  heard  one  thing,  others  another.^ 
7.  On  each  end  of  the  bridge  there  was  a  band  of 
soldiers.  8.  Some  defended "  the  camp  in  one  place, 
others  in  another. ^  9.  One  surrendered,  the  other 
was  killed.         10.     The  Romans  will  surrender  to  no  one. 

269.  CONVERSATION 

Quid  Caesar  fecit  ? 

MUnivitne  Caesar  hnnc  miirum  ? 

Quis  mons  Sequanos  ab  Helvetiis  dividit  ? 

Feceruntne  Helvetii  iter  per  provinciam  ? 

1  '*  Others  were  sent  to  another  city." 

2  "  Others  heard  another  thing."  »  "  Others  in  another  part,"  etc. 


116  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON   XXXV 

,  CARDINAL   NUMERALS 

ACCUSATIVE  OF  TIME   AND   SPACE 

270.  Learn  the  cardinal  numerals  (542). 

271.  The  cardinal  numerals  are  indeclinable  except 
unus,  duo,  tres,  ducenti,  nongenti,  and  mille.  Review  the 
declension  of  unus  (541),  and  learn  the  declension  of 
duo,  tres,  mille  (541). 

a.  The  hundreds,  ducenti  to  nongenti,  are  declined  like 
the  plural  of  bonus. 

h.  For  one  thousand  mille  is  used  as  an  indeclinable 
adjective.  For  more  than  one  thousand  milia  is  used  as 
a  neuter  noun  and  is  followed  by  the  genitive  case. 
Thus;  mille  milites,  a  thousand  soldiers;  but  duo  milia 
militum,  two  thousand  soldiers  (two  thousands  of  sol- 
diers^, 

c.  Decline  the  expression  for :  three  men ;  three  thou- 
sand ships. 

272.  Rule.  Duration  of  time  and  extent  of  space  are 
expressed  hy  the  accusative  case. 

1.  For  six  hours  they  fought,  Sex  horas  pugnabant. 

2.  Bomulus  was  kitig  for  thirty-seven  years^  Romulus  septem  et 
triginta  annos  rex  fuit. 

3.  The  ditch  is  three  feet  deep,  Fossa  tres  pedes  est  alta. 

4.  The  road  is  Jive  miles'long,  Via  quinque  milia  passuum  est  longa. 

273.  VOCABULARY 

mensis,  -is,  m.,  month  passus,  -us,  m.,  step,  pace 

mille  passus,  a  thousand  paces,  a  (Boman)  mile 
milia  passuum,  thousands  of  paces,  {Boman)  miles     . 


CARDINAL  NUMERALS  117 

EXERCISES 

274.  1.  Duo  milia  centum  quinquaginta  quattuor. 
2.  Caesar  cum  duabus  legionibus  et  quingentis  equitibus 
in  finis  Belgarum  iter  fecit.  3.  Exercitus  Caesaris 
novem  annos  octo  mensis  in  Gallia  mansit.  4.  Via 
duodeviginti  milia  passuum  fuit  longa  et  quadraginta 
pedes  lata.  5.  Tribus  mensibus  hostes  cum  centum 
milibus  hominum  venient. 

The  Helvetians  Try  to  Cross  the  River,  —  Ubi  id 
tempus,  quod  Caesar  cum  legatis  constituerat,  venit  et 
legati  ad  eum  venerunt,  Caesar  Helvetiis  iter  n5n  dedit. 
Itaque  Helvetii  iter  trans  fliimen  per  vim  facere  conati 
sunt.i     gg^  Iq\1^  Romanorum  superati  sunt. 

275.  1.  Three  thousand  two  hundred  sixty-five. 
2.  The  army  will  march  four  miles  to-day.  3.  One 
thousand  nine  hundred  and  seven.  4.  The  wall  is 
nineteen  feet  high  and  six  hundred  feet  long.  5.  For 
eight  hours  they  fought  with  the  enemy.  6,  The 
troops  remained  in  the  territory  ol  the  Belgians  for  three 
months.  7.  That  day  the  army  marched  ten  miles. 
8.  With  four  cohorts  and  three  hundred  horsemen  the 
lieutenant  hastened  out  of  camp.  9.  The  legions 
awaited  the  attack  of  the  enemy  for  two  hours. 
10.     Five    hundred    men    were    killed    in    the    battle. 

276.  CONVERSATION 

Veneruntne  legati  ad  colloquium? 
Dabitne  Caesar  iter  Helvetiis  ? 
Iterne  Helvetiis  a  Caesare  dabitur? 
Helvetiine  superati  sunt  ? 

1  "  conati  sunt,"  attempted. 


118 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


LESSON   XXXVI 

ORDINAL   NUMERALS  — FIFTH   DECLENSION 

REVIEW   OF   DECLENSIONS   I-V 

277.  Learn  the  ordinal  numerals  from  first  to  twentieth 
and  read  the  rest  (of.  542). 

a.   The   ordinal   numerals  are  declined  like  bonus,  -a, 
-urn  (537). 

278.  Fifth  Declension. 

dies,  m.,  day        Stem,  die-     Base,  di- 


res,  f.,  thing 

Stem,  re-       Base,  r- 

Endings 

Sing. 

Plur. 

SlNG. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

NOM. 

dies 

dies    • 

res 

res 

-es 

-es 

Gen. 

diei 

dierum 

r6i 

rerum 

-111 

-erum 

Dat. 

diei 

diebus 

r6i 

rebus 

-111 

-ebus 

Ace. 

diem 

dies 

rem 

res 

-em 

-es 

Abl. 

die 

diebus 

re 

rebus 

-e 

-ebus 

a.  Dies  and  res  are  thge  only  nouns  of  the  fifth  declen- 
sion which  have  a  complete  plural.  Some  others  have  a 
nominative  and  accusative  plural. 

h.  Decline  res  publica,^  the  state;  haec  acies,  this  Ime  of 
battle. 

279.  Gender.  —  All  nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  are 
feminine,  except  dies,  which  is  usually  masculine  in  the 
singular  and  always  so  in  the  plural. 

1  When  the  ending  -ei  of  the  genitive  and  dative  cases  is  preceded  by  a 
vowel,  the  -e-  is  long ;  otherwise  short.     Hence,  diei,  but  rei. 

2  Res  piiblica  literally  means  the  public  affair  and  publica  is  declined 
as  any  adjective  of  the  first  and  second  declension.  Res  publica  is  com- 
monly used  in  the  singular  only. 


ORDINAL  NUMERALS  —  FIFTH   DECLENSION 


119 


280.  Review  of  Declensions  I-V. 

TABLE 

FOR   REFERENCE 

Decl.    Nom. 
I.        -a 
II.        -us,  -er, 
-um, 

-"} 

Gen. 
-ae 

-i 

Stem 
-a 

-0 

Gender 
Fem.  (cf.  54) 

TMasc. 
[Neut. 

III. 

-is 

or  -i 

(Cf.  158,  c). 

V.       -es 

-us 

4i 

-u 

JMasc.  (manus,domus,  f.) 
\Neut. 
Fem.  (dies,  Masc.) 

a.  Write  out  the  following  list  of  nouns,  giving  for 
each  noun  the  gender,  genitive  singular,  ablative  singular, 
genitive  plural,  the  declension  to  which  it  belongs,  and 
the  meaning. 


salus 

frater 

civis 

celeritas 

equitatus 

gener 

agricola 

iter 

gladius 

multitiido 

hiems 

nomen 

vis 

legio 

oppidum 

pons 

nox 

mare 

explorator 

pedes 

L. 

VOCABULARY 

281 

dies,  diei,  m,  (sometimes  f.),  day 
res,  rei,  f.,  thing,  affair 
planities,  ei,  f.,  a  plain 
acies,  aciei,  f .,  line  of  battle 


instruo,  -ere,  -striixi,  -striictus,  draw 

up,  form 
educo,  -ere,  -diixi,  -ductus,  lead  out, 

lead  forth 


res  piiblica,  rei  publicae,  f.,  state,  commonwealth,  republic 

annus  Domini,  the  year  of  our  Lord,  A.D. 

ante  Christum  natum,  before  the  birth  of  Christ,  B.C. 


282.   1. 


timo. 


EXERCISES 

Anno  Domini  milesimo  n5nagesim6  septi 

2.  Anno     ante      Christum      natum      septimo      decimo. 

3.  Die  quarto  Caesar  legionem  octavam  e  castris  ediixit. 


120  FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 

4.  Quinta  hora   diei   dux   aciem  in   planitie   instriixit. 

5.  Nuntii  Caesari  de  salute  rei  publicae   nuntiaverunt. 
The    Sequanians   Aid  the   Helvetians.  —  Relinquebatur 

una  via  per  Sequanos  sed  hoc  iter  erat  difficile  ^  propter  ^ 
montes.  Dumnorix,      vir     magna    auctoritate     apud 

Haeduos,  erat  amicus  Sequandrum  et  Helvetidrum. 
Eius  auctoritate  Sequani  adducti  sunt  et  Helvetiis 
iter   per   suos    finis    dederunt. 

283.  1.     In   the   fifteenth    year    A.D.  2.     In   the 

twelfth   year   before  the   birth  of  Christ.  3.     These 

things  were  reported  to  the  Helvetians.  4.  The  gen- 
eral will  lead  out  his  troops  and  will  draw  up  a  line  of 
battle.  5.  In  this  plain  the  Romans  fought  with  the 
enemy  for  five  hours.  6.  Within  a  few  days  we  shall 
make  an  attack  on  that  town.  7.  The  consul  had 
saved  the  state  which  at  that  time  was  in  great  danger. 

8.  Some  will  come  to  Rome,  others  will  come  to  Athens. 

9.  The  soldiers  remained  in  camp  for  six  days.  10.  The 
inhabitants  of  all  Gaul  were  aroused  by  these  things. 

284.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  erat  Dumnorix  ? 

Quorum  amicus  erat  Dumnorix  ? 

Dederuntne  Sequani  iter  Helvetiis  ? 

Per  quos  finis  Helvetii  iter  f ecerunt  ? 

Ubi  dux  aciem  instriixerat  ? 

Ubi  illi  montes  fuerunt? 

Suntne  illi  montes  alti? 

1  Difficile,  difficult.  ^  Propter,  because  of,  prep,  with  ace. 


CONJUGATION  OF   POSSUM  121 

LESSON  XXXVII 

CONJUGATION   OP  POSSUM 

COMPLEMENTARY  AND  SUBSTANTIVE  INFINITIVE 

285.  Possum,  /  am  able,  I  can^  is  a  compound  of  pot- 
(for  potis,  able)  and  sum,  /  am.  The  following  changes 
take  place  :  pot-  becomes  pos-  before  -s-,  and  in  the  per- 
fect, pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  the  f  of  fui,  etc.,  is 
dropped  after  pot-. 

Learn  the  conjugation  of  possum  in  the  indicative  (597). 

Principal  Parts,  possum,  posse,  potui, 

286.  The  Infinitive.  —  The  Present  Active  Infinitive  is 
the  second  principal  part. 

Learn  the  present  active  infinitives  of  laudo,  moneo,  rego, 
capio,  audio. 

Infinitive  Ending 

laudare,  to  praise  -are     * 

monere,  to  advise  -ere 

regere,  to  rule^ 

**  ,    V  -ere 

capere,  to  take  J 

audire,  to  hear  -ire 

287.  A  complementary  infinitive  is  one  which  is  used 
to  complete  the  meaning  of  another  verb.  Thus,  possum, 
/  am  able,  I  can,  is  not  a  complete  thought  in  itself  and 
requires  an  infinitive  to  complete  its  meaning  :  — ■ 

Scribere  possum,  /  am  able  to  write,  I  can  write. 
Venire  debent,  They  oiight  to  come. 


Conjugation 

I. 

laudo 

II. 

moneo 

III. 
IV. 

[rego 
1  capi5 
audid 

122  FIRST   BOOK   IN  LATIN 

288.  A  substantive  infinitive  is  one  which  is  used  as  a 
noun  as  the  subject  or  object  of  some  verb.  In  Latin  the 
subject  of  the  infinitive  must  be  put  in  the  accusative 
case. 

1.  Videre  est  credere,  To  see  is  to  believe  {Seeing  is  believing). 

2.  lubeo  te  venire,  I  order  you  to  come. 

3.  Laudare  est  facile,  To  praise  is  easy  or  (It)  is  easy  to  praise. 

a.  In  the  first  example  videre  is  the  present  active 
infinitive  of  video  used  as  the  subject  of  est,  and  credere 
is  the  present  active  infinitive  of  credo  used  just  as  a 
predicate  noun  (88)  referring  to  the  subject  videre. 

b.  In  the  second  example  venire  is  the  present  active 
infinitive  of  venio  and  is  used  as  the  object  of  iubeo.  te  is 
the  subject  of  venire  and  not  the  object  of  iubeo. 

c.  In  the  third  example  laudare  is  the  present  active 
infinitive  of  laudo  and  is  used  as  the  subject  of  est.  It  is 
modified  by  the  adjective  facile,  which  is  neuter  according 
to  the  rule  in  d, 

c?.  As  a  noun  the  infinitive  is  indeclinable  and  is 
neuter  in  gender. 


VOCABULARY 

eruptiS,  -nis,  f.,  a  sally,  a  sortie  iube5,  -ere,  iussi,  iussus,  order,  com- 

lapis,  lapidis,  m.,  stone  mand,  hid 

ordo,  ordinis,  m.,  order,  rank,  ar-  conicio  (con-iacio),  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectus, 

rangement  throw,  hurl 

occasus,  -us,  m.,  setting  praemitto  (prae,  ahead  -\-  mitto),-ere, 

sol,  soils,  m.,  sun;  occasus  soils,  -misi,  -missus,  send  ahead 

sunset,  the  setting  of  the  sun  coepi,  coeptus,  began ;  used  only  in 

facilis,  -e,  easy  the  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future 

difficilis,  -e,  hard,  difficult  perfect 

debeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  ought,  owe  possum,  posse,  potui,  — ,  he  able,  can 


CONJUGATION  OF   POSSUM  123 

EXERCISES 

290.  1.     Milites    lapides   et   tela   conicere    coeperunt. 

2.  Equites  praemittere  et  eruptionem  facere  debemus. 

3.  Prima   luce   pedites   ad   oppidum  venire   iubebimus. 

4.  Occasu  soils  urbem  capere  poteritis.  5.  Milites 
ordines  servare  non  potuerunt.  6.  Id  iubere  est  facile 
sed  id  facere  difficile  est.  7.  Poteram  ;  potueram  ; 
poterunt ;  potuerunt ;  potuerint. 

Caesar  Musters  His  Army.  —  Helvetii  iter  per  finis 
Sequanorum  facere  parabant.  Hoc  consilium  Caesari 
nuntiatum  est  et  in  Italiam  magnis  itineribus^  contendit. 
Ibi  duas  novas  legiones  conscripsit  et  tres  legiones,  quae 
in  Gallia  hiemabant,  ex  hibernis  eduxit.  Cum  his 
quinque  legionibus  contra  Helvetids  contendit. 

291.  1.  The  general  ordered  his  lieutenant  to  send 
the  cavalry  ahead.  2.  They  had  begun  to  hurl  stones 
down  from  the  wall.  3.  At  daybreak  we  shall  be 
able  to  make  a  sally.  4.  It  is  difficult  to  see  the 
enemy.  5.  You  ought  to  aid  your  allies  and  friends. 
6.  It  was  easy  to  capture  that  town.  7.  The  ar-, 
rangement   of   the   legions  was   reported   to   the  enemy. 

8.  After    sunset     they    could     not    make    the    march. 

9.  Whom  will  he  be  able  to  send  ahead  ?  10.  The 
enemy  had  not  been  able  to  capture  the  city. 

292.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  hoc  consilium  Caesari    Ubi  erant  reliquae  legiones  ? 

niintiavit  ?  Quid  facere  debemus  ? 

Ubi  legiones  conscripsit  ?       Quis  nos  id  facere  iubet  ? 
1  magnis  itineribus,  hy  great  marches^  i.e.  hy  forced  marches. 


124  •  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON   XXXVIII 

PARTICIPLES 

293.  Verbs  in  Latin  have  the  following  participles  :  — 

CoNj.  Present  Active         Perfect  Passive  Future  Active 

I.     laudans,  praising    laudatus,  -a,  -um,  laudaturus,  -a,  -um, 

{having  been)  praised       about  to  praise 

II.     monens,  advising     monitus,  -a,  -um,  moniturus,  -a,  -um, 

(having  been)  advised        about  to  advise 

III.  regens,  ruling         rectus,  -a,  -um,  recturus,  -a,  -um, 

{having  been)  ruled  about  to  rule 

capiens,  taking       captus,  -a,  -um,  capturus,  -a,  -um, 
(having  been)  taken         about  to  take 

IV.  audiens,  hearing     auditus,  -a,  -um,  auditurus,  -a,  -um, 

(having  been)  heard         about  to  hear 

a.  Participles  in  -ns  are  declined  as  third  declension 
adjectives  and  those  in  -us  and  -urus  as  bonus,  -a,  -um 
(537).     Learn  the  declension  of  laudans  (540). 

h.  Decline :  miles  pugnans,  the  fighting  soldier;  vir 
vulneratus,  the  wounded  man. 

294.  Participles  may  be  formed  from  the  principal  parts 
.as  follows :  — 

Tense  Active  Passive 

Pres.      Add  -ns  to  pres.  stem  ;  verbs  in  -io  (wanting) 

have  participles  in  -lens 

Perf.  (wanting) Fourth  principal  part 

Fut.       Fourth    principal    part,    changing 

-us,  -a,  -um  to  -iirus,  -iira,  -iirum  (Treated  later,  470-471) 

295.  a.  The  participle  is  a  part  of  the  verb,  and  as 
such  it  may  take  an  object.  It  is  also  an  adjective,  and 
as  such  must  agree  with  its  noun. 

Milites  urbem  miinientes  videbam,  /  saio-  soldiers  fortifying  the  city. 


PARTICIPLES  125 

h.  The  present  participle  denotes  an  act  going  on  at 
the  time  of  the  verb  of  the  clause  :  I  see,  I  saw,  I  shall 
see  him  fighting,  video,  vidi,  videbo,  eum  pugnantem.  The 
perfect  participle  denotes  an  act  already  accomplished  : 
/  see,  I  saw,  I  shall  see,  the  wounded  soldier,  video,  etc., 
militem  vulneratum.  The  future  participle  denotes  an  act 
which  is  or  was  going  to  happen  :  I  saw  him  about  to  fight, 
vidi  eum  pagnaturum. 

c.  Participles  are  more  commonly  used  in  Latin  than 
in  English  and  frequently  are  best  translated  by  a  clause. 

Milites  pugnantes  revocavit,  He  recalled  the  soldiers  who  were  fighting 
(literally,  the  fighting  soldiers). 

Copias  eductas  instriixit,  He  led  forth  the  troops  and  drew  them  up 
(literally,  he  drew  up  the  having-been  led-forth-ti^oops^. 

E5s  pugnantes  vidi,  /  saw  them  while  they  were  fighting  (literally, 
/  saw  them  fighting). 

296.  VOCABULARY 

revoco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  recall,  call  commove5,    -ere,    -movi,    -motus, 

back  move,  alarm 

arcess5,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itus,  summon  pervenio,    -ire,    -veni,    -venturus, 

lacess5,    -ere,    -ivi,    -itus,    attack,  come  to^  arrive 

harass  deligo,  -ere,  -legi,  -lectus,  choose, 

amitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus,  lose  elect 

expello,  -ere,   -puli,  -pulsus,  drive  oppiignatid,  -nis,  f.,  attack,  siege 

out,  expel  metus, -lis,  m., /ear 
tandem,  finally,  at  length 

EXERCISES 

297.  1.  Incolae  metu  commoti  auxilium  a  Gallis 
arcessiverunt.  2.  Tandem  hac  oratione  adducti 
ducem  delegerunt.  3.  Legatos  ex  urbe  expulsos 
revocaverunt.  4.  Equites  lacessentes  hostes  revocati 
sunt.  5.       Militibus     piignaturis     arma      dederunt. 


126  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN 

6.     Impedimenta    in    oppugnatione   amissa    a    peditibus 
capta  sunt. 

Caesar  Overcomes  the  Ceutrones.  —  Ceutrones  et  finitirai 
coram  exercitum  Caesaris  ab  itinere  prohibere  parabant. 
Hos  Caesar  superavit  et  exercitum  duxit  in  finis 
Allobrogum  qui  trans  fliimen  Rhodanum  incolebant. 

298.  1.  The  citizens  (who  were)^  defending  the  town 
were  overcome.  2.  At  last  the  soldiers  (who  had 
been)  ^  sent  were  recalled.  3.  Alarmed  by  the  siege, 
they  sent  ambassadors  to  Caesar.  4.  The  horsemen 
(who  had  been)  ^  summoned  were  arriving.  5.  They 
killed  the  men  (who  were)  ^  about  to  drive  the  ambassa- 
dors out  of  the  town.  6.  These  men  had  seen  the  lost 
arms.  7.  (While)  ^  attacking  ^  the  enemy  they  were 
seen  by  the  cavalry.  8.  Led  on  by  the  influence  of 
the  chief,  they  choose  leaders.  9.  Alarmed  by  the  fear 
of  war,  they  sent  chosen  men  to  him.  10.  (When)  ^ 
about  to  attack  the  city,  they  were  recalled. 

299.  CONVERSATION 

Num  Ceutrones  Romanos  ab  itinere  prohibuerunt  ? 

Nonne  Caesar  hostes  superabit  ? 

Quem  locum  castris  delegerunt  ? 

Ubi   Allobroges    incolunt  ? 

Commoventur  Galli  adventii  Caesaris  ? 

Ubi  est  fliimen  Rhodanus  ? 

Quos  Caesar  superavit  ? 

Quid  Ceutrones  fecerant  ? 

1  Omit  the  part  in  parentheses  and  use  a  participle  for  the  following  verb. 
^Expugno  ;  lacesso  is  not  used  in  the  sense  of  attacking  towns,  etc. 


INFINITIVES— INDIRECT  DISCOURSE 


127 


LESSON  XXXIX 


INFINITIVES 
SIMPLE   SENTENCES   IN   INDIRECT   DISCOURSE 

300.  Learn  all  the  infinitives  with  meanings  of  laudo, 
moneo,  rego,  capio,  and  audio  (560,  567,  574,  581,  588),  and 
of  sum  (595)  and  possum  (599).  ^ 

301.  The  infinitives  may  be  formed  from  the  principal 
parts  as  follows  : 

Active  :  Second  principal  part. 

Passive  :    Change  final  -e  of   the  active  to  -i. 

In  the  third  conjugation  change  -ere 

to  -i. 

Active  :  Add  -sse  to  the  third  principal  part. 
Passive  :  Fourth  principal  part  with  esse. 

Active  :  Future  participle  with  esse. 
Passive  :  A  form  like  the  fourth  principal  part, 
I  but  ending  in  -um  with  iri. 


Present  ■ 


Perfect 


Future 


a.  In  the  compound  forms  of  the  infinitive,  the  parti- 
ciple agrees  with  the  subject.  Thus  :  The  queen  is  said 
to  have  been  killed^  Regina  interfecta  esse  dicitur.  In  the 
future  passive  infinitive,  however,  the  form  in  -um  does 
not  change. 

h.    Give  all  the  infinitives  of  voco,  call ;  mitto,  send. 

302.  Direct  and  Indirect  Discourse.  —  Direct  discourse  is 
the  exact  words  of  a  speaker.  When  a  statement  is  not  in 
the  exact  words  of  the  original  speaker,  but  is  put  in  the 
words  of  another  or  of  the  same  person,  after  a  verb  of 


128  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

saying,  thinking,  etc.,  we  have  indirect  discourse.  Indirect 
Discourse  in  English  is  usually  introduced  by  the  word 
that.  Quotation  marks  always  indicate  that  the  exact 
words  of  a  speaker  are  quoted  and  therefore  they  introduce 
direct  discourse. 

Direct  Discourse  :  |  ^^^  «^^^^^^  ^«  ^^^^^^S- 

[  He  says,  "The  soldier  is  fighting." 

Indirect  DiscollfesE  :  He  says  that  the  soldier  is  fighting. 

In  Latin  there  is  no  word  used  to  introduce  indirect 
discourse  like  that  in  English.  The  indirect  discourse  is 
shown  by  changing  the  verb  in  the  indirect  statement 
into  the  infinitive  and  by  putting  its  subject  into  the  accu- 
sative case. 

Direct  Discourse 

1.  Miles  pugnat,  The  soldier  is  fighting . 

2.  Miles  pugnabat,  The  soldier  was  fighting. 

Indirect  Discourse 

1.  Dicit  mlliiQra.  pugndre,  He  says  that  the  soldier  is  fighting. 

2.  Dicit  militem  pugndvisse^  He  says  that  the  soldier  was  fighting. 

303.  Rule.  The  subject  of  an  infinitive  is  put  in  the 
accusative  case. 

304.  Rule.  Statements  in  indirect  discourse  after  verbs 
and  other  expressions  of  saying^  thinking^  knowing,  perceiv- 
ing., and  the  like^  are  expressed  by  the  infinitive  with  subject 
accusative. 

a.  Since  the  infinitive  does  not  indicate  person,  the  sub- 
ject must  be  expressed. 

305.  Tenses  of  the  Infinitive. — The  tense  of  the  infini- 
tive does  not  necessarily  follow  the  tense  of  the  verb  of 


INFINITIVES  — INDIRECT  DISCOURSE 


129 


saying,  etc.  The  present  is  used  in  speaking  of  an  action 
going  on  at  the  time  of  the  verb  of  saying,  etc.  ;  the  perfect, 
of  an  action  completed  ;  the  future,  of  an  action  which 
will  happen.  Note  carefully  the  tenses  of  the  infinitives 
in  the  following  examples. 


Direct  Discourse 
1.  Pugno,  I  am  fighting 


Indirect  Discourse 

Dicit  me  pugnare,  he  says  that  lam 

flghtirfg 
Dixit  me  piignare,  he  said  that  I 

was  fighting 


2.   Piignabam,  I  was  fighting 
Pugnavi,  I  have  fought,  I  fought 


Pugnaveram,  I  had  fought 


Scit  me  piignavisse,  he  knows 
that  I  was  fighting,  fought,  had 
fought 

Scivit  me  piignavisse,  he  knew  that 
I  was  fighting,  fought,  had  fought 


3.   Pugnabo,  I  shall 


Putat  me  pugnaturum  (esse),  he 

thinks  that  I  shall  fight 
Putavit  me  pugnatiirum  (esse),  he 

thought  that  I  would  fight 


a.  If  the  tense  of  the  verb  in  direct  discourse  would  be 
present,  the  infinitive  in  indirect  discourse  is  put  in  the 
present  (cf.  example  1). 

h.  If  the  tense  of  the  verb  in  the  direct  discourse  would 
be  imperfect,  perfect,  or  pluperfect,  the  infinitive  in  in- 
direct discourse  is  put  in  the  perfect  (cf.  example  2). 

c.  If  the  tense  of  the  verb  in  direct  discourse  would  be 
future,  the  infinitive  in  indirect  discourse  is  put  in  the 
future  (cf.  example  3). 


130  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

306.  VOCABULARY 

dico,  -ere,  dixi,  dictus,  say  imperium,  -i,  n.,  command,  power, 

scio,  -ire,  scivi,  scitus,  know  rule 

spero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  hope  servitus,  -tutis,  f . ,  servitude,  slavery 

puto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  think  nemo,  m.,  no  one  (declension  556) 

cognosco,  -ere,  c5gnovi,  cognitus,     circiter,  adv.,  about 
learn,  know^  item,  likewise 

sub,  prep,  with  abl.  case,  binder,  at  the  foot  of;  with  ace.  case, 
under,  to  the  foot  of 

♦        EXERCISES 

307.  1.  Dicit  hostes  venire ;  venisse.  2.  Sciebat 
neminem  legatds  misisse.  3.  Speraverant  Gallos  sub 
imperium  populi  Romani  ventiiros  esse.  4.  Cognovit 
eos  circiter  quinque  milia  passuum  iter  fecisse. 
5.     Videbunt  oppidum  a  peditibus  oppiignari. 

The  Helvetians  Attach  the  Haeduans.  —  Helvetii  iam 
per  finis  Sequanorum  suas  copias  tradiixerant  et  in 
Haeduorum  finis  pervenerant  eorumque  agros  vastabant. 
Haedui  se  ab  eis  defendere  non  poterant  et  legates  ad 
Caesarem  miserunt. 

308.  1.     You   said    that    the   man   had   been   killed. 

2.  No    one    knows    that    the    enemy   is   withdrawing. 

3.  I  hope  that  the  brave  general  will  capture  the  town. 

4.  He  thought  that  the  legions  were  coming.  5.  He 
will  learn  that  the  enemy  have  pitched  their  camp  at  the 
foot  of  a  mountain.  6.  We  had  seen  that  about  fifty 
soldiers  were  in  the  camp.  7.  He  said  that  his  children 
had  been  led  into  slavery.  8.  That  man  whom  you 
see  is  a  brave  soldier.  9.  It  is  easy  to  say  that. 
10.     We  ought  to  attack  the  city. 

^Cognovi  (perf.),  I  have  learned  =  I  know;  cognoveram  (pluperf.), 
I  had  learned  =1  knew,  etc. 


INFINITIVES  —  INDIRECT  DISCOURSE  131 

309.  CONVERSATION 

Ubi  erant  Helvetii  ? 
Quorum  in  finis  properaverant  ? 
Quorum  agros  vastabant.? 
Possuntne  Haedui  se  defendere? 
Qui  ad  Caesarem  venerunt  ? 


LESSON   XL 

DEPONENT   VERBS 
ABLATIVE   WITH  UTOR,    ETC. 

310.  Deponent  verbs  are  verbs  with  passive  forms  and 
active  meanings.  They  are  conjugated  like  the  passive 
of  the  regular  model  verbs  except  that  they  have  present 
and  future  active  participles  and  the  future  infinitive  has 
the  active  form  (^e.g.   conaturus  esse,  not  conatum  iri). 

311.  Deponent  verbs  have  but  three  principal  parts. 
Examples  of  deponent  verbs  of  the  regular  conjugations 
with  their  principal  parts  are  as  follows  :  — 


CONJ. 

Present  Indicative 

Present  Infinitive 

Perfect  Indicative 

I. 

Conor,  try,  attempt 

conari 

conatus  sum 

II. 

vereor,  /ear 

vereri 

veritus  sum 

III. 

utor,  iise 

uti 

usus  sum 

patior,  alloio,  suffer 

pati 

passus  sum 

IV. 

potior,  get  possession, 

seize 

potiri 

potitus  sum 

a.  Learn  the  indicative,  infinitives,  and  participles  of 
these  deponents  (629,  632,  633). 

h.  Write  out  a  synopsis  in  the  third  person  of  orior, 
oriri,  ortus  sum,  rise. 


132  FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 

312.  Semi-deponents.  —  Semi-deponents  are  verbs  which 
are  active  in  form  and  meaning  in  the  present,  imperfect, 
and  future,  but  have  passive  forms  with  active  meanings 
in  the  perfect,  imperfect,  and  future  perfect. 

The  semi-deponents  are 

audeo  audere  ausus  sum,  dare 

gaudeo  gaudere  gavisus  sum,  rejoice^  he  glad 

sole5  solere  solitus  sum,  be  accustomed,  he  used 

fido  fidere  fisus  sum,  trust  (also  compounds  of  fido) 

a.  Write  out  a  synopsis  of  audeo  in  the  third  person 
and  of  soles  in  the  first  person. 

313.  Certain  verbs  which  in  English  take  a  direct 
object  in  the  accusative  (objective)  case,  in  Latin  require 
the  ablative. 

Rule.  The  deponents  utor,  fruor,  fungor,  potior,  vescor, 
and  their  compounds  take  the  ablative  case. 

The  soldier  uses  a  sword,  Miles  gladio  utitur. 

The  Romans  seize  the  town,  Roman!  oppido  potiuntur. 

314.  VOCABULARY 

c5nor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  try,  attempt  potior,  -iri,  -itus  sum,  get  possession 

vereor,  -eri,  -itus  sum,  /ear,  he  afraid         of,  seize 

morior,  mori,  mortuus  sum,i  die  audeo,  -ere,  ausus  sum,  dare 

orior,  oriri,  ortus  sum,  rise,  arise  gaudeo,  -ere,  gavisus  sum,  rejoice 

iitor,  uti,  iisus  sum,  use,  employ  soleo,  -ere,  solitus  sum,  he  accus- 

fruor,  frui,  fructus  sum,  enjoy  tamed  to 

fungor,  fungi,   fiinctus  sum,  per-  c5nfid6,  -ere,  -fisus  sum,  trust  (with 

form,  do  dat.) 

patior,   pati,    passus   sum,   allow,  of&cium,-i,  n.,  duty 

suffer  vescor,  vesci, , ,  eat,  live  on 

1  Mortuus  is  the  only  perfect  passive  participle  in  Latin  which  does  not 
end  in  -tus,  -sus,  or  -xus. 


DEPONENT  VERBS  133 

EXERCISES 

315.  1.  Gladiis  uti  conabantur  sed  non  poterant. 
2.  Milites  oppido  per  vim  potiri  ausi  sunt.  3.  Insidias 
verebantur  et  exploratoribus  non  confisi  sunt.  4.  Ubi 
hie  rex  mortuus  est  cives  gavisi  sunt.  5.  Vita  frui 
soliti  sunt.         6.     Subitum  bellum  in  ea  terra  ortum  est. 

The  Helvetians  Try  to  Cross  the  River  Arar,  —  Fliimen 
Arar  erat  inter  i  fines  Haeduorum  et  Sequanorum.  Trans 
id  flumen  Helvetii  suas  copias  traducere  conabantur  et 
iam  magna  pars  copiarum  erat  trans  flumen.  Quarta 
pars  non  traducta  erat. 

316.  1.     He  performed  his  duty  with  great  bravery. 

2.  This  man  died  in  the  fourteenth  year   of  our  Lord. 

3.  The  Roman  soldiers  were  accustomed  to  use  javelins 
and  shields.  4.  The  enemy  will  try  to  get  possession 
of  the  camp.  5.  The  general  had  not  dared  to  lead 
the  soldiers  across  the  river.  6.  They  fear  the  war 
which  has  arisen.  7.  The  general  did  not  trust  the 
soldiers  of  that  legion.  8.  When  they  heard  about 
the  victory,  the  citizens  rejoiced.  9.  The  scouts  say 
that  the  enemy  are  across  the  river.  10.  The  general 
did  not  know  that  the  bridge  had  been  captured. 

317.  CONVERSATION 
Ubi  erat  flumen  Arar  ? 

Quid  Helvetii  facere  conantur  ? 
Erantne  omnes  copiae  trans  fliimen  ? 
Qui  copias  suas  trans  fliimen  tradiicunt  ? 
Quod  flumen  est  hoc  ? 
1  Inter,  between,  prep,  with  the  accusative  case. 


134  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON  XLI 

COMPARISON   OF  ADJECTIVES 

ABLATIVE   OF   COMPARISON 

318.  In  English  an  adjective  has  three  degrees  of  com- 
parison ;  high^  higher^  highest.  The  first  is  called  the 
positive  degree  and  is  the  simple  form  of  the  adjective  ; 
the  second,  the  form  in  -er,  is  called  the  comparative  ; 
the  last,  the  form  in  -est,  is  called  the  superlative. 

319.  In  Latin  the  adjective  undergoes  a  similar  change 
in  ending  to  show  the  degree  of  comparison.  The  changes 
are  made  as  follows  :  — 

1.  Positive. — The  simple  form  of  the  adjective.  alius,  -a,  -um, 

high 

2.  Comparative.  —  Add  to  the  base  of  the  positive  -lor       altior,  altius, 

for  the  masculine  and  feminine,  -ius  for  the  neuter.  higher 

3.  SupEULATivE.  —  Add  to  the  base  of  the.  positive        altissimus,   -a, 

-issimus,  -issima,  -issimum.  -um,   highest 

320. 

Positive      Base  Comparative  Superlative 

M.  &  F.  N. 

alius,  high      all-        allior         allius,  higher       allissimus,  -a,-um, 

highest 
f orlis,  hrave    fort-      forlior        fortius,  braver      forlissimus,  -a,  -um, 

bravest 
audax,  bold     audac-    audacior,    audacius,  bolder  audacissimus,  -a,  -um, 
more  bold,  most  bold,  boldest 

a.  The  comparative  in  English  is  often  indicated  by 
more  with  the  positive,  and  the  superlative  by  most  with 
the  positive. 

h.   Compare  latus,  broad  ;  brevis,  short ;  potens,  powerful. 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 


135 


321.  The  superlative  of  the  adjective  is  declined  like 
bonus,  -a,  -um  (537).  The  comparative  is  declined  as 
follows  :  — 

Plural 


Singular 

M.  &F. 

N. 

NOM. 

altior 

altius 

Gen. 

altioris 

altioris 

Dat. 

altiori 

altiori 

Ace. 

altiorem 

altius 

M.  &F. 

N. 

altiores 

altiora 

altidrum 

altiorum 

altioribus 

altioribus 

altiores  (-is) 

altiora 

altioribus 

altioribus 

Abl.  altiore  (-i)    altiore  (-i) 

322.  In  comparing  two  persons  or  things,  quam,  than^ 
is  used  after  the  adjective  and  the  same  case  follows  as 
precedes.  When  the  substantives  compared  are  in  the 
nominative  or  accusative  case,  quam  may  be  omitted 
and  the  ablative  case  of  the  second  noun  used. 

323.  EXAMPLES 
Mons  altior  est  quam  collis,  ] 


Mons  altior  est  colle, 


The  mountain  is  higher  than  the  hill. 


Virum  f ortiorem  quam  militem  vident,  1    They  see  a  man  braver  than  the 
Virum  fortiorem  milite  vident,  |      soldier. 

324.    Rule.      After  a  comparative  the  ablative  may  he 
used  instead  of  quam  with  the  nominative  or  accusative. 


325. 


VOCABULARY 


certus,  -a,  -um,  certain,  sure 
tiitus,  -a,  -um,  safe 
diligens,  -entis,  diligent,  careful 
valles,  -is,  f.,  valley,  ravine 


adulescens,  -entis,  m  ,  youth,  young 

man 
defensor,  -oris,  m.,  defender 
victor,  -oris,  m.,  victor 


certi5rem  i  facere,  to   make   more     proficiscor,     proficisci,     profectus 
certain,  to  inform  (cf.  304)  sum,  set  out,  depart 

quam,  than 

1  The  person  informed  is  made  the  object  of  facere,  and  certior  must 
agree  with  that  object. 


136  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

EXERCISES 

326.  1.     Hic    adulescens    diligentior   est    quam    ille. 

2.  Defensores  huius  urbis  erant  audacissimi.  3.  Horum 
omnium  f  ortissimi  erant  Belgae.  4.  Victores  Caesarem 
de  eo  proelio  certi5rem  fecerunt.  5.  Ille  locus  tutior 
est  hoc.  6.  Longiore  via  profecti  sunt  et  in  latam 
vallem  pervenerunt. 

Caesar  Attacks  the  Helvetians.  —  Caesar  audivit  partem 
Helvetiorum  trans  flumen  non  traductam  esse.  Itaque 
tertia  vigilia  cum  tribus  legionibus  e  castris  profectus 
est  et  ad  eam  partem  pervenit  quae  non  traducta  erat. 
Eorum  magnam  partem  milites  Caesaris  interfecerunt. 

327.  1.  This  king  is  the  most  powerful.  2.  The 
defenders   were   bolder   than   the   troops   of   the   Gauls. 

3.  That  young  man  will  inform  the  general.  4.  The 
victors  were  braver  than  the  enemy.  5.  This  spot  is 
the  safest.  6.  The  road  through  the  forest  is  the 
longest.  7.  They  will  set  forth  by  the  longer  road. 
8.  I  am  more  diligent  than  you.  9.  He  thought  that 
this  city  was  safer  than  that  town.  10.  What  is  more 
certain  ? 

32a  CONVERSATION 

Quis  est  fortior  hoc  duce  ? 

Quid  est  certius  hoc  ? 

Qui  audaciores  fuerunt  Rdmanis  ? 

Who  is  more  careful  than  I  ? 

What  town  is  safer  than  that  ? 

Quid  Caesar  audivit? 

Quo  tempore  Caesar  profectus  est  ? 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  137 

LESSON  XLII 

COMPARISON  or  ADJECTIVES  (Continued) 
ABLATIVE  OF  DEGREE  OF  DIFFERENCE 

329.  Adjectives  in  -er  form  their  superlative  by  adding 
-rimus,  -rima,  -rimum,  to  the  masculine  nominative  singu- 
lar.    The  comparative  is  regular  according  to  319,  2. 

Positive  Base  Comparative  Superlative 

miser,  wretched  miser-  miserior,  -ius  miserrimus,  -a,  -um 

pulcher,  beautiful  pulchr-  pulchrior,  -ius  pulcherrimus,  -a,  -um 

acer,  keen,  eager  acr-  acrior,  acrius  acerrimus,  -a,  -um 

330.  The  following  six  adjectives  form  their  superla- 
tives by  adding  -limus,  -lima,  -limum,  to  the  base.  The 
comparative  is  regular  according  to  319,  2. 


Positive 

Base 

COMPARATIVE 

Superlative 

similis,  like 

simil- 

similior,  -ius 

simillimus,  -a,  -um 

facilis,  easy 

facil- 

facilior,  -ius 

facillimus,  -a,  -um 

dissimilis,  unlike 

dissimil- 

difficilis,  difficult 

difficil- 

gracilis,  slender 

gracil- 

humilis,  low 

humil- 

a.    Write  out  the  comparison  of  the  last  four  adjectives. 

5.  All  other  adjectives  in  -lis  form  the  superlative 
according  to  319,  3 :  nobilis,  nohle^  nobilior,  -ius,  nobilissimus, 
-a,  -um. 

331.  In  Latin  the  comparative  or  the  superlative  may 
be  used  without  making  any  comparison  between  two 
substantives.  The  comparative  then  means  too  or  rather^ 
and  the  superlative,  very  or  exceedingly. 

Hoc  iter  longius  est,  This  march  is  rather  (or  too)  long. 
Hoc  iter  longissimum  est,  This  march  is  very  long. 


138  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

332.  English  and  Latin  differ  in  the  manner  of  express- 
ing the  degree  of  difference  in  comparison.  In  English 
we  say,  "This  wall  is /ve/ee^  higher  than  that ;"  the  Latin 
always  uses  the  ablative  case  to  express  that  relation  :  — 

Hie  munis  quinque  pedibus  altior  est  quam  ille,   This  wall  is  five  feet 

higher  than  that  {higher  by  five  feet). 
Mare  multo   latior   est  lacu,   The  sea  is  much   broader  than  the  lake 

(is  broader  by  much). 

333.  Rule.  Degree  of  difference  is  expressed  hy  the 
ablative  case. 

334.  VOCABULARY 

humilis,  -e,  low.,  lowly.,  humble  publicus,   -a,   -um,  public,   of  the 

nobilis,  -e,  noble,  of  high  birth  state 

creber,  crebra,  crebnim,  frequent,  pagus,  -i,  m.,  canton,  district 

numerous  tempestas,  -atis,  f.,  storm 

mult5  (abl.  of  multum),  by  much,  accipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptus,  receive, 

much  take,  accept 
privatus,  -a,  -um,  private,  personal 

EXERCISES 

335.  1.  Ille  vir  simillimus  est  fratri.  2.  Nobilissimos 
viros  civitatis  (as)  obsides  acceperunt.  3.  Turrim 
multo  altiorem  muro  fecerunt.  4.  Ea  hieme 
tempestates  creberrimae  erant.  5.  Hie  civis  multo 
humilior  est  illo. 

Caesar  Avenges  the  Death  of  a  Relative.  — In  omni  civitate 
Helvetiorum  fuerunt  quattuor  pagi.  Ea  pars  quam 
Caesar  superavit  erat  pagus  qui  consulem  Ronianum  et 
eius  legatum,  avum  ^  soceri  Caesaris,  interfecerat. 
Itaque  eo  proelio  Caesar  iniiirias  piiblicas  et  privatas 
ultus  est.2 

1  Avus,  grandfather.  2  "Uiciscor,  ulcisci,  ultus  sum,  avenge. 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  139 

336.  1.  The  death  of  this  most  noble  citizen  was 
reported.  2.  These  men  were  very  humble  and  very 
wretched.  3.  The  boy  is  much  more  like  his  father 
than  his  mother.  4.  This  road  was  much  more 
difficult  than  the  road  through  the  province.  5.  Storms 
are  more  frequent  in  winter  than  in  summer.  6.  These 
two  rivers  are  very  unlike  in  width.  7.  The  lieutenant 
said  that  the  soldiers  had  received  the  arms.  8.  The 
river  is  thirty  feet  broader  than  the  ditch.  9.  The 
wall  is  rather  high,  but  the  soldiers  will  attack  the  city. 
10.     The  chief  said  that  this  was  easy. 

337.  CONVERSATION 

Who  is  the  noblest  of  these  men  ? 

Quis  est  celerior  ? 

Quae  urbs  est  pulcherrima  ? 

What  is  more  easy  ? 

What  is  the  most  difficult  ? 

338.  REVIEW   EXERCISE 

1.  Form  all  the  infinitives  of  mitto.  2.  Form  all 
the  participles  of  duco.  3.     Define  a  demonstrative  pro- 

noun. 4.  Define  a  personal  pronoun.  5.  Define  a 
reflexive  pronoun.  6.  Define  a  relative  pronoun.  7. 
What  are  the  possessive  adjectives  in  Latin?  8. 
Give  the  list  of  adjectives  which  take  the  ending  -ius  in 
the  genitive  case.  9.  Give  the  cardinal  numerals  from 
one  to  thirty.  10.  Give  the  ordinal  numerals  from  first 
to  twentieth. 


140 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


LESSON   XLIII 

IRREGULAR     COMPARISON     OF    ADJECTIVES 

PARTITIVE   GENITIVE 

339.     The  following  adjectives  are  irregular  through- 
out their  comparison  :  — 

Positive 
bonus,  good 


Comparative 
melior,  melius,  better 


malus,  bad  peior,  peius,  woi^se 

magnus,  great  maior,  maius,  greater 

multus,  much  ,  plus,  more 

multi,  ma7iy  (plur.)  plures,  plura,  more 
parvus,  small  minor,  minus,  smaller,  less 

senez,  old  senior  (maior  natu),  ol^er 

vetus,  old  vetustior,  -ius,  older 

iuyenis,  young  iunior  (minor  natu),  younger 

a.    Learn  the  declension  of  plus  (545). 


Superlative 
optimus,  -a,  -um, 

best 
pessimus,  -a,  -um, 

WOl'St 

maximus,  -a,  -um, 

greatest 
plurimus,  -a,  -um, 

most 
plurimi,    -ae,    -a, 

7nost 
minimus,  -a,  -um, 

smallest,  least 
maximus       natu, 

oldest,  eldest 
veterrimus,       -a, 

-um,  oldest 
minimus       natu, 

youngest 


340.   The  following  adjectives  have  irregular  superla- 
tives :  — 


Positive 
extents,  outward 

inferus,  low 


Comparative  Superlative 

exterior,  -ius,  outer,    extremus 

exterior  extimus 

inferior,  -ius,  lower     infimus 
imus 


outermost,    last 
I  lowest 


posterns,  following     posterior,  -ius,  later     postremus  \ 

postumus  J 

superus,  upper  superior,  -ius,  higher   supremus  1  highest,  topmost, 

summus     /     very  high 


IRREGULAR  COMPARISON   OF  ADJECTIVES  141 

341.  The  following  lack  the  positive  :  — 

Comparative  Superlative  , 

prior,  prius,  former  primus,  first 

propior,  -ius,  nearer  proximus,  next^  nearest 

ulterior,  -ius,  further  ultimus,  furtherest,  last 

interior,  -ius,  inner  intimus,  inmost 

citerior,  -ius,  hither  citimus,  hithermost 

342.  Note  the  use  of  the  genitive  case  in  the  follow- 
ing : — 

1.  A  part  of  the  city  was  burned,  Pars  urbis  incensa  est. 

2.  Caesar  was  the  greatest  of  the  Boman  generals,  Caesar  maximus 
erat  imperatorum  Roman5rum. 

3.  Twenty  of  the  soldiers,  Viginti  militum. 

The  genitive  here  denotes  the  whole  of  which  some 
part  is  considered.  This  genitive  is  called  the  Partitive 
Genitive. 

343.  Rule.  The  partitive  genitive  is  used  to  denote  the 
whole  to  which  a  part  belongs. 

344.  VOCABULARY 

senex,  senis,  old  ;  senex,  m.,  as  a  superus,  -a,  -um,  upper 

noun,   old  man  (cf.    declension,  posterus,  -a,  -um,  following 

636)  sequor,  sequi,  seciitus  sum,  follow, 

iuvenis,  -is,  m.,  young  {man}  pursue 

exterus,  -a,  -um,  outward  conficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus,  do,  ac- 

inferus,  -a,  -um,  low  complish,  finish 

EXERCISES 

345.  1.   Hic     vir     optinms     est     omnium     civium. 

2.  Puer   quinque   annis   maior   natu   est   quam   puella. 

3.  Caesar  duas  legiones  in  citeriore  Gallia  conscripsit  et 
in  ulteriorem  Galliam  contendit.  4.  Postero  die 
castra  in  summum  montem  movit.  5.  luvenes 
maximg,  cum  celeritate  e  castris  contenderunt. 


142  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN 

Caesar  Pursues  the  Helvetians.  —  Ubi  id  proelium  con- 
fectum  est,  Caesar  pontem  in  ^  flumine  fecit  et  reliquas 
copias  Helvetiorum  sequi  paravit.  Exercitum  trans 
flumen  traduxit  et  Helvetii  subito  adventu  eius  commoti 
ad  eum  legates  miserunt. 

346.  1.  Many  of  the  soldiers  were  killed  and  more 
were  wounded.  2.  This  man  was  better  than  that 
soldier.  3.  In  the  smaller  of  the  two  cities  there  were 
three  legions.  4.  I  am  eight  years  younger  than  you. 
5.  The  Gauls  were  hurling  stones  and  javelins  down 
from  the  higher  places.  6.  Of  all  these  the  bravest 
are  the  Belgians.  7.  They  live  in  farther  Gaul  and 
are  nearest  to  the  Germans.  8.  The  troops  were  led 
across  a  very  deep  and  very  broad  river.  9.  This  chief 
was  the  noblest  of  the  Helvetians.  10.  They  followed 
the  smaller  part  of  the  enemy's  forces.  11.  One  part 
of  the  army  was  in  f.urther  Gaul,  the  other  (part)  in 
hither  Gaul.  12.  They  are  the  most  powerful  of  all 
these  Gauls. 

347.  CONVERSATION 

Ubi  Caesar  pontem  fecit  ? 

Quid  Caesar  facere  parat  ? 

Nonne  Helvetii  adventii  Caesaris  commoventur  ? 

Cuius  exercitus  trans  flumen  traductus  est  ? 

Cur  Helvetii  commoti  sunt  ? 

Quis  vir  est  optimus  ? 

Quid  est  pessimum  ? 

*  We  W011I4  say  in  English  "  over  "  or  "  across  the  river," 


FORMATION  AND   COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS        143 

LESSON   XLIV 

FORMATION   AND    COMPARISON   OF   ADVERBS 

REVIEW   OF   COMPARISON   OF  ADJECTIVES 

348.  In  English  adverbs  are  commonly  formed  from 
adjectives  by  adding  -ly.  Similarly  in  Latin  they  are 
formed  by  adding  -e  or  -iter  to  the  adjective  base. 

1.  Adverbs  are  formed  from  adjectives  of  the  first  and 
second  declension  by  adding  -e  to  the  base. 


Adjective 

.  Base 

Advekb 

laetus,  glad 

laet- 

laete,  gladly 

miser,  ivretched 

miser- 

misere,  wretchedly 

pulcher,  beautiful 

pulchr- 

pulchre,  beautifully 

2.  Adverbs  are  formed  from  adjectives  of  the  third 
declension  by  adding  -iter  to  the  base.  Adjectives  in  -ns 
(base  -nt-)  give  adverbs  in  -nter. 


Adjective 

Base 

Adverb 

fortis,  brave 

fort- 

fortiter,  bravely 

acer,  keen,  eager 

acr- 

acriter,  keenly,  eagerly 

diligens,  diligent 

diligent- 

diligenter,  diligently 

349.  A  few  adverbs  are  formed  from  the  neuter  ablative 
singular  or  from  the  neuter  accusative  singular  of  the 
adjective. 

Adjective  Advebb  Adjective  Adverb 

primus,  ^rsi  ^rlmo,  at  first  multus,  mwc^  multum,  wwcfe 

tiitus,  safe  tuto,  safely  facilis,  easy  facile,  easily 

350.  The  comparative  of  the  adverb  has  the  same  form 
as  the  neuter  accusative  singular  of  the  comparative  of  the 
corresponding  adjective.  The  superlative  is  formed  from 
the  superlative  of  the  adjective  by  changing  -us  to  -e. 


144 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


Positive  Comparative 
Adjective,  laetus,  glad  laetius 

Adverb,  laete,  gladly  laetius 

Adjective,  acer,  keen,  eager  acrius 

Adverb,  acriter,  keenly,  eagerly  acrius 


Superlative 

laetissimus 

laetissime 

acerrimus 

acerrime 


Learn  the  following  comparisons  :  — 


351. 

Adj. 
bonus 
malus 

magnus    

parvus     parvum,  little 
multus     multum,  much 
facilis      facile,  easily 


Adverb 
bene,  well 
male,  ill,  badly 


Superlative 
optime,  best 

pessime,  worst,  very  badly 
maxime,  most,  especially 
minime,  least 
plurimum,  most 
facillime,  most  easily 


Comparative 
melius,  better 
peius,  worse 
magis,  moi'e 
minus,  less 
pliis,  more 
facilius,  more 
easily 

diii,  long  (of  time)    diutius,  longer     diutissime,  longest 

saepe,  often  saepius,  oftener  saepissime,  oftenest 

352.  Review  of  Comparison. 

1.  Write  out  the  comparison  of  the  following  adjec- 
tives :  — 

nobilis  liber  longus  vetus 

difficilis  celer  magnus  certus 

gravis  pulcher  superus  potens 

2.  Decline  the  comparative  of  longus,  long. 

3.  Form  and  compare  the  adverbs  corresponding  to  the 

following  adjectives  :  — 

liber  malus  humilis 

celer  tiitus  gravis 

353.  VOCABULARY 

agger,  -eris,  m.,  rampart,  mound  consequor,  -i,  -seciitus  sum,  follow 
agmen,  agminis,  n.,  column,  army      up,  overtake 

(on  the  march)  suscipio  (sub  +  capi5) ,  -ere,   -cepi, 
calamitas,   -atis,    f.,    loss,   disaster      -ceptus,  undertake 

dignitas,   -atis,  f.,  worth,  prestige,  vit5,  -are,  -ayi,  -atus,  avoid 

dignity  moror,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  delay,  linger 

agmen    novissimum,    agminis    no-  ante,  prep,  with  ace.  case,  before 

vissimi,  n.,  rear  of  the  army  ita,  adv.,  thus,  so 


IRREGULAR  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  145 

EXERCISES 

354.  1.  Equites  agmen  novissimum  hostium  consequi 
non  possunt.  2.  Post  id  tempus  suspicidnes  Caesaris 
diligentissime  vitavit.  3.  In  hac  urbe  diutissime 
morabantur.  4.  Ante  noctem  milites  impetum  in 
aggerem  audacissime  fecerunt.  5.  Gives  rem  suscipient 
et  dignitatem  populi  Romani  fortissime  defendent. 

The  Conference  with  Divico.  —  Hiiius  legationis  princeps 
fuit  Divico,  qui  bello  Cassiano  ^  dux  Helvetiorum  fuerat. 
Is  ita  cum  Caesare  egit :  "  Helvetii  in  ea  parte  Galliae 
manebunt  ubi  eos  constitueris."  Multum  de  virtute 
Helvetiorum  et  de  priore  calamitate  populi  Romani 
lociitus  est. 

355.  1.  The  soldiers  hastened  much  more  eagerly  to 
battle.  2.  The  troops  which  he  has  sent  will  easily 
overtake  the  enemy.  3.  They  fought  bravely  and 
very  easily  captured  the  rampart.  4.  The  Belgians 
fought  very  often  with  the  Germans.  5.  The  cavalry 
very  boldly  attacked  the  rear  of  the  army.  6.  They 
delayed  in  this  territory  and  so  avoided  the  disaster. 
7.  I  think  that  the  general  will  make  an  attack  before 
night.  8.  The  Romans  fought  better  than  the  Gauls. 
9.  Thus  he  defended  his  prestige  and  more  easily  avoided 
danger.     10.  He  gladly  undertook  the  siege  of  that  city. 

356.  CONVERSATION 

Quis  erat  Divico  ?     Quis  erat  princeps  huius  legationis  ? 
Manebuntne  Helvetii  in  ea  parte  Galliae  ? 
Where  will  you  stay  ?     What  did  you  say  ? 

1  bello  Cassiano,  in  the  war  with  Cassius. 


146 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


LESSON   XLV 

THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD 
PRESENT  AND  IMPERFECT  TENSES.     PURPOSE   CLAUSES 

357.  The  subjunctive  mood  has  many  uses  in  Latin, 
and  the  meaning  varies  according  to  the  construction 
used.  Hence  no  meanings  are  given  in  the  conjugation. 
The  meanings  will  be  made  clear  as  the  different  con- 
structions are  considered. 

Learn  the  present  and  imperfect  tenses,  active  and 
passive,  of  the  subjunctive  of  the  verbs  laudo,  moneo,  rego, 
capio,  audio  (558,  5Q5,  572,  579,  586). 

a.  Do  not  confuse  the  present  subjunctive  endings  of 
verbs  of  the  third  and  fourth  conjugations  with  the  future 
indicative  endings  of  those  verbs. 

5.  The  imperfect  subjunctive  of  any  verb  is  formed 
from  the  present  active  infinitive  by  adding  the  personal 
endings. 


Conjugation 

INFTNITIVB 

Imperfect  St 

rBJUNCTFVE 

I. 

laudare 

ACTIVE 

laudarem 

PASSIVE 

laudarer 

n. 

monere 

monerem 

monerer 

IIL 
IV. 

regere 
capere 
audire 

regerem 
caperem 
audirem 

regerer 
caperer 
audirer 

c.   Write  out  the  conjugation  of  habeo  in  the  present 
and  imperfect  subjunctive. 


358.  Purpose  in  English  is  commonly  expressed  by  the 
use  of  the  infinitive :  He  comes  to  hear  the  speeches.  The 
infinitive  is  never  used  to  express  purpose  in  Latin,  and 


THE   SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD  — PURPOSE   CLAUSES       147 

such  a  sentence  as  this  must  be  put  in  the  form,  He  comes 
that  he  may  hear  the  speeches. 

1.  Venit  ut  orationes  audiat,  He  comes  to  hear  {that  he  may  hear)  the 
speeches. 

2.  Milites  misit  ne  urbs  deleretur,  He  sent  soldiers  that  the  city  might 
not  be  destroyed. 

a.  Note  that  the  verb  in  the  subordinate  clause  (226, 
c-d)  is  in  the  subjunctive,  expressing  the  purpose  of  the 
action  of  the  principal  clause,  ut  (that)  introducing 
affirmative  clauses  and  ne  (that  .  .  .  not)  negative  clauses. 

b.  Note  that  in  the  first  sentence  after  a  verb  in  the 
principal  clause  expressing  present  time  the  present  sub- 
junctive is  used  in  the  subordinate  clause,  and  in  the 
second  sentence  after  a  past  tense  the  imperfect  tense  is 
used. 

359.  Rule.  Purpose  is  expressed  by  the  subjunctive 
with  ut,  that,  and  ne,  that  ...  not. 

360.  VOCABULARY 

conspicid,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectus,  see,  responded,  -ere,  respond!,  respon- 

catch  sight  of  sus,  ansioer,  reply 

consuesco,  -ere,  -suevi,^  suetus,  be-  palus,  -udis, /.,  marsh,  swamp 

come  accustomed,  become  used  premo,  -ere,  pressi,  pressus,  press 
egredior,  egredi,  egressus  sum,  go  hard,  oppress 

out  ut,  that,  so  that,  in  order  that 

vexo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  harass,  over-  ne,  that  .  .  .  not,  so  that  .  .  .  not, 

run,  devastate  in  order  that  .  .  .  7iot 

EXERCISES 

361.  1.  Id  facit  ut  palMem  vitet.  2.  Iter 
per     silvas      fecit      ne       ab      hostibus      c5nspiceretur. 

1  consuevi,  /  have  become  accustomed,  I  am  accustomed  ;  c5n9ueyeram, 
J  had  become  accustomed,  I  was  accustomed. 


148  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

3.     Imperator  ex  urbe   egressus  erat   ut  copias  suas  in 
hiberna   duceret.  4.       Caesar    subsidium    mittet    ne 

milites   premantur.         5.      Helvetii    copias    suas    trans 
fliimen  tradiixerunt  ut  agros  hostium  vexarent. 

Caesar  Answers  the  Ambassadors.  —  Caesar  legatis  ita 
respondit :  "  Helvetii  iter  per  provinciam  per  vim  facere 
conati  sunt  et  Haeduos  aliosque  socios  nostros  vexaverunt. 
Itaque  agros  in  Gallia  vobis  non  dab5  nisi  ^  obsides 
dederitis."  Divico  respondit :  "  Helvetii  obsides  accipere, 
non  dare  c5nsuerunt." 

362.  1.  He  will  come  to  attack  this  city.  2.  The 
general  sent  this  legion  that  the  town  might  not  be  cap- 
tured. 3.  They  had  fortified  the  camp  so  that  it 
might  be  easily  defended.  4.  They  are  coming  to 
make  an  attack  on  the  wall.  5.  The  soldiers  hastened 
in  order  to  catch  sight  of  the  general.  6.  To  avoid 
the  marsh  he  led  the  soldiers  across  the  river.  7.  Two 
legions  went  out  of  the  camp  to  oppress  the  rear  of  the 
enemy's  army.  8.  The  Roman  generals  were  accus- 
tomed to  pitch  the  camp  on  a  hill.  9.  He  answered 
that  the  camp  was  very  large.  10.  They  were  very 
boldly  attacking  the  village. 

363.  CONVERSATION 

Are  you  attempting  to  march  through  our  province? 

Will  you  give  us  fields  in  Gaul? 

Quid  Divico  respondit? 

Quorum  socios  Helvetii  vexaverunt? 

Quorum  socii  sunt  Haedui? 

1  nisi,  unless. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  SUM   AND  POSSUM  149 

LESSON   XLVI 

SUBJUNCTIVE   OF   SUM  AND   POSSUM 

INDIRECT   QUESTIONS.     SEQUENCE   OF  TENSES 

364.  Learn  the  subjunctive  of  sum  (593)  and  possum 
(598). 

a.  Note  that  sum  has  different  endings  from  other 
verbs  in  the  present. 

b.  Note  that  the  imperfect  is  formed  from  the  present 
infinitive. 

c.  The  perfect  subjunctive  active  of  an}^  verb  is  like 
the  future  perfect  indicative  except  in  the  first  person 
singular. 

d.  The  pluperfect  subjunctive  active  of  any  verb  is 
formed  by  adding  the  personal  endings  to  the  perfect 
active  infinitive. 

e.  The  subjunctive  mood  has  neither  future  nor  future 
perfect  tenses. 

365.  A  direct  question  may  be  made  a  subordinate 
clause  dependent  on  a  principal  verb.  It  is  then  called 
an  indirect  question,  and  the  verb  is  put  in  the  sub- 
junctive mood  in  Latin. 

Direct  Question  Indirect  Question 

Ubi  es  ?  where  are  you  ?  Scio  ubi  sis,  /  know  where  you  are. 

Ubi  eras  ?  where  vaere  you  ?     Sciebam  ubi  esses,  /  knew  where  you  were. 

366.  Rule.  Indirect  questions  are  expressed  by  the 
subjunctive  introduced  by  some  interrogative  word. 

a.  All  subordinate  clauses  introduced  by  an  interroga- 
tive word  come  under  this  rule. 


150  I'lRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

367.  In  all  uses  of  the  subjunctive  in  subordinate 
clauses  care  must  be  taken  in  the  choice  of  the  tense 
employed,  since  the  tense  of  the  verb  in  the  subjunctive 
io  not  governed  by  the  time  indicated,  but  by  the  tense 
of  the  verb  in  the  principal  clause. 

I.  When  the  principal  verb  is  in  the  present,  future,  or 
future  perfect,  the  subordinate  verb  must  be  in  the  present 
or  perfect  subjunctive. 

II.  When  the  principal  verb  is  in  the  imperfect,  per- 
fect, or  pluperfect,  the  subordinate  verb  must  be  in  the 
imperfect  or  pluperfect  subjunctive. 

The  tenses  in  I  are  called  Principal  or  Primary  tenses; 
those  in  II  are  called  Historical  or  Secondary  tenses. 

SEQUENCE  WITH   PRINCIPAL  TENSES 

Scio,  I  know  } 

Sciam,  /  shall  know  "^!  f «'  !'^'''  ^^^^  «**^-         ^       ^ 

Scivero,  /  shall  have  known    J  "^^  *"^"^'  '^^^^^  ^^^  ^'^^^'  '^^^^  ^^^«- 

SEQUENCE   WITH   HISTORICAL  TENSES 

Sciebam,  I  knew  ^ 

Scivi,  /  knew  ^^^  ^^^^^'  ^^^^^  ^^"  ^'*''- 

Sciveram,  /  had  known  J  ^^^  ^"i^«^«'  ^'^^^^  ^^^*  ^«^  ^''''' 

a.  If  the  action  of  the  subordinate  verb  takes  place 
at  the  same  time  as  or  after  the  action  of  the  principal 
verb,  the  present  subjunctive  must  be  used  after  present 
or  future  tenses  of  the  principal  verb  and  the  imperfect 
subjunctive  after  past  tenses. 

h.  If  the  action  of  the  subordinate  verb  is  completed 
before  the  action  of  the  principal  verb,  the  perfect  sub- 
junctive must  be  used  after  the  present  or  future  tenses 
of  the  principal  verb  and  the  pluperfect  after  past  tenses. 


SUBJUNCTIVE   OF   SUM  AND   POSSUM 


151 


368.  Rule.  Principal  tenses  of  the  subjunctive  in  sub- 
ordinate clauses  follow  principal  tenses  of  the  main  verb  and 
historical  tenses  follow  historical  tenses. 


PRINCIPAL  TENSES 


Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Present 

Present 

Future 

Perfect 

Future  Perfect 

HISTORICAL  TENSES 

Imperfect 

Imperfect 

Perfect 

Pluperfect 

Pluperfect 

369.                                      VOCABULARY 

classis,  -is,  f.,  fleet 

quantus,  -a,  - 

■um,  how  great,  how 

dolor,  -5ris,  m.,  sorrow,  grief,  pain 

much 

ratio,  -nis,  f.,  plan,  manner,  means 

intellego,  -ere 

,  -lexi,  -lectus,  under- 

spatium,  -i,  n.,  distance,  space 

stand,  know 

doce5,  -ere,  -ui,  doctus,  show,  teach 

animadverto. 

-ere,  -verti,  -versus. 

qualis,  -e,  what  sort  of 

notice,  observe 

quot,  indecl.  adj.,  how  many 

inter,  prep,  with  ace.  case,  between. 

among 

EXERCISES 

370.      1.     Docebo     quantus     dolor     sit     apud     cives. 

2.     Non     intellegebat     quantum     spatium     esset     inter 

urbes.  3.       Non    animadvertit    quot    hostes    venire 

potuissent.  4.       Non      rogat      ubi      classis     fuerit. 

5.  Videt  qua  ratione  hostes  oppidum  expiignare  possint. 

6.  Intellegit  qualis  exercitus  sit  in  Gallia. 

The  Helvetians  Break  Camp.  —  Postero  die  Helvetii 
castra  ex  eo  loco  moverunt.  Caesar  item  castra  movit  et 
equitatum  omnem,  ad  numerum  quattuor  milium,  quern  ex 
omni  provincia  et  Haeduis  sociisque  eorum  coegerat, 
praemisit  ut  viderent  quas  in  partis  hostes  iter  facerent. 


152  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

371.  1.  He  did  not  say  why  the  army  was  small. 
2.  The  general  noticed  where  the  fleet  was.  3.  I 
understand  why  the  grief  of  the  Roman  people  is  great. 
4.  They  will  show  in  how  great  danger  the  soldiers 
are.  5.  He  does  not  understand  why  the  fleet  cannot 
come.  6.  Do  you  know  how  many  hills  there  are 
between  these  villages?  7.  The  ambassadors  asked 
how  great  the  distance  was.  8.  What  sort  of  leader 
is  that  man?  9.  I  shall  do  this  in  order  to  defend  the 
city.  10.  He  sent  reenforcements  in  order  that  the 
camp  might  not  be  captured. 

372.  CONVERSATION 

Quid  Helvetii  postero  die  fecerunt? 

Ubi  Caesar  milites  coegit? 

Videtisne  quas  in  partis  hostes  iter  fecerint? 

Quot  milites  praemisit? 

Quantum  exercitum  habet? 

373.  REVIEW  EXERCISE 

1.  How  is  the  comparative  of  an  adjective  formed? 
2.  Decline  the  comparative  of  fortis.  3.  How  do 
adjectives  in   -er   form    the    superlative  ?  4.     What 

adjectives  take  -limus  in  the  superlative  ?  5.  How  are 
adverbs  formed  in  Latin  ?  6.  How  is  the  comparative 
of  an  adverb  formed  in  Latin  ?  7.  How  is  the  superla- 
tive of  an  adverb  formed  in  Latin  ?  8.  Compare  the 
adverb  well  in  English.  9.     How  do  you  say  too  broad 

in  Latin  ?         10.      How  do  you  say  very  broad  in  Latin  ? 


SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD  153 

LESSON   XLVII 

SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD 
PERFECT  AND  PLUPERFECT.     RESULT   CLAUSES 

374.  Learn  the  perfect  and  pluperfect  subjunctive, 
active  and  passive,  of  laudo  (558),  moneo  {^Q^),  rego 
(572),  capio  (579),  audio  (586). 

375.  In  a  complex  sentence  when  the  verb  in  the 
subordinate  clause  shows  the  result  of  the  action  of  the 
verb  in  the  principal  clause,  the  subordinate  clause  is  called 
a  result  clause.  The  verb  in  the  result  clause  is  put  in 
the  subjunctive  and  the  clause  is  introduced  by  ut,  that^  or 
ut  .  .  .  non,  that  .  .  .  not.  Very  often  the  principal  clause 
contains  some  word  like  ita  or  tarn,  so. 

Tarn  fortes  sunt  ut  urbem  servent,  They  are  so  brave  that  they  save  the 
city. 

Tarn  fortes  sunt  ut  Romani  urbem  capere  non  possint,  They  are  so 
brave  that  the  Bomans  cannot  capture  the  city. 

Tantus  erat  timor  eorum  ut  f ugerent,  So  great  was  their  fear  that  they 
fled. 

Tarn  acriter  pugnaverant  ut  hostes  pacem  peterent,  They  had  fought  so 
fiercely  that  the  enemy  sought  peace. 

a.  Note  that  the  rule  for  sequence  of  tenses  (cf .  368)  is 
followed  in  result  clauses.  The  tenses  commonly  em- 
ployed are,  as  in  purpose  clauses,  the  present  and  imper- 
fect. As  is  seen  in  the  last  example,  the  tense  of  the  verb 
in  the  subordinate  clause  is  not  necessarily  the  same  as 
that  of  the  verb  in  the  principal  clause. 

h.  Note  that  the  negative  of  a  result  clause  is  ut  .  .  . 
non,  not  ne,  as  in  purpose  clauses. 


154  FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 

376.  Rule.  Result  is  expressed  hy  the  subjunctive  with 
ut,  that,  so  that,  or  ut  .  .   .  non,  that  .   .   .  not. 

a.  Purpose  and  Result  Clauses.  —  Do  not  confuse  pur- 
pose clauses  with  result  clauses.  Purpose  clauses  always 
look  forward  to  the  action  of  the  verb.  Result  clauses 
regularly  indicate  an  accomplished  fact. 

377.  VOCABULARY 

intervallum,  -i,   n.,    interval,   dis-  proelium    committd,    -ere,    -misi, 
tance  -missum,  begin  battle^  join  hat- 

aequus,  -a,  -um,  equal,  just  tie 

iniquus,  -a,  -um,  unequal,  unjust,  tantus,  -a,  -um,  so  great,  so  much 

unfavorable  tam,  so 

peto,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itus,  seek,  ask  for  tot,  indecl.  adj.,  so  many 

statuo,  -ere,  statui,  statutus,  decide  ita,  so,  thus 
statim,  immediately,  at  once 

EXERCISES 

378.  2..  Exercitus  hostium  tantus  est  ut  piignare 
statuant.  2.  Milites  tam  acres  erant  ut  Caesar  statim 
proelium  committeret.  3.  Gives  oppidum  tam  fortiter 
defenderunt  ut  non  expiignaretur.  4.  Haec  urbs  tot 
defen sores  habet  ut  miirum  expiignare  non  possimus. 
6.  Is  vir  tam  aequus  est  ut  pacem  petere  debeamus. 
6.  Non  scio  ciir  non  venerint.  7.  Gives  rogaverunt 
ubi  milites  piignavissent. 

Caesar's  Cavalry  is  Defeated.  —  Equites  Romani 
novissimum  agmen  hostium  conseciiti  sunt  et  in  iniqu5 
loco  cum  equitatii  Helvetiorum  proelium  commiserunt. 
Equites  Romani  victi  sunt  et  Gaesar  suos  a  proelio 
continebat.  Ita  dies  circiter  quindecim  iter  fecerunt  ut 
inter  agmen  hostium  et  exercitum  Romanorum  parvum 
intervallum  esset. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  155 

379.  1.  Caesar  led  his  troops  across  the  river  so 
quickly  that  the  enemy  fled.  2.  The  ditch  was  so 
deep  that  he  could  not  capture  the  city.  3.  The  inter- 
val between  the  two  armies  is  so  great  that  the  enemy 
is  safe.         4.    Caesar   determined  to  join  battle  at  once. 

5.  We  sent  so  many  soldiers  that  the  Gauls  surrendered. 

6.  I  cannot  tell  why  they  asked  for  peace.  7.  They 
did  this  in  order  that  they  might  not  fight  in  an  unfavor- 
able place.  8.  The  general  did  not  understand  why  the 
camp  had  not  been  fortified.  9.  These  laws  are  so 
just  that  the  enemy  send  ambassadors  concerning  peace. 
10.  They  had  fought  so  bravely  that  the  enemy  were 
defeated. 

380.  CONVERSATION 

Quid  equites  Roman!  facient? 

Ubi  proelium  committes? 

Quantum  intervallum  inter  exercitiis  fuit? 

Quid  facere  statuisti? 

Ciir  proelium  non  committis? 

381.  REVIEW  EXERCISE 

Give  the  person,  number,  tense,  voice,  mood,  and  mean- 
ing of  the  following  verb  forms  :  — 


constituas 

fugerent 

dedit 

vicerat 

constitues 

fugerunt 

dedit 

vidisset 

posuerit 

fugerint 

paras 

egisti 

potuerit 

venit 

pares 

incendere 

ausus  sit 

venit 

pares 

incendere 

petere 

intellegis 

doces 

sequeris 

petere 

intelleges 

duces 

sequeris 

petivere 

intellegas 

voces 

sequaris 

156  FIRST   BOOK   IN  LATIN 

LESSON   XLVIII 

DECLENSION   OF   IPSE,   IDEM,   AND   ISTE 

DATIVE   OF   SERVICE 

382.  Ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  self,  is  declined  like  ille,  except 
in  the  neuter  nominative  and  accusative  singular.  Learn 
its  declension  (550). 

a.  Ipse  is  a  pronominal  adjective  used  to  emphasize 
the  word  which  it  modifies,  and  has  various  meanings  : 
imperator  ipse,  the  general  himself;  regina  ipsa,  the  queen 
herself  etc.  ;  in  ripis  ipsis  fluminis,  on  the  very  hanks  of  the 
river. 

h.  Do  not  confuse  ipse  with  the  reflexive  pronoun  sui. 
The  reflexive  pronoun  is  always  used  substantively,  while 
ipse  commonly  limits  a  noun  or  pronoun,  expressed  or  un- 
derstood. This  difference  may  be  seen  in  the  follow- 
ing:— 

Vir  se  laudat,  The  man  praises  himself. 

Vir  ipse  laudatur,  The  man  himself  is  praised. 

Vir  ipse  se  laudat,  The  man  himself  praises  himself. 

383.  Iste,  that,  that  of  yours,  is  declined  like  ille.  Learn 
its  declension  (550). 

a.  Iste  is  a  demonstrative  pronoun  and  points  out  that 
which  is  near  the  person  addressed.  Compare  its  use  with 
that  of  hie  and  ille. 

Hie,  this,  means  that  which  is  near  the  speaker,  or  first 
person.  Iste,  that  of  yours,  means  that  which  is  near  the 
person  addressed,  or  second  person.  Ille,  that,  yonder, 
means  that  which  is  near  the  person  spoken  of,  or  third 
person. 


DECLENSION   OF   IPSE,    IDEM,    AND   ISTE 


157 


384. 

Idem,  same 

Singular 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

idem 

6adem 

idem 

Gen. 

eiusdem 

eiusdem 

eiusdem 

Dat. 

eidem 

eidem 

eidem 

Ace. 

eundem 

eandem 

idem 

Abl. 

eodem 

eadem 
Plural 

eodem 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

NOM. 

eidem,  iidem 

eaedem 

6adem 

Gen. 

eonindem 

earundem 

eorundem 

Dat. 

eisdem,  iisdem 

eisdem,  iisdem 

eisdem,  iisdem 

Ace. 

eosdem 

easdem 

§adem 

Abl. 

eisdem,  iisdem 

eisdem,  iisdem 

eisdem,  iisdem 

a.  Review  the  declension  of  is  (194).  Idem  is  a  com- 
pound of  is  and  -dem.  The  -dem  remains  unchanged  and 
is  added  directly  to  the  forms  of  is  except  in  the  nomina- 
tive singular  masculine.  Before  -dem  an  -m-  in  the  end- 
ing of  is  changes  to  -n-. 

385.  Rule.  The  Dative  of  Service  is  used  to  denote  that 
for  which  a  thing  serves. 

a.  Very  frequently  there  is  combined  with  this  dative 
of  service  a  dative  of  the  person  interested. 

Hoc  fudgno  Usui  est  Romdnls,  This  is  a  great  advantage  to  the 
Bomans  (for  a  great  advantage  to  the  Eomans). 


386. 


VOCABULARY 


idem,  eadem,  idem,  same 
iste,  ista,  istud,  that  (of  yours) 
ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  self,  venj 
iisus,  -iis,  m.,  use,  advantage 
polliceor,  -eri,  -itus  sum,  promise 
impedimentum,  -i,  n.,  hindrance 


acciis5,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  reproach, 

accuse 
magistratus,   -iis,  m.,   magistrate, 

office 
difficultas,  -atis,  f.,  difficulty 
at,  conj.,  hut 


158  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATLN 

EXERCISES 

387.  1.  Illae  res  ipsae  Gallis  erant  magno 
impedimento.  2.  Istae  c5piae  novissimo  agmini 
sunt  praesidio.  3.  At  istae  res  magistratibus 
erunt  magnae  clifficultati.  4.  Duae  res  mllitibus 
fuerunt  magno  usui.  5.  Eidem  legati  ad  Caesarem 
venerunt   et   pacem   petiverunt. 

The  Haeduans  Fail  to  Furnish  Grain.  —  Interim  Haedui 
Caesari  frumentum,  quod  polliciti  erant,  non  dabant. 
Caesar  eorum  principes  convocavit  et  eos  graviter 
accusavit.  Tum  Liscus,  qui  summus  magistratus  erat 
Haeduorum,  oratione  Caesaris  adductus  respondit. 

388.  1.  The  scouts  chose  the  same  place  for  a  camp. 
2.  The  ambassadors  themselves  promised  peace.  3.  He 
gives  arms  to  the  same  soldier.  4.  But  those  troops 
of  yours  do  not  obey  me.  5.  The  magistrates  sur- 
rendered themselves.  6.  That  thing  will  be  a  great 
difficulty  to  us.  7.  The  boats  will  be  useful  ^  to  the 
general.  8.  The  shields  were  a  great  hindrance  to 
the  soldiers.  9.  The  general  reproached  himself  very 
severely.  10.  They  resisted  the  enemy  on  the  very 
banks  of  the  river. 


CONVERSATION 

Quid  Haedui  polliciti  sunt? 
Nonne  nobis  frumentum  dabitis  ? 
Quis  fuit  Liscus? 
Responditne  Liscus  Caesari  ? 
Quos  Caesar  convocavit? 
1  ^^for  a  usey 


{ 


CUM  CLAUSES  169 

LESSON  XLIX 

CUM   CLAUSES 
RELATIVE   CLAUSES  OF   PURPOSE 

390.  The  conjunction  cum  has  three  dift'ei'jnt  uses  :  — 

1.  Cum  meaning  "when"  is  called  cum  temporal  and 
introduces  a  clause  denoting  time  or  circumstance. 

2.  Cum  meaning  "since"  is  called  cum  causal  and 
introduces  a  causal  clause. 

3.  Cum  meaning  "although"  is  called  cum  concessive 
and  introduces  a  clause  denoting  concession. 

Note  the  moods  used  in  the  cum  clauses  in  the  following 

examples : — 

r  Cum  in  urbem  venit,  When  he  came  into  the  city. 
Cum  Temporal  :  \  Cum  in  urbe  esset,  When  he  loas  in  the  city. 
[  Cum  venisset,  When  he  had  come. 

Cum  Causal:  Cum  hostes  pauci  sint,  piignabimus,  Since  the  enemy 

are  few,  we  shall  fight  bravely. 
Cum  Concessive  :    Cum   pauci  simus,   tamen   fortiter   piignabimus, 
Although  we  are  few,  yet  we  shall  fight  bravely. 

391.  Rule.  In  a  cum  temporal  clause  the  subjunc- 
tive is  commonly  used  if  the  verb  is  in  the  imperfect  or 
pluperfect ;  otherwise  the  indicative  is  used. 

392.  Rule.  In  a  cum  causal  or  a  cum  concessive  clause 
the  verb  is  always  m  the  subjunctive. 

393.  The  relative  pronoun  qui  is  ordinarily  followed  by 
the  indicative  mood,  but  when  qui  =  ut  is,  it  takes  the  con- 
struction of  a  purpose  clause  and  requires  the  subjunctive. 

Legatum  mittit  qui  (=ut  is")  urbem  expugnet,  He  sends  a  lieutenant 
to  {who  may  —  that  he  may)  capture  the  city. 

394.  Rule.  Purpose  may  be  expressed  by  the  relative 
pronoun  with  the  subjunctive. 


160  FIRST    BOOK   IN  LATIN 

395.  VOCABULARY 

commeatus,    -us,    m.,    provisions,  loquor,  -i,  locutus  sum,  speak,  say, 

supplies  talk 

libertas,  -atis,  f.,  freedom,  liberty  neglego,  -ere,  -lexi,  -lectus,  neglect 

comporto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  bring  eripio,  -ere,  eripui,  ereptus,  snatch 

together,  gather  away,  rescue,  take  away 

dimitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus,  send  tamen,  nevertheless,  still,  yet 

away,  dismiss  cum,  lohen,  while  ;  although  ;  since, 

because 


EXERCISES 

396.  1.  Cum  commeatus  comportavisset,  statim  in  finis 
Belgarum  contendit.  2.  Cum  ille  in  periculo  sit, 
tamen  eum  eripiemus.  3.  Cum  socii  nostras  iniurias 
neglexerint,  eos  non  iuvabimus.  4.  Cum  ita  lociitus 
esset,  Caesar  concilium  dimisit.  5.  Cum  Galli  hostes 
viderunt,  se  in  fugam  dederunt.  6.  Equites  misit  qui 
novissimum  agmen  hostium  lacesserent. 

The  Speech  of  Liscus.  —  "Nonniillii  Haeduorum  prin- 
cipum  sunt  maiore  auctoritate  quam  magistratiis  ipsi. 
Hi  dixerunt  Romanos  non  esse  amicos  Haeduorum  et 
liber tatem  Haeduorum  ereptiiros  esse.  Haedui  ora- 
tione  eorum  adducti  Romanis  friimentum  non  dederunt." 

397.  1.  When  I  am  in  Rome,  I  live  on  that  street. 
2.  When  Caesar  was  in  hither  Gaul,  he  was  informed  of 
(coiicerning)  this  conspiracy.  3.  When  the  general 
comes  (will  have  come),  he  will  dismiss  the  ambassadors. 
4.  When  the  soldiers  caught  sight  of  the  enemy's 
cavalry,  they  made  an  attack  on  them.  5.  When  he 
had   spoken   concerning   these    things,    the    ambassadors 

1  NonnuUi,  some. 


i 


CUM  CLAUSES  161 

replied.  6.     Although    they    had    rescued    us    from 

danger,  yet  we  neglected  them.  7.      Since  you  have 

not  gathered  grain  and  supplies  for  us,  we-  will  not  defend 
you.         8.     They  will  send  soldiers  to  rescue  the  citizens. 

9.  He  says  that  the  Romans  will  not  defend  that  city. 

10.  The    consul  does  not  know    what   you    are    doing. 

11.  Although  they  had  sought  peace,  they  made  an  attack 
on  the  Romans  without  cause.  12.  Since  you  have 
done  this  we  will  drive  you  out  of  the  city. 

398.  CONVERSATION 

Nonne  hi  sunt  amici  Haeduorum  ? 
Quis  est  potentior  quam  magistratus  ? 
Num  Roman!  libertatem  nostram  eripient  ? 
Nonne  Haedui  frumentum  Romanis  dederunt  ? 
Qui  friimentum  comportabant  ? 
Scisne  qui  friimentum  comportaverint  ? 
Qui  sunt  magistratus  Haeduorum  ? 
Qui  sunt  magna  auctoritate  ? 

REVIEW    EXERCISE 

399.  1.  Give  a  synopsis  of  neglego  in  the  third  person 
subjunctive.  2.  How  is  the  imperfect  subjunctive 
formed  ?  3.  The  perfect  ?  4.  The  pluperfect  ?  5.  Give 
in  English  an  example  of  a  purpose  clause.  6.  An 
example  of  a  result  clause.  7.  An  example  of  an 
indirect  question.  8.  Give  the  rule  for  each  of  the 
examples  given.  9.  What  are  the  principal  tenses  in 
Latin  ?         10.     What  are  the  historical  tenses  9 


162  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON  L 
PARTICIPLES  (Continued) 
THE  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE 

400.  Review  the  formation  and  declension  of  parti- 
ciples (293-295). 

Form  all  the  participles  of  voco,  deleo,  duco,  f  acio,  munio, 
and  give  the  ablative  singular  and  plural  of  the  present 
and  perfect  participles. 

401.  In  English  we  sometimes  use  a  substantive  and  a 
participle  in  a  clause  which  may  stand  by  itself  and  is 
not  grammatically  related  to  the  rest  of  the  sentence.^ 

1.  This  done  (^  =  when  this  had  been  done)^  he  left  the 
house. 

2.  This  matter  being  settled  (^—when  this  matter  had 
been  settled)^  we  adjourned  for  the  day. 

3.  All  other  things  being  equal  (^  =  if  all  other  things  be 
equal),  this  side  will  win. 

This  construction  is  very  common  in  Latin  and  ex- 
presses various  relations.  The  ablative  case  is  used  and 
since  the  clause  is  absolute  (ab-solutus,  free)  from  the 
rest  of  the  sentence,  the  construction  is  called  the  "ablative 
absolute."  Only  the  present  and  perfect  participles  are 
thus  used. 

402.  Rule.  A  noun  together  with  a  present  or  perfect 
participle  mag  be  used  in  the  ablative  case  to  form  an  abla- 
tive absolute. 

1  In  English  this  construction  is  called  the  nominative  absolute. 


PARTICIPLES 


163 


I.  Imperator,    oppidd 
capt5,  civis  servavit, 


403.  Examples  :  — 

The  town  having  been  taken, 
When   {after)   the  town  had 

been  taken, 
Since    the    town    had    been 

taken, 
Although  the  town  had  been 

taken, 
Having  taken  the  town. 
When   {after)  he   had  taken 

the  town, 
Since  he  had  taken  the  town, 
Although  he   had  taken   the 

town, 

2.  Militibus  pugnantibus  imperator  vulneratus  est,  While  the  soldiers 
were  fighting ,  the  general  icas  wounded. 

3.  Faucis  pugnantibus,  oppidum  expugnabatur,  Since  few  were  fight- 
ing, the  town  was  being  captured. 


the  general  pre- 
served the  citi- 
zens. 


a.  Note  the  various  meanings  expressed  by  the  ablative 
absolute.  Do  not  translate  the  ablative  absolute  literally, 
but  use  a  clause  giving  the  meaning  shown  by  the 
context.  Sometimes  an  ablative  absolute  is  best  trans- 
lated by  using  a  compound  sentence  :  Oppido  capto,  incolas 
occidit,  He  captured  the  town  and  hilled  the  inhabitants 
(literally,  the  town  having  been  captured.,  he  killed^  etc.). 

b.  Remember  that  the  present  participle  is  active  and 
the  perfect  participle  passive,  and  that  the  present 
participle  denotes  an  action  going  on  at  the  time  of  the 
principal  verb,  while  the  perfect  participle  denotes  an  act 
completed.  Sometimes  the  ablative  absolute  may  be  used 
by  changing  the  voice  of  the  English  participial  clause: 
thus,  Having  done  this,  he  set  out  for  Italy ^  must  be 
changed  to.  This  having  been  done,  he,  etc.,  Hoc  facto  in 
Italiam  profectus  est. 


164  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

404.  Since  there  is  no  present  participle  of  sum,  a 
second  noun  or  an  adjective  may  take  the  place  of  the 
participle  in  an  ablative  absolute  construction. 

Caesare  duce,  Caesar  {being)  the  leader  =  under  the  leadershi])  of  Caesar. 
Cicerone  consule,  Cicero  {being)  consul  =  in  the  consulship  of  Cicero. 

405.  VOCABULARY 

fides,  fidei,  f.,  faith,  trust,  pledge  removeo,    -ere,  -movi,  -m5tus,  re- 
gens,    gentis,    f.,    people,    nation,  move 

t'^i^^  occido,    -ere,    occidi,    occisus,    cut 

conspectus,  -us,  m.,  sight  doimi,  Jcill,  slay 

ceteri,  -ae,  -a,  other,  the  rest  {of),  scribo,  -ere,  scrips!,  scriptus,  write 

used  regularly  in  the  plural  sentio,  -ire,  sensi,  sensus,  perceive, 

paco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  pacify,  sub-  know,  idealize 

^^^  trado,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus,  give  over^ 

Cicerd,  -nis,  m.,   Cicero,  the  great  surrender 

Roman  orator 

EXERCISES 

406.  1.  His  gentibus  pacatis,  Caesar  legiones  in 
hiberna  diixit.  2.  Imperatore  scribente,  niintii 
venerunt  et  eum  de  proelio  certiorem  fecerunt. 
3.  Equis  ex  conspectu  remotis,  Roinani  proelium 
commiserunt.  4.  Multis  occisis,  ceteri  se  in  fugam 
dederunt.  5.  Armis  traditis,  hostes  fidem  Caesarl 
dederunt. 

Caesar  Discovers  that  Dumnorix  is  Responsible  for  the 
Treachery  of  the  Haeduans,  —  Caesar  sentiebat  Dumnorl- 
gem,  fratrem  DiviciacI,  hac  oratione  Lisci  deslgnari.^ 
Itaque  celeriter  concilium  dimisit  sed  Liscus  solus  mansit. 
Hie  dixit  liberius  et  audacius  et  Caesar  repperit 
Dumnorigem  esse  hominem  summa  audacia  et  magna 
auctoritate  apud  Haeduos. 

1  designo,  /  indicate,  I  mean;   designari=? 


PARTICIPLES  •  165 

407.  1.  (While)  1  the  citizens  (were)^  fortifying  the 
city,  the  enemy  arrived.  ,  2.  When  this  nation  had 
been  subdued  [This  nation  having  been  subdued]  2,  Caesar 
hastened  to  Rome.  3.  When  he  had  learned  these 
things  [These  things  having  been  learned]  2,  the  general 
wrote  a  letter  which  he  sent  to  his  lieutenant.  4.  Al- 
though their  arms  had  been  given  up  [Their  arms  having 
been  given  up]  2,  nevertheless  they  were  killed.  5.  The 
baggage  being  [having  been]  ^  removed,  the  soldiers  could 
not  remain.  6.  (While)^  the  enemy  (were)^  fleeing, 
the  Romans  were  devastating  the  fields.  7.  When 
this  war  had  been  finished  [This  war  having  been 
finished]  2,  the  other  nations  of  Gaul  were  subdued  and 
gave  a  pledge  to  Caesar.  8.  They  perceived  that  they 
were  fighting  in  the  sight  of  the  general.  9.  That 
soldier  is  a  man  of  the  greatest  boldness.  10.  He  did 
this  in  order  to  capture  the  town. 

408.  CONVERSATION 

Conciliumne  dimissum  est  ? 

Quis  cum  Caesare  manebit? 

Quid  Caesar  repperit  ? 

Nonne  Dumnorix  erat  potens  apud  Haeduos  ? 

Quis  erat  Dumnorix  ? 

Eratne  Dumnorix  audax  ? 

Ciiius  frater  erat  Diviciacus  ? 

^  Omit  the  words  in  parentheses  and  use  the  ablative  absolute  con- 
struction, 

2  The  preceding  clause  must  be  put  into  the  form  indicated  in  brackets 
before  the  ablative  absolute  construction  can  be  used. 


166 


FIRST  BOOK   IN   LATIN 


LESSON   LI 


INDEFINITE   PRONOUNS 


DATIVE   OF  THE   POSSESSOR 


409.  Review  the  declensions  of  the  interrogative  quis 
(553-554)  and  of  the  relative  qui  (552).  Learn  the 
meanings  of  the  following  indefinite  pronouns  and  ad- 
jectives, and  their  declensions  in  accordance  with  the  in- 
structions given  below. 


Masc. 
Pronoun       quidam 
Adjective   quidam 
Pronodn       aliquis 


Fem.  Neut. 

quaedam  quiddam 
quaedam  quoddam 
aliqua        aliquid 


Adjective  aliqui        aliqua  aliquod 

Pronoun  quisque    quaeque  quidque 

Adjective  quisque     quaeque  quodque 

Pronoun  quisquam  quicquam 


Meaning 

a  certain  07ie,  a  certain  thing 

a  certain,  certain 

some  one,  something,  any  one, 

anything 
some,  any 

each  one,  each  thing,  everyone 
each,  every 
any  one,  anything  (at  all) 


a.  The  declension  of  quidam  as  a  pronoun  is  given  in 
Sb^.  As  an  adjective  it  is  declined  like  qui  (552)  with 
the  suffix  -dam. 

h.  The  declension  of  the  pronoun  aliquis  is  given  in 
555.  Aliqui,  the  adjective  form,  is  declined  like  qui 
except  that  all  forms  in  quae  become  -qua. 

c,  Quisque  is  delined  like  quis  (553)  except  as  indicated 
in  the  forms  given  above,  -que  is  merely  a  suffix  added  to 
each  form.     Write  out  its  declension. 

d.  Quisquam  is  a  compound  of  quis  and  -quam.  It  is 
declined  like  quis,  but  quid-quam  becomes  quicquam. 
Quisquam  has  no  separate  form  for  the  feminine  and  is 
never  used  in  the  plural.     The  corresponding  adjective  is 


INDEFINITE   PRONOUNS  167 

ullus  (264).  Quisquam  is  used  chiefly  in  sentences  con- 
taining non  or  some  other  negative.  Write  out  the  de- 
clension of  quisquam. 

e.  Note  that  the  -quod-  forms  are  always  adjectival 
forms. 

410.  Dative  of  the  Possessor.  —  Note  the  two  ways  of 
expressing  the  same  idea  in  the  following :  — 

Vir  equum  habet,  7%e  man  has  a  horse. 

Viro  est  equus,  (  To  the  man  is  a  horse)  The  man  has  a  horse. 

In  the  second  sentence  the  dative,  viro,  is  used  to  denote 
the  possessor  of  the  horse,  equus,  and  equus  is  the  subject 
of  the  verb  est.  A  literal  translation,  however,  would 
be  bad  English  and  must  not  be   used. 

411.  Rule.  The  dative  may  he  used  with  the  verb  sum 
to  denote  the  possessor.,  the  thing  possessed  being  the  subject. 

Do  not  confuse  this  dative  of  the  possessor  with  the 
genitive  of  possession.  For  the  dative  of  the  possessor 
a  construction  with  habeo  may  always  be  substituted  and 
the  possession  is  in  the  form  of  a  statement.  The  geni- 
tive of  possession  always  modifies  a  noun  and  the  idea  of 
possession  is  incidental  to  the  main  statement. 

Viro  est  equus  parvus,  The  man  has  a  small  horse  {to  the  man  is,  etc.). 
Viri  equus  est  parvus,  The  man''s  horse  is  small. 

412.  VOCABULARY 

coUoquor,  -loqui, -locutus  sum,  speak    voluntas, -atis,  f.,  imsh,  good-will, 

with,  confer,  talk  with  consent 

queror,  queri,  questus  sum,  complain     uxor,  -oris,  f.,  icife 
honor,  -oris,  m.,  honor,  esteem  atque  (ac  before  consonants),  and, 

and  also 


168  FIRST   BOOK   IN  LATIN 

EXERCISES 

413.  1.      Cum      quibusdam      legatis      colloqnebatur. 

2.  Huic        imperatori        est        magnus        exercitus. 

3.  Ex   civitate    quaque    legati    de    deditidne  venerunt. 

4.  Quicquam      difficilius      hac      re      non     repperit. 

5.  Militibus  erant  pila  et  scuta.  6.  Deditne  consul 
pecuniam  alicui  ? 

JDumnorix  and  Dividacus.  —  Dumnorigi  ipsi  erat  uxor 
ex  Helvetiis  et  ille  erat  amicus  e5rum.  Diviciacus,  frater 
Dumnorigis,  erat  amicus  Romanorum  et  per  Romanos 
summum  locum  auctoritatis  atque  honoris  apud  Haeduos 
habebat.  Itaque  Dumnorix  de  regno  desperabat  et 
inimicus  erat  Romanis. 

414.  1.  Certain  men  had  come  into  the  city  during 
the   night.  2.     To    each    chief    he    gave   a   reward. 

3.  Without  any  fear  the  citizens   defended   their  city. 

4.  He  will  not  speak  with  any  one.  5.  The  general 
had  three  sons  and  two  daughters. ^  6.  A  certain 
town  of  the  Belgians  had  been    captured   by  the  enemy. 

7.  He   was  held   in   great    esteem    among    some    men. 

8.  You  have  very  good  books.  9.  Each  town  was 
fortified  by  a  wall  and  a  ditch.  10.  He  had  a  large 
house  in  that  city.^ 

415.  CONVERSATION 
Quorum  amicus  erat  Dumnorix? 
Quis  fuit  Diviciacus  ? 

Fuitne  Dumnorix  amicus  Romanorum? 
Fuitne  Diviciacus  potens? 
Quis  tecum  colloquebatur? 
1  Write  in  two  ways. 


COMPOUNDS   OF  SUM  169 

LESSON    LIT 

COMPOUNDS   OF   SUM 
DATIVE    AFTER   COMPOUND  VERBS 

416.  Review  the  conjugations  of  sum  (592-596)  and 
possum  (597-599),  and  learn  the  conjugation  of  prosum 
(600-603).  Prosum,  /  benefit,  is  a  compound  of  the  prepo- 
sition pro,  for,  on  behalf  of  which  has  the  form  prod- 
before  -e-. 

417.  Learn  carefully  the  meanings  and  principal  parts 
of  the  compounds  of  sum  in  the  vocabulary. 

a.  Write  out  a  synopsis  of  obsum  in  the  third  person, 
of  praesum  in  the  first  person. 

418.  Constructions  with  the  Compounds  of  Sum. 

1.  Possum  always  takes  a  complementary  infinitive 
(287). 

2.  Absum  is  followed  by  the  ablative  of  separation 
with  ab  (a). 

3.  All  other  compounds  of  sum  may  take  the  dative 
case  in  accordance  with  the  rule  below  in  420  (cf.  419, 
example  1). 

419.  Dative  with  Compound  Verbs.  —  Many  verbs  com- 
pounded with  prepositions  take  the  dative  case  instead 
of  the  accusative. 

1 .  Mihi  obest,  He  opposes  me. 

2.  Hostibus  appropinquabat,!  He  was  approaching  the  enemy. 

3.  Exercitui  legatum  praefecit,  He  put  a  lieutenant  in  charge  of  the 
army. 

1  Appropinquo  is  a  compound  of  ad  and  propinquo. 


170 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


420.  Rule.  Many  verbs  coynpounded  ivith  the  preposi- 
tions ad,  ante,  con,  in,  inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  pro,  sub  and 
super  often  govern  the  dative  case. 

Some  of  these  verbs  are  transitive  and  take  both  an 
accusative  and  a  dative  (cf.  419  sentence  3). 


VOCABULARY 
afui,  afuturus, 


421. 

absum,  abesse, 

adsum,  adesse,  adfui,  adfuturus, 

desum,  deesse,  defui,  defuturus, 

intersum,  interesse,  interfui,  interfuturus, 

obsum,  obesse,  obfui,  obfuturus, 


possum, 
praesum, 

prosum, 


praeesse 
prodesse,      profui, 


potui 

praefui,   praefutunis. 


profuturus, 


r  he  aimy,  be  absent^ 
1     be  distant 
(  be  present,  be  near, 
\     aid 

( he  lacking,  heioant- 
\     ing,  fail 
he      between,       be 

among 
be  against,  hinder, 

oppose 
be  able,  can 
(  he  at  the  head  of, 
\     command 
(  be  of  advantage  to, 
\     benefit 
be    over,    he    left, 
survive 


supersum,     superesse,     superfui,     superfuturus, 

praeficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus,  put  in  charge  of,  put  in  command  of 
appropinquo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  draw  near  to,  approach 
scientia,  -ae,  f.,  knowledge 


EXERCISES 

422.  1.  Hae  res  nobis  obsunt  sed  vobis  prosunt. 
2.  Hie  legatus  legion!  decimae  praeerit.  3.  Pars 
hostium,  quae  superfui t,  aderat.  .  4.  Cum  Caesari 
legati  deessent,  hunc  virum  militibus  praefecerat. 
5.  Cum  hostes  castris  appropinquarent,  imperator 
aberat.  6.  Inter  duos  exercitiis  intererat  magnum 
intervallum. 


COMPOUNDS   OF    SUM  171 

Caesar  Determines  to  Punish  Dumnorix.  —  His  rebus 
cognitis,  Caesar  in  Dumnorigemanimadvertere  ^  constituit 
cum  is  sine  voluntate  et  scientia  civitatis  per  finis 
Sequanorum  Helvetios  tradfixisset  et  a  magistratu 
Haeduorum  acciisaretur.  Interim  Diviciacum  ad  se 
vocari  iussit  et  cum  eo  collociitus  est. 

423.  1.  To-morrow  all  the  ambassadors  who  have  been 
summoned  will  be  present.  2.  The  eighth  legion  was 
ten  miles  away  from  the  camp.  3.  The  storms  will 
hinder  the  siege.  4.  We  cannot  approach  the  wall 
without  danger.  5.  This  man  had  been  in  command  of 
three  cohorts.  6.  Caesar  had  placed  him  in  command 
of  these  cohorts.  T.  From  this  battle  about  twenty-five 
thousand  men  survived.  8.  Defenders  will  not  be 
lacking  to  the  city.  9.  The  Romans  surpassed  the 
Gauls  in  the  knowledge  of  war.  10.  Caesar  sent  two 
legions  to  help  the  allies  of  the  Roman  people. 
11.  The  knowledge  of  these  things  will  be  of  advantage 
to  the  enemy. 

424.  CONVERSATION 

Quid  is  fecerat? 

Quorum  per  finis  Helvetii  traducti  erant? 

Quis  Dumnorigem  acciisavit  ? 

Quern  Caesar  ad  se  vocat? 

Cum  quo  Caesar  collociitus  est? 

A  qu5  Dumnorix  acciisatus  est  ? 

Quis  has  res  Caesari  niintiaverat  ? 

1  animadvertere  in,  to  visit  punishment  upon. 


172  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON   LIU 

SUBSTANTIVE   CLAUSES 

425.  A  clause  may  be  used  as  the  subject  or  object  of 
some  verb  just  as  a  noun  is  used.  Such  a  clause  is  called 
a  "substantive  clause,"  and  may  express  various  ideas. 
Thus,  in  English  :  — 

That  he  would  object  was  to  he  expected.    Clause  used  as  subject. 
/  beg  that  you  will  accept  this.  Clause  used  as  object. 

He  orders  that  a  bridge  be  built.  Clause  used  as  object. 

426.  In  Latin  substantive  clauses  are  usually  expressed 
by  the  subjunctive  or  the  infinitive.  Of  such  a  nature  is 
the  infinitive  in  indirect  discourse  (304)  and  the  sub- 
junctive in  indirect  questions  (366). 

427.  Many  verbs  which  in  English  are  followed  by 
an  object  infinitive  (288),  or  a  complementary  infinitive 
(287),  in  Latin  take  substantive  clauses  in  the  subjunc- 
tive, introduced  by  ut  (affirmative)  or  ne  (negative).  Such 
are  verbs  meaning  to  ask,  advise,  command,  decree,  permit, 
persuade,  resolve,  and  urge.^ 

428.  Read  carefully  the  following  examples  of  sub- 
stantive clauses  :  — 

Te  mone5  ut  in  urbe  maneas,  /  advise  you  to  remain  in  the  city  (that  you 

remain  in  the  city). 
Me  hortatur  ne  timeam,  He  urges  me  not  to  fear  (that  I  may  not  fear). 
Principi  persuasit  ut  id  cdnaretur,  He  persuaded  the  chief  to  attempt  this 

(that  he  should  attempt  this). 
Militibus  imperavi  ne  impetum  facerent,  /  ordered  the  soldiers  not  to 

make  an  attack  (that  they  should  not,  etc.). 

1  Some  exceptions  are  given  in  429. 


SUBSTANTIVE   CLAUSES  173 

429.  VOCABULARY 

The  following  verbs  take  ut  with  the  subjunctive  :  — 

impero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  command^  order  (cf.  239) 

rogo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  ask^  request 

postul5,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  demand 

concedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessus,  permit,  yield,  allow  (cf.  239) 

persuaded,  -ere,  -suasi,  -suasurus,  persuade  (cf.  239) 

decerno,  -ere,  -crevi,  -cretus,  decree 

pet5,  -ere,  petivi,  petitus,  seek,  ask,  beg 

moneo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  warn,  advise 

hortor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  urge,  encourage 

The  following  take  the  infinitive  (cf .  287-288) :  — 

iube5,  -ere,  iussi,  iussus,  order,  command 
constituo,  -ere,  c5nstitui,  constitutus,  determine,  decide 
cupio,  -ere,  cupivi,  cupitus,  desire,  wish 
patior,  pati,  passus  sum,  allow,  permit,  endure 

EXERCISES 

430.  1.  Gives  imperatori  persuaserunt  ut  exercitum  in 
finis  Gallorum  duceret.  2.  Nos  milites  trans  flumen 
tradiicere  non  patientur.  3.  Hostes  postulaverunt  ne 
Caesar  pedites  ad  colloquium  diiceret.  4.  Vos 
hortantur  ut  auxilium  ad  id  oppidum  mittatis. 
5.    Dux  nobis   non  concessit   ut  ex    urbe   discederemus. 

Caesar  Confers  with  Diviciacus.  —  Caesar  Diviciaco 
demonstravit  quae  in  concilio  Gallorum  de  Dumnorige 
dicta  essent  et  ostendit  quae  quisque  de  eo  sibi 
dixisset.  Petivit  atque  hortatus  est  ut  aut  ipse  in 
Dumnorigem  animadverteret  ^  aut  civitatem  in  eum 
animadvertere  ^  iuberet. 

1  See  note,  p.  171. 


174  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

431.  1.  The  senate  decreed  that  the  consul  should 
defend  the  state.  2.  We  desire  to  make  an  attack  on 
the  enemy.  3.  He  had  ordered  the  lieutenant  to  arm 
the  soldiers  with  javelins.  4.  They  allowed  the  ambas- 
sadors to  leave  the  camp  in  peace.  5.  I  urge  you  to 
surrender  the  town.  6.  Caesar  determined  to  call  a 
council  within  three  days.  7.  You  cannot  persuade  me 
to  give  over  my  sword.  8.  I  demand  that  you  lead 
your  troops  to  that  city.  9.  They  warned  the  general 
not  to  send  the  soldiers  out  of  the  camp.  10.  The 
lieutenant   ordered   the   soldiers   to  attack  the  rampart. 

432.  CONVERSATION 

Cui  Caesar  haec  demonstravit  ? 
Quae  in  h5c  concilio  dicta  sunt? 
Scisne  quae  in  hoc  concilio  dicta  sint? 
Quid  quisque  dixit? 

LESSON    LIV 

SUBJUNCTIVE  AFTER   VERBS   OF   FEARING 

REVIEW   OF  THE  USES  OF  THE   SUBJUNCTIVE   IN 
SUBORDINATE   CLAUSES 

433.  Rule.  Substantive  clauses  used  as  the  objects  of 
verbs  of  fearing  require  the  subjunctive  introduced  by  ne,  that 
and  ut,  that  not. 

Timet  ne  hostes  veniant,  He  fears  that  the  enemy  is  coming,  or  will  come. 
Timebat  ut  milites  fortiter  pugnarent,  he  was  afraid  that  the  soldiers 
would  not  fight  bravely. 

a.  Note  that  the  conjunctions  ut  and  ne  mean  exactly 
the  opposite  in  purpose  clauses  (359). 


SUBJUNCTIVE   AFTER   VERBS   OF  FEARING  175 

434.  Review  of  the  Subjunctive  Mood  and  its  Use  in 
Subordinate  Clauses. 

1.  Review  the  uses  of  the  subjunctive  in  subordinate 
clauses;  purpose  clauses  (358-359)  ;  result  clauses 
(375-376)  ;  indirect  questions  (365-366)  ;  relative  and 
cum  clauses  (390-394)  ;  substantive  clauses  (425-429). 
Review  rule  for  sequence  of  tenses  (367-368). 

2.  Note  the  different  conjunctions  introducing  the 
following  clauses  :  — 

Affirm.  Neg.  Affirm.  Neg. 

Purpose  Clauses  :        ut    ne.     After  Verbs  of  Fearing  :  ne    ut 
Substantive  Clauses  :  ut    ne.     Result  Clauses  :  ut     ut  non 

3.  Sequence  of  Tenses. — What  tenses  of  the  subjunc- 
tive may  be  found  after  a  present  tense  of  the  principal 
verb  ?  after  the  perfect  ?  after  the  future  ?  after  the 
imperfect  ?     after  the  pluperfect  ? 

435.  VOCABULARY 

casus,  -us,  m.,  chance,  misfortune  converto,  -ere,  -verti,  -versus,  turn 

custos,  custodis,  m.,  guard  accido,   -ere,   accidi,  befall^  happen 
sedes,  -is,  f.,  abode,  habitation  (ad  +  cado)  (cf.  420) 

redd5,  -ere,  reddidi,  redditus,  give  populor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  ravage,  lay 

back,  return  waste,  destroy 

cohortor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  encourage,  reverter,  reverti,  reverti,^  reversus, 

address,  urge  go  back,  come  back,  return 

invenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -YevAvis,  find- 

EXERCISES 

436.  1.  Timeo  ne  hostes  iter  a  fliimine  convertant. 
2.  Verebantur  ut  obsides  sibi  redderentur.  3.  Timu- 
erunt    ne    casus    legatis     accidisset.  4.      Imperator 

1  Reverter  has  passive  forms  in  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  and 
active  forms  in  the  other  tenses. 


176  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN 

veritus     est      ut     custodes      captivoriim     reverterentur. 

5.  Galli  verentur   ne   hostes   sedes  suas  populentur. 

6.  Gives  Caesarem  hortantur  ut  sibi  auxilium  mittant. 

7.  Caesar  pontem  fecit  ut  copias  si: as  trans  fliimen  in 
fines  hostium  tradiiceret.  8.  Milites  tarn  acriter 
pugnaverunt  ut  hostes  se  in  fugam  darent. 

Caesar  Pardons  Dumnorix.  —  Diviciacus  multis  cum 
lacrimis^  rogare  coepit  ne  Caesar  in  fratrem  animadverteret. 
Caesar  eum  cohortatus  est  et  Dumnorigem  ad  se  vocavit. 
Caesar  eum  monuit  ut  omnis  iniiirias  et  suspicioiies 
vitaret  et  eum  dimisit. 

437.  1.  The  inhabitants  feared  that  the  Romans 
would  kill  all  the  hostages.  2.  The  Gauls  fear  that 
the  enemy  will  ravage  these  fields.  3.  (When)^  the 
bridge  (had  been)  ^  burned,  the  soldiers  returned  into  camp. 

4.  I    fear    that    misfortune    has    befallen     the    army. 

5.  They   feared   that  the   general  would  not  send  aid. 

6.  The  enemy  turned  the  march  so  that  they  might  over- 
take the  Romans.  7.  They  defended  their  habitations 
so  bravely  that  the  enemy  withdrew.  8.  The  ambas- 
sadors begged  that  Caesar  would  not  harm  the  hostages. 

9.  Having  addressed  his  (men)  Caesar  began  the  battle. 

10.  The  consul  sent  guards  to  defend  the  house. 

438.  CONVERSATION 

Quid  Diviciacus  facere  coepit  ? 
Quis  erat  f rater  Diviciaci  ? 
Quem  Caesar  cohortabatur  ? 
Omnesne  suspiciones  vitabit  ? 
Scisne  quem  Caesar  ad  se  vocaverit  ? 
1  lacrima,  Uar,  2  cf .  402. 


CONJUGATION  OF  EO  177 

LESSON   LV 

CONJUGATION   OF   EO 

GENITIVE    WITH    ADJECTIVES.      REVIEW    OF    PLACE    CON- 
STRUCTIONS 

439.  Irregular  Verb  eo,  go. 

Stem,  i-.     Principal  Parts,  eo,  ire,  ii  (ivi),  iturus 

Learn  the  indicative,  subjunctive,  infinitives,  and  parti- 
ciples of  eo  (605-609),  and  learn  the  declension  of  the 
present  participle  (540). 

a.  The  present  stem  i-  changes  to  e-  before  a  vowel  of 
the  ending. 

h.  Note  that  the  imperfect  and  future  indicative  and 
the  present  subjunctive  have  second  conjugation  endings. 

c.  The  passive  voice  is  found  only  in  the  third  person 
singular  and  is  used  impersonally.     Itum  est,  it  was  gone. 

d.  Note  that  the  same  verb  is  irregular  in  English  ; 
principal  parts,  go^  went.,  gone, 

440.  Certain  adjectives  in  Latin  govern  the  genitive 
case.  They  usually  show  some  action  directed  toward 
the  dependent  noun  and  hence  this  genitive  is  called  the 
"objective  genitive." 

Cupidus  laudis,  desirous  of  praise. 

Multarum  rerum  peritus,  skilled  in  many  things. 

441.  Rule.  Adjectives  of  desire,  knowledge,  memory, 
fullness,  power,  sharing,  guilt,  and  their  opposites  govern  the 
genitive. 

Compare  the  use  of  the  dative  with  adjectives  of  like- 
ness, etc.  (187). 


178  FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 

.442.  Review  the  constructions  of  place  (47,  213-214, 
245-247).  How  is  place  where  expressed?  How  ex- 
pressed with  names  of  cities?  How  is  place  to  which 
expressed?  How  expressed  with  names  of  cities?  How 
is  place  from  which  expressed  ?  How  expressed  with  names 
of  cities?     How  is  extent  of  space  expressed  (cf.  272)? 

443.  VOCABULARY 

eo,  ire,  ii  or  ivi,  iturus,  go  litus,  -oris,  n.,  shore 

aded, -ire,  -ii,   -iturus,   go  to,  ap-  laus,  laudis,  f.,  pn/?:se 

proach  iiis,  iuris,  n,,  law,  right 

exeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -iturus,  go  out,  go  spes,  spei,  f.,  hope 

forth,  depart  ^  peritus,    -a,    -um,   skilled,   experi- 

ine5,  -ire,  -ii,  -itus,  go  into,  enter  enced  (441) 

transeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itus,  go  over,  go  cupidus,  -a,  -um,    desirous,  eager 

across,  cross  for  (441) 

labor,  -oris,  m.,  toil,  labor,  trouble  orationem  habeo,  deliver  a  speech 

EXERCISES 

444.  1.  Exploratores  e  castris  exierant  et  magno  cum 
labore  fliimen  transibant.  2.  Cum  ad  litus  adisset 
multas  navis  invenit.  3.  Milites  erant  cupidi  belli 
et  magnam  spem  victoriae  habebant.  4.  Vir  iiiris 
peritus  senatum  iniit  et  orationem  habuit.  5.  In 
Italiam  Romam  ibimus  et  Roma  in  Galliam  profiscemur. 

Caesar  Prepares  to  Attack  the  Enemy.  —  Eodem  die  ab 
exploratoribus  certior  factus  est  hostes  octo  milia  passuum 
a  castris  Romanorum  abesse.  Tertia  vigilia  Titum 
Labienum,  legatum,  cum  duabus  legionibus  ad  montem, 
ubi  castra  hostium  erant,  ire  iussit.  Ipse  quarta  vigilia 
ad  eos  contendit. 

445.  1.  Caesar  crossed  the  river  with  all  his  troops 
and  made  an  attack  on  the  enemy.         2.     A  man  skilled 


CONJUGATION  OF  EO  179 

in  war  entered  the  city  and  went  to  the  consul.  3.  The 
messengers  went  forth  from  the  town  to  the  shore  of 
the  sea.  4.  The  lieutenant  had  great  hope  of  praise 
since  he  had  fought  with  great  bravery.  5.     With 

great  toil  they  made  this  bridge.  6.  This  man  is 
too     eager     for    money.  7.     Why  had    the    general 

gone  out  of  the  camp  ?  8.  He  said  that  the  army 
was  in  danger.  9.  I  fear  that  the  enemy  are  attack- 
ing that  town.  10.  Caesar  will  cross  the  river  in 
order  to  overtake  the  Gauls. 

446.  CONVERSATION 

Quem  exploratores  certiorem  fecerunt? 

Ubi  sunt  hostes? 

Quem  Caesar  ad  montem  ire  iussit? 

Qua  vigilia  Caesar  legatum  proficisci  iussit? 

Qua  vigilia  Caesar  ipse  ad  eos  iit  ? 

447.  REVIEW    EXERCISE 

Give  the  rules  governing  the  following  case  construc- 
tions :  — 


1. 

Means. 

9. 

Extent  of  Time. 

2. 

Agent. 

10. 

Degree  of  Difference. 

3. 

Manner. 

11. 

Time  when. 

4. 

Accompaniment. 

12. 

With  utor,  etc. 

5. 

Cause. 

13. 

With  adjectives  of  nearness,  etc, 

6. 

Description. 

14. 

With  adjectives  of  desire,  etc. 

7. 

Specification. 

15. 

With  verbs  of  favor,  etc. 

8. 

Comparison. 

16. 

Ablative  Absolute. 

180  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON  LVI 
THE  CONJUGATION  OF    VOLO,  NOLO,  AND  MALO 

448.  Learn  the  conjugations  of  volo,  nolo,  malo  (624- 

^^^)-  Principal  Parts 

volo,  be  icilling^  wish  volo,  velle,  volui 

ndlo  (non-volo),  be  unwilling,  not  wish  nol5,  nolle,  nolui 

maid  (magis-volo) ,  be  more  willing,  prefer  malo,  malle,  malui 

a.  These  three  verbs  govern  a  complementary  or  an 
objective  infinitive  (287-288). 

ire  volo,  /  wish  to  go. 

Te  ire  nolo,  /  do  not  wish  yon  to  go. 

449.  VOCABULARY 

cedo,  -ere,   cessi,   cessurus,   yield,  gratia,  -ae,  f .,  favor,  good  will,  in- 

vtithdraw  fluence 

euro,  -are,   -avi,    -atus,    care  for,  deus,  dei,  m.,  god  (for  declension, 

take  care  of  manage  cf.  536) 

existimo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  think  discessus,  -iis,  m.,  withdrawal,  de- 

recuso,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  refuse  parture 

sustineo,  -ere,  -tinui,  -tentus,  sus-  vadum,  -i,  n.,  ford 

tain,  withstand  undique,   on  all    sides,   from   all 

sides 

EXERCISES 

450.  1.  Mavis;  non  vultis  ;  nolent.  2.  Discessiii 
hostium  milites  fliimen  vadis  transire  volunt.  3.  Hie 
vir  magnam  gratiam  apud  Helvetios  habet  et  Romanis 
cedere  non  vult.  4.  Mavultisne  Romam  quam^ 
Athenas  ire?  5.  Existimo  Caesarem  id  non 
reciisatiirum  esse.  6.  Auxilio  deorum  impetum 
hostium  sustinebimus. 

iCf.  137. 

2 Since  malo  implies  comparison,  quam  may  be  used  for  "than." 


THE  CONJUGATION  OF  VOLO,   NOLO,   AND  MALO     181 

Caesar  s  Plans  are  Blocked  by  the  Mistake  of  Considius. 
—  Prima  luce,  cum  mons  a  Tito  Labieno  teneretur  et 
Caesar  non  longe  a  castris  hostium  abesset,  Considius 
niintiavit  montem  ab  hostibus  teneri.  Itaque  Caesar 
suas  copias  in  proximum  coUem  diixit  et  aciem  instriixit. 

451.  <1.  Caesar  wishes  to  send  aid  to  that  city. 
2.  They  are  unwilling  to  give  over  their  arms.  3.  The 
general  preferred  to  hold  his  soldiers  in  the  camp.  4.  We 
wish  to  attack  the  city  from  all  sides.  5.  The  Hel- 
vetians were  crossing  the  river  by  fords  and  boats. 
6.  The  general  thought  that  the  lieutenant  was  taking 
care  of  the  boats.  7.  The  gods  will  defend  the  city 
from  the  enemy.  8.  He  did  this  that  the  Roman 
people  might  be  willing  to  send  aid.  9.  The  soldiers 
were  not  willing  to  withstand  the  attack  of  the  enemy. 
10.  The  withdrawal  of  the  Gauls  was  reported  to 
Caesar.  11.  We  do  not  wish  to  go  into  the  country 
to-day.  12.  We  prefer  to  remain  at  home  that  we 
may  see  our  friends. 

452.  CONVERSATION 

Quid  Considius  niintiaverat  ? 
Quid  Caesar  fecit  ? 
A  quibus  mons  tenetur  ? 
Ubi  erant  castra  hostium  ? 
Ubi  Caesar  aciem  instruct  ? 
Quid  tibi  vis  ? 
Utrum  mavis  ? 
CHr  ire  non  vis  ? 


182 


FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN 


LESSON  LVII 


IMPERATIVE   MOOD 

PROHIBITIONS.     HORTATORY  SUBJUNCTIVE 

453.  The  imperative  mood  is  used  in  Latin,  as  in 
English,  in  commands.  It  is  therefore  limited  to  the 
second  and  third  persons  and  is  used  especially  in  the 
second  person. 

454.  Learn  the  f  olio  win 'y  imperatives  of  the  second 
person:  — 


Active 
Singular 
lauda,  praise 
mone,  advise 
rege,  rule 
cape,  take 
audi,  hear 
es,  he 
i,  go 
noli,  he  unwilling^  donH    nolite 


Passive 


Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

laudate 

laudare,  he  praised 

laudamini 

monete 

monere,  he  advised 

monemini 

regite 

regere,  he  ruled 

regimini 

capite 

capere,  he  taken 

capimini 

audite 

audire,  he  heard 

audimini 

este 

ite 

a.  The  present  second  person  singular  active  is  the  stem 
of  the  verb ;  the  second  plural  active  is  the  stem  with  the 
ending  -te  except  in  the  third  conjugation,  where  the  -e-  of 
the  stem  changes  to  -i-.  In  the  present  passive  the  second 
person  imperative  has  the  same  forms  as  the  present  in- 
dicative passive  with  the  singular  in  -re. 

h.  Read  the  future  imperatives  of  the  above  verbs 
(559,  566,  573,  580,  587,  594,  607,  626),  and  write  out  the 
present  imperative  of  voco,  deleo,  mitto,  munio. 

c.  The  present  second  person  singular  imperatives 
active  of  dico,  duc6,  facio,  and  fero  (619)  are  die,  due,  fae,  fer. 


IMPERATIVE   MOOD  183 

455.  Negative    commands,  that  is,   prohibitions,   must 

not  be  expressed  by  non  or  ne  Avith  the  imperative,  but  by 

noli  or  nolite,  he  unwilling^  don't,  the  imperative  of  nolo, 

with  the  infinitive. 

Active  Passive 

Sing.     Noli  laudare,  don' t  praise  Noli  laudari,  donH  he  praised 

Plur.   Nolite  laudare,  don't  praise  Nolite  laudari,  don't  he  praised 

a.  Write  out  tlie  same  forms  for  the  verbs  in  the  above 
list  (454). 

456.  Rule.  Appeals  and  exhortations  in  the  first  and 
third  persons    are    expressed   hy  the  present    subjunctive. 

The  negative  is  ne.  This  is  called  the  "  Hortatory 
Subjunctive."  The  following  arrangement  will  show  the 
relation  of  the  imperative  and  hortatory  subjunctive. 

457.  Affirmative 

Singular  .  Plural 

1.  laudem,  Ze«  me  jomzse  laudemus,  Ze«  ws  pmise 

2.  lauda,  praise  {thou)  laudate,  praise  {ye) 

3.  laxidiQt^  let  him  praise  laxL^eni^  let  them  praise 

Negative 

1.  ne  laudem,  let  me  not  praise        ne  laudemus,  let  us  not  praise 

2.  noli  laudare,  do  not  praise  nolite  laudare,  do  not  praise 

3.  ne  laudet,  let  him  not  praise        ne  laudent,  let  them  not  praise 

a.    Write  out  a  scheme  like  the  above  for  mitto. 

458.  VOCABULARY 

verus,  -a,  -um,  true  recipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptus,  take  hack, 

deduco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus,  lead        recover 

down  augeo,  -ere,  auxi,  auctus,  increase 

dimico,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  Jight  redeo,    -ire,    -ii,    -iturus,     go    hack, 

propter,  prep,  with  ace.  case,  on        return 
account  of,  hecause  of 
noli  (imperative  of  nolo),  he  unwilling,  donH  (sing.)     |  followed  by 
nolite  (imperative  of  n51o),  he  unwilling,  donH  (plur.)  J  infinitive 


184  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

EXERCISES 

459.  1.  Auge  numerum  tuorum  militum  et  fac  iter  in 
fines  hostium.  2.  Ne  cum  his  equitibus  dimicemus. 
3.  Nolite  hos  milites  de  monte  dediicere.  4.  Recipite 
hos  obsides  et  redite  ad  vestram  urbem.  5.  In  finibus 
Gallorum  bellum  geramus.  6.  Noli  hodie  impetum 
in  illud  oppidum  facere. 

The  Mistake  is  Discovered.  —  Interim  Labienus,  monte 
occupato,  Romanos  exspectabat.  Multo  die^  Caesar  per 
exploratores  cognovit  montem  a  suis  teneri  et  Helvetios 
castra  movisse  et  niintium  Considii  non  verum  fiiisse. 
Itaque  hostes  seciitus  est  et  castra  tria  milia  passuum  ab 
eorum  castris  posuit. 

460.  1.  Address  your  soldiers  and  join  battle. 
2.  Let  us  send  these  men  out  of  the  camp.  3.  Return 
to  your  city  and  defend  your  homes.  4.  Don't  (sing.) 
set  out  from  the  town  to-day.  5.  Be  bold  and  fight 
with   courage.         6.     Do    not    cross    the   river   to-day. 

7.  Let  us  await  the  attack  of  the  enemy  in  this  place. 

8.  Lead    your   troops   to    the    general.         9.     Let    the 
signal  be  given  at  once.         10.     Let  us  not  kill  this  man. 

461.  CONVERSATION 

Qui  montem  tenebant  ? 
Quid  hostes  f ecerant  ? 
Quid  Caesar  fecit  ? 
Die  mihi  ubi  dux  sit  ? 
Dicite  nobis  ciir  non  piignetis  ? 

1  Multo  die,  late  in  the  day. 


CONJUGATION  OF  FEBO  AND  FIO  185 

LESSON   LVIII 

CONJUGATION   OF  FERO  AND   FIO 

REVIEW   OE   IRREGULAR   VERBS 

462.  Learn  the  conjugation  of  fero  (617-623)  and  of 
fio  (612-616). 

a.  Fero  is  a  third  conjugation  verb,  irregular  in  the 
present  indicative  and  infinitives,  the  imperative,  and  the 
third  and  fourth  principal  parts. 

h.  Review  the  conjugation  of  facio,  which  is  conju- 
gated like  capiO  (578-581)  in  the  active.  Fio  is  used  as 
the  passive  of  facio.  Most  compounds  of  facio,  however, 
have  regular  passives.  Note  the  quantity  of  the  -i-  as 
an  exception  to  (12). 

463.  Review  the  meanings,  principal  parts,  and  conju- 
gations of  possum  (597-599),  prosum  (600-604),  eo 
(605-611),  volo,  nolo,  malo  (624-628). 

Write  out  a  synopsis  of  possum  in  the  tliird  person  ;  of 
exeo  in  the  first  person  ;  of  nolo  in  the  second  person. 

464.  VOCABULARY 

fio,  fieri,  factus  sum,  he  made,  he     confero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latus,  hring 

done,  heroine  together,  collect 

fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latus,  hear,  carry,      infer5,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latus,  hring  in, 

hring  hring  on 

subeo,   -ire,   -ii,   -itus,    go    under,      verto,   -ere,    verti,    versus,    turn, 
undergo  change 

res  frumentaria,  rei  frumentariae,  f.,  grain  supply 

bellum  infero,  hring  loar  iqmn  (Cf.  420) 

certior  fio,  he  informed  (certior  agrees  with  the  subject) 

me  confero,  /  hetake  myself ;  te  confers,  you  betake  yourself,  etc. 


186  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

EXERCISES 

465.  1.  Eo  tempore  impetus  in  hostes  fiebat. 
2.  Beigae  Gallis  bellum  inferunt  et  ei  in  maximum 
oppidum  suum  se  conferent.  3.  Haec  pericula  subire 
volunt  ut  llberos  uxoresque  servent.  4.  Litteras  ad 
impel  atorem  fers.         5.     Id  hodie  fieri  non  potest. 

Caesar  Changes  his  Course.  —  Postero  die  propter  rem 
friimentariam  Caesar  iter  ab  Helvetiis  vertit  ac 
Bibracte,^  maximum  oppidum  Haeduorum,  ire  contendit. 
Helvetii  de  ea  re  certiores  fiunt  et  iter  vertunt 
Romanesque  sequuntur. 

466.  1.  You  (plur.)  are  bringing  grain  into  the 
camp.  2.  An  attack  is  being  made  on  our  troops  by 
the  enemy.  3.  They  will  betake  themselves  to  the 
nearest  mountain.  4.  You  have  already  been  informed 
concerning  that  battle.  5.  Having  delayed  three 
days  on  account  of  the  grain  supply,  Caesar  turned  his 
course  to  the  river.  6.  We  will  not  undergo  these 
dangers,  but  will  bring  war  on  the  Romans.  7.  Caesar 
changed  his  course  in  order  to  avoid  the  enemy. 
8.  These  things  will  benefit  us.  9.  When  this  had 
been  done,  they  made  war  on  their  neighbors.  10.  They 
are  willing  to  send  us  aid,  but  they  cannot. 

467.  CONVERSATION 

Quid  Caesar  postero  die  fecit  ? 
Ciir  Caesar  iter  vertit  ? 
Estne  Bibracte  oppidum  magnum  ? 
Quid  Helvetii  f ecerunt  ? 

1  Accusative  case. 


GERUND   AND   GERUNDIVE  187 

LESSON   LIX 

GERUND   AND    GERUNDIVE 

468.  The  gerund  is  a  verbal  noun  like  the  English 
verbal  noun  in  -ing ;  e.g.  We  learn  by  reading.  Learn 
the  following  gerunds  and  their  declensions. 

laudandi,  of  praising  (562)  audiendi,  of  hearing  (590) 

mouendi,  o/ adw/sm^  (569)  tun^l.,  of  going  (610) 

regendi,  of  ruling  (576)  ferendi,  of  hearing  (622) 

capiendi,  of  taking  (583) 

a.  The  gerund  is  a  neuter  noun  of  the  second  declension 
with  no  nominative  and  no  plural.  The  nominative  case 
is  supplied  by  the  infinitive  used  as  the  subject  (288). 

h.  The  gerund  of  a  regular  verb  is  formed  by  adding 
-ndi,  etc.,  to  the  present  stem,  but  the  gerund  of  a  verb  in 
-io  ends  in  -iendi,  e.g.  audiendi. 

469.  Note  the  use  of  the  gerunds  in  the  following  :  — 

NoM.  Laudare  est  facile.     (Infinitive  instead  of  the  gerund,  cf.  468,  a.) 

Gen.  Studium  piignandi,  a  desire  of  fighting 

Dat.  Locus  piignando  idoneus,  a  spot  suitable  for  fighting 

Ace.  Paratus  ad  piignandum,  prepared  for  fighting 

Abl.  Discimus  legendo,  we  learn  by  reading 

470.  The  gerundive  is  a  verbal  adjective  (future 
passive  participle)  and  always  agrees  with  some  sub- 
stantive.       Learn    the    following    gerundives  :  — 

laudandus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  praised  capiendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  taken 
monendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  advised  audiendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  heard 
regendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  ruled  ferendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  borne 

a.  The  gerundive  is  declined  like  bonus  (537). 

b.  The  gerundive  has  the  same  base  as  the  gerund  but 
has  all  the  forms  of  an  adjective  in  -us,  -a,  -um. 


188  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

471.  Note  the  use  and  the  translation  of  the  gerundives 
in  the  following  :  — 

NoM.     Vir  laudandus,  a  man  to  he  praised 

Gen.     Studium  urbis  capiendae,  a  desire  of  capturing  the  city  {of  the 

city  to  be  captured) 
Dat.     Locus  castris  ponendis  idoneus,  a  spot  suitable  for  pitching  camp 

(for  the  camp  to  be  pitched) 
Ace.     Paratus  ad  urbem  capiendam,  prepared  for  capturing  the  city  (for 

the  city  to  be  captured) 
Abl.     Discimus  bonis  libris  legendis,  we  learn  by  reading  good  books 

(by  good  books  to  be  read) 

Note  that  the  translation  of  the  gerundives  in  these 
sentences  is  in  general  similar  to  the  translation  of  the 
gerunds  in  469,  though  the  construction  is  different. 

472.  The  gerund  rarely  takes  an  object  in  Latin. 
When  an  English  gerund  with  an  object  is  to  be  trans- 
lated, a  gerundive  construction  is  regularly  used  in  Latin. 

Bi/  thr owing  javelins,  telis  coniciendis  not  tela  coniciendo. 

473.  Rule.  Purpose  may  he  expressed  hy  the  genitive 
of  the  gerund  or  gerundive  followed  hy  causa,  for  the  purpose 
of  ;  or  hy  ad,  for,  ivith  the  accusative  case  of  the  gerund  or 
gerundive. 

To  capture  the  city  =  for  the  purpose  of  capturing  the  city,  urbis  capiendae 

causa. 
To  capture  the  city  -  for  capturing  the  city,  ad  urbem  capiendam. 
To  fight  =for  the  purpose  of  fighting,  pugnandi  causa. 
To  fight  =  for  fighting,  ad  pugnandum. 

474.  VOCABULARY 

disco,  -ere,  didici, ,  learn  pertineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentus,  stretch, 

lego,  -ere,  legi,  lectus,  read  pertain 

paratus,  -a^  -um,  prepared,  ready         ad,'  for,  prep,  with  ace.  case 
causa,  for  the  purpose  of,  for  the  sake  of,  with  gen.  case,  used  after 
the  word  or  words  it  governs. 


GERUND  AND   GERUNDIVE  189 

EXERCISES 

475.  1.  Ad  eas  res  conficieiidas  hie  princeps  deligitur. 
2.  His  rebus  adducti  constituerunt  ea  quae  ad 
proficiscendum  pertinerent  comparare.  3.  Parati 
erant  ad  omnia  pericula  subeunda.  4.  Caesar  eum 
rogat  ut  finem  loquendi  faciat.  5.  Id  sui  defendendi 
causa,  non  Galliae  oppugnandae  causa  fecit. 

Preparations  for  Battle.  —  Cum  Caesar  id  cognovisset, 
copias  suas  in  proximum  collem  duxit  et  equitiitum 
qui  sustineret  hostium  impetum  misit.  Ipse  aciem  in 
colle  instriixit.  Helvetii  cum  omnibus  suis  carris 
seciiti  impedimenta  in  iinum  locum  contulerunt. 

476.  1.  Caesar  drew  up  his  army  for  the  purpose  of 
joining  battle.  2.  The  enemy  are  now  desirous  of 
seeking  peace.  3.  We  are  not  prepared  for  defending 
the  town.  4.  The  dil^iculty  of  reading  this  letter  is 
very  great.  5.  Caesar  delayed  four  days  for  the 
purpose  of  making  a  bridge.  6.  Who  is  desirous  of 
crossing  the  river  ?  7.  They  captured  the  town  by 
fighting  bravely.  8.  This  place  is  not  suitable  for 
joining  battle.  9.  Writing  is  not  difficult. 
10.     Ambassadors  came  to  seek  peace. 

477.  CONVERSATION 

Quid  Caesar  cognoverat  ? 

Ubi  copias  instriixit? 

Quid  Helvetii  fecerunt? 

Ubi  impedimenta  contulerant? 

Ciir  Caesar  equites  misit? 

Qui  impetum  hostium  sustinebunt  ? 


190  FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN 

LESSON    LX 

PERIPHRASTIC   CONJUGATIONS 

478.  A  periphrastic  expression  is  a  roundabout  way  of 
saying  something. 

The  first  or  active  periphrastic  conjugation  is  of  this 
nature  and  has  the  meaning  of  "  about  to,"  "  going  to," 
"  intend  to,"  in  English.  It  is  formed  by  the  future 
active  participle  and  parts  of  the  verb  sum,  and  is  found 
in  all  conjugations  in  the  indicative,  subjunctive,  and 
infinitive. 

479.  Learn  the  first  or  active  periphrastic  conjugation 
of  laudo  (636-639). 

a.  Write  out  a  synopsis  in  the  first  periphrastic  conju- 
gation of  moneo  in  the  first  person  ;  rego  in  the  second 
person  ;  audio  in  the  third  person. 

b.  The  first  periphrastic  conjugation  is  chiefly  used  to 
supply  a  future  tense  of  the  subjunctive. 

Die  mihi  quid  facturus  sit,  Tell  me  what  he  is  going  (intends)  to  do. 

480.  The  second  or  passive  periphrastic  conjugation  is 
formed  by  the  gerundive  and  parts  of  the  verb  sum.  It 
is  always  passive  in  meaning  and  expresses  the  idea  of 
necessity,  propriety,  or  obligation. 

481.  Learn  the  second  or  passive  periphrastic  conjuga- 
tion of  laudo  (640-643). 

a.  Write  out  a  synopsis  in  the  second  periphrastic  con- 
jugation of  moneo  in  the  first  person  ;  rego  in  the  second 
person  ;  audi5  in  the  third  person. 


PERIPHRASTIC   CONJUGATIONS  191 

h.  The  person  upon  whom  the  necessity  or  obligation 
rests  must  be  expressed  by  the  dative.  This  dative  is 
called  the  "Dative  of  Agent." 

Id  mihi  faciendum  est,   This  must  be  done  by  me. 

Remember  that  agency  is  ordinarily  expressed  by  the 
ablative  case  with  ab  (a).     (Cf.  110.) 

c.  Since  this  conjugation  is  always  passive,  all  active 
sentences  must  be  changed  to  the  passive  form  before  this 
construction  can  be  used.  Thus  :  I  must  do  this  must 
be  changed  to  This  must  be  done  by  me.,  Id  mihi 
faciendum  est.  Intransitive  verbs  must  be  used  imperson- 
ally. Thus  :  /  must  set  out,  must  be  changed  to  It 
must  be  set  out  by  me.,  Mihi  proficiscendum  est. 

482.  Examples  of  the  use  of  the  second  periphrastic 
conjugation :  — 

Laudandus  fuit,  He  was  to  be  praised,  he  ought  to  have  been  praised. 
Delenda  est  Carthag5,  Carthage  ought  to  be  (must  be)  destroyed. 
N5bis  pugnandum  erit,    We  shall  have  to  fight  {it  must  be  fought  by  us). 
Tibi  auxilium  mittendum  est,    You  must  send  aid  (aid  must  be  sent  by 
you). 

483.  Rule.  With  the  passive  periphrastic  conjugation 
agency  is  expressed  by  the  dative  case. 

484.  VOCABULARY 

def ero,  -f erre,  -tuli,  -latus,  remove,      f irmus,  -a,  -um,  strong,  firm,  stead- 
report  fast 

perferd,   -ferre,  -tuli,  -latus,  bear,      satis  (indecl.),  enough,  sufficiently 
endure  pro,  for,  on  behalf  of,  in  defense  of, 

retineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentus,  hold  back,  in  proportion  to  (with  abl.  case) 

retain  circum     prep,     with      ace.     case, 

patria,  -ae,  f.,  native  land,  country  around,  about,  with 

aut  .  .  .  aut,  either  .  .  .  or 
neque  .  .  .  neque,   neither  .  .  .  nor  (neque  before  vowels,  or  h,  nee 
before  consonants) 


192  FIRST   BOOK   IN  LATIN 

EXERCISES 

485.   1.     Caesari    omnia    uno   tempore   agenda   erant. 

2.  Milites  ab  opere  revocandi  erant,  acies  instruenda 
erat,  milites  cohortandi    erant   et  signum   dandum    erat. 

3.  Aut  nobis  pro  patria  pugnandum  est  aut  patria 
delebitur.  4.  Neque  id  perlaturi  sunt  neque  iniuriam 
imperatori  delaturi  sunt.  5.  Consul  eum  rogavit  cur 
legatos  retenturus  esset.  6.  Murus  circum  urbem 
satis  firmus  est  sed  defensores  sunt  pauci. 

The  Enemy  Attacks.  —  Hostes,  equitatu  Romano  victo, 
phalangem  ^  fecerunt  et  in  Romanos  impetum  fecerunt. 
Caesar,  omnibus  equis  remotis  ut  periculum  omnium  esset 
aequum,  suos  milites  cohortatus  est  et  proelium  commisit. 

486-  1.  These  ambassadors  must  be  held  back. 
2.  This  must  be  reported  to  the  chief.  3.  We  ought 
not  endure  these  wrongs.  4.  He  intended  to  maloi 
an  attack  on  the  enemy.  5.  This  man  is  going  to 
speak  on  behalf  of  the  Gauls.  6.  He  intends  neither 
to  fight  nor  to  withdraw.  7.  They  had  to  fight  for  their 
native  land.  8.  Let  us  remain  around  the  camp  for 
a  few  days.  9.  Either  we  must  fight  or  we  shall  be 
killed.  10.  The  garrison  is  not  strong  enough  for 
defending  the  town. 

487.  CONVERSATION 

Qui  equitatum  vicerunt  ?     Quid  hostes  fecerunt  ? 
Ciir  Caesar  equos  removit  ?     Ciir  id  factiirus  es  ? 
Ciir  ituri  erant  ?     Cui  id  faciendum  est  ? 

1  Phalanx,  phalangis,  f.,  phalanx,  a  body  of  troops  in  a  square. 


THE   SUPINE  193 

LESSON   LXI 

THE   SUPINE 

VARIOUS   WAYS  OF  EXPRESSING  PURPOSE 

488.  The  supine  is  a  verbal  noun  of  the  fourth  declen- 
sion used  only  in  the  accusative  and  ablative  singular. 
It  is  formed  by  changing  the  ending  of  the  perfect  pas- 
sive participle  (fourth  principal  part)  to  -um  and  u. 
Learn  the  following  supines  :  — 

laudatum,  to  praise  captum,  to  take 

laudatu,  to  praise  captu,  to  take 

monitum,  to  advise  auditum,  to  hear 

monitu,  to  advise  auditu,  to  hear 

rectum,  to  rule  latum,  to  bear 

rectu,  to  rule  latu,  to  bear 

a.     The  supines  are  not  very  frequently  used. 

h.  Write  out  the  supines  of  video,  see  ;  dico,  say  ;  facio, 
do. 

c.  The  future  passive  infinitive  is  a  compound  of  the 
supine  in  -um,  and  iri,  the  present  passive  infinitive  of  eo. 

489.  Rule.  The  accusative  supine  in  -um  is  used  after 
verbs  of  motion  to  express  purpose. 

Legates  mittunt  rogatum  auxilium,  7%ey  send  legates  to  beg  aid. 
Haedui  questum  venerunt,   The  Haedui  came  to  complain. 

490.  Rule.  The  ablative  supine  in  -u  is  used  as  an 
ablative  of  specification  with  a  few  adjectives.     (Cf.    161.) 

Id  facile  est  factu,  This  is  easy  to  do  {easy  in  the  doing). 
o 


194 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


491.   Review  358,  359,  394,  473. 
ways  of  expressing  purpose. 

r  ut  auxilium  rogent        (1)  1 
qui  auxilium  rogent      (2)  i 
ad  auxilium  rogandum  (3) 
auxili  rogandi  causa      (4) 
auxilium  rogatum  (5) 


Veniunt 


Note   the   different 


They  come  to  beg  aid. 


1 

ad  dimicandum 
1^  dimicandi  causa 


J; _J  !►    They  come  to  fight. 

(J)  J 


The    constructions    (3)-(7)    are   used   only    for   short 
phrases  and  (5)  only  after  verbs  of  motion. 


492. 


VOCABULARY 


complures,    complures,    complura, 

adj.,  many,  several 
aqua,  -ae,  f.,  water 
repello,  -ere,  -puli,  -pulsus,  drive 

hack,  repel 


quaero,   -ere,  quaesivi,  quaesitus, 

seek,  ask 
nihil  (indecl.),  nothing 
cotidie,  daily,  every  day 
etiam,  even 


EXERCISES 

493.  1.  Complures  questum  cotidie  veniebant. 
2.  Nihil  facile  est  bene  factu.  3.  Milites  aquam 
quaesitum  mittuntur.  4,  Caesar  etiam  legatum  misit 
qui  deditionem  oppidi  postularet.  5.  Id  facile  est 
dictii  sed  difficile  factu.  6.  Id  urbis  servandae  causa 
fecerunt. 

The  Battle. — Milites,  pilis  e  superiore  loco 
missis,^  hostes  facile  repulerunt.  Hoc  facto,  in  hostes 
impetum  fecerunt.  Gallis  magno  impedimento  erat  ad 
piignandum  quod  sciita  eorum  pilis  transfixa  sunt  ^  et 
scutis  iiti  non  poterant. 

1  missis,  sent  ;  translate  here  "  thrown.^^ 

2  transfixa  sunt,  were  pierced. 


CONDITIONAL   SENTENCES  195 

494.  1.  They  even  sent  ambassadors  to  beg  peace. 
(Write  in  five  different  ways,  cf.  474.)  2.  That  is  the 
best  (thing)  to  see.  3.  The  general  led  forth  his  troops 
in  order  that   he  might   make  an  attack  on  the  enemy. 

4.  Many  set  forth  from  the  camp  daily  to  seek  water. 

5.  In  order  to  avoid  suspicion  they  did  nothing  on  that 
day.         6.     We  ought  to  send  a  message  to  the  consul. 

495.  CONVERSATION 

Hostesne  repulsi  sunt  ? 
Qui  impetum  fecerunt  ? 
Quibus  hoc  est  impedimento  ? 
Nonne  sciitis  iiti  possuut  ? 
Ciir  venerunt  ? 

LESSON  LXII 

CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES 

REAL  CONDITIONS 

496.  A  conditional  sentence  is  a  complex  sentence  in 
which  a  condition  (an  if-clause)  is  the  subordinate  or 
dependent  clause,  and  a  conclusion  is  the  main  clause. 
The  condition  (the  ^f-clause)  is  called  the  "  Protasis,"  and 
the  conclusion  or  main  clause  is  called  the  "  Apodosis,"  e.g. 

Protasis  Apodosis 

If  he  says  this,         we  shall  praise  him. 

497.  When  a  condition  is  stated  simply  without  imply- 
ing anything  as  to  its  truth,  it  is  called  a  Real  or  Simple 
condition,^  and  always  takes  the  indicative  mood. 

1  Also  sometimes  called  a  Logical  condition. 


196  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN 

1.  Present.    Si  h5c  dicit,  eum  laudamus,  If  he  is  saying  this,  we  praise 

him. 

2.  Past.   Si  hoc  dicebat,  eum  laudabamus,  If  he  ivas  saying  this,  we 

were  praising  him. 
Si  hoc  dixit,  eum  laudavimus,  If  he  said  this,  we  praised  him. 

3.  Future.    Si  hoc  dicet,  eum  laudabimus,  If  he  says  {will  say)  this,  we 

shall  praise  him. 

a.  It  will  be  noted  in  the  examples  that  the  Latin 
usage  is  practically  the  same  as  in  English.  Notice,  how- 
ever, as  in  example  3,  that  in  English  we  frequently  use 
the  present  tense  in  the  protasis  when  we  refer  to  future 
time.  Latin  is  more  exact  in  such  cases,  and  regularly 
uses  the  future,  or,  when  the  action  of  the  verb  in  the 
-protasis  takes  place  before  the  action  of  the  verb  in  the 
apodosis,  the  future  perfect  may  be  used.     Thus  :  — 

Si  hoc  dixerit,  eum  laudabimus,  If  he  says  (will  have  said)  this,  vm  shall 
praise  him.  (That  is,  we  shall  praise  him  when  he  is  through 
speaking.) 

498.  Rule.  Simple  or  real  conditions  take  the  indicative 
in  both  clauses, 

499.  VOCABULARY 

aperio,  -ire,  -ui,  apertus,  open  incolumis,  -e,  safe,  unharmed 

damno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  condemn         nocturnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  night,  of 
refers,  -ferre,  rettuli,  relatus,  bring  the  night 

hack,  bear  back,  report  c5nfectus,  -a,  -um  (perfect  partici- 

redintegro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  renew  pie  of  conficio) ,  exhausted 

si,  if  nisi,  if  not,  unless 

pedem  referS,  retreat  (bear  back  the  foot). 

me  recipio,  te  recipis,  etc.,  I  withdraw,  retire,  etc.  (reflexive  verb, 
cf.  253,  b). 

EXERCISES 

500.  1.     Si  amici  nostri  incolumes  sunt,  laeti  sumus. 

2.  Si    hostes    revertentur,    proelium    redintegrabimus. 

3.  Nisi   portam   aperuit,   milites   non  vidit.  4.      Si 


CONDITIONAL   SENTENCES  197 

in  urbe  sunt,  incolumes  sunt.  5.      Nos   ad   montem 

recipiemus,  nisi  subsidium  mittetur.  6.  Si  auxilium 
rogabunt,  ad  eos  iinam  legionem  mittemus.  7.  Si 
hie  princeps  damnatus  erit,  interficietur. 

The  Enemy  Receives  Reenf or  cements.  —  Tandem 
vulneribus  confecti  pedem  referre  coeperunt  et  in 
montem,  qui  circiter  mllle  passus  aberat,  se  receperunt. 
Sed  Boii  et  Tulingi,  qui  erant  socii  Helvetiorum, 
subsidio  Helvetiis  venerunt  et  Helvetii  proelium 
redintegrare  coeperunt. 

501.  1.  If  you  are  safe,  I  am  glad.  2.  If  you 
were  safe,  I  was  glad.  3.  If  you  will  be  safe,  I  shall 
be  glad.  4.  Unless  he  does  (will  have  done)  this,  we 
shall  not  aid  him.  5.  If  he  has  opened  a  road  through 
this  forest,  he  will  arrive  within  a  few  days.  6.  If  you 
are  ready,  we  shall  set  out  at  once.  7.  Unless  they 
surrender  within  three  days,  we  shall  storm  their  city. 
8.  If  you  are  not  a  Roman  citizen,  we  cannot  aid 
you.  9.  They  will  betake  themselves  into  the  city, 
if  the  enemy  comes.  10.  Caesar  sent  two  legions  to 
capture  the  town  by* a  night  attack. 

502.  CONVERSATION 

Ubi  est  ille  mons? 

Qui  erant  Boii? 

Cur  venerant? 

Proelium  redintegratum  est? 

Cur  Helvetii  proelium  redintegraverunt? 

Qui  confecti  erant  ? 

Qui  in  eo  monte  erant  ? 


198  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

LESSON   LXIII 

CONDITIONAL   SENTENCES   (Continued) 

UNREAL    AND     IDEAL    CONDITIONS.      SUMMARY     OF 
CONDITIONS 

503.  Unreal  or  Contrary-to-fact  Conditions.  —  A  con- 
dition may  be  stated  in  such  a  way  as  to  imply  that  the 
supposition  is  or  was  not  true.     Thus :  — 

1.  Present  Time.    Si  hoc  diceret,  eum  laudaremus,  If  he  were  saying 

this,  we  icould  praise  him. 

2.  Past  Time.  Si  hoc  dixisset,  eum  laudavissemus,  If  he  had  said  this, 

we  would  have  praised  him. 

In  example  1,  when  we  say,  '''•If  he  were  saying  this 
(now^,^^  we  imply  by  the  form  in  which  we  state  the  con- 
dition that  he  is  not  saying  this ;  in  example  2  we  imply 
that  he  did  not  say  this.  Such  conditions,  since  they 
state  a  condition  which  is  unreal,  or  contrary  to  fact,  are 
called  Unreal  or  Contrary-to-fact  conditions.  They  take 
the  subjunctive  in  both  clauses :  the  imperfect  subjunctive 
for  a  condition  unreal  or  contrary  to  fact  in  present  time, 
and  the  pluperfect  when  referring  to  .past  time. 

A  negative  word  (no^,  non,  etc.)  in  the  condition 
does  not  necessarily  make  it  an  unreal  condition. 

Si  hoc  non  dicit,  eum  non  laudamus,  If  he  does  not  say  this,  we  do  not 
praise  him.      (Real  condition.) 

504.  Rule.  Unreal  or  contrary -to J^act  conditions  take 
the  subjunctive  in  both  clauses;  the  imperfect  referring  to 
present  time  and  the  pluperfect  referring  to  past  time. 

505.  Ideal  or  Future  Less  Vivid  Conditions.  —  We  may 
state  a  condition  referring  to  future  time  in  such  a  way 


CONDITIONAL   SENTENCES  199 

as  to  make  it  more  doubtful  or  less  vivid  than  in  the 
simple  or  real  future  condition  (cf.  497,  3),  and  such  a 
condition  is  called  an  Ideal  or  Future  Less  Vivid  condi- 
tion. In  English  a  future  real  condition  is  indicated  by 
"  shall "  or  "  wilV  ;  a  future  ideal  or  less  vivid  by  '•'•shouW 
or  ^^ would.''  In  Latin  the  less  vivid  or  ideal  condition 
takes  the  present  or  perfect  subjunctive  in  both  clauses. 

Si  hoc  dicat,  eutn  laudemus,    If  he  should  say  this^  we  would  praise  him. 

P^or  a  completed  act  the  perfect  subjunctive  may  be 
used  in  the  protasis  of  the  future  ideal  or  less  vivid 
condition. 

506.  Rule.  The  future  ideal  or  less  vivid  condition 
takes  the  present  or  perfect  subjunctive  in  both  clauses. 

507.  TABLE  OF  CONDITIONS  FOR  REFERENCE 

Real  or  Simple  Time  Unreal  or  Contrary-to-Fact 

Indicative,  Present  Present         Subjunctive,  Imperfect 

Indicative,  Imp.  or  Perf.  Past  Subjunctive,  Pluperfect 

Real  or  More  Vivid  Ideal  or  Less  Vivid 

Indicative,  Fut.  or  Fut.  Perf.  Future  Subjunctive,  Pres.  or  Perf. 

For  any  given  time  (present,  past,  or  future)  a  con- 
dition may  be  one  of  two  kinds  or  types,  as  may  be  seen 
from  the  above. 

508.  A  participle  alone  or  an  ablative  absolute  (295,  c, 
401-404)  may  take  the  place  of  a  protasis  introduced 
by  si. 

Orgetorix  damnatus  interficietur,  Orgetorix,  if  condemned,  loill  be  killed. 

(Literally,  Orgetorix,  having  been  condemned,  etc.) 
Oppido  expugnato,    incolae  interficientur,  If  the  town  be  captured,  the 

inhabitants  will  be  killed  (the  town  having  been  captured,  etc.). 


200  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN 

EXERCISES 

509.  1.     Si  Caesar  adesset,  impetum  in  hostes  faceret. 

2.  Si  Romani  venissent,  urbem  statim  oppugnavissent. 

3.  Si  hoc  faciat,  eum  ex  urbe  expellamus.  4.  Si 
hoc  faciet,  eum  ex  urbe  expellemus.  5.  Si  paratus  es, 
educ     tuas     copias.  6.      Caesare     duce,    vicissemus. 

7.  Hoc  non  fecissemus,  nisi  imperator   nos   rogavisset. 

8.  Hostes  fliimen  transirent,  si  non  tarn  altum  esset. 

The  Battle  Continues. — Diii  et  acriter  pugnatum  est.^ 
Cum  hostes  impetiis  Romanorum  sustinere  non  diutius 
possent,  altera^  pars  in  montem  se  receperunt,  altera ^ 
pars  ad  impedimenta  et  carros  se  contulerunt. 

510.  1.     If  you  had  asked  me,  I  would  have  done  this. 

2.  If  they  were  good  men,  they  would  not  be  doing  this. 

3.  If  you  ask  me,  I  will  do  this.  4.  If  you  should 
ask  me,  I  would  do  this.  5.  The  general  would  have 
sent  reenforcements,  if  he  had  had  (them).  6.  If 
you  should  come  to  Rome,  you  would  see  the  consul. 

7.  They  would  defend  their  city,  if   they  were  brave. 

8.  Don't  join  battle  unless  Caesar  comes.  9.  If  you 
wish,  I  will  send  this  book  to  you.  10.  If  you  can, 
tell  me  why  he  has  done  this. 

511.  CONVERSATION 

Quid  facies,  si  hostes  venient? 
Quid  facias,  si  hostes  veniant? 
Quid  faceres,  si  hostes  venirent? 
Quid  fecisses,  si  hostes  venissent? 

1  It  loas  fought and =  A and battle  was  fought. 

2  Cf.  266. 


WISHES  201 

LESSON   LXIV 

TATISHES 
REVIEW  OF  THE   SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD 

512.  When  a  wish  is  in  the  form  of  an  exclamatory 
sentence,  it  is  expressed  in  Latin  by  the  subjunctive  some- 
times introduced  by  utinam,  would  that!  The  negative 
is  ne. 

513.  Rule.  A  wish  referring  to  the  future  requires  the 
present  subjunctive.      UtinatH  may  or  may  not  be  used. 

{May  the  general  send  aid  ! 
Wonld  that  the  general  would  send  aid  ! 
I  unsh  the  general  would  send  aid  ! 
0  that  the  general  would  send  aid  ! 

514.  Rule.  A  tvish  referring  to  the  present  time  re- 
quires the  imperfect  subjunctive  with  utinam^  but  utinam 

may  be  omitted  if  the  sentence  is  negative. 

^,.         .         -,  r  Would  that  the  general  were  sending  aid  I 

.,.  ...       .,  {   I icish  the  general  imre  sending  aid! 

auxilium  mitteret '   i    ^    ,        ,  , 

[  O  that  the  general  were  sending  aid! 

(Utinam)  ne  imperator  auxilium  mitteret,  Would  that  the  general 

were  not  sending  aid  ! 

515.  Rule.  A  wish  referring  to  past  time  requires  the 
pluperfect  subjunctive   with   utinatn,   but   utinam  may  be 

omitted  if  the  sentence  is  negative. 

Utinam  imperator      f  ^^^^^^^  ^^^^  ^^^  general  had  sent  aid  ! 
auxilium  misisset !  I  ^  ^^*^^  ^^^  general  had  sent  aid  ! 
I    0  that  the  general  had  sent  aid  ! 
(Utinam)  ne  imperator  auxilium  misisset,  Would  that  the  general  had 
not  sent  aid  ! 


202  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

a.  Compare  the  wish  referring  to  future  time  with  the 
future  ideal  or  less  vivid  condition  (506),  and  wishes  refer- 
ring to  present  and  past  time  (impossible  of  fulfillment) 
with    the    unreal    or    contrary-to-fact  conditions  (504). 

h.  When  wishes  are  in  the  form  of  a  statement,  volo, 
etc.,  are  used  with  the  infinitive.    Volo  ire,  I  wish  to  go. 

516.  Review  of  the  Subjunctive  Mood  and  its  Uses. 

a.  Review  the  conjugation  of  the  subjunctive  of  the 
regular  and  irregular  verbs. 

h.  How  is  the  imperfect  subjunctive  formed?  the 
perfect?  the  pluperfect? 

c.    Give  the  rules  governing  the  use  of  the  subjunctive 

in  the  following  constructions  :  — 

In  Subordinate  Clauses 
Purpose  clauses  Cum  clauses 

Indirect  questions  Substantive  clauses 

Result  clauses  After  verbs  of  fearing 

Relative  clauses  of  purpose  Protases  of  conditions 

In  Principal  Clauses 
Hortatory  subjunctive  Apodoses  of  conditions         Wishes 

In  each  case  tell  what  conjunction  or  other  word 
introduces  the  construction  and  what  the  negative  is. 

EXERCISES 

517.  1.  Utinam  legiones  statim  veniant !  2.  Utinam 
Caesar  cum  exercitu  adesset !  3.  Utinam  milites  nostri 
hostes  vicissent!  4.  Utinam  ne  contra  Koraanos 
piignavissemus  !  5.  Utinam  ne  agros  nostrds  vastarent ! 
6.  Non  scio  ubi  impedimenta  nostra  sint.  7.  Hostes 
tam  fortes  sunt  ut  castris  eorum  potiri  non  possTmus. 
8.    Si  auxilium  ad  nos  misissetis,  oppidum  defendissemus. 


WISHES  203 

Caesar  Captures  the  Eyiemy's  Camp.  —  Ab  hora  sep- 
tima  1  ad  noctem  pugnatum  est  et  ad  multam  noctem  ^ 
ad  impedimenta  .pugnatum  est  quod  hostes  pro  vallo 
earns  usi  sunt  et  e  loco  superiore  in  Romanes  tela 
coniciebant.  Cum  diu  piignatum  esset,  Roman!  impedi- 
mentis  castrisque  hostium  potiti  sunt. 

518.  1.  May  our  friends  be  safe  !  2.  Would  that 
they  had  fought  more  bravely  !  3.  Would  that  that 
general  were  now  living  !  4.  If  they  had  come,  we 
would  have  been  saved.  5.  When  Caesar  was  in  Gaul 
in  winter  quarters,  he  was  informed  concerning  this 
conspiracy.  6.  I  order  you  to  go  to  Rome  at  once. 
7.  O  that  our  soldiers  may  conquer  !  8.  I  fear  that 
the  second  legion  is  in  danger.  9.  Let  us  remain  here 
and  await  the  arrival  of  our  friends.  10.  Would  that 
the  general  had  not  led  his  troops  out  of  camp  on  that 
day! 

519.  CONVERSATION 

Ubi  hostes  pugnabant? 

Romamne  vicerunt? 

Ciir  Helvetil  non  vicerunt? 

Quo  ex  loco  Helvetil  tela  coniecerunt? 

Qui  impedimentis  potiuntur? 

Quorum  castris  Romani  potiti  sunt  ? 

Nonne  Romani  gavisi  sunt  ? 

Ciir  Helvetil  non  gavisi  sunt  ? 

i  About  one  o'clock  in  the  afternoon. 
2  ad  multam  noctem,  till  late  at  night. 


204  FIRST   BOOK   IN  LATIN 

LESSON   LXV 

COMPLEX   SENTENCES   IN   INDIRECT   DISCOURSE 

520.  Review  the  rules  for  simple  sentences  in  indirect 
discourse  (302-305)  and  for  sequence  of  tenses  (367-368). 

521.  When  a  complex  sentence  is  put  into  indirect  dis- 
course, the  verb  of  the  principal  clause  is  put  into  the 
infinitive  with  subject  accusative  according  to  302-305. 
The  verb  in  the  subordinate  clause  is  governed  by  the 
following  rule :  — 

522.  Rule.  All  subordinate  verbs  in  indirect  discourse 
are  put  in  the  subjunctive.  The  tense  depends  upon  the  in- 
troductory verb  of  saying^  etc.,  in  accordance  with  the  rule 
for  sequence  of  terises. 

a.  By  subordinate  verb  a  dependent  infinitive  is  not 
meant. 

b.  The  person  of  a  pronoun  or  verb  may  change  in  turn- 
ing a  direct  statement  into  indirect  discourse. 

'  523.   The  above  principles  are  exemplified  as  follows  :  — 

Direct  Statement  :  Vir,  quern  laudo,  consul  est,  The  man,  whom  1 
praise,  i»  the  consul. 

Indirect  Discourse 

With  Principal  Sequence 

Dicit,  he  says  (    virum,  quern   laudet  consulem    esse,    that 

Dicet,  he  will  say  -l         the  man,  whom  he  praises,  is  the  con- 

Dixerit,  he  will  have  said  I        sul. 


With  Historical  Sequence 

Dicebat,  he  said  (  virum,  quern  laudaret,  consulem  esse,  that 

Dixit,  he  said  -l         the  man,  whom  he  was  praising,  was  the 

Dixerat,  he  had  said  I         consul. 


COMPLEX   SENTENCES   IN   INDIRECT   DISCOURSE      205 

a.  Note  that  the  principal  verb  est  in  the  direct  dis- 
course becomes  esse  in  the  indirect  discourse  and  the 
subject  vir  becomes  virum.  The  tense  of  esse  is  not 
affected  by  the  tense  of  dicit,  etc. 

h.  Note  that  the  subordinate  verb  laudo  becomes  laudet 
after  a  primary  tense  of  dico,  and  laudaret  after  a  second- 
ary tense  of  dico. 

c.  Note  that  the  person  of  the  verb  may  change,  as 
laudo  becomes  laudet  or  laudaret. 

EXERCISES 

524.  1.  Milites,  quos  imperator  misit,  fortiter  piignant. 
2.  Videt  milites  quos  imperator  miserit,  fortiter 
piignare.  3.  Vidit  milites  quos  imperator  misisset 
fortiter  pugnare.  4.  Locus  ubi  Caesar  castra  posuerat, 
altus  erat.  5.  Cognoscit  locum  ubi  Caesar  castra 
posuerit  altum  fuisse.  6.  Cognovit  locum  ubi  Caesar 
castra  posuisset  altum  fuisse.  7.  Exercitus  quem  ducit 
in  Galliam  veniet.  8.  Puto  exercitum  quem  ducat  in 
Galliam  ventiirum  esse.  9.  Putavi  exercitum  quem 
diiceret  in  Galliam  ventiirum  esse. 

The  Helvetians  Surrender.  —  Hoc  proelio  confecto,  Hel- 
vetil  legates  de  deditione  ad  Caesarem  miserunt.  Caesar 
eos  obsides  armaque  tradere  iussit  et  Helvetii  se  dedi- 
derunt.  Eorum  numerus  qui  domo  exierant  erat  circiter 
milia  CCCLVIII;  eorum  qui  domum  reverterunt,  nu- 
merus erat  circiter  milia  C  et  X. 

525.  1.  The  city  which  you  see  is  Rome.  2.  You 
know  that  the  city  which  you  see  is  Rome.  3.  You  knew 
that  the  city  which  you  saw  was  Rome,         4.    The  man  to 


206  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

whom  he  gave  the  sword  was  killed.  5.  He  writes  that 
the  man  to  whom  he  gave  the  sword  was  killed.  6.  He 
wrote  that  the  man  to  whom  he  gave  the  sword  had 
been  killed.  7.  The  soldier  whom  we  saw  will  come 
into  the  city.  8.  I  say  that  the  soldier  whom  we  saw 
will  come  into  the  city.  9.  I  said  that  the  soldier 
whom  we  saw  would  come  into  the  city. 

526.  CONVERSATION 

Qui  ad  Caesarem  reverterunt  ? 

Quid  Caesar  Helvetios  facere  iussit? 

Cui  Helvetii  se  dediderunt  ? 

Fuitne  numerus  hostium  magnus? 

Quo  anno  Caesar  Helveti5s  superavit?    (58  B.C.) 


APPENDIX   I 

SUMMAEY  OF  DECLENSIONS,  CONJUGATIONS,  ETC. 

NOUNS 


52 

7. 

Declension  I 

Singular 

ENDINGS 

Plural 

endings 

NOM. 

puella 

-a 

puellae 

-ae 

Gen. 

puellae 

-ae 

puellarum 

-arum 

DAT. 

puellae 

^e 

puellis 

-is 

Ace. 

puellam 

-am 

puellas 

-as 

Abl. 

puella 

-a 

puellis 

-18 

528. 

Declension  II 

Singular 

Singular 

MASC. 

ENDINGS 

NKUT. 

ENDINGS 

NOM. 

servus 

-US 

bellum 

-urn 

Gen. 

servi 

-i 

belli 

-i 

Dat. 

servo 

-5 

bello 

-0  ' 

Ace. 

servum 

-urn 

bellum 

-um 

Abl. 

serv5 

-5 

bello 

-6 

Voe. 

serve 

Plural 

-e 

Plural 

NOM. 

servi 

-i 

bella 

-a 

Gen. 

servorum 

orum 

bellorum 

-orum 

Dat. 

servis 

-is 

bellis 

-is 

Ace. 

servos 

-OS 

bella 

-a 

Abl. 

servis 

-is 

bellis 

-is 

207 


208 


FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN 


529. 

Singular 

NOM. 

puer 

ager 

vir 

filius 

Gen. 

pueri 

agri 

viri 

fili  (filii) 

Dat. 

puero 

agr5 

viro 

filid 

Ace. 

puerum 

agrum 

virum 

filium 

Abl. 

puero 

agro 

viro 

filio 

Voc. 

Plural 

fili 

NOM. 

pueri 

agri 

viri 

'filii 

Gen. 

puerorum 

agrorum 

virorum 

filiorum 

Dat. 

pueris 

agris 

viris 

filiis 

Ace. 

pueros 

agros 

viros 

fili5s 

Abl. 

pueris 

agris 

viris 

filiis 

530. 

Declension  III 

MUTE  STEMS     (Stem- 

-ends  in  b,  p, 

d,  t,  c,  or  g 

=  mutes.) 

Singular 

ENDINGS 
M.  AND  F.     N. 

NOM. 

dux 

miles 

pes 

caput 

(-S)         

Gen. 

duels 

militis 

pedis 

capitis 

-is        -is 

Dat. 

duci 

mUiti 

pedi 

capiti 

-i         -i 

Ace. 

ducem 

militem 

pedem 

caput 

-em      

Abl. 

duce 

milite 

pede 
Plural 

capita 

-e         -e 

NOM. 

duces 

milites 

pedes 

capita 

-es       -a 

Gen. 

ducum 

militum 

pedum 

capitum 

-um      -um 

t)AT. 

ducibus 

militibus 

pedibus 

capltibus 

-ibus    -ibus 

Ace. 

duces 

milites 

pedes 

capita 

-es        -a 

Abl. 

ducibus 

militibus 

pedibus 

capitibus 

.  -ibus    -ibus 

531. 

Singular 

NOM. 

aestas 

princeps 

virtus 

flamen 

Gen. 

aestatis 

principis 

virtutis 

fluminis 

Dat. 

aestati 

principi 

virtuti 

flumini 

Ace. 

aestatem 

principem 

virtutem 

flumen 

Abl. 

aestate 

principe 

virtute 

flumine 

APPENDIX 

I 

209 

Plural 

NOM. 

aestates 

prlncipes 

virtutes 

flumina 

Gen. 

aestatum 

prlncipum 

virtutum 

fluminum 

DAT. 

aestatibus 

principibus 

virtutibus 

fluininibus 

Ace. 

aestates 

principes 

virtutes 

flumina 

Abl. 

aestatibus 

principibus 

virtutibus 

fltiminibus 

532.     LIQUID  STEMS    (Stem-ends  in  1,  m,  n,  or  r  =  liquids.) 


SiNOULAB 

ENDINGS 

M.  AND  F 

'.     N. 

NOM. 

consul 

pater 

homo 

tempus 

Gen. 

consulis 

patris 

hominis 

temporis 

-is 

-is 

Dat. 

consul! 

patri 

homini 

tempori 

-i 

-i 

Ace. 

consulem 

patrem    . 

hominem 

tempus 

-em 

Abl. 

consule 

patre 

homine 
Plural 

tempore 

-e 

-e 

NoM. 

consules 

patres 

homines 

tempora 

-es 

-a 

Gen. 

consulum 

patrum 

hominum 

temporum 

-um 

-um 

DAT. 

consulibus 

patribus 

hominibus 

temporibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

Aec. 

consules 

patres 

homines 

tempora 

-es 

-a 

Abl. 

consulibus 

patribus 

hominibus 

temporibus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

53a 

I -STEMS 

Singular 

ENDINGS 

M.  AND  F. 

N. 

NOM. 

hostis 

caedes 

mons 

animal 

-S 

Gen. 

hostis 

caedis 

mentis 

animalis 

-is 

-is 

Dat. 

host! 

caedi 

monti 

animali 

-i 

-i 

Acc. 

hostem 

caedem 

montem 

animal 

-em 

Abl. 

hoste 

caede 

monte 
Plural 

animali 

-e  (-1) 

-i 

NOM. 

hostes 

caedes 

montes 

animalia 

-es 

-la 

Gen. 

hostium 

caedium 

montium 

animalium 

-ium 

-ium 

Dat.     hostibus        caedibus        montibus         animalibus    -ibus       -ibus 
Ace.     hostis  (-es)  caedis  (-es)   mentis  (-es)    animalia       -is  (-es)  -ia 
Abl.     hostibus        caedibus        montibus        animalibus    -ibus        -ibus 


210 


FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN 


534. 


Declension  IV 


Singular 

masculine 

ENDINGS 

NEUTER 

ENDINGS 

NOM. 

exercitus 

-us 

cornii 

-ii 

Gen. 

exercitus 

-us 

corniis 

-lis 

Dat. 

exercitui  (-u) 

-ui  (-U) 

cornu 

-u 

Ace. 

exercitum 

-um 

comu 

-u 

Abl. 

exercitu 

-ii 

cornii 

-u 

Plural 

NOM. 

exercitus 

-us 

cornua 

-ua 

Gen. 

exercituum 

-uum 

cornuum 

-uum 

Dat. 

exercitibus 

-ibus  (-ubus) 

corn ibus 

-ibus  (-ubus) 

Ace. 

exercitus 

-us 

cornua 

-ua 

Abl. 

exercitibus 

-ibus  (-ubus) 

cornibus 

-ibus  (-ubus) 

535. 

Declension  V 

ENDINGS 

Sing. 

Plub. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

NOM. 

dies 

dies 

res 

res 

-es 

-es 

Gen. 

diei 

dierum 

rei 

rerum 

"? 

-erum 

Dat. 

diei 

diebus 

rei 

rebus 

-ei 

-ebus 

Ace. 

diem 

dies 

rem 

res 

-em 

-es 

Abl. 

die 

diebus 

re 

rebus 

-e 

-ebus 

536. 


Special  Nouns 


Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

NOM. 

vis 

vires 

deus 

dei,  dii,  di, 

locus 

loca  (-1) 

Gen. 

(vis) 

virium 

dei 

deorum  (-um; 

)     loci 

locorum 

Dat. 

(vi) 

viribus 

deo 

deis,  diis,  dis 

loc5 

locis 

Ace. 

vim 

vires  (-is) 

deum 

deos 

locum 

loca  (-os) 

Abl. 

vi 

viribus 

deo 

deis,  diis,  dis 

loco 

locis 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

NOM. 

iter 

itinera 

senex 

senes 

domus 

domus 

Gen. 

itineris 

itinerum 

senis 

senum 

domus 

domorum 

Dat. 

itineri 

itineribus 

seni 

senibus 

domui 

domibus 

Ace. 

iter 

itinera 

senem 

I      senes 

domum 

domos  {-us) 

Abl. 

itinere 

itineribus 

sene 

senibus 

domo 

domibus 

Loc. 

domi 

APPENDIX  I 


211 


537. 


ADJECTIVES 


Declensions  I  and  II 


MASC. 

NoM.  bonus 
Gen.  boni 
Dat/  bono 
Ace.   bonum 
Abl.    bono 
Voc.  bone 


Singular 

FEM. 

bona 

bonae 

bonae 

bonam 

bona 

bona 


NEUT. 

bonum 

boni 

bono 

bonum 

bono 

bonum 


NoM.  boni 
Gen    bonorum 
Dat.   bonis 
Ace.   bonds 
Abl.  bonis 


Plural 
bonae 
bonarum 
bonis 
bonas 
bonis 


bona 

bonorum 

bonis 

bona 

bonis 


538. 

NoM.    miser 
Gen.    miseri 
Dat.    misero 
Ace.   miserum 
Abl.  miserS 


Singular 

misera 

miserae 

miserae 

miseram 

misera 


miserum 

miseri 

miserS 

miserum 

misero 


NoM.  miseri 
Gen.  miserorum 
Dat.  miseris 
Ace.  miseros 
Abl.  miseris 


Plural 
miserae 
miserarum 

miseris 
miseras 
miseris 


misera 

miserorum 

miseris 

misera 

miseris 


NoM.  pulcher 
Gen.   pulchri 
Dat.   pulchrd 
Ace.   pulchrum 
Abl.  pulchro 


Singular 
pulchra 
pulchrae 
pulchrae 
pulchram 
pulchra 


pulchrum 

pulchri 

pulchro 

pulchrum 

pulchro 


212 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


Plural 

NoM.  pulchri 

pulchrae 

pulchra 

Gen.  pulchr5rum 

pulchrarum 

pulchrorum 

Dat.   pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchris 

Ace.   pulchros 

pulchras 

pulchra 

Abl.  pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchris 

539. 

Declension  III 

Singular 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

M.  AND  F. 

NEUT. 

NoM.   acer 

acris 

acre 

omnis 

omne 

Gen.    acris 

acris 

acris 

omnis 

omnis 

Dat.   acri 

acri 

acri 

omni 

omni 

Ace.    acrem 

acrem 

acre 

omnem 

omne 

Abl.    acri 

acri 

acri 

omni 

omni 

Plural 

NoM.  acres  acres  acria 

Gen.   acrium  acrium  acrium 

Dat.   acribus  acribus  acribus 

Ace.   acris  (-es)  acris  (-es)  acria 

Abl.   acribus  acribus  acribus 


omnes  omnia 

omnium  omnium 

omnibus  omnibus 

omnis  (-es)  omnia 

omnibus  omnibus 


M.  AND  F. 

NoM.  audax 
Gen.   audacis 
Dat.   audaci 


Singular 
neut.      m.  and  f. 
audax         ingens 
audacis       ingentis 
audaci        ingenti 


NEUT.        M.  AND  F.  NEUT. 

ingens         par  par 

ingentis      paris  paris 

ingenti        pari  pari 


Ace.  audacem        audax         Ingentem        ingens         parem       par 
Abl.  audaci  (-e)    audaci (-e)  ingenti  (-e)     ingenti  (-e)  pari  pari 


Plural 

NoM.   audaces         audacia      ingentes         ingentia       pares        paria 
Gen.   audacium      audacium  ingentium      ingentium  parium      parium 
Dat.  audacibus     audacibus  ingentibus      ingentibus  paribus      paribus 
Ace.  audacis(-es)  audacia       ingentis(-es)  ingentia      paris(-es)  paria 
Abl.  audacibus     audacibus    ingentibus      ingentibus  paribus      paribus 


APPENDIX  I 


213 


540. 


PRESENT   PARTICIPLES 

Singular 


M.     AND     F. 

NEUT. 

M.     AND    F. 

NEUT. 

NOM. 

laudans 

.laudans 

iens 

iens 

Gen. 

laudantis 

laudantis 

euntis 

euntis 

DAT. 

laudanti 

laudanti 

eunti 

eunti 

Ace. 

laudantem 

laudans 

euntem 

iens 

Abl. 

laudante  (-i) 

laudante  (-i) 
Plural 

eunte  (-i) 

eunte  (-i) 

NOM. 

laud  antes 

laudantia 

euntes 

euntia 

Gen. 

laudantium 

laudantium 

euntium 

euntium 

DAT. 

laudantibus 

laudantibus 

euntibus 

euntibus 

Ace. 

laudantis  (-es) 

laudantia 

euntis  (-es) 

euntia 

Abl. 

laudantibus 

laudantibus 

euntibus 

euntibus 

541. 


IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES 


Singular 

Plural 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NOM. 

alius 

alia 

aliud 

alii 

aliae 

alia 

Gen. 

alius 

alius 

alius 

aliorum 

aliarum      aliorum 

DAT. 

alii 

alii 

alii 

aliis 

aliis 

aliis 

Ace. 

alium 

aliam 

aliud 

alios 

alias 

alia 

Abl. 

alio 

alia 

alio 

aliis 

aliis 

aliis 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NOM. 

tinus 

una 

unum 

duo 

duae 

duo 

Gen. 

tinius 

unius 

unius 

duorum 

duarum      duorum 

Dat. 

tini 

uni 

tini 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

Ace. 

unum 

unam 

unum 

duos  (-0) 

duas 

duo 

Abl. 

un5 

una 

tino 

duobus 

duabus 

1       duobus 

M.  AND  F. 

NEUT. 

THOUSAND          THOUSANDS 

NOM. 

tres 

tria 

mille 

mllia 

Gen. 

trium 

trium 

mille 

milium 

Dat. 

tribus 

tribus 

mille 

milibus 

Ace. 

tris 

(-es) 

tria 

mille 

milia 

Abl. 

tribus 

tribus 

'    mille 

milibus 

214 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


542. 


NUMERALS 


Roman  Numerals 

Cardinals 

Ordinals 

1. 

I. 

unus,  -a,  -um 

primus,  -a,  -um 

2. 

II. 

duo,  duae,  duo 

secundus  (alter) 

3. 

III. 

tres,  tria 

tertius 

4. 

IV. 

quattuor 

quartus 

5. 

V. 

quinque 

quintus 

6. 

VI. 

sex 

sextus 

7. 

VII. 

septem 

Septimus 

8. 

VIII. 

octo 

octavus 

9. 

IX. 

novem 

nonus 

10. 

X. 

decern 

decimus 

11. 

XL 

undecim 

undecimus 

12. 

XIL 

duodecim 

duodecimus 

13. 

XIII. 

tredeciin 

tertius  decimus 

14. 

XIV. 

quattuordecim 

quartus  decimus 

15. 

XV. 

quindecim 

quintus  decimus 

16. 

XVI. 

sedecim 

sextus  decimus 

17. 

XVIL 

septendecim 

septiauTS  decimus 

18. 

XVIIL 

duodeviginti 

duodevicesimus 

19. 

XIX. 

undeviginti 

undevicesimus 

20. 

XX. 

viginti 

vicesimus 

21. 

XXI. 

viginti  unus  or 

vicesimus  primus  or 

tinus  et  viginti 

linus  et  vicesimus 

22. 

XXIL 

viginti  duo  or 

vicesimus  secundus  or 

duo  et  viginti 

alter  et  vicesimus 

28. 

XXVIIL 

duodetriginta 

duodetricesimus 

29. 

XXIX. 

undetriginta 

undetricesimus 

30. 

XXX. 

triginta 

tricesimus 

40. 

XL. 

quadraginta 

quadragesimus 

50. 

L. 

quinquaginta 

quinquagesimus 

60. 

LX. 

sexaginta 

sexagesiraus 

70. 

LXX. 

septuaginta 

septuagesimus 

80. 

LXXX. 

octoginta 

octogesimus 

90. 

XC. 

nonaginta 

nonagesimus 

100. 

C. 

centum 

centesimus 

101. 

CI. 

centum  Gnus  or 

centesimus  primus  or 

centum  (et)  Gnus 

centesimus  (et)  primus 

200. 

CC. 

ducenti,  -ae,  -a 

ducentesimus 

APPENDIX  I 

Roman  Numerals 

Cardinals 

Ordinals 

300. 

ccc. 

trecenti,  -ae,  -a 

trecentesimus 

400. 

cccc. 

quadringenti,  -ae,  -a 

quadringentesimus 

500. 

D. 

quingenti,  -ae,  -a 

quingeiitesimus 

600. 

DC. 

sescenti,  -ae,  -a,  or 
sexcenti,  -ae,  -a 

sescentesimus 

700. 

DCC. 

septingenti,  -ae,  -a 

septingentesiinus 

800. 

DCCC. 

octingenti,  -ae,  -a 

octingeiitesimus 

900. 

DCCCC. 

nongenti,  -ae,  -a 

nongentesimus 

1000. 

M. 

mille 

millesimus 

2000. 

MM. 

duo  inilia 

bis  ralUesinms 

215 


All  ordinals  are  declined  like  bonus,  -a,  -um.    Cf.  537. 


COMPARISON   OF   ADJECTIVES 


543. 

Positive  Base  Comparative 

altus  alt-  altior,  altius 

fortis  fort-  fortior,  fortius 

audax  audac-  audacior,  audacius 

miser  miser-  miserior,  miserius 

pulcher  pulchr-  pulchrior,  pulchrius 

similis  simil-  similior,  similius 


Superlative 
altissimus,  -a,  -um 
fortissimus,  -a,  -um 
audacissimus,  -a,  -um 
miserrimus,  -a,  -um 
pulcherrimus,  -a,  -um 
simillimus,  -a,  -um 


544. 

Positive 
bonus,  -a,  -um 
malus,  -a,  -um 
magnus,  -a,  -um 
multus,  -a,  -um 
multi,  -ae,  -a 
parvus,  -a,  -um 
senex,  gen.  senis 
vetus,  gen.  veteris 
iuvenis,  -e 
exterus,  -a,  -um 

inferus,  -a,  -um 


IRREGULAR   COMPARISON 


Comparative 
melior,  melius 
peior,  peius 
maior,  maius 

,  pliis 

plures,  plUra 
minor,  minus 
senior,  (maior  natu) 
vetustior,  vetustius 
iunior,  (minor  natii) 
exterior,  exterius 

inferior,  inferius 


Superlative 
optimus,  -a,  -um 
pessimus,  -a,  -um 
maximus,  -a,  -um 
pltirimus,  -a,  -um 
pliirimi,  -ae,  -a 
minimus,  -a,  -um 
maximus  natii 
veterrimus,  -a,  -um 
minimus  natii 
extremus,   -a,   -um ;    exti- 

mus,  -a,  -um 
infimus,  -a,  -um  ;  imus,  -a, 

-um 


216 


FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN 


Positive 
posterus,  -a,  -um 

superus,  -a,  -um 

(prae,  pro,  before) 
(prope,  near) 
(ultra,  beyond) 
(in,  in,  intra,  within) 
(cis,    citra,    on    this 
side) 


Comparative 


Superlative 


posterior,  posterius        postremus,  -a,  -um  ;  postu- 


supenor,  superius 

prior,  prius 
propior,  propius 
ulterior,  ulterius 
interior,  interius 
citerior,  citerius 


mus,  -a,  -um 
supremus,  -a,  -um 

mus,  -a,  -um 
primus,  -a,  -um 
proximus,  -a,  -um 
ultimus,  -a,  -um 
intimus,  -a,  -um 
citimus,  -a,  -um 


545.  DECLENSION   OF   COMPARATIVES 

Singular 


M.  AND  F. 

neut. 

M.  AND  F. 

neut. 

NoM.  altior 

altius 

plus 

Gen.  altioris 

altioris 

pluris 

Dat.  altiori 

altiori 

Ace.   altiorem 

altius 

plus 

Abl.  altiore   (-i) 

altiore  (-i) 

plure 

Plural 

NoM.  altiores 

altiora 

pltires 

plura 

Gen.  altorum 

altiorum 

plurium 

plurium 

Dat.  altioribus 

altioribus 

pluribus 

pluribus 

Ace.  altiores  (is) 

altiora 

pi ares  (is) 

plura 

Abl.  altioribus 

altioribus 

pluribus 

pluribus 

546. 


COMPARISON   OF   ADVERBS 


Adjective 

Adverb 

Comparative 

Superlative 

laetus 

laete 

laetius 

laetissimg 

miser 

misere 

miserius 

miserrime 

pulcher 

pulchre 

pulchrius 

pulcherrime 

fortis 

fortiter 

fortius 

fortissimo 

acer 

acriter 

acrius 

acerrime 

facilis 

facile 

facilius 

facillime 

bonus 

bene 

melius 

optime 

malus 

male 

peius 

pessime 

APPENDIX  I 

217 

Adjective 

Adverb 

Comparative 

Superlative 

magnus 

ma,gis 

maxime 

parvus 

parum 

minus 

minime 

multus 

multum 

plus 

plurimum 

diu 

diutius 

diutissime 

saepe 

saepius 

saepissime 

PRONOUNS 

547. 

Personal 

Reflexive 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing,  and  Plur. 

NoM.  ego 

nos 

tu 

vos 

Gex.   mel 

nostri,  (-um) 

tul 

vestri,  (-um) 

sui 

Dat.   mihi 

nobis 

tibi 

vobis 

sibi 

Ace.   me 

nos 

te 

vos 

se,  sese 

Abl.  me 

nobis 

te 

vobis 

s6,  sese 

548. 


Demonstrative  Pronouns 


Singular 

masc. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NoM.  hie 

haec 

hoc 

ille 

ilia 

illud 

Gen.   htiius 

huius 

huius 

iUius 

illius 

illius 

Dat.  huic 

huic 

huic 

nil 

illi 

illi 

Ace.    hunc 

banc 

hoc 

ilium 

Dlam 

illud 

Abl.  hoc 

hac 

hoc 

Plural 

illo 

ilia 

ills 

NoM.  hi 

has 

haec 

illi 

illae 

ilia 

Gen.  horum 

harum 

horum 

illorum 

illarum 

illorum 

Dat.  his 

his 

his 

illis 

illis 

illis 

Ace.  hos 

has 

haec 

iUos 

illas 

ilia 

Abl.  his 

his 

his 

illis 

illis 

illis 

549. 

Singular 

Plural 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NOM.    is 

ea 

id 

ei,  ii 

eae 

ea 

Gen.  eius 

eius 

eius 

eorum 

earum 

eorum 

Dat.  ei 

ei 

ei 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

Ace.  eum 

eam 

id 

eos 

eas 

ea 

Abl.  e5 

ea 

60 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

eis,  iis 

218 


FIRST   BOOK   IN  LATIN 


550. 


SlNGUT<AR 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

MASC. 

FEM.                 NEUT. 

NOM. 

iste 

ista 

istud 

ipse 

ipsa              ipsum 

Gen. 

istlus 

istius 

istius 

ipslus 

ipsi  us            ipsius 

Dat. 

isti 

isti 

isti 

ipsi 

ipsi                ipsi 

Ace. 

istum 

istam 

istud 

ipsum 

ipsam           ipsum 

Abl. 

isto 

ista 

isto 

Plural 

ipso 

ipsa              ipso 

NOM. 

isti 

istae 

ista 

ipsi 

ipsae           ipsa 

Gen. 

istorum 

istarum 

istorum 

ipsorum 

ipsarum      ipsorum 

Dat. 

istis 

istis 

istis 

ipsis 

ipsis            ipsis 

Ace. 

istos 

istas. 

ista 

ipsos 

ipsas           ipsa 

Abl. 

istis 

istis 

istis 

ipsis 

ipsis            ipsis 

551. 

Singular 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NOM. 

idem 

^adem 

idem 

Gen. 

eiusdem 

eiusdem 

eiusdem 

Dat. 

eidem 

eidem 

eidem 

Ace. 

eundem 

eandem 

idem 

Abl. 

eodem 

eadem 
Plural 

eodem 

NOM. 

eidem,  idem 

eaedem 

6adem 

Gen. 

eorundem 

earundem 

eorundem 

Dat. 

eisdem, 

isdem 

eisdem,  isdem 

eisdem,  isdem, 

Ace. 

eosdem 

easdem 

^adem 

Abl. 

eisdem, 

isdem 

eisdem,  isdem, 

eisdem,  isdem 

552. 


Relative  Pronoun 


Singular 

Plural 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NOM. 

qui 

quae 

quod 

qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

Dat. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ace. 

quem 

quam 

quod 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Abl. 

quo 

qua 

quo 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

APPENDIX  I 


219 


553,  Interrogative  Pronoun 

Singular  Plural 


MASC 

.  AND  FEM. 

NBUT. 

NOM. 

quis 

quid 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

Dat. 

cui 

cui 

Ace. 

quem 

quid 

Abl. 

quo 

quo 

FEM. 


NEUT. 


qui  quae  quae 

quorum  quarum  quorum 

quibus  quibus  quibus 

quos  quas  quae 

quibus  quibus  quibus 


554.   The   Interrogative  Adjective  is  declined  like  the 
relative  pronoun.     (Cf.  552.) 


555. 

Indefinite  Pronouns 

Singular 

MASC 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NOM. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quiddam  (quoddam) 

Gen. 

ctiiusdam 

cuiusdam 

cuiusdam 

DAT. 

cuidam 

cuidam 

cuidam 

Ace. 

quendam 

quandam 

quiddam  (quoddam) 

Abl. 

quodam 

quadam 
Plural 

quodam 

NOM. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quaedam 

Gen. 

quorundam 

quarundam 

quorundam 

Dat. 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

Ace. 

quosdam 

quasdam 

quaedam 

Abl. 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 
Singular 

quibusdam 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

NOM. 

aliquis  (aliqui) 

aliqua 

aliquid  (aliquod) 

Gen. 

alictiius 

alicuius 

alicuius 

Dat. 

alicui 

alicui 

alicui 

Aec. 

'  aliquem 

aliquam 

aliquid  (aliquod) 

Abl. 

aliquo 

aliqua 

aliquo 

220 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


NOM. 

Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


aliqui 

aliquorum 

aliquibus 

aliquos 

aliquibus 


Plural 

aliquae 

aliquarum 

aliquibus 

aliquas 

aliquibus 


aliqua 

aliquorum 

aliquibus 

aliqua 

aliquibus 


556.    Nemo,  no  one,  is  irregular  only  because  it  lacks  certain  forms 
which  are  supplied  from  nuUus.    It  has  no  plural. 


NOM. 

Gen. 
Dat. 

Ace. 
Abl. 


nemo 
nullius 
nemini,  ntilli 
neminem 
nuUo 


VERBS 


557. 


Conjugation  I  —  Stem  Vowel  A 

Principal  Parts  — laudo,  laudare,  laudavi,  laudatus 

Indicative 


Active  Passive 

present  present 

lam  praising,  praise,  do  praise,  etc.  I  am  praised,  am  being  praised,  etc. 

laudo  laudamus  laudor  laudamur 

laudas  laudatis  laudaris  (-re)  laudamini 


laudat 


laudant 


laudatur 


laudantur 


IMPERFECT 

I  praised,  was  praising,  did  praise 
laudabam  laudabamus 

laudabas  laudabatis 

laudabat  laudabant 

FUTURE 

/  shall  praise,  etc. 
laudabo  laudabimus 

laudabis  laudabitis 

laudabit  laudabunt 


IMPERFECT 

I  was  praised,  was  being  praised 
laudabar  laudabamur 

laudabaris  (-re)      laudabamini 
laudabatur  laudabantur 

FUTURE 

I  shall  be  praised,  etc. 
laudabor  laudabimur 

laudaberis  (-re)      laudabimini 
laudabitur  laudabuntur 


APPENDIX  I 


221 


PERFECT 

I  have  praised^  I  praised^  etc. 
laudavi  laudavimus 

laudavisti  laudavistis 

laudavit  laudaverunt  (-re) 


PERFECT 

I  have  been  praised^  was  praised 
laudatus  sum  laudati  sumus 

laudatus  es  laudati  estis 

laudatus  est  laudati  sunt 


PLUPERFECT 


I  had  praised^  etc. 
laudaveram  laudaveramus 

laudaveras  laudaveratis 

laudaverat  laudaverant 


PLUPERFECT 

/  had  been  praised.,  etc. 
laudatus  eram        laudati  eramus 
laudatus  eras  laudati  eratis 

laudatus  erat  laudati  erant 


FUTURE   PERFECT 

/  shall  have  praised.,  etc. 
laudavero  laudaverimus 

laudaveris  laudaveritis 

laudaverit  laudaverint 


FUTURE   PERFECT 


/  shall  have  been  praised.,  etc. 
laudatus  ero  laudati  erimus 

laudatus  eris  laudati  eritis 

laudatus  erit  laudati  erunt 


558. 

Su 

bjunctive 

PRESENT 

PRESENT 

laudem 

laudemus 

lauder                     laudemur 

laudes 

laudetis 

lauderis  (-re)         laudemini 

laudet 

laudent 

laudetur                 laudentur 

IMPERFECT 

IMPERFECT 

laudarem 

laudaremus 

laudarer                 laudaremur 

laudares 

laudaretis 

laudareris(-re)      laudaremini 

laudaret 

laudarent 

laudaretur             laudarentur 

PERFECT 

laudaverim  laudaverimus 

laudaveris  laudaveritis 

laudaverit  laudaverint 


PERFECT 

laudatus  sim  laudati  simus 

laudatus  sis  laudati  sitis 

laudatus  sit  laudati  sint 


PLUPERFECT 

laudavissem  laudavissemus 

laudavisses  laudavissetis 

laudavisset  laudavissent 


PLUPERFECT 

laudatus  essem      laudati  essemus 
laudatus  esses       laudati  essetis 
laudatus  esset       laudati  essent 


222  FIRST  BOOK    IN  LATIN 

559.  Imperative 


PRESENT 


2d  Sing,     lauda,  praise  (jthou)  laudare,  he  (thou)  praised 

2d  Plur.   laudate,  praise  (ye)  laudamini,  be  (ye)  praised 


2d  Sing,  laudato,  thou  shalt  praise  laudator,  thou  shalt  he  praised 

3d  Sing.  Iaudat5,  he  shall  praise  laudator,  he  shall  he  praised 

3d  Plur.  iRndatbte,  you  shall  praise  

3d  Plur.  laudanto,  they  shall  praise  laudantor,  they  shall  he  praised 


560.  Infinitives 

Pres.    laudare,  to  praise  laudari,  to  he  praised 

Perf.   laudavisse,  to  have  praised  laudatus  esse  to  have  been  praised 

FuT.     laudaturus  esse,  to  be  about  .laudatum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be 

to  praise  praised 


561.  Participles 


Pres.    laudans,  praising  Pres. 


Perf.   Perf.  laudatus,  -a,  -um,  praised,  having 

been  praised 
FuT.     laudaturus,    -a,  -um,        Ger.    laudandus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  praised 
about  to  praise 


562.  Gerund  563.  Supine 

NoM.   

Gen.    laudandi,  of  praising  

Dat.    laudando,  for  praising  

Ace.     laudandum,  praising  laudatum,  to  praise 

Abl.    laudando,  by  praising,  etc.  laudatu,  to  praise,  to  be  praised 


APPENDIX  I 


223 


Conjugation  II  —  Stem  Vowel  e 
Principal  Parts  —  moneo,  monere,  monui,  monitus 


564. 

Active 

PRESENT 

/  advise,  etc. 
moneo  monemus 

mones  monetis 

monet  mouent 

IMPERFECT 

I  was  advising,  etc. 
monebam  monebamus 

monebas  monebatis 

monebat  monebant 

FUTURE 

I  shall  advise,  etc. 
monebo  raonebimus 

monebis  monebitis 

monebit  monebunt 

PERFECT 

I- have  advised,  I  advised,  etc. 
monui  monuimus 

monuisti  monuistis 

monuit 


Indicative 

Passive 

PRESENT 

/  am  advised,  etc. 
moneor  moiiemur 

moneris  (-re)  monemini 

monetur  monentur 

IMPERFECT 

I  was  advised,  etc. 
monebar  monebamur 

monebaris  (-re)  monebamini 

monebatur  monebantur 


I  shall  be  advised,  etc. 
monebor  monebimur 

monebaris  (-  re)        monebimini 
monebitur  monebuntur 

PERFECT 

I  have  been  advised,  I  was  advised,  etc. 
monitus  sum  moniti  sumus 

monitus  es  moniti  estis 


monuerunt  (-  re)     monitus  est 


moniti  sunt 


PLUPERFECT 

I  had  advised,  etc. 
monueram  monueramus 

monueras  monueratis 

monuerat  monuerant 

FUTURE   PERFECT 

I  shall  have  advised,  etc. 
monuero  monuerimus 

mouueris  monueritis 

monuerit  monuerint 


PLUPERFECT 

I  had  been  advised,  etc. 
monitus  eram  moniti  eramus 

monitus  eras  moniti  eratis 

monitus  erat  moniti  erant 

FUTURE  PERFECT 

I  shall  have  been  advised,  etc. 
monitus  erd  moniti  erimus 

monitus  eris  moniti  eritis 

monitus  erit  moniti  erunt 


224 


FIRST   BOOK   IN  LATIN 


565. 

PRESENT 

moneam  moneamus 

moneas  moneatis 

moneat  moneant 


Subjunctive 

PRESENT 

monear  moneamur 

monearis  (-re)  moneamini 

moneatur  moneantur 


IMPERFECT 


IMPERFECT 


monerem 

moneres 

moneret 


moneremus 

moneretis 

monerent 


monerer 
monereris  (-re) 
moneretur 


moneremur 
moneremini 
monerentur 


PERFECT  PERFECT 

monuerim  monuerimus  monitus  sim  moniti  simus 

monueris  monueritis  monitus  sis  moniti  sitis 

monuerit  monuerint  monitus  sit  moniti  sint 


PLUPERFECT 

monuissem 

monuisses 

monuisset 


monuissemus 

monuissetis 

monuissent 


PLUPERFECT 

monitus  essem 
monitus  esses 
monitus  esset 


moniti  essemus 
moniti  essetis 
moniti  essent 


566. 


Imperative 


2d  Sing,     mone,  advise  (thou) 
2d  Plur.   monete,  advise  (ye) 


monere,  be  (thou)  advised 
monemini,  be  (ye)  advised 


FUTURE 

2d  Sing,     moneto,  thou  shalt  advise  monetor,  thou  shalt  be  advised 

3d  Sing.    monet5,  he  shall  advise  monetor,  he  shall  be  advised 

2d  Plur.  monetote,  you  shall  advise  

3d  Plur.  monento,  they  shall  advise  monentor,  they  shall  be  advised 


567. 


Infinitives 


Pres.    monere,  to  advise 
Perf.   monuisse,  to  have  advised 
FuT.     monitiirus  esse,  to  be  about 
to  advise 


moneri,  to  be  advised 
monitus  esse,  to  have  been  advised 
monitum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be 
advised 


APPENDIX  I  225 

568.  Participles 

Pres.      monens,  advising  Pres. 


Pbrf.   Perf.  monitus,  -a,  -um,  advised,  having 

been  advised. 


Put.   moniturus,  -a,  -um,  about    Ger.  monendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  advised 
to  advise. 


569.  Gerund  570.  Supine 

NOM.       

Gen.    monendi,  of  advising  

Dat.    monendo,  for  advising  

Ace.    monendum,  advising  monitum,  to  advise 

Abl.    monend5,  by  advising,  etc.        monitu,  to  advise,  to  be  advised 


Conjugation  III— Stem  Vowel  E 
Principal  Parts  —  rego,  regere,  rexi,  rectus 


571. 

Indicative 

Active 

Passive 

PRESENT 

PRESENT 

I  rule,  etc. 

I  am  ruled,  etc. 

reg5 

regimus 

regor 

regimur 

regis 

regitis 

regeris 

(-re)               regimini 

regit 

regunt 

regitur 

reguntur 

IMPERFECT  IMPERFECT 

I  was  ruling,  etc.  I  was  ruled,  etc. 

regebam  regebamus  regebar  regebamur 

regebas  regebatis  regebaris  (-re)  regebamini 

regebat  regebant  regebatur  regebantur 

Q 


226 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


FUTURE 

I  shall  rule,  etc. 

regam 

regemus 

reges 

regetis 

reget 

regent 

PERFECT 

/  have  ruled,  etc. 

rexi 

reximus 

rexisti 

rexistis 

rexit 

rexerunt  (-re) 

FUTURE 

I  shall  be  ruled,  etc. 
regar  regemur 

regeris  (-re)      regemini 
regetur         regentur 

PERFECT 

/  have  been  ruled,  etc. 
rectus  sum  recti  sumus 

rectus  es  recti  estis 

rectus  est  recti  sunt 


PLUPERFECT 

/  had  ruled,  etc. 
rgxeram  rexeramus 

rexeras  rexeratis 

rexerat  rexerant 


PLUPERFECT 

/  had  been  ruled,  etc. 
rectus  eram  recti  eramus 

rectus  eras  recti  eratis 

rectus  erat  recti  erant 


FUTURE  PERFECT 

I  shall  have  ruled,  etc. 
rgxerS  rexerimus 

rexeris  rexeritis 

rexerit  rexerint 


FUTURE    PERFECT 

I  shall  have  been  ruled,  etc. 
rectus  er5  recti  erimus 

rectus  eris  recti  eritis 

rectus  erit  recti  erunt 


572. 

Subjunctive 

PRESENT 

PRESENT 

regam 

regamus 

regar                         regamur 

regas 

regatis 

regaris  (  re)               regamini 

regat 

regant 

regatur                      regantur 

IMPERFECT 

IMPERFECT 

regerem 

regeremus 

regerer                      regeremur 

regeres 

regeretis 

regereris  (-re)           regeremini 

regeret 

regerent 

regeretur                   regerentur 

PERFECT 

PERFECT 

rexerim 

rexerimus 

rectus  sim                 recti  simus 

rexeris 

rexeritis 

rectus  sis                  recti  sitis 

rexerit 

rexerint 

rectus  sit                  recti  sint 

APPENDIX  I                                          227 

PLUPERFECT                                                                      PLUPERFECT 

rexissem 

rexissemus               rectus  essem              recti  essemus 

rexisses 

rexissetis                  rectus  esses                recti  essetis 

rexisset 

rexissent                  rectus  esset               rgcti  essent 

573. 

Imperative 

PRESENT 

2d  Sing,    rege,  rule  (thou) 
2d  Plur.  regite,  rule  (ye) 


regere,  be  (thou)  ruled 
regimini,  be  (ye)  ruled 


2d  Sing,  regito,  thou  shalt  rule  regitor,  thou  shalt  be  ruled 

3d  Sing,  regito,  he  shall  rule  regitor,  he  shall  be  ruled 

2d  Plur.  regitSte,  you  shall  rule  

3d  Plur.  regunto,  they  shall  rule  reguntor,  they  shall  be  ruled 


574. 


Infinitives 


Pres.    regere,  to  rule  regi,  to  be  ruled 

Perp.   rexisse,  to  have  ruled  rectus  esse,  to  have  been  ruled 

FuT.     rectiirus  esse,  to  be  about  rectum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be  ruled 
to  rule 


575. 

Pres.    regens,  ruling 
Perf.   


Participles 


Pres. 

Pres.  rectus,  -a,  -um,  ruled,  having 
been    ruled 
Put.    recturus,  -a,  -um,  about  to      Ger.  regendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  ruled 
rule 


576. 


Gerund 


NOM. 

Gen.  regendi,  of  ruling 

Dat.  regendo,  for  ruling 

Ace.  regendum,  ruling 

Abl.  regendo,  by  ruling^  etc. 


511. 


Supine 


rectum,  to  rule 

rectu,  to  rule,  to  be  ruled 


228 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


578. 


Conjugation  III  —  Verbs  in  -10 
Principal  Parts  —  capio,  capere,  cepi,  captus 
Indicative 


Active 


PRESENT 

I  take,  etc. 
capi5  capimus 

capis  capitis 

capit  capiunt 


Passive 

PRESENT 

lam  taken,  etc. 
capior  capimur 

caperis  (-re)  capimini 

capitur  capiuntur 


IMPERFECT 

1  was  taking,  etc. 
capiebam  capiebamus 


IMPERFECT 

I  was  taken,  etc. 
capiebar  capiebamur 


capiebas                 capiebatis 

capiebaris  (-re)       capiebamini 

capiebat                capiebant 

capiebatur               capiebantur 

FUTURE 

FUTURE 

1  shall  take,  etc. 

I  shall  be  taken,  etc. 

capiam                  capiemus 

capiar                     capiemur 

capies                     capietis 

capieris  (-re)          capiemini 

capiet                    capient 

capietur                  capientur 

PERFECT 

PERFECT 

I  have  taken,  etc. 

/  have  been  taken,  etc. 

cepi,  etc. 

captus  sum,  etc. 

PLUPERFECT 

PLUPERFECT 

1  had  taken,  etc. 

I  had  been  taken,  etc. 

cgperam,  etc. 

captus  eram,  etc. 

FUTURE  PERFECT 

FUTURE  PERFECT 

I  shall  have  taken,  etc. 

I  shall  have  been  taken,  etc. 

cepero,  etc. 

captus  ero,  etc. 

APPENDIX  I 


229 


579.  Subjunctive 

PRESENT  PRESENT 

capiam                  capiamus  capiar                     capiamur 

capias                    capiatis  capiaris  (-re)          capiamini 

capiat                    capiant  capiatur                  capiantur 


IMPERFECT 

caperem,  etc. 


IMPERFECT 

caperer,  etc. 


PERFECT 

ceperim,  etc. 


PERFECT 

captus  sim,  etc. 


PLUPERFECT 

cepissem,  etc. 


PLUPERFECT 


captus  essem,  etc. 


580. 

2d  Sing,  cape,  take  (thou) 
2d  Plur.  capite,  take  (ye) 


Imperative 

PRESENT 

capere,  be  (thou)  taken 
capimini,  be  (ye)  taken 


FUTURE 

2d  Sing,  capito,  thou  shalt  take  capitor,  thou  shalt  be  taken 

3d  Sing,   capito,  he  shall  take  capitor,  he  shall  be  taken 

2d  Plur,  capitote,  you  shall  take  

3d  Plur.  capiunto,  they  shall  take  capiuntor,  they  shall  be  taken 

581.  Infinitives 

Pres.   capere,  to  take  capi,  to  be  taken 

Pbrf.  cepisse,  to  have  taken  captus  esse,  to  have  been  taken 

FuT.     captiirus  esse,  to  be  about  captum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be  taken 

to  take 


582.  Participles 

Pbes.   capiens,  taking  Pres. 

Perf.  Perf.   captus,  -a  ,-um,  taken,  hav- 

ing been  taken 
FuT.     captiirus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  Ger.    capiendus  -a,   -um,    to  be 

take  taken 


230 


FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 


583. 


Gerund 


NOM. 

Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


capiendi,  of  taking 
capiendo,  for  taking 
capiendum,  taking 
capiendo,  hy  taking,  etc. 


584. 


Supine 


captum,  to  take 

captii,  to  take,  to  he  taken 


585. 


Conjugation  IV  —  Stem  Vowel  I 
Principal  Parts  —  audio,  audire,  audivi,  auditus 
Indicative 


Active             • 

Passive 

PRESENT 

PRESENT 

/  hear,  etc. 

lam  heard,  etc. 

audi5 

audimus 

audior                         audimur 

audis 

auditis 

audiris  (-re)                audimini 

audit 

audiunt 

auditur                       audiuntur 

IMPERFECT 

IMPERFECT 

I  was  hearing,  etc. 
audiebam  audiebamus 

audiebas  audiebatis 

audiebat  audiebant 


I  was  heard,  etc. 
audiebar  audiebamur 

audiebaris  (-re)  audiebamini 

audiebatur  audiebantur 


I  shall  Hear,  etc. 
audiam  audiemus 

audies  audietis 

audiet  audient 


I  shall  be  heard,  etc. 
audiar  audiemur 

audieris  (-re)  audiemini 

audietur  audientur 


/  have  heard,  etc. 
audivi  audlvimus 

audivisti  audlvistis 


PERFECT 

I  have  been  heard,  etc. 
auditus  sum  auditi  sumus 

auditus  es  auditi  estis 


audlvit 


audlverunt  (-re)      auditus  est 


auditi  sunt 


APPENDIX  I 


231 


PLUPERFECT 

I  had  heard,  etc. 


audiveram 

aiidiveras 

audiverat 


audiveramus 

audiveratis 

audiverant 


PLUPERFECT 

I  had  been  heard,  etc. 


audltus  eram 
auditus  eras 
auditus  erat 


audit!  eramus 
audit!  eratis 
audit!  erant 


FUTURE   PERFECT 

I  shall  have  heard,  etc. 


FUTURE   PERFECT 

I  shall  have  been  heard,  etc. 


audivero 

audiverimus 

auditus  ero                  auditi  erimus 

audlveris 

audiveritis 

auditus  eris                 auditi  eritis 

audiverit 

audiverint 

auditus  erit                 auditi  erunt 

586. 

Subjunctive 

PRESENT 

PRESENT 

audiam 

audiamus 

audiar                        audiamur 

audias 

audiatis 

audiaris  (•re)             audiamini 

audiat 

audiant 

audiatur                    audiantur 

IMPERFECT 

IMPERFECT 

audirem 

audiremus 

audirer                       audiremur 

audires 

audiretis 

audireris  (-re)           audiremini 

audiret 

audirpnt 

audiretur                   audirentur 

PERFECT 

PERFECT 

audiverim 

audiverimus 

auditus  sim                auditi  simus 

audlveris 

audiveritis 

auditus  sis                 auditi  sitis 

audiverit 

audiverint 

auditus  sit                 auditi  sint 

PLUPERFECT 

PLUPERFECT 

audlvissem 

audivissemus 

auditus  essem           auditi  essemus 

audivisses 

audivissetis 

auditus  esses              auditi  essetis 

audlvisset 

audivissent 

auditus  esset             auditi  essent 

232 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


587. 


2d  Sing,     audi,  hear  (thou) 
2d  Plur.   audite,  hear  (ye) 


Imperative 
Present 


audire,  be  (thou)  heard 
audimini,  be  (ye)  heard 


Future 


auditor,  thou  shalt  be  heard 
auditor,  he  shall  be  heard 


2d  Sing,  audito,  thou  shalt  hear 

3d  Sing,  audito,  he  shall  hear 

2d  Plur.  auditote,  you  shall  hear       

3d  Plur.  audiunto,  they  shall  hear      audiuntor,  they  shall  be  heard 


588. 


Infinitives 


Pres.   audire,  to  hear  .  audiri,  to  be  heard 

Pbrf.  audivisse,  to  have*heard  auditus  esse,  to  have  been  heard 

FuT.     auditiirus  esse,  to  be  about  auditum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be  heard 
to  hear 


Participles 


Pres.    audiens,  hearing  Pres.    

Perf. Perf.    auditus,    -a,    -um,    heard, 

having  been  heard 
FuT.     auditiirus,  -a,  -um,  about  to      Ger.     audiendus,  -a,  -um,   to   be 
hear  heard 


590. 


Gerund 


591.  Supine 


NOM.    

Gen.  audiendi,  of  hearing 

Dat.  audiendo,  for  hearing 

Ace.  audiendum,  hearing 

Abl.  audiendo,  by  hearing,  etc. 


auditum,  to  hear 

auditu,  to  hear,  to  be  heard 


APPENDIX  I 


233 


592. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS 

SUM,  he 

Principal  Parts  —  sum,  esse,  fui,  f uturus 

Indicative 

Present 


SINGULAR 

sum,  I  am 

es,  you  are 

est,  he^  (she,  it)  is 


PLURAL 

sumus,  we  are 
estis,  you  are 
sunt,  they  are 


eram,  I  was 
eras,  you  were 
erat,  he  was 


Imperfect 


eramus,  we  were 
eratis,  you  were 
erant,  they  were 


ero,  /  shall  be 
eris,  you  will  be 
erit,  he  will  be 


Future 

erimus,  we  shall  be 
eritis,  you  will  be 
erunt,  they  will  be 


fui,  I  have  been,  I  was 
fuisti,  you  have  been,  you  were 
fuit,  he  has  been,  he  was 


Perfect 

fuimus,  loe  have  been,  we  were 
fuistis,  you  have  been,  you  were 
fuerunt  (-re),  they  have  been,  they 
were 


fueram,  /  had  been 
fueras,  you  had  been 
fuerat,  he  had  been 


Pluperfect 

fueramus,  we  had  been 
fueratis,  you  had  been 
fuerant,  they  had  been 


fuero,  I  shall  have  been 
fueris,  you  will  have  been 
fuerit,  he  will  have  been 


Future  Perfect 

fuerimus,  we  shall  have  been 
fueritis,  you  will  have  been 
fuerint,  they  will  have  been 


234 

FIRST 

BOOK 

IN  LATIN 

593. 

Subjunctive 

Present 

Imperfect 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

SINGULAR                                  PLURAL 

sim 

simus 

essem                         essemus 

SIS 

sitis 

esses                          essetis 

sit 

sint 

esset                           essent 

Perfect 

Pluperfect 

fuerim 

fuerimus 

fiiissem                      fuissemus 

fueris 

fueritis 

fuisses                        fuissetis 

fuerit 

fuerint 

fuisset                        fuissent 

594. 


Present 


2d  Sing,    es,  be  (thou) 
2d  Plur.  este,  he  {ye) 


Imperative 

Future 

2d  Sing,    esto,  thou  shalt  be 
3d  Sing,    esto,  he  shall  be 
2d  Plur.  estote,  you  shall  be 
3d  Plur.  sunto,  they  shall  be 


595. 


Infinitives 


Pres.   esse,  to  be 

Perf.   fuisse,  to  have  been 

Fut.      f  uturus  esse,  to  be  about  to  be 


596. 


Participle 


futurus,  -a,  -lun,  about  to  be 


POSSUM,  be  able,  can 

Principal  Parts  —  possum,  posse,  potui, 


597.     Indicative 

SiKO.  Plub. 

Pres.   lam  able,  lean,  etc. 
possum  possumus 

potes  potestis 

potest  possunt 


598.     Subjunctive 


Sing. 

possim 

possis 

possit 


Imperf.  I  was  able,  could,  etc. 
poteram,  etc.         poteramus,  etc.      possem,  etc. 


Plur. 

possimus 

possitis 

possint 

possemus,  etc. 


APPENDIX  I 


235 


FuT.   I  shall  he  able,  etc.  

potero,  etc.  poterimus,  etc. 

Perf.    /  have  been  able,  I  could,  etc. 

potui,  etc.  potuimus,  etc.        potuerim,  etc. 

Plup.   /  had  been  able,  etc. 

potueram,  etc.        potueramus,  etc.    potuissem,  etc. 
FuT.  Perf.    /  shall  have  been  able,  etc. 

potuero,  etc.  potuerimus,  etc.     


potuerimus,  etc. 
potuissemus,  etc. 


599. 

Pres.   posse,  to  be  able 


Infinitives 

Pebf.   potuisse,  to  have  been  able 


PROSUM,   Benefit 

Principal  Parts  —  prosum,  prodesse,  profui,  profuturus 


600.      Indicative 

Sing.  Plur, 

Pres.  prosum  prosumus 

prodes  prodestis 

prodest  prosunt 

Imp.     proderam,  etc.  proderamus,  etc. 

Put.    prodero,  etc.     proderimus,  etc. 

Perf.  profui,  etc.  profuimus,  etc.  prSfuerim,  etc.  profuerimus,  etc. 
Plup.  prof ueram, etc.  profueramus,etc.  profuissem,  etc.  profuissemus,  etc. 
F.  P.  profuero,  etc.    profuetimus,  etc. 


601. 

Sing. 
prosim 
prosis 
prosit 


Subjunctive 

Plur. 
prosimus 
prositis 
prosint 
m,  etc.  prodessemus,  etc. 


602. 


Imperative 


Present 
2d  Sing,     prodes 

3d  Sing.     

2d  Plur.   prodeste 
3d  Plur.  


Future 

prodestS 

prodesto 

prodestote 

prosunto 


603.        Infinitives 

Pres.   prodesse 
Perf.   profuisse 
FuT.     profuturus  esse 


604. 


Participle 


profuturus,  -a,  -um 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


EO,  go 

Principal  Parts  —  e5,  ire,  ii,  itum.     (Perfect  sometimes  ivi) 


60 

5.     Indicative 

606.      Subjunctive 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Pres. 

eo 

imus 

earn 

eamus 

is 

itis 

eas 

eatis 

it 

eunt 

eat 

eant 

Imp. 

ibam,  etc. 

ibamus,  etc. 

irem,  etc. 

iremus,  etc. 

Fdt. 

ibo,  etc. 

Ibimus,  etc. 

Perp. 

ii 

iimus 

ierim 

ierimus 

isti 

istis 

ieris 

ieritis 

lit 

ierunt  (-re) 

ierit 

ierint 

Plup. 

ieram,  etc. 

ieramus,  etc. 

issem,  etc. 

issemus,  etc. 

P.P. 

iero,  etc. 

ierimus,  etc. 

607.     Imperative 


Present 

2d  Sing,     i 
2d  Plur.   ite 


Future 

2d  Sing.  it5 

3d  Sing.  it5 

2d  Plur.  itote 

3d  Plur.  eunto 


608.     Infinitives 
Pres.   ire 


Perf.  isse 
Fut.    itiirus  esse 


609      Participles         610.      Gerund         611.      Supine 


iens  (Cf.   640.) 
itum  (Cf.  Note.) 
itiirus,  -a,  -um 
Ger.  eundum 


NOM. 

Gen.    eundi,  of  going 
Dat.    eundo,  for  going 
Ace.    eundum,  going 


itum,  to  go 


Abl.    eundo,  hy  going,  etc.     itii,  to  go 


Note.  —  In  the  passive  eo  can  only  be  used  impersonally  in  the 
third  person  singular.  Hence  only  the  neuter  forms  of  the  passive 
participles  are  used. 


APPENDIX  I 


23T 


FIO,   Be  made,  he  done,  become 

Principal  Parts  —  fio,  fieri,  f actus  sum 


612.     Indicative 


613.     Subjunctive 


Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing.                     Plur. 

Pres.   fio 

(fimus)i 

fiam                      fiamus 

fis 

(fitis)i 

fias                        fiatis 

fit 

fiunt 

fiat                       fiant 

Imp.      fiebam,  etc. 

fiebamus,  etc. 

fierem,  etc.            fieremus,  etc. 

FuT.     fiam,  fies,  etc. 
Perf.   factus  sum,  etc. 

fiemus,  etc. 

factus  sim,  etc. 

Plup.   factus  eram,  etc. 

factus  essem,  etc. 

F.  P.    factus  ero,  etc. 

614.     Imperative 

615.     Infinitives 

Present 

Pres.     fieri 

2d   Sing,    fi 

Perf.    factus  esse 

2d  Plur.  fite 

FuT.     factum  iri 

Future 

616.     Participles 

2d  Sing,    fito 

Perf.  factus,  -a,  -um 

3d   Sing,    fito 

Ger.  faciendus,  -a,  -um 

2d  Plur.  fitote 
3d  Plur.  fiuntd 


617. 


FERO,  hear,  carry 

Principal  Parts  —  fero,  f erre,  tuli,  latus 

Indicative 


Act] 

[VE 

Passive 

SING. 

plur. 

SING. 

PLUR. 

Pres.   fer5 

ferimus 

feror 

ferimur 

fers 

fei-tis 

ferns  (-re) 

ferimini 

fert 

ferunt 

fertur 

feruntur 

1  The  forms  fimus  and  fitis  are  theoretical  and  are  not  found  in  use. 


238 


FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 


Impf.  ferebam,  etc.  ferebamus,  etc.  ferebar,  etc.  ferebamur,  etc. 

Fdt.  feram,  etc.       feremus  ferar  feremur 

Perf.  tuli,  etc.  tulimus,  etc.  latus  sum,  etc.  lati  sumus,  etc. 

Plup.  tuleram,  etc.   tuleramus,  etc.  latus  eram,  etc.  lati  eramus,  etc. 

F.  P.  tulero,  etc.      tulerimus,  etc.  latus  ero,  etc.  lati  erimus,  etc. 


618. 

Subjunctive 

Pres.    feram,  etc. 

ferar,  etc. 

Impf.    ferrem,  etc. 

ferrer,  etc. 

Perf.   tulerim,  etc. 

latus  sim,  etc. 

Plup.   tulissem,  etc. 

latus  essem,  etc. 

619. 

Imperative 

Active 

Passfve 

8IK6. 

PLUR. 

SING.                                    PLUR. 

Pres.  2d    fer 

ferte 

ferre                      ferimini 

FuT.    2d    ferto 
3d    ferto 

fertote 
feninto 

■fr\int-t\r 

XtJ  ITOI 

fertor                    feruntor 

620.     Infinitives 

621.     Participles 

Active 

Passive 

Active                       Passive 

Pres.   ferre 
Perf.  tulisse 
FuT.     laturus  esse 

ferri 
latus  ess 
latum  ir 

t\                                                                                                 In+iin          n          11 M* 

c                            ■                        id/iiUs,  -a,  -um 

[             laturus,  -a,  -um     ferendus,  -a,  -um 

(Gerundive) 

622.     Gerund 


623.     Supine 


NOM.    

Gen.  ferendi 

Dat.  ferend5 

Ace.  ferendum 

Abl.  ferendo 


latum 
latu 


APPENDIX  I 


239 


Volo,  Nolo,  Malo 

Volo,  he  willing,  wish,  will.     Principal  Parts  —  Volo,  velle,  volul 

Nolo,  be  unwilling,  not  wish,  not  will.     Principal  Parts  —  nolo,  nolle, 

nolui 

Malo,  he  more  willing,  prefer.        Principal  Parts  — malo,  malle,  malui, 


624. 

Indicative 

'res.  Sing. 

volo 

nolo 

mal6 

vis 

non  vis 

mavis 

vult 

non  vult 

mavult 

Plur. 

volumus 

nolumus 

malumus 

vultis 

non  vultis 

mavultis 

volunt 

nolunt 

malunt 

MP; 

volebam,  etc. 

nolebam,  etc. 

malebam,  etc. 

'ut. 

volam,  etc 

nolam,  etc. 

malam,  etc. 

•erf. 

volui,  etc. 

nolui,  etc. 

malui,  etc. 

•lup. 

volueram,  etc. 

nolueram,  etc. 

malueram,  etc. 

'.  p. 

voluero,  etc. 

noluerS,  etc. 

maluero,  etc. 

625. 

Subjunctive 

'res.  Sing. 

velim 

Holim 

malim 

veils 

nolis 

mails 

velit 

n5lit 

malit 

Plur. 

velimus 

nolimus 

malimus 

velitis 

nolitis 

malitis 

velint 

nolint 

malint 

MPF. 

vellem,  etc. 

nollem,  etc. 

mallem,  etc. 

erf. 

voluerim,  etc. 

noluerim,  etc. 

maluerim,  etc. 

LUP. 

voluissem,  etc 

.     noluissem,  etc. 

maluissem,  etc. 

626.  Imperative 

Volo  and  mal5  have  no  imperative  forms. 


Present 
2d   Sing,    noli 
2d   Plur.  nolite 


Future 
2d  Sing,    nolito 
3d  Sing,    nolito 
2d  Plur.  nolitote 
3d  Plur.  nolunt5 


240 


FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 


627. 

Participles 

Pkes. 

volens 

nolens 

628. 

Infinitives 

Pres. 

velle 

nolle 

malle 

Pbrf. 

voluisse 

noluisse 

maluisse 

DEPONENT  VERBS 

CoNj.  I.     Conor,  conari,  conatus  sum,  try,  attempt. 

CoNj.  II.   vereor,  vereri,  veritus  sum,  fear. 

CoNj.  III.  utor,  uti,  usus  sum,  use.    Patior  is  conjugated  as  capio  in  the 

passive.    Cf.  678-584. 
CoNj.  IV.   potior,  potiri,  potitus  sum,  get  possession  of. 


629. 

Pres.   conor 

c5naris  (-re) 

conatur 

conamur 

conamini 

conantur 
Imp.      conabar,  etc. 
Put.     conabor,  etc. 
Perf.  conatus  sum, 

etc. 
Plup.  conatus  eram, 

etc. 
F.  P.    conatus  ero,  etc. 


Indicative 

vereor  utor  potior 

vereris  (-re)  uteris  (-re)  potlris  (-re) 

veretur  utitur  potitur 

veremur  titimur  potimur 

veremini  titimini  potimini 

verentur  tituntur  potiuntur 

verebar,  etc.  utebar,  etc.  potiebar,  etc. 

verebor,  etc.  utar,  etc.  potiar,  etc. 
veritus  sum,  etc.  usus  sum,  etc.  potitus  sum,  etc. 

veritus  eram,  usus  eram,  potitus  eram,  etc. 

etc.  etc. 

veritus  ero,  etc.  usus  ero,  etc.  potitus  ero,  etc. 


630. 


Subjunctive 


Pres.   coner,  etc.  verear,  etc.  titar,  etc.         potiar,  etc. 

Imp.      conarer,  etc.         vererer,  etc.         uterer,  etc.       potirer,  etc. 
Plup.  conatus  sim,  etc.  veritus  sim,  etc.  usus  sim,  etc.  potitus  sim,  etc. 
F.  P.     conatus  essem,    veritus  essem,     usus  essem,     potitus  essem,  etc. 
etc.  etc.  etc. 


APPENDIX  I 

2^ 

631. 

Imperative 
Present 

2d  Sing,  conare 

verere                  utere 

potire 

2d  Plur.  conamini 

veremini              utimini 
Future 

potimini 

2d  Sing,   conator 

veretor                 utitor 

potitor 

3d  Sing,   conator 

veretor                 utitor 

potitor 

2l>  PiTTR. 

3d  Plur.  conantor 

verentor               utuntor 

potiuntor 

632. 

Infinitives 

Pres.   conari 

vereri                   uti 

potiri 

Perf.  conatus  esse 

veritus  esse         usus  esse 

potitus  esse 

Fdt.     conaturus  esse 

veriturus  esse      usurus  esse 

potiturus  esse 

633. 

Participles 

Pres.    conans 

verens                  utens 

potiens 

Perf.   conatus 

veritus                  usus 

potitus 

Put.     conaturus 

veriturus              usurus 

potitiirus 

Ger.     conandus 

verendus              titendus 

potiendus 

634. 

Gerunds 

conandi,  etc. 

verendi,  etc.         utendi,  etc. 

potiendi,  etc. 

635. 

Supines 

Ace.    conatum 

veritum                usum 

potitum 

Abl.    conatu 

veritu    '               tisu 

potitu 

FIRST   OR   ACTIVE   PERIPHRASTIC   CONJUGATION 


636. 

Pres. 

laudatiirus 

laudatiirus 

laudaturus 

Imp. 

laudaturus 

Put. 

laudaturus 

Perf. 

laudatiirus 

Plup. 

laudaturus 

P.P. 

laudaturus 

Indicative 

sum,  I  am  about  to  praise  laudatiiri  sumus 

es,  you  are  about  to  praise  laudaturi  estis 

est,  he  is  about  to  praise  laudaturi  sunt 

eram,  /  was  about  to  praise^  etc. 
ero,  /  shall  be  about  to  praise,  etc. 
fui,  I  have  been,  or  was  about  to  praise,  etc. 
fueram,  I  had  been  about  to  praise,  etc. 
fuero,  I  shall  have  been  about  to  praise,  etc. 


242  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN 


637.        Subjunctive  638.        Infinitives 

Pres.  laudaturus  sim  Pres.   laudaturus  esse 

Imp.  laudaturus  essem  Perf.  laudaturus  fuisse 

Perf.  laudaturus  fuerim 

Plup.  laudaturus  fuissem 


639.    Model  Forms  for  the  Four  Regular  Conjugations 

I.  Pres.   laudaturus  sum,  /  am  about  to  praise   ]  other    tenses 

II.  Tr^s.   monmins  sum,  I  am  about  to  advise    |  ^re  formed  by  taking 

III.  Pres.   Tectums  sum,  I  am  about  to  rule  Kj^^  diffe,ent    tenses 

cavituTUs  sum,  I  am  about  to  take  „  r^s:  a^o 

^  ^  ,  I  01  sum.     Ui.  47o. 

IV.  Pres.   auditurus  sum,  /  am  about  to  hear       j 


SECOND   OR  PASSIVE  PERIPHRASTIC   CONJUGATION 

640.  Indicative 

Pres.  laudandus  sum,  I  am  to  be,  must  be,  ought  to  be,  praised 
laudandus  es,  you  are  to  be,  must  be,  ought  to  be,  praised 
laudandus  est,  he  is  to  be,  must  be,  ought  to  be,  praised 

Imp.      laudandus  eram,  I  loas  to  be,  had  to  be,  praised,  etc. 

FuT.     laudandus  ero,  I  shall  have  to  be  praised,  etc. 

Per.     laudandus  fui,  I  was  to  be,  had  to  be,  ought  to  have  been,  praised 

Plup.  laudandus  fueram,  /  had  had  to  be  praised,  etc. 

F.  P.    laudandus  fuero,  /  shall  have  had  to  be  praised,  etc. 

641.  Subjunctive  642.        Infinitives 

Pres.   laudandus  sim  Pres.   laudandus  esse 

Imp.     laudandus  essem  Perf.  laudandus  fuisse 

Perf.  laudandus  fuerim 
Plup.  laudandus  fuissem 

643.        Model  Forms  for  the  Four  Regular  Conjugations 

laudandus  sum,  /  am  to  be,  must  be,  ought  to  be,  praised 
monendus  sum,  /  am  to  be,  must  be,  ought  to  be,  advised 
regendus  sum,  I  am  to  be,  must  be,  ought  to  be,  ruled 
capiendus  sum,  /  am  to  be,  must  be,  ought  to  be,  taken 
IV.    Pres.   audiendus  sum,  /  am  to  be,  must  be,  oiight  to  be,  heard 


I. 

Pres. 

II. 

Pres. 

III. 

Pres. 

APPENDIX  II 

RULES 
Concord. 

1.  The  verb  agrees  with  its  subject  in  person  and  number. 
62. 

2.  An  adjective  must  agree  with  the  noun  which  it  modifies 
in  gender,  number,  and  case.     72. 

3.  A  noun  used  to  limit  or  define  another  noun,  and  mean- 
ing the  same  person  or  thing,  is  put  in  the  same  case  as  the 
nouri  which  it  limits.     87. 

4.  A  predicate  noun  is  put  in  the  nominative  case;  a 
predicate  adjective  agrees  with  the  subject.      89. 

5.  The  relative  pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in  gen- 
der, number,  and  person,  but  its  case  is  governed  by  its  use  in 
its  own  clause.     231. 

Gender. 

6.  Nouns  denoting  males,  and  names  of  rivers,  winds,  and 
months,  are  masculine.     158,  1. 

7.  Nouns  denoting  females,  and  names  of  countries,  towns 
and  trees,  are  feminine.     158,  2. 

8.  All  nouns  of  the  first  declension  are  feminine,  except 
those  denoting  males.     54. 

9.  Nouns  of  the  second  declension  in  -us,  -er,  -ir,  are  mas- 
culine.    68,  94.     All  nouns  in  -um  are  neuter.     78. 

10.  The  gender  of  nouns  of  the  third  declension  is  as 
follows :  — 

(1)  Masculine  —  Nouns  in  -6s  having  more  syllables  in  the 
genitive  than  in  the  nominative,  and  nouns  in  -6,  -or,  -68,  and 
-er.     158,  3. 

243 


244  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

(2)  Feminine  —  Nouns  in  -do,  -go,  and  -io.  Also  those  in  -6s 
having  the  same  number  of  syllables  in  the  genitive  as  in  the 
nominative,  -as,  -us,  and  -s  after  a  consonant.     158,  3, 

(3)  Neuter  —  Nouns  in  -1,  -e,  -n,  -t,  -iis,  -ur,  -al.     158,  3. 

11.  Nouns  of  the  fourth  declension  in  -us  are  masculine, 
except  domus  and  manus.     Those  in  -u  are  neuter.     237. 

12.  All  nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  are  feminine,  except 
dies,  which  is  usually  masculine  in  the  singular  and  always  so 
in  the  plural.     279. 

Nominative  Case. 

13.  The  subject  of  a  verb  is  in  the  nominative  case.     25. 
Genitive  Case. 

14.  Possession  is  expressed  by  the  genitive  case.     33. 

15.  The  partitive  genitive  is  used  to  denote  the  whole  to 
which  a  part  belongs.     343. 

16.  The  genitive  or  ablative  case  may  be  used  to  describe  a 
person  or  thing,  provided  an  adjective  is  used  to  limit  the 
describing  noun.     145. 

17.  Adjectives  of  desire,  knowledge,  memory ,  fullness,  power j 
sharing,  and  guilt,  and  their  opposites,  govern  the  genitive. 
441. 

Dative  Case. 

18.  The  indirect  object  of  a  verb  is  put  in  the  dative  case. 
40. 

19.  Adjectives  of  likeness,  fitness,  friendliness,  nearness,  and 
the  like,  with  their  opposites,  govern  the  dative  case.     187. 

20.  The  dative  may  be  used  with  the  verb  sum  to  denote 
the  possessor,  the  thing  possessed  being  the  subject.     411. 

21.  The  dative  of  service  is  used  to  denote  that  for  which 
a  thing  serves.     385. 

22.  Most  verbs  meaning  favor,  help,  please,  trust,  and  their 
opposites,  also  to  believe,  persuade,  command,  obey,  serve,  resist, 
envy,  threaten,  pardon^  spare^  and  the  like,  govern  the  dative 
case.     239, 


APPENDIX  II  245 

23.  Many  verbs  compounded  with  the  prepositions  ad,  ante, 
con,  in,  inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  pro,  sub,  and  super,  often  govern 
the  dative  case.     420. 

24.  With  the  passive  periphrastic  conjugation  agency  is 
expressed  by  the  dative  case.     483. 

Accusative  Case. 

25.  The  direct  object  of  a  verb  is  put  in  the  accusative 
case.     26. 

26.  Place  to  which  is  expressed  by  the  accusative  case  with 
in  or  ad.     214. 

27.  With  names  of  towns,  small  islands,  and  domus  and  rus, 
place  to  which  is  expressed  by  the  accusative  case  without  a 
preposition.     246,  2. 

28.  Duration  of  time  and  extent  of  space  are  expressed  by 
the  accusative  case.     272. 

29.  The  subject  of  an  infinitive  is  put  in  the  accusative 
case.     303. 

Ablative  Case. 

30.  The  ablative  of  means  or  instrument  is  used  without 
a  preposition  to  denote  the  thing  with  which  or  by  which  any- 
thing is  done.     46. 

31.  The  ablative  of  agent  with  a  or  ab  is  used  with  a  pas- 
sive verb  to  denote  the  person  by  whom  anything  is  done.     1 10. 

32.  Manner  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  case  with  cum,  but 
cum  may  be  omitted  if  an  adjective  is  used  with  the  noun. 
131. 

33.  Accompaniment  is  expressed  by  cum  with  the  ablative 
case.     195. 

34.  The  ablative  case  without  a  preposition  is  used  to 
denote  time  when  or  within  which.     137. 

35.  Place  where  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  case  with  the 
preposition  in.     47. 

36.  Place  from  which  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  case  with 
ab  f&),  ex  (e),  or  de.     213. 


246  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

37.  With  names  of  towns,  small  islands,  and  domus  and 
rus,  place  from  which  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  case  without 
a  preposition.     246,  3. 

38.  The  ablative  without  a  preposition  is  used  to  denote  in 
what  respect  something  is  true.     161. 

39.  Cause  may  be  expressed  by  the  ablative  without  a 
preposition.     173. 

40.  Degree  of  difference  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  case. 
333. 

41.  For  the  ablative  of  description,  see  Rule  16. 

42.  After  a  comparative  the  ablative  may  be  used  instead 
of  quam  with  the  nominative  or  accusative.     324. 

43.  The  deponents  utor,  fruor,  fungor,  potior,  vescor,  and 
their  compounds  take  the  ablative.     313. 

44.  A  noun  together  with  a  present  or  perfect  participle  may 
be  used  in  the  ablative  case  to  form  an  ablative  absolute.     402. 

Locative  Case. 

45.  With   names  of  towns,  small  islands,  and  domus   and 
rus,  place  where  is  expressed  by  the  locative  case.     245-246. 
Vocative  Case. 

46.  The  vocative  is  the  case  of  address.     73. 

Infinitives. 

47.  A  complementary  infinitive  is  an  infinitive  which  is 
used  to  complete  the  meaning  of  another  verb.     287. 

48.  A  substantive  infinitive  is  an  infinitive  which  is  used 
as  a  noun  as  the  subject  or  object  of  some  other  verb.     288. 

49.  Statements  in  indirect  discourse  after  verbs  and  other 
expressions  of  saying,  thinking,  knowing,  perceiving,  and  the 
like,  are  expressed  by  the  infinitive  with  subject  accusative. 
304. 

Subjunctive. 

50.  Sequence  of  tenses. — Principal  tenses  of  the  subjunctive 
in  subordinate  clauses  follow  principal  tenses  of  the  main 
verb  and  historical  tenses  follow  historical  tenses.     367-368. 


APPENDIX  II  247 

51.  Purpose  is  expressed  by  the  subjunctive  with,  ut,  thatj 
and  ne,  that  yiot.     359. 

52.  Purpose  may  be  expressed  by  the  relative  pronoun 
with  the  subjunctive.     394. 

53.  Result  is  expressed  by  the  subjunctive  with  ut,  that,  so 
that,  or  ut  .  .  .  non,  that  .  .  .  7iot.     376. 

54.  Indirect  questions  are  expressed  by  the  subjunctive 
introduced  by  some  interrogative  word.     366. 

55.  In  cum  temporal  clauses  the  subjunctive  is  commonly 
used  if  the  verb  is  in  the  imperfect  or  pluperfect;  otherwise, 
the  indicative  is  used.     391. 

56.  In  cum  causal  or  cum  concessive  clauses  the  verb  is 
always  in  the  subjunctive.     392. 

57.  The  subjunctive  introduced  by  ut  is  employed  in  sub- 
stantive clauses  which  are  used  as  objects  of  verbs  meaning 
ask,  advise,  command,  decree,  permit,  persuade,  resolve,  and  urge. 
The  negative  is  usually  ne.     427. 

58.  Substantive  clauses  used  as  the  objects  of  verbs  of  fear- 
ing require  the  subjunctive  introduced  by  ne,  that,  and  ut,  that 
not.     433. 

59.  Appeals  and  exhortations  in  the  first  and  third  persons 
are  expressed  by  the  present  subjunctive.     456. 

60.  Unreal  or  contrary-to-fact  conditions  take  the  sub- 
junctive in  both  clauses,  —  the  imperfect  referring  to 
present  time,  and  the  pluperfect  referring  to  past  time. 
504. 

61.  The  future  ideal  or  less  vivid  condition  takes  the 
present  or  perfect  subjunctive  in  both  clauses.     506. 

62.  All  subordinate  clauses  in  indirect  discourse  are  put  in 
the  subjunctive.     522. 

63.  Wishes  are  expressed  by  the  subjunctive  with  utinam; 
the  present  tense  is  used  for  a  wish  referring  to  the  future ; 
the  imperfect  tense  is  used  for  a  wish  referring  to  the  present; 
the  pluperfect  tense  is  used  for  a  wish  referring  to  the  past. 
The  negative  is  ne.     512-515. 


248  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 

Imperative. 

64.  The  imperative  mood  is  used  in  commands.     453. 

Gerund  and  Gerundive. 

65.  Purpose  may  be  expressed  by  the  genitive  of  the 
gerund  or  gerundive  followed  by  causa,  for  the  purpose  of;  or 
by  ad,  for,  with  the  accusative  case  of  the  gerund  or  gerundive. 
473. 

Supines. 

66.  The  accusative  supine  in  -um  is  used  after  verbs  of 
motion  to  express  purpose.     489. 

67.  The  ablative  supine  in  -u  is  used  as  an  ablative  of 
specification  with  a  few  adjectives.     490. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


(The  numbers  refer  to  sections.) 


ft  or  ab,  prep,  with  abl.,  from, 
away  from,  by ;  a  dextro 
(sinistro)  cornu,  on  the  right 
(left)  wing. 

absum,  -esse,  afui,  afuturus  [ab- 
sum],  be  away,  be  distant,  be 
absent;  with  ft  or  ab  and  abl. 
(418,  2.) 

ac,  conj.,  and;    see  atque. 
accidO,  -ere,  -cidi, [ad-cado], 

befall,  happen. 

accipiO,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptus  [ad- 
capio],  receive,  take,  accept. 

accusO,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  re- 
proach, accuse,  blame. 

ficer,  acris,  acre,  adj.,  keen, 
sharp,  eager.     (539.) 

aciSs,  -ei,  f.,  line  of  battle.    (278,  a.) 

ftcriter,  adv.  [acer],  keenly, 
eagerly,  sharply,  fiercely. 

ad,  prep,  with  ace,  to,  toward, 
near,  up  to;  with  gerund  or 
gerundive,  for,  to  (473);  ad 
multam  noctem,  till  late  at  night. 

adduc5,  -ere,  -duxl,  -ductus  [ad- 
duco],  lead  to,  lead  on,  influ- 
ence. 

ade6,  -Ire,  -ii,  -iturus  [ad-eo],  go 
to,  approach,  visit. 

administrS,  -are,  -avi,  -atus, 
manage,  direct,  administer. 


adsum,  -esse,  -ful,  -futurus  [ad- 
sum],  be  present,  be  near,  aid. 

adulesc6ns,  -entis,  m.,  youth, 
young  man. 

adventus,  -us,  m.,  arrival,  ap- 
proach. 

aedificium,  -i,  n.,  building. 

aequus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  equal,  just  ; 
with  dat, 

aestas,  -atis,  f.,  summer.     (531.) 

ager,  agri,  m.,  field.     (529.) 

agger,  -eris,  m.,  rampart,  mound. 

ftgmen,  -inis,  n.,  army  {on  the 
march),  column;  ftgmen  novis- 
simum,  n.,  rear  of  the  army. 

ag6,  -ere,  egi,  actus,  drive,  do, 
treat,  discuss. 

agricola,  -ae,  m.  [ager-colo], 
farmer. 

aliquis,  -qua,  -quid,  indef.  pron., 
some  one,  something,  any  one, 
anything;  aliqui,  -qua,  -quod, 
indef.  adj.,  some,  any.  (409,  b, 
555.) 

alius,  -a,  -ud,  adj.,  other,  an- 
other (264^265,541);  alius  .  .  . 
alius,  one  .  .  .  another;  alii 
.  .  .  alii,  some  .  .  .  others; 
alius  .  .  .  aliud,  one,  one  thing 
.    .    .    another,  another.     (265.) 

AUobroggs,  -um,  m.,  the  Allobro- 
ges,  a  people  of  Gaul  (France). 


249 


250 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


alter,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  the  one, 
the  other  (of  two)  ;  second  ; 
alter  .  .  .  alter,  the  one  .  .  . 
the  other.     (264-265.) 

altitude,  -dinis,  f.  [altus],  height, 
depth. 

altus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  high,  deep. 

amicitia,  -ae,  f.  [amicus],  friend- 
ship. 

amicus,  -i,  m.,  friend. 

Amittd,  -ere,  -misl,.  -missus 
[a-mitto],  send  away,  lose. 

angustus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  narrow. 

animadverts,  -ere,  -verti,  -versus 
[animus-ad-verto],  turn  the 
mind  to,  notice,  observe;  ani- 
madverts in  with  ace,  inflict 
punishment  ori. 

animal,  -alis,  n.,  animal,  living 
being.     (533.) 

animus,  -i,  m.,  mind. 

annus,  -i,  m.,  year;  annus 
Domini,  the  year  of  our  Lord,  a.d. 

ante,  adv.  and  prep,  with  ace, 
before ;  ante  Christum  natum, 
before  the  birth  of    Christ,  b.c. 

aperiO,  -ire,  -ui,  apertus,  open, 
uncover. 

appellO,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  call  (by 
name).     Cf.  convoc6  and  voc6. 

appropinqufi,  -are,  -avi,  -atus 
[ad-propinquo],  draw  near  to, 
approach. 

apud,  prep,  with  ace,  among, 
near,  with. 

aqua,  -ae,  f.,  water. 

Aquitani,  -orum,  m.,  the  Aqui- 
tanians,  people  of  Aquitania  in 
Gaul  (France). 

Arar,  -is,  m.,  the  Arar  River,  a 
river  o£  Gaul  (France). 


arcessO,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itus,  send  for, 
summon. 

arma,  -orum,  n.  pi.,  arms,  weapons. 

armo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [arma], 
arm,  equip. 

at,  conj.,  but. 

Athenae,    -arum,   f.   pi.,    Athens. 

atque  (before  vowels  and  conso- 
nants, ac  before  consonants 
only),  conj.,  and,  and  also, and 
especially ;  stronger  than  et  or 
-que. 

auctOritas,  -atis,  f.,  influence, 
prestige,  authority. 

audacia,  -ae,  f.  [audax],  daring, 
boldness,  audacity. 

audax,  -acis,  adj.,  daring,  bold. 
(539.) 

audeO,  -ere,  ausus  sum,  dare; 
semi-deponent.     Cf,  312. 

audio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus,  hear,  listen 
to.     (585-591.) 

augeS,  -ere,  auxi,  auctus,  in- 
crease, enlarge. 

aut,  conj.,  or;  aut  .  .  .  aut, 
either  .  .  .  or. 

auxilium,  -i,  n.  [augeo],  aid,  help. 

avus,  -i,  m.,  grandfather. 

Axona,  -ae,  f.,  the  Axona  River, 
a  river  of  Gaul  (France). 

B 

barbarus,  -i,  m.,  barbarian. 

Belgae,  -arum,  m.,  the  Belgians. 

Bellovaci,  -orum,  m.,  the  Bello- 
vaci,  a  people  of  Gaul  (France). 

bellum,  -i,  n.,  war  (528);  bel- 
lum  ger6,  -ere,  -gessi,  gestus, 
wage  war;  bellum  infer5,  -ferre, 
-tuli,  -latus,  with  dat.,  wage 
war  on,  bring  war  on. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


251 


bene,  adv.,  well.     (546.) 
Bibracte,    -is,    n.,    Bibrade,     the 

chief  town  of  the  Haeduans. 
Bibrax,  -ctis,  L,   Bibrax,  a  town 

of  the  Remi. 
B6ii,  -orum,  m.,  the  Boii,  a  nation 

of  Gaul  (France). 
bonus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  good.     (537, 

544.) 
brevis,  -e,   adj.,   short,  brief. 
breviter,  adv.,  briefly. 


caedes,  -is,  f.,  slaughter,  murder. 

(533.) 
Caesar,    -is,     m.,     Caius     Julius 

Caesar,  the  great  Roman  gen- 
eral, statesman,  and  emperor, 
calamitas,  -atis,  f.,  loss,  disaster, 

calamity. 
Cales,  -ium,  f.  pi.,  Cales,  a  city  in 

lower  Italy. 
capi6,    -ere,    cepi,    captus,    take, 

seize,  capture. 
captivus,  -i,  m.    [capio],    captive, 

prisoner. 
caput,    capitis,    n.,    head.     (530.) 
carrus,   -i,   m.,   wagon,   cart. 
Carthago,  -ginis,   f.,    Carthage,   a 

town  in  Africa. 
Cassianus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Cas- 

sius,  with  Cassius. 
castellum,  -I,  n.,  fort,  stronghold. 
Casticus,  -i,  m.,  Casticus,  a  chief 

of  the  Remi. 
castra,     -orum,     n.     pi.,     camp; 

castra   p6n6,    pitch   camp. 
casus,  -us,  m.,  chance,  misfortune, 

loss. 
causa,     -ae,     f.,     cause,    reason ; 

causa     (following    a     genitive 


case),   for  the   purpose   of,   for 

the  sake  of.     (473.) 
ced6,  -ere,  cessi,  cessurus,  yield, 

withdraw. 
celer,  -is,  -e,  adj.,  swift,  quick. 
celeritas,   -atis,    f.   [celer],    swift- 
ness, speed,  quickness,  celerity. 
celeriter,     adv.     [celer],     swiftly, 

quickly,  speedily. 
Celtae,   -arum,   m.,    the    Celts,   a 

people  of  Gaul  (France). 
centesimus,-a,  -um,  adj.  [centum], 

hundredth. 
centum,  indecl.  adj.,  hundred, 
certus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  certain,  sure, 

fixed,      determined ;      certiQrem 

facere,     {make    more     certain), 

inform;    certior  fi6,    {be    made 

more    certain),    be  -informed. 
ceteri,  -ae,  -a,  pi.  adj.,  the  other, 

the  rest   {of),  the  remaining. 
Ceutrones,  -um,  m.,  the  Ceutrones, 

a  people  living  on  the  Alps. 
CicerS,  -nis,  m.,  Marcus   Tullius 

Cicero,  the  great  Roman  orator, 
circiter,  adv.,  about. 
circum,  prep,  with  ace,  around, 

about. 
citerior,  -ius,  adj.  comp.,  hither, 

nearer.     (544.) 
citimus,    -a,    -um,    adj.    superl., 

hithermost,   nearest.     (544.) 
civis,  -is,  m.,  citizen. 
civitas,   -atis,   f.    [cTvis],   state. 
clamor,    -oris,    m.,    cry,    clamor, 

shout. 
clarus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    famous, 

renowned,  clear. 
classis,  -is,  f.,  fleet. 
coepi,  ooeptus  (used  only  in  the 

per.,  plup.,  and  fut.  per.),  beyan. 


252 


rmST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


c6gn6sc6,  -ere,  -gnovi,  -gnitus, 
learn;  in  the  perfect  tenses, 
know. 

c6g6,  -ere,  coegi,  coactus  [co-ago], 
collect,  gather;  force,  compel. 

cohors,  cohortis,  f.,  cohort,  a 
part  of  the  legion. 

cohortor,  -arl,  -atus  sum  [con- 
hortor],    encourage,    address. 

coUis,  -is,  m.,  hill. 

collocd,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [con-loco], 
place,  station. 

colloquium,  -i,  n.  [coUoquor], 
conference,    a    talking    together. 

coUoquor,  -loqui,  -locutus  sum 
[con-loquor],  speak  with,  con- 
fer, talk  with. 

commeatus,  -us,  m.,  provisions, 
supplies. 

committ6,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus 
[con-mitto],  intrust,  commit ; 
proelium  committS,  join  battle, 
begin  battle,  engage. 

commoveO,  -ere,  -movl,  -motus 
[con-moveo],  move,  alarm,  dis- 
turb. 

compard,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [con- 
paro],  prepare,  gather  together. 

compleO,  -ere,  -plevi,  -pletus  [con- 
pleo],  fill. 

complurSs,  -a,  adj.,  many,  several. 

comporto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [con- 
porto],    bring    together,    gather. 

con-  (com-,  col-,  cor-,  co-),  pre- 
fix denoting  completeness  or 
union. 

concfido,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessus  [con- 
cedo],  permit,  yield,  allow, 
intrust;    with    dat. 

concilium,  -i,  n.,  council,  assem- 
bly. 


confectus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (per.  part, 
of    conficio) ,    exhausted. 

cftnferS,  -ferre,  -tuli,  conlatus 
(collatus)  [con-fero],  bring 
together,  collect;  me  c6nfer6, 
/  betake  myself,  etc.,  reflex, 
verb. 

c6nfici6,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus  [con- 
faciol,  do,  make,  finish,  ac- 
complish. 

c6nfid6,  -ere,  -f  isus  sum  [con-f  ido], 
trust;  with  dat.     (312.) 

cOnfirmd,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [con- 
firmo],  strengthen,  establish,  se- 
cure. 

coniciO,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectus  [con- 
iacio],  throw  (together),  hurl, 
cast. 

coniuratiS,  -nis,  f .  [coniuro],  con- 
spiracy. 

coniur5,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [con-ius], 
unite    by    oath,    conspire. 

cOnor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  try, 
attempt.     (629-635.) 

c6nscrib6,  -ere,  -scripsi,  -scrip- 
tus  [con-scribo],  enroll,  enlist, 
levy. 

cOnsequor,  -sequi,  -secutus  sum 
[con-sequor],  follow  up,  over- 
take. 

COnsidius,  -i,  m.,  Publius  Con- 
sidius,  one  of  Caesar's  soldiers. 

consilium,  -i,  n.,  plan,  advice, 
prudence,  wisdom. 

cOnspectus,  -us,  m.  [conspicio], 
sight,  look,  view. 

cOnspicid,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectus, 
see,  catch  sight  of. 

c6nstitu6,  -ere,  -ui,  -utus  [con- 
statuo],  determine,  decide,  set, 
appoint.     (429.) 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


253 


c6nsu6sc6,  -ere,  -suevi,  -suetus, 
become  accustomed;  in  the 
perfect  tenses,  be  accustomed, 
be  used. 

consul,  -is,  m.,  consul,  the  highest 
poHtical  officer  in  the  Roman 
state.     (532.) 

contends,  -ere,  -tendi,  -tentus, 
struggle,  strive,  hasten,  contend. 

contineS,  -ere,  -ul,  -tentus  [con- 
teneo],  hold  together,  keep  to- 
gether, bound,  hold  in,  restrain. 

contra,  prep,  with  ace,  against. 

conveniO,  -Ire,  -veni,  -ventiirus 
[con-venio],  come  together,  as- 
semble. 

converts,  -ere,  -verti,  -versus 
[con-verto],  turn. 

convocS,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [con- 
voco],    call    together,    summon. 

c6pia,  -ae,  f.,  plenty,  abundance, 
supply ;  cOpiae,  -arum,  f., 
troops,  forces. 

cornu,  -us,  n.,  horn,  wing  {of  an 
army) ;  a  dextrS  (sinistra) 
cornu,  on  the  right  (left)  wing. 
(534.) 

corpus,  -oris,  n.,  body. 

cotidig,  adv.,  daily,  every  day. 

eras,  adv.,  to-morrow. 

creber,  -bra,  -brum,  adj.,  frequent, 
numerous. 

crgds,  -ere,  credidi,  -creditus,  be- 
lieve, trust ;  with  dat. 

cui,  cuius,  see  quis  and  qui. 

cum,  prep,  with  abl.,  with.  (131, 
195,  253,  e.) 

cum,  conj.,  when;  since;  though, 
although.     (390-392.) 

cupidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [cupio], 
desirous  of,  eager  for  ;  with  gen. 


cupio,  -ere,  -Ivi,  -Itus,  desire,  wish. 
cur,  adv.,  why,  wherefore. 
cura,  -ae,  f.,  care. 
cut6,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [cura],  care 

for,  take  care  of,  manage. 
custos,  -odis,  m.,  guard,  guardian, 

keeper. 


damnd,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  condemn, 

sentence. 
de,  prep,  with  abl.,  down  from, 

from;  about,  concerning,  of. 
dea,   -ae,   f.,,  goddess  ;     dat.   and 

abl.  pi.,  deabus.     Cf.  52,  b. 
debeS,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  ought,  owe. 
decern,  indecl.  adj.,  ten. 
decerns,  -ere,  -crevi,  -cretus  [de- 

cerno],     decree,     decide,     deter- 
mine,   settle. 
decimus,   -a,   -um,   adj.   [decern], 

tenth. 
deditiS,  -nis,  f.  [de-do],  surrender, 

a  giving  up. 
dSdS,  -ere,  dedidi,  deditus  [de-do], 

give  up,  surrender. 
d6duc6,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductus  [de- 

duco],     lead     down. 
defends,     -ere,     -fendi,     -fensus 

[de-fendo],  defend,  protect. 
defensor,     -oris,     m.     [defendo], 

defender,  protector. 
defers,    -ferre,    -tuli,    -latus    [de- 

fero],      bear     away,      remove ; 

report. 
deleS,   -ere,   -evl,   -etus,   destroy, 

wipe  out. 
deligS,  -ere,  -legi,  -lectus  [de-lego], 

pick  out,  choose,  select,  elect. 
demSnstrS,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [de- 

monstro],  point  out,  show, 


254 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


dSspSrd,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [de- 
spero],   despair,   he   hopeless. 

d6sum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus  [de- 
sum],  he  wanting,  he  lacking, 
fail;  with  dat. 

deus,  -i,  m.,  god.     (536.) 

dexter,  -tra,  -trum  (-era,  -erum), 
adj.,  right  {hand);  a  dextrO 
cornu,   on  the  right  wing. 

dic6,  -ere,  dixi,  dictus  (Impera- 
tive, die  for  dice),  say,  tell,  speak. 

di6s,  -ei,  m.  and  f.,  day.  (279, 
535.) 

difficilis,  -e,  adj.  [dis-facilis], 
hard,  difjicuU.     (330.) 

difficultas,  -atis,  f.  [difficilis], 
difficulty. 

dignitas,  -atis,  f.,  worth,  pres- 
tige, dignity. 

diligens,  -entis,  adj.,  diligent, 
careful. 

diligenter,  adv.  [diligens],  dili- 
gently,   carefully.     (348,    2.) 

diligentia,  -ae,  f.  [diligens],  dili- 
gence,   carefulness,    industry. 

dimicd,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  fight, 
contend. 

dimittd,  -ere,  -mlsi,  -missus  [dl- 
mitto],  send  off,  send  away, 
dismiss. 

dis-  (di-),  a  prefix  denoting  sep- 
aration; apart,  asunder,  in 
different  directions. 

discSdd,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessurus 
[dis-cedo],  withdraw,  depart, 
go  off. 

discessus,  -us,  m.  [dis-cedo], 
withdrawal,  departure. 

discs,    -ere,    didici,   ,    learn. 

dissimilis,  -e,  adj.  [dis-similis], 
unlikcj  dissimilar.     (330.) 


diu,  adv.,  for  a  long  time,  long. 

(546.) 
diutius,  adv.  (comp.  of  diu),  for 

a    longer   time,    longer.     (546.) 
diutissim§,  adv.  (superl.  of  diu), 

for  the  longest  time,  for  a  very 

long  time,  longest.     (546.) 
Diviciacus,     -i,     m.,     Diviciacus, 

a    leader    of    the    Haeduans, 

brother  of  Dumnorix. 
Divico,  -nis,  m.,  Divico,  a  leader 

of  the  Helvetians, 
divide,  -ere,  -visl,  -visus,  separate, 

divide. 
d6,  dare,  dedl,  dS,tus,  give. 
doce6,    -ere,    -ul,    doctus,    teach, 

show. 
dolor,    -oris,    m.,    sorrow,    grief, 

pain, 
domus,     -us,     f.,     house,     home; 

domi,  at  home.       (536,    236,  c, 

237,  a,   245,  a,   246.) 
ducenti,  -ae,  -a,  adj.  [duo-centum], 

two  hundred. 
dflcO,   -ere,    duxl,   ductus   [dux], 

lead.       (Imperative,    due     for 

duce.)      (454,  c.) 
dum,    conj.,    while,    as    long    as; 

until. 
Dumnorix,  -igis,  m.,   Dumnorix, 

a    leader    of    the    Haeduans, 

brother  of  Diviciacus. 
duo,  duae,  duo,  adj.,  two.     (541.) 
duodecim     [duo-decem],     indecl. 

adj.,  twelve. 
duodecimus,    -a,  -um,  adj.  [duo- 
decim], twelfth. 
duodSviginti,  indecl.  adj.  [duo-de- 

vigintl],  eighteen. 
dux,    ducis,    m.    [duco],    leader, 

general.     (530.) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


255 


S,  see  ex. 

6duc6,    -ere,   -dQxi,    -ductus    [e 

duco],     lead    out,     lead    forth. 

(Imperative,    educ     for    educe. 

Cf.  454,  c.) 
ego,  mei,  pers.  pron.,  /.     (547.) 

Not  used  in  the  nom.   unless 

emphatic.     (253,  a.) 
egredior,     -gredi,    -gressus     sum 

[e-gradior],  go  out,  go  forth. 
e6,  ire,  il  (ivi),  iturus,  go;   Irreg. 

verb.     (605-611.) 
eques,  -itis,  m.  [equus],  horseman, 

knight ;      equites,     cavalrymen, 

cavalry. 
equester,  -tris,  -tre,  adj.  [eques], 

of  the  cavalry,  cavalry-. 
equitatus,  -us,  m.  [eques],  cavalry, 

body  of  horsemen. 
equus,   -i,   m.,   horse. 
eripiO,  -ere,  -ui,  -reptus  [e-rapio], 

snatch  away,  take  away,  rescue, 

seize. 
erupti6,  -nis,  f.  [e-rumpo],  sally, 

sortie,    (a   bursting   forth). 
est,  see  sum. 
et,  conj.,   and,   also;    et  .  .  .  et, 

both  .  .  .  and. 
etiam,   adv.    and   conj.   [et-iam], 

even,  also. 
ex  or  e,  prep,  with  abl.  (ex  before 

vowels    and    h,    otherwise    S), 

out  of,  from.     (213.) 
exeS,    -Ire,    -il,    -iturus    [ex-eo], 

go  out,  go  forth,  depart. 
exercitus,  -us,  m.,  army.     (530.) 
existimS,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  think, 

judge,  consider. 
expello,  -ere,  -pull,  -pulsus  [ex- 

pello],  drive  out,  expel. 


explSrator,    -oris,    m.    [ex-ploro], 

scout. 
explorS,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  examine, 

explore,  investigate. 
expugjS,    -are,    -avi,    -atus    [ex- 

pugno],  take  by  storm,  capture, 

take. 
exspecto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  await, 

wait  for,  wait,  expect. 
exterus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    outside, 

outward.     (544.) 
exterior,  -ius,  adj.,  outer,  exterior, 

[comp.    of    exterus].     (544.) 
extimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  outermost, 

farthest,    [superl.    of    exterus]. 

(544.) 
extremus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  outermost, 

farthest,    last,    [superl.    of    ex- 
terus].    (544.) 


fabula,  -ae,  f.,  story,  tale,  fable. 

facile,  adv.  [facilis],  easily.    (349.) 

facilis,  -e,  adj.  [facio],  easy.  (330.) 

faciS,  -ere,  feci,  factus,  make,  do. 
Pass,  supplied  by  fi6  (462,  b); 
impetum  faci6,  make  an  attack, 
with  in  and  ace;  iter  faci6, 
make  a  march,  march;  cer- 
tiSrem  faci6,  (make  more  cer- 
tain), inform. 

femina,  -ae,  f.,  woman. 

fer6,  ferre,  tuli,  latus,  bear, 
bring;  irreg.  verb.  (462,  a, 
617-623.) 

ferus,  -a,'-um,  adj.,  fierce,  savage. 

fides,  -ei,  f.,  trust,  confidence, 
faith,  pledge. 

filia,  -ae,  f.,  daughter;  dat.  and 
abl.     pi.    filiabus.      Cf.    52,    b. 

filius,  fill,  m.,  son.     (529.) 


256 


FIRST  BOOK  IN    LATIN 


finis,  -is,  m.,  end,  border;  fines, 
-ium,  m.  pL,  territory,  country. 

finitimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [finis], 
neighboring,  bordering  on;  fini- 
timus, -i,  m.   (noun),   neighbor. 

fi6,  fieri,  factus  sum  (supplying 
the  pass,  of  facio),  be  made, 
be  done,  become,  happen,  (462, 
b,  612-616);  certior  fi6,  (be 
made  more  certain),  be  in- 
formed. 

firmus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  strong, 
firm,  steadfast. 

flfimen,  -inis,  n.,  river. 

fortis,  -e,  adj.,  brave,  courageous. 
(543.) 

fortiter,  adv.  [fortis],  bravely, 
courageously.     (546.) 

fortuna,  -ae,  f.,  fortune,  good 
fortune. 

fossa,  -ae,  f.,  ditch,  trench. 

frfiter,  fratris,  m.,  brother. 

frumentarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [fru- 
mentum],  of  the  grain;  r6s 
frumentfiria,    grain    supply. 

frumentum,  -I,  n.,  corn,  grain. 

fruor,  frul,  fructus  sum,  enjoy; 
with  abl. 

fuga,  -ae,  f.  [fugio],  flight,  escape. 

fugi5,  -ere,  fugl,  fugiturus  [fuga], 
flee,  run  away. 

fungor,  fungi,  functus  sum,  per- 
form;   with  abl. 


Gallia,  -ae,  f.,    Gaul,    France. 
Gallus,  -I,  m.,  a  Gaul,  inhabitant 

of  Gaul  (France). 
gaudeO,  -ere,  gavlsus  sum,  rejoice, 

be  glad;  semi-deponent.  (312.) 
gener,  -eri,  m.,  son-in-law. 


gSns,   gentis,   f.,    people,   nation, 

tribe,  race. 
Germfinus,  -i,  in.,   a    German. 
gero,    -ere,    gessi,    gestus,    bear, 

carry  on,  manage;  bellum  ger6, 

wage  war. 
gladius,    -I,    m.,    sword. 
gracilis,  -e,  adj.,  slender.     (330.) 
gratia,  -ae,  f.,    favor,    good    will, 

influence,      kindness;      gratiae, 

pi.,  thanks. 
gravis,    -e,    adj.,    severe,    heavy, 

serious,  grave. 
graviter,    adv.    [gravis],    severely, 

seriously,  gravely,  heavily. 

H 

habe6,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  have,  hold, 
keep;  6rati6nem  habeS,  de- 
liver a  speech. 

habit6,  -are,  -avi,  -aturus,  live, 
dwell. 

Haeduus,  -I,  m.,  an  Haeduan, 
one  of  the  Haeduans,  a  people 
of  Gaul  (France). 

HelvStia,  -ae,  f.,  Helvetia,  Swit- 
zerland. 

Helvetius,    -I,    m.,  an  Helvetian,      J 
inhabitant  of  Helvetia.  1 

heri,  adv.,  yesterday. 

hibernus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [hiems],  of 
winter,  winter- ;  hiberna, 
-orum,  n.  pi.,  winter  quarters. 

hie,  haec,  hoc,  demon,  pron., 
this;  as  a  pers.  pron.,  he,  she, 
it.     (548.) 

hiemd,  -are,  -avI,  -aturus  [hiems], 
spend   the    winter,    winter. 

hiems,  hiemis,  f.,  winter. 

ho  die,  adv.  [hoc  die],  to-day. 

hom6,  -inis,  m.,  man.     (532.) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABtTLARY 


257 


honor,  -oris,  m,,  honor,  esteem. 

hora,  -ae,  {.,'hour. 

hortor,    -arl,    -atus    sum,    urge, 

encourage,   entreat,   exhort. 
hostis,    -is,     m.,     enemy,     public 

enemy;      (inimicus      means     a 

personal  enemy).     (533.) 
humi    (loc.    of    humus),    on    the 

ground.     (245,  a.) 
humilis,    -e,    adj.    [humus],    low, 

lowly,    humble.     (330.) 
humus,  -i,  f.,  ground,  soil;   humi 

(loc),  on  the  ground.     (245,  a.) 


iaciO,  -ere,  ieci,  iactus,  throv), 
hurl,  cast. 

iam,  adv.,  now,  already. 

ibi,  adv.,  there,  in  that  place. 

idem,  eadem,  idem,  demon,  pron., 
same,  the  same.     (551.) 

idSneus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  fit,  suitable; 
with  dat. 

ignis,  -is,  m.,  fire.     (152,  b.) 

ille,  ilia,  illud,  demon,  pron.,  that, 
yonder;  as  pers.  pron.,  he,  she, 
it.     (548.) 

impedimentum,  -i,  n.  [impedio], 
hindrance,  impediment;  im- 
pedimenta, -orum,  n.  pi.,  bag- 
gage. 

impediO,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus  [in-pes], 
hinder,  hamper,  impede,  prevent. 

imperator,  -oris,  m.  [impero], 
commander,  general. 

imperium,  -i,  n.  [impero],  com- 
mand, power,  rule. 

imperd,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  com- 
mand, order  ;  with  dat.     (429.) 

impetus,  -us,  m.  [in-peto],  attack, 
assault;    impetum    faciS,     with 


in  and  the  ace,  make  an  attack 
on. 

imus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (superl.  of 
Inferus),  lowermost,  bottom. 
(544.) 

in,  prep,  with  abl.,  in,  on;  with 
ace,    into,    to,    against,    upon. 

in-  [im-,  ir-,  il-],  prefix,  into,  in, 
upon,  against.  Sometimes  de- 
noting negation  like  the  Eng- 
lish in-,  un-,  etc. 

incendd,  -ere,  -cendi,  -census, 
set  fire  to,  burn. 

incidS,  -ere,  -cidi,  -cisus  [in- 
caedo],  cut  into. 

incitd,  -are,  -avI,  -atus  [in-cito], 
arouse,  excite,  stir' up. 

incola,  -ae,  m.  [incolo],  inhabitant. 

incolO,    -ere,    -ul,    [incola], 

inhabit,  dwell  in;   live,  dwell. 

incolumis,  -e,  adj.,  safe,  un- 
harmed. 

ineo,  -Ire,  -ii,  -itus  [in-eo],  go  in, 
go  into,  enter. 

inermis,  -e,  adj.  [in-arma],  un- 
armed. 

infans,  -antis,  adj.  {not  speaking)  ; 
as  a  noun,  infant. 

infers,  -ferre,  intuli,  inlatus  (il- 
latus)  [in-fero],  bring  in,  bring 
upon,  inflict,  with  dat,;  hel- 
ium infers,  with  dat.,  make 
war   upon,    wage   war   on. 

inferus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  low.   (544.) 

inferior,  -ius  (comp.  of  Inferus), 
lower.    (544.) 

infimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (superl. 
of  Inferus),  lowest,  lowermost, 
very  low.     (544.) 

ingens,  -entis,  adj.,  great,  im- 
mense, huge.     (539.) 


258 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


inimicus,     -a,     -um,     adj.     [in- 

amicus],  hostile,  inimical;   as  a 

noun,  inimicus,  -i,  m.,  enemy, 

personal  enemy.     Cf.  hostis. 
iniquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [in-aequus], 

unequal,     unjust,     unfavorable, 

unsuitable. 
iniuria,    -ae,    f.    [in-ius],    wrong, 

harm,  injury. 
insidiae,  -arum,  f.  pi.,  ambuscade, 

treachery,  plot. 
instituO,     -ere,     -ul,     -utus     [in- 

statuo],  set  up,  provide,  under- 
take. 
instru6,    -ere,    -struxi,    -structus 

[in-struo],  form,  draw  up. 
insula,  -ae,  f.,  island. 
intellegO,  -ere,  -lexi,  -lectus  [inter- 
lego],     learn,     know,     perceive, 

understand. 
inter,    prep,    with    ace,    between, 

among,  amid. 
interficiO,     -ere,      -feci,      -fectus 

[inter-facio],   kill,   slay,   put  to 

death. 
interim,  adv.  [inter],  meanwhile, 

in  the  meantime. 
interior,  -ius,  adj.,  inner,  interior. 

(544.) 
intersum,     -esse,     -fui,     -futurus 

[inter-sum],     be     between,     be 

among. 
intervallum,  -i,  n.  [inter-vallum], 

interval,   distance. 
intimus,   -a,   -um,  adj.  (superl.), 

innermost.     (544.) 
inveniO,  -Ire,  -veni,  -ventus  [in- 

venio],  find,  discover,  come  upon. 
ipse,    ipsa,    ipsum,    demon,    adj. 

and   pron.,   self,   very,  himself, 

herself,  itself.     (550.) 


is,  ea,  id,  demon,  pron.  and  adj., 
this,  that;  as  per^.  pron.,  he, 
she,  it.     (549.) 

iste,  ista,  istud,  demon,  pron.  and 
adj.,    that    (of    yours).     (550.) 

ita,  adv.,  so,  thus. 

Italia,  -ae,  f.,  Italy. 

itaque,  conj.,  and  so,  therefore. 

item,  adv.,  likewise,  in  like  man- 
ner, in  the  same  way. 

iter,  itineris,  n.,  way,  road,  route, 
march  (536);  iter  faciO,  make 
a  march,  march. 

iubeo,  -ere,  iussi,  iussus,  bid, 
order,    command;    with    infin. 

iudicium,  -i,  n.  [iudex,  judge], 
judgment,  trial. 

iunior,  -ius,  adj.  (comp.  of 
iuvenis),  younger.     (544.) 

lura,  -ae,  f.,  the  Jura  Mountains, 
a  range  of  mountains  between 
the  Sequanians  and  the  Hel- 
vetians. 

ius,  iuris,  n.,  right,  justice,  law. 

iussi,  iussus,  see  iubeO. 

iuvenis,  -e,  adj.,  young;  iuvenis, 
-is,  m.,  as  noun,  young  man, 
youth.     (544.) 

iuv6,  -are,  iuvi,  (iutus),.  help,  aid. 


LabiSnus,  -I,  m.,  Titus  Labienus, 
one  of  Caesar's  lieutenants. 

labor,  -oris,  m.,  toil,  labor,  trouble. 

Iacess6,  -ere,  -ivi,  -Itus,  attack, 
harass. 

lacrima,  -ae,  f.,  tear. 

lacus,  -us,  m.,  lake;  lacus  Le- 
mannus,   Lake    Geneva. 

laete,  adv.  [laetus],  gladly,  joy- 
fully. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


259 


laetus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  glad,  joyful. 

lapis,  -idis,  m.,  stone. 

latitude,  -dinis,  f.  [latus],  width, 

breadth. 
latus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  broad,  wide. 
latus,  -eris,  n.,  side. 
laudd,    -are,    -avi,    -atus    [laus], 

praise.     (557-563,  636-642.) 
laus,    laudis,    f.,    praise,     glory, 

fame. 
leg&tid,  -nis,  f.  [legatus],  embassy, 

delegation. 
ISgatus,  -I,  m.,  ambassador,  envoy, 

legate;   lieutenant. 
legiO,  -nis,  f.,   legion,  the  largest 

division  of  the  Roman  army. 
lege,    -ere,    legl,  lectus,   gather ; 

select  ;   read. 
Lemannus,  see  lacus. 
lex,  legis,  f.,  law,  a  law. 
liber,  -bri,  m.,  book. 
liber,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  free. 
liberg,  adv.  [liber],  freely,  frankly. 
liberi,     -orum,     m.     pi.     [liber], 

children. 
Uber6,    -are,    -avI,    -atus    [liber], 

free,  set  free,  liberate. 
libert&s,  -atis,  f.   [liber],  freedom, 

liberty. 
Liscus,  -i,  m.,    Liscus,   an   Hae- 

duan. 
littera,    -ae,    f.,    a    letter    {of    the 

alphabet) ;     litterae,    -arum,    f . 

pi.,  a  letter,  dispatch. 
^      litus,  -oris,  n.,  shore. 

locus,  -i,  m.  (pi.,  loci,  m.,  and 

loca,  n.),  place,  spot,  position, 

situation.     (536.) 
longus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  long. 
loquor,  loqui,  locutus  sum,  speak, 

Pilk,  say. 


liix,  liicis,  f.,  light,  daylight; 
prima  luce  (at  first  light),  at 
daybreak. 

M 

magis,     adv.     [magnus],     more, 

rather.     (546.) 
magistratus,  -us,  m.,   magistrate, 

officer,  office. 
mfignitudd,    -dinis,    f.    [magnus], 

greatness,  great  size,  size,  mag- 
nitude. 
magnus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    great, 

large.     (544.) 
maior,    maius,    adj.     (comp.    of 

magnus),  greater,  larger  (544); 

maior  natii,    {greater  in  birth), 

older,  elder. 
male,    adv.    [malus],    badly,    ill. 

(546.) 
mal6,  malle,  malui, [magis- 

volo],   be  more  willing,   prefer. 

(624-628.) 
malus,  -a,   -um,   adj.,   bad,   evil, 

wicked.     (544.) 
maneO,    -ere,    mansi,    mansurus, 

stay,  remain,  wait. 
manus,  -tis,  f.,  hand;   band,  force. 
Marcus,  -i,  m.,  Marcus,  a  Roman 

first  name. 
mare,  -is,  n.  (no  gen.  pi.),  sea. 
mater,  matris,  f.,  mother. 
maxime,    adv.    [maximus],    most, 

especially,  greatly.     (546.) 
maximus,  -a,  -um,  adj.   (superl. 

of    magnus),    greatest,    largest, 

very     large     (544) ;      maximus 

natu,  oldest.     (544.) 
me,  mei,  see  ego. 
melior,    melius,    adj.    (comp.    of 

bonus),  better.     (544.) 


260 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


melius,  adv.  (comp.  of  bene), 
better.     (546.) 

m6nsis,  -is,  m.,  month. 

mercator,  -oris,  m.,  merchant, 
trader. 

metus,  -us,  m,,  fear,  dread. 

meus,  -a,  -um,  [me,  etc.],  pos- 
sess, adj.,  my,  mine.  (253,  c.) 

miles,    -itis,    m.,    soldier.     (530.) 

mille,  in  the  sing,  an  indecl.  adj., 
a  thousand;  rnOia,  -ium,  n.  pi., 
thousands  (followed  by  the 
part,  gen.)  (271,  b);  mnie 
pass  us,  a  thousand  paces,  a 
(Roman)  mile;  mOia  passuum, 
thousands  of  paces,  (Roman) 
miles. 

minims,  adv.  [minimus],  least, 
not  at  all,  by  no  means.     (546.) 

minimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (superl. 
of  parvus),  smallest,  least,  very 
small;  minimus  n&tu,  youngest. 
(544.) 

minor,  minus,  adj.  (comp.  of 
parvus),  smaller,  lesser;  minor 
natfl,  younger.     (544.) 

minus,  adv.  [minor],  less.     (546.) 

miser,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  wretched, 
poor,  unfortunate,  unhappy. 
(538,  543.) 

miserft,  adv.  [miser],  wretchedly, 
miserably.     (546.) 

mitto,  -ere,  misi,  missus,  send. 

moneO,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus,  advise, 
remind,  warn.     (564-570.) 

m6ns,montis, m.,mownfain.  (533.) 

morior,  mori,  mortuus  sum 
[mors],  die;  (fut.  part.,  mori- 
turus). 

moror,  -arl,  -atus  sum  [mora, 
delay],  delay,  hinder,  linger. 


mors,  mortis,  f.  [morior],  death.        J 

m6s,    moris,    m.,    custom,    habit,        \ 
manner. 

moves,  -ere,  movl,  motus,  move. 

mulier,    -is,    f.,    woman;     (more         I 
common  than  femina).  1 

multitude,  -dinis,  f .  [multus],  mul- 
titude, great  number. 

multO,  see  multus. 

multum,    adv.    [multus],    much.         j 
(546.)  I 

multus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  much; 
pi.,  many;  mult 6  (abl.),  by 
much,  much.     (544.) 

miini6,  -ire,  -ivi,  -Itus,  fortify. 

munitiO,  -nis,  f .  [munio],  fortifica- 
tion, defense. 

mflrus,  -i,  m.,  wall. 

N 

nam,  conj.,  for. 

ndrrd,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  tell, 
relate,  narrate. 

n&tiO,  -nis,  f.,  people,  nation, 
tribe,  race. 

n&tura,  -ae,  f.,  nature. 

natu,  by  birth,  in  age.  Cf. 
mdior,  minor,  m^ximus,  minimus. 

nauta,  -ae,  m.,  sailor. 

navis,  -is,  f.,  ship,  boat.     (152,  b.) 

ne,  conj.,  that  not,  lest;  after 
verbs  of  fearing,  that;  in 
wishes  and  with  hortatory- 
sub  junct.,  n^t. 

-ne,  enclitic,  sign  of  a  question. 
(63,  19.) 

nee,  see  neque. 

nec6,  -are,  -avI,  -atus,  kill,  slay. 

neglegO,  -ere,  -lexi,  -lectus,  neg- 
lect, disregard. 

negOtiimi,  -i,  n.,  business,  affair. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


261 


nemd,  m.  (no  gen.  or  abl;    dat., 

nemini;     acc,      n6minem),     no 

one,  nobody.     (556.) 
neque  or  nee,  conj.  [ne-que],  and 

not,     nor;     neque   .   .   .  neque, 

neither  .  .  .  nor. 
neuter,  -tra,  -trum,   adj.,  neither 

(of  two).     (264.) 
nihil,  n.,  indecl.,  nothing. 
nisi,  conj.   [ne-si],  if   not,  unless, 

except. 
nSbilis,  -e,  adj.,  noble,  of  high  birth. 
noce6,  -ere,    -ul,    -iturus,    harm, 

do  harm  to,  hurt,  injure;  with 

dat. 
noctu,  adv.  [nox],  by  night. 
nocturnus,  -a,    -um,    adj.    [nox], 

night,  of  the  night. 
n6l6,       nolle,       nolui, [ne- 

volo],   be  unwilling,   not    wish 

(624-628) ;  imperative,  n6li  and 

nOlite,  do  not,  don't;  with  infin. 

(455.) 
nSmen,  -inis,  n.,  name. 
n6n,  adv.,  not. 
nonaginta,   indecl.   adj.    [novem], 

ninety. 
nOnne     [non-ne],      interr.      adv. 

indicating     that     the    answer 

yes  is  expected.     (202.) 
nOnnulli,  -ae,  -a,  adj.  [non-nullus] , 

some,  several. 
n6nus,    -a,    -um,    adj.    [novem], 

ninth. 
nOs,  see  ego.     (530.) 
noster,  -tra,  -trum,   possess,   adj. 

[nos],  our,  ours ;  nostri,  -orum, 

m.,  our  men. 
novem,  indecl.  adj.,  nine. 
Noviodunum,  i,   n.,   Noviodunum, 

a  town  of  the  Suessiones. 


novus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  new. 

nox,  noctis,  f.,  night;  ad  multam 
noctem,  till  late  at  night. 

nullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [ne-uUus], 
no,  none,  no  one.     (264,  556.) 

num,  interr.  adv.  indicating  that 
the  answer  no  is  expected. 
(202.) 

numerus,  -i,  m.,  number. 

nuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [nuntius], 
report,  announce. 

nuntius,  -I,  m.  fnuntio],  messen- 
ger, message. 


ob,  prep,  with  acc,  on  account 

of,  because  of. 
ob-  (oc-,  of-,  op-),  prefix,  against. 
obses,  -idis,  m.,  hostage. 
obsum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus  [ob- 

sum],    be    against,    oppose,    be 

opposed  to,  hinder;    with  dat. 
occasus,  -us,  m.,  setting ;   occasus 

s61is,  setting  of  the  sun,  sunset. 
occidS,    -ere,    -cidi,    -cisus    [ob- 

caedo],  cut  down,  slay,  kill. 
occup6,    -are,    -avi,    -atus    [ob- 

capio],    seize,    take    possession 

of,  occupy. 
octavus,    -a,    -um,    adj.    [octo], 

eighth. 
oct6,  indecl.  adj.,  eight. 
octingenti,    -ae,    -a,    adj.    [octo], 

eight  hundred. 
officium,  -I,  n.,  duty. 
omnis,  -e,  adj.,  all,  every,  whole. 

(539.) 
opera,    -ae,    f.,    aid,    help,    work. 
oppidum,  -I,  n.,  town. 
oppugnatiS,    -nis,    f.    [oppugno], 

attack,  siege. 


262 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


oppugns,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [ob- 
pugno],  attack,  assault,  besiege. 

optimg,  adv.  [optimus],  best,  very 
well.     (546.) 

optimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (superl. 
of  bonus),  best.     (544.) 

opus,  -eris,   n.,   work,   siegework. 

6rati6,  -nis,  f.,  speech,  oration; 
oratiSnem  habeO,  deliver  a 
speech. 

6rd6,  -inis,  m.,  order,  rank,  ar- 
rangement.     ^ 

Orgetorlx,  -Igis,  m.,  Orgetorix, 
the  leader  of  the  Helvetian 
conspiracy. 

orior,  -iri,  ortus  sum,  rise,  arise, 
spring  ;  descend. 


pftcO,    -are,    -avi,    -atus    [pax], 

pacify,  subdue. 
pagus,    -i,    m.,    canton,    district. 

The  Helvetian  state  was  divided 

into  four  cantons  or  pagi. 
palus,  -udis,  f.,  marsh,  swamp. 
pftr,  paris,  adj.,  equal,  like;   with 

dat.     (539.) 
paratus,    -a,     -um,     adj.     (per. 

part,  of  paro),  prepared,  ready. 
p&reO,    -ere,    -ui,  -iturus,    obey; 

with  dat. 
pars,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,   prepare, 

prepare  for. 
pars,  partis,  f.,   part;  direction; 

side. 
parum,     adv.,     little,     too     little, 

not  enough.     (546.) 
parvus,    -a,    -um,     adj.,     small, 

little.     (544.) 
passus,  -us,  m.,  pace,  step;    mille 

passus,  a   Roman   mile;    milia 


passuum,     Roman    miles.     See 

mllle. 
passus,  see  patior. 
pater,  patris,  m.,  father.     (532.) 
patior,    pati,    passus    sum,    bear, 

suffer,     allow,     permit.      (311, 

629.) 
patria,  -ae,  f.  [pater],  fatherland, 

native  land,  country. 
pauci,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  few,  a  few. 
pax,  pacis,  f.,  peace. 
pecunia,  -ae,  f.,  money. 
pedes,    -itis,    m.    [pes],    foot-sol- 
dier;    peditSs,   -um,    m.,   foot- 
soldiers,  infantry. 
pedester,  -tris,  -tre,  adj.  [pedes],  of 

the  foot-soldier,  infantry- ,  foot- . 
peditatus,    -us,    m.    [pedes],    in- 
fantry. 
peior,     peius,     adj.     (comp.     of 

malus),  worse.     (544.) 
peius,  adv.  [peior],  worse.     (546.) 
pelio,  -ere,  pepuli,  pulsus,  drive, 

drive  out,  expel,  rout. 
per,    prep,    with    ace,    through, 

by,  by  means  of. 
perferS,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latus  [per- 

fero],  bear,  endure,  suffer. 
periculum,    -i,    n.,    danger,    risk, 

peril ;  trial. 
peritus,    -a,    -um,     adj.,     skilled 

(in),  experienced  (in) ;  with  gen. 
persuaded,    -ere,    -suasi,    -suasu- 

rus,  persuade ;  with  dat.  (429.) 
perterreS,    -ere,    -ui,    -itus    [per- 

terreo],  frighten,  alarm. 
pertineS,  -ere,  -ui,  -tenturus  [per- 

tineo],  stretch,  extend;  pertain. 
perturbs,  -are,   -avi,  -atus  [per- 

turbo],    alarm,    disturb,    throw 

into  disorder. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


263 


perveniS,    -ire,    -veni,    -venturus 

[per-venio],  come  to,  come  up, 

arrive,  reach. 
p6s,   pedis,   m.,   foot;    pedem  re- 
fers, retreat,  fall  back.     (530.) 
pessim§,   adv.    [pessimus],    worst. 

(546.) 
pessimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.    (superl. 

of   malus),    worst.     (544.) 
pete,   -ere,  -ivi,   -itus,   seek,   ask 

for,  beg.     (446.) 
phalanx,    -angis,    f.,    phalanx,    a 

body  of  troops  in  close  array. 
pilum,  -1,  n.,  javelin. 
placed,  -ere,  -ul,  -iturus,  please; 

with  dat. 
planities,     -ei,     f.,     plain,     level 

ground. 
plurSs,  see  plfis. 
plurimum,  adv.  [plurimus],  very 

much.     (546.) 
plurimus,  -a,  -um,   adj.    (superl. 

of    multus),    most;    pi.,    very 

many.     (544.) 
plus,     pluris,     adj.     (comp.     of 

multum),     more;     pL,    plures. 

(544.) 
poeta,  -ae,  m.,  poet. 
poUiceor,  -eri,  -itus  sum,  promise. 
Pompeii,  -6rum,  m.  pi.,  Pompeii, 

a  city  near  Naples,  destroyed 

by  the  eruption  of  Vesuvius, 

79  A.D. 

Pompgius,  -1,  m.,  Pompey,  a  great 

Roman  general. 
p6n6,  -ere,   posui,   positus,   put, 

place  ;   castra  p6n6,  pitch  camp. 
p6ns,  pontis,  m.,  bridge. 
populor,  -arl,  -atus  sum,  ravage, 

lay  waste,  devastate. 
populus,  ~i,  ra.,  people. 


porta,  -ae,  f.,  door,  gate. 

ports,    -are,    -avi,    -atus,    carry, 

bring. 
portus,  -us,  m.,  harbor,  port. 
posui  and  positus,  see  p6n6. 
possum,       posse,      potui,      

[potis-sum],  be  able,  can.    (285, 

597-599.) 
post,     prep,     with     ace,     after, 

behind. 
postea,  adv.  [post],  afterwards. 
posterior,    -ius,    adj.    (comp.    of 

posterus),  later.     (544.) 
posterus,    -a,    -um,    adj.    [post], 

following,  next.     (544.) 
postremus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (superl. 

of  posterus),  last.     (544.) 
postul6,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  demand, 

ask,  request.     (429.) 
postumus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (superl. 

of  posterus),  last.     (544.) 
potens,   -entis,   adj.,   powerful. 
potestas,  -atis,  f.  [potens],  power, 

authority;  opportunity. 
prae,  prep,  with  abl.  [pro],  before. 
prae-,  prefix,  before,  ahead. 
praeficiS,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus  [prae- 

facio],  put  in  charge  of,  put  at 

the   head  of,   put  in  command 

of;    with  dat. 
praemitto,    -ere,    -misi,    -missus 

[prae-mittoj,  send  ahead. 
praemium,  -i,   n.,  reward,   prize. 
praesidium,  -i,   n.,   guard,   garri- 
son, protection. 
praesum,     -esse,     -fui,    -futurus 

[prae-sum],    be    before,    be    at 

the    head   of,    command;     with 

dat. 
premft,  -ere,  press!,  pressus,  press 

hard,  oppress. 


264 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


prima  luce,  see  primus  and 
lux. 

primd,  adv.  [primus],  at  first,  in 
the   first   place,   first.     (349.) 

primus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  first,  fore- 
most (544);  prima  luce,  at 
daybreak. 

princeps,  -cipis,  m.  [primus- 
capio],  chief,  leader.     (531.) 

prior,  prius,  adj.,  former,  pre- 
vious, earlier.     (544.) 

privfttus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  private, 
personal. 

pr6,  prep,  with  abl.,  for,  in 
behalf  of,  in  defense  of;  in 
proportion  to;  before. 

pro-,  prefix,  before,  ahead. 

proelium,  -i,  n,,  battle,  combat, 
fight;  proelium  committO,  be- 
gin battle,  join  battle. 

profectift,  -nis,  f.  [proficiscor], 
departure,  setting  out. 

proficiscor,  -i,  -fectus  sum,  set 
out,   depart,   go. 

prohibed,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus  [pro- 
habeo],  keep  away,  keep  off, 
keep  out,  prevent. 

prope,  adv.  and  prep,  with 
ace,  near,  near  to,  near  by, 
almost. 

proper^,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  hasten. 

propior,  propius,  adj.  [prope], 
nearer,  closer.     (544.) 

propius,  adv.  [prope],  nearer. 

propter,  prep,  with  ace,  on 
account  of,  because  of. 

prdsum,  prodesse,  profui,  pro- 
futurus  [pro-sum],  be  of  ad- 
vantage to,  benefit,  be  useful 
to.     (416,  600-604.) 

prOvincia,  -ae,  f.,  province. 


proximg,  adv.  [proximus],  lately, 
last. 

proximus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [prope], 
nearest,  next,  last.     (544.) 

publicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  public, 
of  the  state;  rgs  publica,  rei 
pubHcae,  f.,  state,  common- 
wealth, republic. 

puella,  -ae,  f.  [puer],  girl,  maiden. 
(527.) 

puer,  -eri,  m.,  boy,  child.      (529.) 

pugna,  -ae,  f.  [pugno],  battle,  fight. 

pugnO,  -are,  avi,  -atus  [pugna], 
fight. 

pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  adj., 
beautiful,  pretty.     (538.) 

put6,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  think. 

Q 

quadringenti,  -ae,  -a,   adj.,  four 

hundred. 
quaerd,  -ere,  quaesivi,  quaesitus, 

seek,  ask,  inquire. 
quaiis,  -e,  adj.  [qui],  what  sort  of? 

of  what  sortf 
quam,  conj.,  than.     (322.) 
quantus,    -a,    -um,     adj.     [qui], 

how   great?     how    large?     how 

much? 
quartus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [quattuor], 

fourth. 
quattuor,   indecl.   adj.,   four. 
-que,  conj.  encHtic,  and;   added 

to    the    last   word    connected. 

(19.)     Cf.  atque. 
queror,     queri,      questus      sum, 

complain,  complain  of. 
qui,    quae,    quod,    rel.    adj.    and 

pron.,  who,    which,   that   (227- 

231,  552);     also    interr.    adj., 

what,  which.     (201,  554.) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


265 


quidam,  quaedam,  quiddam,  in- 
def.  pron.,  certain,  a  certain  one, 
a  certain  thing,  a;  quidam, 
quaedam,  quoddam,  indef .  adj., 
certain,  a  certain.  (409,  a, 
555.) 

quindecim,  indecl.  adj.  [quinque- 
decem],  fifteen. 

quingenti,  -ae,  -a,  adj.  [qulnque- 
centum],  five  hundred. 

quinquaginta,  indecl.  adj.  [quln- 
que],  fifty. 

quinque,  indecl.  adj.,  five. 

quintus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [quinque], 
fifth. 

quis,  quid,  interr.  pron.,  who, 
which,  what.  See  qui.  (200, 
553.) 

quisquam,  quicquam  (no  fern, 
or  pi.),  indef.  pron.,  any  one  (at 
all),  anything  (at  all).    (409,  c?.) 

quisque,  quaeque,  quidque,  in- 
def. pron.,  each  one,  each,  every ; 
quodque  is  the  adjective  form 
for  quidque.     (409,  c.) 

qu6,  interr.  and  rel.  adv.  [quis, 
qui],  whither,  where. 

quod,  conj.,  because. 

quot,  indecl.  interr.  adj.,  how 
many? 


ratiS,  -nis,  f.,  plan,  manner, 
means,  method,  reason. 

re-  (red-),  prefix  denoting  repe- 
tition or  return;    hack,   again. 

recipiS,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptus  [re- 
capio],  take  hack,  recover,  re- 
ceive ;  as  a  reflex,  verb, 
me  recipiS,  /  withdraw,  retreat. 
(253,  h.) 


recuse,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  refuse, 
decline. 

redds,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus  [red-do], 
give  hack,  return. 

rede6,  -Ire,  -ii,  -iturus  [red-eo], 
go  hack,  return. 

redintegrS,  -are,  -avI,  -atus  [red- 
integer,  whole],  renew,  start 
again. 

refers,  -ferre,  rettuli,  -latus  [re- 
fero],  bring  back,  return,  re- 
port ;  pedem  refers,  retreat. 

rggina,  -ae,  f.  [rex],  queen. 

regis,  -nis,  f.,  region,  district, 
country. 

rSgnum,  -i,  n.  [rex,  rego],  king- 
dom, royal  power. 

regS,  -ere,  rexi,  rectus  [rex], 
rule.     (571-577.) 

relinquS,  -ere,  -liqui,  -lictus  [re- 
linquo],  leave,  leave  behind, 
abandon. 

reliquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [relinquo], 
remaining,  rest  of,  the  other; 
as  a  noun,  reliqui,  -orum,  m., 
the  rest. 

R6mi,  -orum,  m.  pi.,  the  Remi, 
a  people  of  Gaul   (France). 

removes,  -ere,  -movi,  -motus 
[re-moveo],  remove. 

repellS,  -ere,  -puli,  -pulsus  [re- 
pello],   drive  back,  repel,  rout. 

reperiS,  -ire,  repperi,  repertus, 
discover,  find  out,  ascertain. 

rSs,  rei,  f.,  thing,  affair,  circum- 
stance, matter,  fact;  res  pu- 
blica,  rei  publicae,  f.,  state, 
commonwealth,  republic ;  res 
frumentaria,  rei  frumentariae, 
f.,  grain  supply.     (535.) 

r«s  pfiblica,  see  rSs  and  pflblicus. 


266 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


resists,    -ere,    -stiti, 


[re- 


sists], resist,  oppose;  with  dat. 

responded,  -ere,  -spondi,  -sponsus, 
answer,  reply,  respond;  with  dat. 

retineS,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentus  [re- 
teneo],  hold  back,  keep  back, 
reserve. 

reverter,  -verti,  -verti  or  -versus 
sum  [re-verto],  turn  back,  go 
back,  come  back,  return  (active 
forms  in  the  per.,  plup.,  and 
fut.  per.). 

revoc6,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [re-voco], 
call  back,  recall. 

rfix,  regis,  m.  [rego],  king,  ruler. 

Rhenus,  -i,  m.,  the  Rhine  River. 

Rhodanus,  -i,  m.,  the  Rhone 
River. 

ripa,  -ae,  f.,  bank  (of  a  river). 

rog6,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  ask,  ask 
for,  request.     (429.) 

R6ma,  -ae,  f.,  Rome. 

RSmanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [Roma], 
Roman;  masc.  as  a  noun, 
ROmdnus,  -I,  m.,  a  Roman. 

rflri,  see  rfls. 

rfls.  ruris,  n.,  country  (as  opposed 
to  city);  rflri  (loc),  in  the 
country;  rfls  (ace),  to  or  into 
the  country;  rflre,  from  the 
country.     (245,  a,  246.) 

S 

saepe,  adv.,  often,  frequently. 
(546.) 

saepissimS,  adv.  (superl.  of  saepe), 
most  often,  oftenest,  most  fre- 
quently.    (546.) 

saepius,  adv.  (comp.  of  saepe), 
more  often,  oftener,  more  fre- 
quently.    (546.) 


sagitta,  -ae,  f.,  arrow. 

salus,  -utis,  f.,  safety,  welfare. 

satis,    adv.,    enough,  sufficiently. 

satis,  indeel.  noun,  n.,  enough. 

scientia,  -ae,  f.  [scio],  knowledge. 

sci6,  scire,  scivi,  scitus,  know, 
know  how. 

scribo,  -ere,  scripsi,  scriptus,  write. 

scutum,  -i,  n.,  shield. 

se,  sese,  see  sui. 

secundus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [sequor], 
second. 

sed,  conj.,  but. 

sedecim,  indeel.  adj.  [sex-decem], 
sixteen. 

sedes,  -is,  f.,  seat,  abode,  habita- 
tion, dwelling. 

senatus,  -us,  m.  [senex],  (council 
of  elders),  senate. 

senex,  senis  (gen.),  adj.,  old;  as 
noun,  old  man.     (544,  536.) 

senior,  -oris,  m.  (comp.  of  senex), 
elder.     (544.) 

sententia,  -ae,  f.  [sentio],  opinion. 

senti6,  -ire,  sensi,  sensus,  per- 
ceive, know,  realize,  feel. 

septem,   indeel.   adj.,   seven. 

Septimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [septem], 
seventh. 

septingenti,  -ae,  -a,  adj.  [septem- 
centum],  seven  hundred. 

S§quanus,  -i,  m.,  a  Sequanian; 
Sequani,  -orum,  m.  pL,  the 
Sequanians,  a  people  of  Gaul 
(France). 

sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum,  fol- 
low, pursue. 

servitfls,  -tutis,  f.  [servus],  servi- 
tude, slavery. 

servO,  -are,  -avi,  -Stus,  save, 
preserve^  keep. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


267 


servus,    -I,    m.,    slave,    servant. 

(511.) 
sescent!    (or    sexcenti),    -ae,     -a, 

adj.  [sex-centum],  six  hundred. 
sex,  indecl.  adj.,  six. 
sexaginta,  indecl.  adj.  [sex],  sixty. 
si,  conj.,  if. 
sibi,  see  sui. 
signum,  -i,  n.,  signal,  sign,  mark, 

standard. 
silva,  -ae,  f.,  forest,  wood. 
similis,    -e,    adj.,    like,    similar. 

(330,  544.) 
sine,  prep,  with  abl.,  without. 
sinister,    -tra,    -trum,    adj.,    left 

(hand);     a    sinistrO    cornu,    on 

the  left  wing. 
socer,  -eri,  m.,  father-in-law. 
socius,  -I,  m.,  ally,  comrade. 
s61,  sOlis,  m.,  sun;   occasus  s61is, 

sunset. 
sole5,  -ere,  solitus  sum,  he  accus- 
tomed, he  used,  he  wont  ;  semi- 
deponent.     (312.) 
sOlus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  alone,  sole, 

only.     (264.) 
soror,  -oris,  f.,  sister. 
spatium,  -i,    n.,    space,    distance, 

time. 
sper5,    -are,    -avi,    -atus    [spes], 

hope,  hope  for. 
spes,  -ei,  f.,  hope. 
statim,    adv.    [sto],    immediately, 

at  once,  straightway. 
status,    -ere,    -ui,    -utus,    decide, 

fix,  determine. 
studium,    -i,    n.,    zeal,    eagerness, 

desire. 
sub,   prep,   with  ace,   up  to,   to 

the  foot  of,  under;  with  abl., 

under,  at  the  fobt  of. 


sub-  (sue-,  suf-,  sup-,  SUS-),  pre- 
fix, under,  up  to,  to  the  foot  of. 

subeS,  -ire,  -ii,  -itus  [sub-eo], 
go  under,  undergo,  go  up  to. 

subit6,  adv.,  suddenly,  unex- 
pectedly;   see  subitus. 

subitus.  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sudden, 
unexpected;  subito,  adv.,  sud- 
denly, unexpectedly. 

subsidium,  -i,  n.,  help,  aid,  re- 
lief, reenf  or  cement. 

SuessionSs,  -um,  m.  pi.,  the 
Suessiones,  a  tribe  of  the  Bel- 
gians. 

sui,  reflex,  pron.,  of  himself  (her- 
self, itself,  themselves).  (253, 
b,  382,  h,  547.) 

sum,  esse,  fui,  futurus,  he,  exist. 
(592-596.) 

summus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (superl. 
of  superus),  highest,  greatest, 
very  great.     (544.) 

super,  prep,  with  ace.  and  abl., 
over,  ahove,  upon. 

super-,  prefix,  over,  ahove. 

superior,  -ius,  adj.  (comp.  of 
superus) ,  higher,  superior. 
(544.) 

supers,^  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  over- 
come, conquer,  surpass,  defeat. 

supersum,  -esse^  -fui,  -futurus 
[super-sum],  he  over,  he  left, 
survive. 

superus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [super], 
ahove,  upper.     (544.) 

supremus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (superl. 
of  superus),  last,  highest.  (544.) 

suscipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptus  [sub- 
capio],  undertake,  take  up. 

suspiciS,  -nis,  f.  [suspicor,  sus- 
pect], suspicion. 


268 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN" 


sustineO,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentus  [sub- 
teneo],  sustain,  withstand,  sup- 
port, endure. 

suus,  -a,  -um,  possess,  and  reflex, 
adj.  [sul],  his,  her,  hers,  its, 
their,  theirs.     (253,  c,  d.) 


tarn,  adv.,  so,  so  much. 

tanien,  adv.,  nevertheless,  yet,  still, 

however. 
tandem,    adv.,  at   length,  finally. 
tantus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    so   great, 

so  much,  such. 
Tarentum,    -I,    n.,    Tarentum,    a 

city  in  the  southern   part  of 

Italy. 
teium,  -1,  n.,  weapon. 
tempestfts,    -atis,    f.,  storm,  tem- 
pest, weather. 
tempus,    -oris,    n.,    time.     (532.) 
tened,    -ere,    -ui,    tentus,    hold, 

keep,  have. 
tener,  -era,  -erum,   adj.,   tender, 

young. 
terra,  -ae,  f.,  land,  country,  earth. 
tertius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [tres],  third. 
tertius    decimus,    -a,    -um,    adj., 

thirteenth. 

« 

timed,   -ere,   -ui,   ,   fear,   he 

afraid  of. 
timor,  -oris,   m.   [timeo],   fear. 
Titus,    -i,    m.,    Titus,    a   Roman 

first  name.     See  Labienus. 
tot,  indecl.  adj.,  so  many. 
tCtus,  -a,  -um,   adj.,   whole,   all, 

entire.     (264.) 
trft-,  see  trans-, 
trftdd,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditus  [tra-do], 

give   over,   give   up,   surrender, 

deliver. 


traducd,     -ere,     -duxi,      -ductus 

[tra-duco],  lead  over,  lead  across, 

lead  through. 
trans,    prep,    with    ace,    across, 

over,     on    the     other     side    of. 
trans-  (tra-),  prefix,   over,  across, 

through. 
transeO,  -ire,  -ii,  -itus  [trans-eo], 

cross,  go  across,  go  over. 
transfig6,  -ere,  -f Ixi,  -f ixus  [trans- 

figo],  pierce  through. 
transports,  -are,  -avi,  -atus  [trans- 

porto],     transport,     carry    over 

or  across. 
trecenti,     -ae,     -a,     adj.      [tres- 

centum],  three  hundred. 
tredecim,     indecl.      adj.      [tres- 

decem],   thirteen. 
tres,  tria,  adj.,  three.     (541.) 
tribunus,  -i,  m.,  tribune,  a  Roman 

officer, 
tu,  pers.  pro.,  you,  thou.     (547.) 
Tulingi,  -orum,  m.  pi.,  the  Tulingi, 

a  German  tribe, 
tum,  adv.,  at  that  time,  then. 
turris,  -is,  f.,  tower  ;  ace.  sing.,  tur- 

rim  ;  abl.  sing.,  turri.    Cf.  152, 6. 
tfltO,  adv.  [abl.  of  tutus],  safely, 

in  safety.     (349.) 
tfltus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    safe,    un- 
harmed. 
tuus,  -a,  -um,  possess,  adj.  [tu], 

your,  yours  (of  one  person  only)  ; 

thy,   thine.     (253,  c.) 

U 

ubi,  interr.  and  rel.  adv.,  where, 

when. 
ulciscor,  -T,  ultus  sum,  avenge. 
Alius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  any,  any  one, 

(264.) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULAKY 


269 


ulterior,  -ius,  adj.,  farther.     (544.) 
ultimus,    -a,  -um,   adj.,  farthest, 

last.     (544.) 
unde,     interr.     and     rel.     adv., 

whence,  from  what  place. 
flndecim,     indecl.     adj.     [unus- 

decem],  eleven. 
iindecimus,    -a,    -um,    adj.    [un- 

decim],  eleventh. 
undique,    adv.,    from    all    sides, 

on  all  sides,  everywhere. 
Onus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  one,  alone. 

(264,  541.) 
urbs,  urbis,  f.,  city. 
usus,  -us,  m.  [utor],  use,  benefit, 

advantage. 
ut  or   uti,   adv.   and  conj.   with 

subjunct.   in   purpose,    result, 

and  substantive   clauses,  that, 

so  that,  in  order  that ;  in  fearing 

clauses,  that  not;  with  indie, 

as,  when. 
uter,    utra,  utrum,  interr.  pron., 

which  (of  two)'f     (264.) 
uterque,  utraque,  utrumque,  in- 

def.  pron.  and  adj.,  each    (of 

two),  both.     (264.) 
utinam,  adv.,  would  that ;  if  only; 

used     only     in     wishes.      Cf. 

512-515. 
utor,  uti,  usus  sum,  use,  employ; 

enjoy;     with  abl.     (629-635.) 
uxor,  -oris,  f.,  wife. 


vadum,  -i,  n.,  ford,  shoal. 
valles,  -is,  f.,  valley,  ravine. 
vallum,  -i,  n.,  rampart,  mound, 

earthworks. 
vasts,  -are,  -avi,  -atus,  devastate, 

ravage,  lay  waste. 


veniS,  -Ire,  veni,  venturus,  come. 
vereor,  -eri,  -itus  sum,  fear,  be 

afraid  of.     (629-635.) 
vert6,    -ere,   verti,   versus,    turn, 

change. 
verus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  true,  real. 
v6scor,  -i,  ,  ,  eat,   live 

on;   with  abl. 
vester,  -tra,  -trum,  possess,  adj., 

your,  yours  (of  more  than  one 

person).     (253,  c.) 
veterrimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (superl. 

of  vetus),  oldest,  most  ancient. 

(544.) 
vetus,    -eris,    adj.,    old,    ancient. 

(544.)     Cf.  note,  p.  83. 
vetustior,    -ius,    adj.    (comp.    of 

vetus),    older,     more     ancient. 

(544.) 
vex6,    -are,    -avi,    -atus,    harass, 

overrun,  devastate. 
via,  -ae,  f.,  way,  road,  street. 
vicSsimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [viginti], 

twentieth. 
victor,   -oris,    m.    [vinco],   victor, 

conqueror. 
victoria,  -ae,  f.  [victor],  victory. 
vicus,  -i,  m.,  village. 
vide6,  -ere,  vidi,  visus,  see ;  pass., 

be  seen,  seem. 
vigilia,  -ae,  f,,  watch  (part  of  the 

day  or  night) . 
viginti,  indecl.  adj.,  twenty. 
vincd,   -ere,  vici,  victus,   defeat, 

conquer. 
vir,  viri,  m.,  man,  hero. 
virtus,     -tutis,     f.     [vir],      valor, 

courage,     bravery,     manliness, 

virtue. 
vis    [vis],    f.,   force,    power;    pi., 

virfes,  virium,   strength.     (536.) 


270 


FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 


vita,  -ae,  f.  [vivo,  live],  life. 
vite,    -are,    -avi,    -atus,     avoid, 

escape. 
voc6,  -are,  avI,  -atus  [vox],  call. 
vol6,  velle,  volui,  ,  be  will- 


ing,   wish,    desire.     (624-628.)      vulnus,  -eris,  n.,  wound 


voluntas,   -atis,    f.    [volo],    tuish, 

good  will,  consent. 
v6x,  vocis,  f.,  voice,  word. 
vulnerS,  -are,  -avI,  -atus  [vulnus], 

wound,  injure,  hurt. 


ENGLTSH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


(The  numbers  refer  to  sections.) 


a,  an,  usually  not  translated; 
a  certain,  quidam,  quaedam, 
quiddam  (quoddam).  (409,  a, 
555.) 

abandon,  relinquo,  -ere,  -liqul, 
-lictus. 

able  (be),  possum,  posse,  potui, 
.     (597-599.) 

abode,  sedes,  -is,  /. 

about,  de,  with  ahl.;  oirciter,  adv. 

about  to  (be),  act.  periphrastic 
conj.     (478,  636-639.) 

absent  (be),  absum,  -esse,  aful, 
afuturus. 

accept,  accipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -cep- 
tus. 

accomplish,  conficio,  -ere,  -feci, 
-fectus. 

account  of  (on),  sometimes  ex- 
pressed by  ahl.  (173);  ob,  vyith 
ace;   propter,  with  ace. 

accuse,  accuso,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 

accustomed  (become),  consuesco, 
-ere,  -suevi,  -suetus;  be  accus- 
tomed, soleo,  -ere,  -itus  sum. 
(312.) 

across,  trans,  with  ace. 

A.D.,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  anno 
Domini. 

address,  cohortor,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 


administer,  administro,  -are,  -avi, 

-atus. 
advantage,  usus,  -us,  m.;    be   of 

advantage,    prosum,     prodesse, 

proful,    profuturus,    with    dat. 

(600-604.) 
advice,  consilium,  -I,  n. 
advise,    moneo,    -ere,   -ui,   -itus. 

(564-570.) 
affair,  res,  rei,  /.;  negotium,  -i,  n. 
afraid  of    (be),   timeo,    -ere,    -ui, 

;  vereor,  -eri,  -itus  sum. 

(629-635.) 
after,  post,  with    ace;    sometimes 

implied  in  the  participle. 
afterwards,  postea,  adv. 
against,  contra,  with  ace. 
aid,  noun,  auxilium,  -i,  n. ;  sub- 

sidium,  -i,  n.;  opera,  -ae,  /. 
aid,  verb,  iuvo,  -are,  iQvi  (iutus); 

adsum,    -esse,    -ful,    -futurus, 

with  dat. 
alarm,    commoveo,    -ere,    -movi, 

-motus  ;    perterreo,    -ere,    -ul, 

-itus  ;     perturbo,     -are,     -avi, 

-atus. 
all,   omnis,  -e;     totus,   -a,   -um. 

(264.) 
allow,  patior,  pati,  passus  sum, 

with  inf.;  concede,  -ere,  -cessi, 

-cessus,  with  ut  and  subjunct. 


271 


272 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


ally,  socius,  -I,  m. 

alone,  solus,  -a,  -um;  unus,  -a, 

-urn.       (264.) 
already,  iam. 

although,  cum,    with  suhjunct. 
ambassador,  legatus,  -i,  m. 
ambuscade,  Insidiae,  -arum,  /.  pi. 
among,   apud,   with  ace. ;   inter, 

with  ace.  ;   be  among,  intersum, 

-esse,  -ful,  -futurus. 
an,  see  a. 

ancient,  vetus,  veteris. 
and,  et;    atque  (ac);    -que. 
animal,  animal,  -alls,  n.     (533.) 
announce,  nuntio,  -are, -avi, -atus. 
another,    alius,    -a,    -ud.     (264- 

265,  541.) 
answer,  respondeo,  -ere,  -spondl, 

-sponsus,  with  dat. 
any,   adj.,   uUus,  -a,  -um    (264), 

aliqui,  -qua,  -quod.     (409,  h, 

555.) 
any  one,  anything,  pron.,  aliquis, 

-qua, -quid   (409,  6,  555);    any 

one  (anything)  at  all,  quisquam, 

quicquam.     (555.) 
approach,       appropinquo,      -are, 

-avi,    -atus;     adeo,    -ire,    -ii, 

-iturus. 
arise,  orior,  -iri,  ortus  sum. 
arm,  armo,  -are,  avi,  -atus. 
arms,  arma,  -orum,  n.  pi. 
army,   exercitus,   -us,   m.    (534); 

army   (on   the    march),   agmen, 

agminis,  n. 
around,  circum,  with  ace. 
arouse,  incito,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
arrangement,   ordo,  -dinis,   m. 
arrival,  adventus,  -us,  m. 
arrive,  pervenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ven- 

turus. 


arrow,  sagitta,  -ae,  /. 

ask,  quaero,  -ere,  quaesivi, 
quaesitus;  ask  for,  rogo,  -are, 
-avi,  -atus;  peto,  -ere,  -ivi, 
-itus;  postulo,  -are, -avi,  -atus. 

assemble,  convenio,  -ire,  -veni, 
-venturus. 

assembly,  concilium,  -i,  n. 

assure,  confirmo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 

at,  in,  with  abl.  or  ace;  with 
names  of  towns,  etc.,  locative 
case  (245);  abl.  of  cause  (173); 
dbl.  of  time  (137);  at  first, 
primo;  at  daybreak,  prima 
luce;  at  length,  tandem;  at 
once,  statim;  at  that  time, 
tum;  at  the  foot  of,  sub,  with 
dbl.;  at  the  head  of  (be), 
praesum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus, 
with  dat. 

Athens,  Athenae,  -arum,  /.  pi. 

attack,  noun,  impetus,  -iis,  m.; 
make  an  attack,  impetum  facio. 

attack,  verb,  oppugno,  -are,  -avi, 
-atus;   lacesso,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itus. 

attempt,  conor,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 

authority,  auctoritas,  -atis,  /. 

avoid,  vito,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 

await,  exspecto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 

away  (be),  absum,  -esse,  afui, 
afuturus;  send  away,  dimitto, 
-ere,  -misi,  -missus;  take  or 
snatch  away,  eripio,  -ere,  -ui, 
-rep  t  us. 

away  from,  a  (ab),  with  abl. 


bad,  malus,  -a,  -um.     (544.) 
badly,  male.     (546.) 
baggage,    impedimenta,    -orum, 
n.  pi. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


273 


band,  manus,  -us,  /. 
oank  (of  a  river),  rlpa,  -ae,  /. 
barbarian,  barbarus,  -i,  m, 
battle,   proelium,  -i,   n. ;    pugna, 

-ae,     /. ;       begin       battle,     join 

battle,   proelium  committo. 
B.C.,    before    the    birth    of    Christ, 

ante  Christum  natum. 
be,  sum,  esse,  ful,  futurus.     (592- 

596.) 
be    able,    possum,    posse,    potui, 

.     (597-599.) 

be    absent,    absum,    -esse,    afui, 

afuturus. 
be    accustomed,   soleo,   -ere,  -itus 

sum  (312);   consuevi,  etc.    Cf. 

note  1,  page  147. 
be  afraid,  timeo,  -ere,  -ui, ; 

vereor,  -eri,  -itus  sum.     (629- 

635.) 
be    against,    obsum,    -esse,    -fui, 

-futurus,  with  dot. 
be  among,  intersum,  -esse,  -fui, 

-futurus. 
be  at  the  head  of,  praesum,  -esse, 

-fui,  -futiirus,  with  dat. 
be    away,    absum,    -esse,    afui, 

afutiirus. 
be  between,  intersum,  -esse,  -fui, 

-futurus. 
be    distant,    absum,    -esse,    afui, 

afuturus. 
be    informed,    certior     fio,    fieri, 

f actus  sum.        (462,    6,    612- 

616.) 
be    lacking,    desum,    -esse,    -fui, 

-futurus. 
be    left,    supersum,    -esse,    -fui, 

-futurus. 
be   made,  fio,  fieri,  factus  sum. 

(462,  b,  612-616.) 

T 


be    more    willing,    malo,    malle, 

malui,  .     (624-628.) 

be     near,     adsum,     -esse,     -fui, 

-futurus. 
be    of   advantage,  prosum,  prod- 

esse,  profui,    profuturus,   with 

dat.     (600-604.) 
be    present,    adsum,    -esse,    -fui, 

-futurus. 
be   unwilling,   nolo,  nolle,  nolui, 

.     (624-628.) 

be    wanting,    desum,   -esse,   -fui, 

-futurus. 
be     willing,    volo,    velle,    volui, 

.     (624-628.) 

bear,     fero,     ferre,     tuli,     latus 

(617-623);       perfero,      -ferre, 

-tuli,  -latus. 
bear  back,  refero,  -ferre,  rettuli, 

relatus. 
beautiful,  pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum. 

(538.) 
beautifully,  pulchre. 
because,    quod;     cum,    with  sub- 

junct.     (390,  2,  392.) 
because    of,    propter,    with    ace; 

oh,  with  ace;  abl.  of  cause.  (173.) 
become,    fio,    fieri,    factus    sum. 

(462,  b,  612-616.) 
become       accustomed,       become 

used,    consuesco,   -ere,   -suevi, 

-suetus. 
befall,   accido,  -ere,  -cidi,  , 

with  dat. 
before,  ante,  with  ace;  pro,  with 

abl.;   before  the  birth  of   Christ, 

A.D.,  ante  Christum  natum. 
beg,  peto,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itus. 
began,    coepi,    coepisse,    coeptus 

{used  only  in  per.,  plup.,  and 

jut.  per.). 


274 


FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 


begin  battle,  proelium  committo, 

-ere,  -misl,  -missus. 
behalf  of  (in),  pro,  mith  abl. 
behind,  post,  vrith  ace. 
Belgians,  Belgae,  -arum,  m. 
believe,  credo,  -ere,   credidi,  cre- 

ditus,   with  dat. 
benefit,  prosum,  prodesse,  proful, 

profuturus,    wUh    dat.      (600- 

604.) 
besiege,     oppugno,     -are,     -avi, 

-atus. 
best,  adj.,  optimus,  -a,  -um  (544); 

adv.,  optime.     (544.) 
betake     (myself,     etc.),     confero, 

-ferre,  -tull,  -latus,  with  reflex. 

pron. 
better,  adj.,  melior,  melius  (544); 

adv.,  melius.     (546.) 
between,     inter,     with    ace;     be 

between,   intersum,   -esse,   -fui, 

-futurus. 
bid,    iubeo,    -ere,    iussi,    iussus, 

with  inf. 
boat,  navis,  -is,  /. 
body,  corpus,  -oris,  n. 
bold,  audax,  -acis.     (539,  543.) 
boldly,  audacter. 
boldness,  audacia,  -ae. 
book,  liber,  librl,   m. 
both,  uterque,  utraque,  utrumque. 

(264.) 
both  .  .  .  and,  et  .   .  .  et. 
bound,  contineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentus. 
boundary,  finis,  -is,   m. 
boy,  puer,  pueri,  m.     (529.) 
brave,  fortis,  -e.     (543.) 
bravely,  fortiter.     (546.) 
bravery,  virtus,  -tutis,  /.     (531.) 
bridge,  pons,  pontis,  m. 
brief,  brevis,  -e. 


bring,  porto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus; 
fero,  ferre,  tull,  latus  (617- 
623);  bring  back,  refero,  -ferre, 
rettuli,  relatus;  bring  in,  in- 
fero,  -ferre,  -tull,  -latus;  bring 
together,  conporto,  -are,  -avi, 
-atus;  confero,  -ferre,  -tuli, 
-latus;  bring  war  on,  bellum 
Infero,  with  dat. 

broad,  latus,  -a,  -um. 

brother,  frater,  fratris,  m. 

building,  aedificium,  -I,  n. 

burn,  incendo,  -ere,  -cendi,  -cen- 
sus. 

business,  negotium,  -i,  n. 

but,  sed;    at. 

by,  with  persons,  a  (ab) ,  with  abl.; 
with  things,  abl.  without  a  prep. 

by  night,  noctu. 


Caesar,  Caesar,  -aris,  m. 
calamity,    calamitas,   -atis,   /. 
Cales,  Gales,  -ium,  /.,  a  city  in 

Italy. 
call,  voco,  -are,  -avi,   -atus ;  call 

(by  name),  appello,  -are,   -avi, 

-atus ;    call   back,   revoco ;    call 

together,  convoco. 
camp,     castra,     -orum,     n.     pi.; 

pitch  camp,  castra    pono,  -ere, 

posui,  positus. 
can,  possum,  posse,  potui,  . 

(597-599.) 
canton,  pagus,  -i,  m. 
captive,     captlvus,     -i,     m. 
capture,     expugno,     -are,     -avi, 

-atus;    capio,  -ere,  cepi,  cap- 

tus.     (578-584.) 
care,  cura,  -ae,  /.;    take  care  of, 

euro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


275 


care  for,  euro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
careful,  diligens,  -entis. 
carefully,  dlligenter. 
carry,    porto,    -are,    avi,    -atus; 

fero,   ferre,   tull,   latus;     carry 

across,   transporto,   -are,    -avi, 

-atus;     carry     on,    gero,    -ere, 

gessi,  gestus. 
Carthage,  Carthago,  -ginis,  /. 
catch    sight    of,    conspicio,    -ere, 

-spexi,  -spectus.  * 

cause,  causa,  -ae,  /. 
cavalry,  equitatus,  -us,  m.;  equi- 

tes,  -um,  m.  pi. 
cavalry-,  of  the  cavalry,  equester, 

-tris,  -tre. 
certain  (a),  indef.  pron.,  quidam, 

quaedam,   quiddam,     (555.) 
certain,    adj.,    certus,    -a,    -um; 

a  certain,  indef.  adj.,    quidam, 

quaedam,  quoddam.     (555.) 
chance,  casus,  -us,  m. 
change,  verto,  -ere,  verti,  versus; 

converto. 
charge     of     (put    in),     praeficio, 

-ere,  -feci,  -fectus,  with  ace.  and 

dat.;  be  in   charge  of,  praesum, 

-esse,  -fui,  -futurus,  with  dat. 
chi§f,  princeps,  -cipis,  m.  (531.) 
children,    liberi,    -orum,    m.    pi.; 

pueri,  -orum,  m.  pi. 
choose,  deligo,  -ere,  -legi,  -lectus. 
Christ  (before  the  birth  of),  ante 

Christum  natum. 
Cicero,  Cicero,  -nis,  m. 
citizen,    civis,   -is,    m. 
city,  urbs,  urbis,  /. 
clamor,   clamor,  -oris,   m. 
cohort,  cohors,  -ortis,  /. 
collect,  cogo,  -ere,  coegi,  coactus; 

confero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latus. 


column  (of  troops),  agmen, 
-minis,  n. 

come,  venio,  -ire,  veni,  ventiirus; 
come  back,  revertor,  -i,  -verti 
or  -versus  sum;  come  together, 
convenio. 

coming,  adventus,  -us,  m. 

command,  noun,  imperium,  -i,  n.; 
be  in  command  of,  praesum,  -esse, 
-fui,  -futurus,  vrith  dat.;  put 
in  command  of,  praeficio,  -ere, 
-feci,  -fectus,  with  ace.  and  dat. 

command,  verb,  iubeo,  -ere,  iussi, 
iussus,  with  inf.;  impero,  -are, 
-avi,  -atus,  with  ut  and  the 
suhjunct. 

commonwealth,  res  pubHca,  re! 
publicae,  /. 

compel,  cogo,  -ere,  coegi,  coactus. 

complain,  queror,  -i,  questus  sum. 

comrade,   socius,  -i,   m. 

concerning,  de,  with  abl. 

condemn,  damno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 

confer,  colloquor,  -i,  -locutus  sum. 

conference,   colloquium,   -i,   n. 

conquer,  supero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus; 
vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victus. 

consent,  voluntas,   -atis,   /. 

conspiracy,  coniuratio,  -nis,  /. 

conspire,  coniuro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 

consul,  consul,  -is,  m.     (532.) 

contend,  contend©,  -ere,  -tendi, 
-tentus. 

could,  see  can. 

council,    concilium,   -i,   n. 

country,  terra,  -ae,  /.;  fines,  -ium, 
m.  pi.;  as  opposed  to  the  city, 
rus,  ruris,  n.;  in  the  country, 
riiri  (loc.) ;  to  the  country, 
rus;  from  the  country,  rure. 
(245,  a,  246.) 


276 


FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 


courage,  virtus,  -utis,  /. 
cross,  transeo,  -Ire,  -ii,  -itus. 
cry,  clamor,  -oris,  m. 
custom,  mos,  moris,  m. 
cut    down,    occido,    -ere,    -cidi, 
-cisus. 

D 

daily,  cotidie. 

danger,  periculum,  -i,  n. 

dare,    audeo,    -ere,    ausus    sum. 

(312.) 
daring,  noun,  audacia,  -ae,  /. 
daring,  adj.,  audax,  -acis.     (539, 

543.) 
daughter,   filia,   -ae,   /.     (52,   b.) 
day,  dies,  diel,  m.  and  /.  (535); 

every  day,  cotidie. 
daybreak,    prima    lux ;    at    day- 
break, prima  luce, 
death,   mors,   mortis,  /. 
decide,  constituo,  -ere,  -ul,  -utus; 

statuo,  -ere,  -ui,  -iitus. 
decree,     decerno,     -ere,     -crevi, 

-etus,  with  ut  and  suhjunct. 
deep,  altus,  -a,  -um.     (543.) 
defeat,  vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victus; 

supero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
defend,     defendo,     -ere,     -fendi, 

-fensus. 
defender,  defensor,  -oris,  m. 
defense  of  (in),  pro,  tuith  ahl. 
delay,  moror,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 
^deliver  a  speech,  orationem  habeo, 

-ere,  -ui,  -itus. 
demand,  postulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
depart,     proficiscor,     -i,     -foetus 

sum;      discedo,     -ere,     -cessi, 

-cessurus;  exeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -iturus. 
departure,     profectio,     -nis,     /.; 

discessus,  -us,  m. 


depth,  altitudo,  -dinis,  /. 
desire,  noun,  studium,  -i,  n. 
desire,     verb,     cupio,    -ere,     -ivi, 

-itus;  volo,  velle,  volui,  . 

(624-628.) 
desirous,   cupidus,  -a,  -um,  with 

gen. 
despair,  despero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
destroy,    deleo,  -ere,    -evi,    -etus. 
determine,    constituo,    -ere,    -ui, 

-utus;  -  statuo,  -ere,  -ui,  -utus. 
devastate,  vasto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus; 

vexo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus;    popu- 

lor,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 
die,  morior,  mori,  mortuus  sum. 
difficult,  difficilis,  -e.     (330.) 
difficulty,  difficultas,  -atis,  /. 
dignity,  dignitas,  -atis,  /. 
diligence,  diligentia,  -ae,  /. 
diligent,   diligens,  -entis. 
diligently,  diligenter. 
disaster,  calamitas,  -atis,  /. 
discover,    reperio,    -ire,    repperi, 

repertus. 
dismiss,     dimitto,     -ere,     -misi, 

-missus. 
distance,  spatium,  -i,  n.;    inter- 
vallum,  -i,  n. 
distant   (be),  absum,  -esse,  aful, 

afuturus. 
district,  regio,  -nis,  /.;  pagus,  -i,  m. 
disturb,  perturbo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
ditch,  fossa,  -ae,  /. 
divide,  divido,  -ere,  -visi,  -visus. 
do,  facio,  -ere,  feci,  factus   {for 

pass.,    cf.    445,    6);     conficio, 

-ere,   -feci,  -fectus;    ago,   -ere, 

egi,  actus. 
do  not,  don't,  in  prohibitions,  noli, 

sing.,  or    nolite,  pi.    with   inf. 

(455.)  ^ 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


277 


door,  porta,  -ae,  /. 

down  from,  de,  with  ahl. 

draw    near,    appropinquo,    -are, 

-avi,  -atus,  urith  dat. 
draw    up,    Instruo,  -ere,  -strQxi, 

-structus. 
drive,  pello,  -ere,  pepuli,  pulsus; 

ago,    -ere,    egl,     actus;     drive 

back,  repello,  -ere,  repull,  re- 

pulsus;  drive  out,  expello,  -ere, 

-pull,  -pulsus, 
during,  ahl.  of  time.     (137.) 
duty,  officium,  -i,  n. 
dwell,  habito,  -are,  -avi,  -aturus; 

incolo,  -ere,  -ul,  . 


each,  adj.,  quisque,  quaeque, 
quodque  (393);  each  {of  two), 
uterque,  utraque,  utrumque. 
(264.) 

each  one,  'pron.,  quisque,  quaeque, 
quidque  (409,  c);  each  (of 
two),  uterque,  utraque,  utrum- 
que.    (264.) 

eager,  acer,  acris,  acre  (522,  526); 
eager  for,  cupidus,  -a,  -um, 
with  gen. 

eagerly,  acriter.     (529.) 

eagerness,  studium,  -I,  n. 

easily,  facile.     (349,  529.) 

easy,  facilis,  -e.     (330,  526.) 

eight,  octo,  indecl.  adj. 

either,  aut;  either  ...  or,  aut 
.  .  .  aut. 

eldest,  maximus,  -a,  -um,  natu. 
(527.) 

elect,  deligo,  -ere,  -legi, 
-lectus. 

eleven,  undecim,  indecl.  adj. 

embassy,  legatio,  -nis,  /. 


employ,    utor,     uti.     usus    sum, 

with  ahl.     (629-635.) 
encourage,    cohortor,   -ari,  -atus 

sum. 
end,  finis,  -is,  m. 
endure,     perfero,     -ferre,     -tuli, 

-latus. 
enemy,     hostis,    -is,    m.;    private 

enemy,   inimicus,  -i,   m. 
enjoy,   fruor,   frui,   fructus  sum, 

with  ahl. 
enlist,    conscribo,    -ere,    -scripsi, 

-scriptus. 
enough,  satis,  indecl.  noun  or  adv. 
enroll,  conscribo,    -ere,    -scripsi, 

-scriptus. 
enter,  ineo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itus. 
equal,  par,  paris,  with  dat.  (539); 

aequus,  -a,  -um,  with  dat. 
escape,  fuga,  -ae,  /. 
especially,  maxime. 
establish,    confirm©,    -are,    -avi, 

-atus;  constituo,  -ere;  -ui.  -utus. 
esteem,  honor,  -oris,  m. 
even,  etiam;    ipse.     (550.) 
every  day,  cotidie. 
every     one,     quisque,     quaeque 

(409,  c);    omnes,  -ium,  pi. 
everything,  omnia,  -ium,  n.  pi. 
evil,  malus,  -a,  -um. 
examine,  exploro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
excite,  excito,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
exhausted,     confectus,     -a,     -um 

{per.  part,  of  conficio). 
exhort,  hortor,  -ari,  -avi,  -atus; 

cohortor. 
expel,  pello,  -ere,  pepuli,  pulsus ; 

expello,  -ere,  -puli,  -pulsus. 
experienced,     peritus,     -a,     -um, 

with  gen. 
explore,  exploro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 


278 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


fact,  res,  rei,  /.     (535.) 

fail,  desum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus. 

faith,  fides,  -ei,  /. 

famous,  clarus,  -a,  -um. 

farmer,  agricola,  -ae,  m. 

farther,  citerior,  -ius.     (544.) 

father,  pater,  patris,   m.     (532.) 

father-in-law,  socer,  soceri,  m. 

favor,  gratia,  -ae,  /. 

fear,     noun,     timor,     -oris,     m.; 

metus,  -us,  m. 
fear,  verb,  timeo,  -ere,  -ul, ; 

vereor,  -eri,  -itus  sum.     (629- 

635.) 
few,  a  few,  pauci,  -ae,  -a. 
field,  ager,  agri,  m.     (529.) 
fierce,  ferus,  -a,  -um. 
fifteenth,    qulntus    decimus    {de- 
cline both  parts). 
fight,  noun,  pugna,  -ae,  /. 
fight,  verb,  pugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus; 

dimico,   -are,   -avI,   -atus. 
fill,  compleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etus. 
finally,  tandem, 
find,  invenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventus; 

find  out,  reperio,  -Ire,  repperl, 

repertus. 
finish,  conficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus. 
fire.  Ignis,  -is,  m.  (152,  b);  set  fire 

to,  incendo,  -ere,  -eendl,  -census. 
firm,  firmus,  -a,  -um. 
first,   primus,   -a,   -um;     at  first, 

primo. 
five,   quinque,    indecl.   adj.;    five 

hundred,  quingenti,  -ae,  -a. 
flee,  fugio,  -ere,  fugi,  fugiturus. 
fleet,  classis,  -is,  /. 
flight,  fuga,  -ae,  /. 
follow,    sequor,    sequi,    secutus 

sum;    follow  up^  cpnsequor. 


following,  posterus,  -a,  -um. 
(544.) 

foot,  pes,  pedis,  m.  (530);  at  the 
foot  of,  sub,  with  abl. ;  to  the 
foot  of,  sub,  with  ace. 

foot-,  on  foot,  pedester,  -tris,  -tre. 

foot-soldier,   pedes,  -itis,  m. 

for,  prep.,  usually  expressed  by 
the  dat.;  pro,  vrith  abl.;  ad, 
used  with  the  ace.  of  gerund  or 
gerundive  to  express  purpose 
(473) ;  to  express  extent  use 
the  ace.     (272.) 

for,  conj.,  nam. 

for  a  long  time,  diu.     (546.) 

for  the  purpose  of,  for  the  sake  of, 
causa,  following  the  gen.     (473.) 

force,  noun,  vis  (vis),  /.  (536); 
manus,  -us,  /. 

force,  verb,  cogo,  -ere,  coegl,  co- 
actus. 

forces,  copiae,  -arum,  /.  pi. 

ford,  vadum,  -i,  n. 

forest,  silva,  -ae,  /. 

form,  instruo,  -ere,  -struxi,  -struc- 
tus. 

former,  prior,  prius  (544);  the 
former,  ille,  -a,  -ud.     (221,  c.) 

fort,  castellum,  -I,  n. 

fortification,  munltio,  -nis,  /. 

fortify,  munio,  -ire,  -IvI,  -Itus. 

fortune,  fortima,  -ae,  /. 

four,  quattuor,  indecl.  adj. 

fourteenth,  quartus  decimus  {de- 
cline both  parts). 

fourth,  quartus,  -a,  -um. 

free,  adj.,  liber,  -era,  -erum. 

free,  verb,  libero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 

freedom,  libertas,  -atis,  /. 

freely,  libere. 

frequent,  creber,  crebra,  crebrum. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


279 


frequently,  saepe. 

friend,  amicus,  -I,  m. 

friendship,  amicitia,  -ae,  /. 

frighten,  perterreo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus. 

from,  a  (ab),  tinth  abl.;  e  (ex), 
with  abl.;  de,  with  abl.;  {for 
distinction,  see  213);  from  all 
sides,  undique ;  from  what 
(which)  place,  unde. 


garrison,   praesidium,   -I,   n. 

gate,  porta,  ae,  /. 

gather     (together),     cogo,     -ere, 

coegl,  coactus;    comparo,  -are, 

-avi,    -atus;     comporto,    -are, 

-avi,  -atus. 
Gaul  (the  country) ,  Gallia,  -ae 
Gaul  (a  person),  Gallus,  -i,  m. 
general,     imperator,     -oris,     w.; 

dux,  ducis,  m. 
get    possession    of,    potior,    -iri, 

-itus  sum,  with  abl. 
girl,  puella,  -ae.     (527.) 
give,     do,     dare,     dedl,     datus; 

give    over,    trado,    -ere,    -didi, 

-itus;    give  back,  reddo,  -ere, 

-didi,  -ditus. 
glad,  laetus,  -a,  -um. 
gladly,  laete. 
go,  eo,   ire,  ii   (ivi),  iturus;    go 

across,  transeo;  go  back,  redeo; 

revertor;    go  forth  (out),  exeo; 

egredior;     go    into,    ineo;     go 

to,  adeo.  ^  (605-611.) 
god,  deus,  -i,  m.     (536.) 
goddess,  dea,  -ae,  /.     (52,  6.) 
good,  bonus,  -a,  -um.     (537,  544.) 
good  fortune,  fortuna,  -ae,  /. 
good  will,  gratia,  -ae,  /. ;  voluntas, 

-atis,  /. 


grain,  frumentum,  -i,  n. ;  grain 
supply,  res  frumentaria,  rei 
frumentariae,  /. 

great,  magnus,  -a,  -um  (544); 
ingens,  -entis. 

greater,  maior,  -ius.     (544.) 

greatest,  maximus,  -a,  -um. 
(544.) 

great  (how),  quantus,  -a,  -um, 
interr.  adj. 

great  number,  multitude,  -dinis,  /. 

great  (so),  tantus,  -a,  -um. 

great  size,  magnitude,  -dinis,  /. 

grief,  dolor,  -oris,  m. 

ground  (on  the),  humi.     (245,  a.) 

guard,  custos,  -odis,  m.;  prae- 
sidium, -i,  n. 


H 

habitation,  sedes,  -is,  /. 
hand,   manus,   -us,   /. 
happen,  accido,  -ere,  -cidi, 
vnth  dat. 


harass,  lacesso,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itus. 

harbor,  portus,  -us,  m. 

harm,  noun,  iniuria,  -ae,  /. 

harm,  verb,  noeeo,  -ere,  -ui, 
-iturus,  with  dat. 

hasten,  propero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus; 
contend©,  -ere,  -tendi,  -tentus. 

have,  habeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus 
(have  as  an  auxiliary  is  trans- 
lated by  the  perfect  tense). 

he,  usually  expressed  by  the  third 
person  of  the  verb;  is  (549); 
hie   (548);    ille.     (548.) 

head,  caput,  -itis,  n.;  be  at  the 
head  of,  praesum,  -esse,  -fui, 
-futurus,  with  dat. 

hear,  audio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus, 
(585-591.) 


280 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


heavy,  gravis,  -e. 

height,  altitude,  -dinis,  /, 

help,  auxilium,  -  i,  n.;  subsidium, 

-i,  n.;    opera,  -ae,  /. 
help,    iuvo,    -are,    iuvi,  (iutus); 

adsum,    -esse,    -fui,    -futurus, 

V)iih  dat. 
Helvetian,   Helvetius,  -i,  m. 
her,    possess,  adj.,  eius    (253,  d); 

reflexive,  suus, -a,, -\im.  (253,  d.) 
her,  pron.,  see  she. 
high,    altus,    -a,    -um. 
higher,    superior,   -ius.     (544.) 
highest,  supremus,  -a,  -um;  sum- 

mus,  -a,  -um.     (544.) 
hill,  collis,  -is,  m. 
him,  see  he,  and  sui. 
himself,  see  self, 
hinder,  impedio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus; 

obsum,    -esse,    -fui,    -futurus, 

with  dat. 
hindrance,  imped imentum,  -i,  n. 
his,  possess,   adj.,  eius   (253,  d); 

reflexive,  suus,  -a,  -um.    (253,  d.) 
hither,  citerior,  -ius.   (544.) 
hithermost,     citimus,     -a,     -um. 

(544.) 
hold,    teneo,    -ere,    -ui,    tentus; 

hold    back,    retineo;     hold    in, 

contineo. 
home,     domus,     -us,     /.     (536); 

at  home,  domi.     (245,  a.) 
honor,  honor,  -oris,  m. 
hope,  noun,  spes,  -ei,  /. 
hope,  verb,  spero,  -are,-avi,  -atus. 
horn,  cornu,  -us,  n.     (534.) 
horse,  equus,  -I,  m. 
horseman,  eques,  -itis,  m. 
hostage,  obses,  -idis,  m. 
hostile,  inimicus,  -a,  -um,  with  dat. 
hour,  hora,  -ae,  /. 


house,    domus,   -us,   /.     (536.) 
how  great,   how  much,  quantus, 

-a,  -um. 
how   many,   quot,   indecl.   adj 
huge,  ingens,  -entis. 
humble,   humilis,   -e.     (330.) 
hundred,    centum,   indecl.   adj. 
hurl,    iacio,    -ere,    ieci,    iactus; 

conicio,   -ere,   -ieci,   -iectus. 


I,  ego.  (547.)  Not  expressed  in 
Latin  unless  emphatic.  (253,  a.) 

if,  si;    if  not,  nisi. 

ill,  adv.,  male.     (546.) 

immediately,  statim. 

immense,  ingens,  -entis. 

impede,  impedio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itus. 

in,  in,  with  abl.;  abl.  of  spec.  (161) ; 
in  defense  of,  pro,  with  abl.; 
in  behalf  of,  pro,  with  abl. 

in  order  that,  ut,  vdth  subjunct. ; 
in  order  that  not,  ne,  vdth  sub- 
junct. 

increase,  augeo,  -ere,  auxi,  auc- 
tus. 

infantry,  peditatus,  -lis,  m.; 
pedites,  -um,  m.  pi. 

infantry-,  of  the  infantry,  adj., 
pedester,  -tris,  -tre. 

influence,  noun,  auctoritas,  -atis, 
/.;  gratia,  -ae,  /. 

influence,  verb,  adduce,  -ere, 
-duxi,  -ductus. 

inform,  certiorem  facio;  be  in- 
formed, certior  fio. 

inhabit,  incolo,  -ere,  -ui, . 

inhabitant,  incola,  -ae,  m. 

injure,  noceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itQrus, 
vnth  dat. 

injury,  iniuria,  -ae,  /. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


281 


inmost,  intimus,  -a,  -um.     (544.) 
inner,  interior,  -ius.     (544.) 
intend    to,    expressed  by   the   act. 
periphrastic  conj.       (478-493.) 
interval,   interval lum,   -i,   n. 
into,  in,  with  ace. 
island,  insula,  -ae,  /. 
it,  is,  ea,  id.     (549.) 


javelin,  pilum,  -i,  n. 

join   battle,   proelium   committo, 

-ere,  -misi,  -missus, 
joyful,  laetus,  -a,  -um, 
judgment,  iudicium,  -i,  n. 
just,  aequus,  -a,  -um. 

K 

keen,  acer,  acris,  acre.     (539.) 

keenly,  acriter. 

keep,    servo,    -are,    -avi,    -atus; 

teneo,  -ere,  -ul,    tentus;    keep 

off    or    away,    prohibeo,    -ere, 

-Ul,  -itus. 
kill,     neco,     -are,     -avi,     -atus; 

interficio,    -ere,   -feci,    -fectus; 

occldo,  -ere,  -cidi,  -cisus. 
king,   rex,   regis,   m. 
kingdom,  regnum,  -i,  n. 
know,   scio,   scire,   sclvi,   scitus; 

intellego,    -ere,    -lexi,    -lectus; 

cognosce,    -ere,    cognovi,     co- 

gnitus;    sentio,  -ire,  sensi,  sen- 

sus. 
knowledge,   scientia,   -ae,  /. 


labor,  labor,  -oris,  m. 

lacking  (be),  desum,  -esse,  -fui, 

-futurus. 
lake,  lacus,  -iis,  m. 


land,  terra,  -ae,  /.;    native    land, 

patria,  -ae,  /. 
large,    magnus,    -a,    -um    (544); 

ingens,  -entis;   large  size,  mag- 

nitudo,  -dinis,  /. 
last,     ultimus,    -a,    -um     (544); 

extremus,  -a,  -um  (544);    pos- 

tremus,  -a,  -um.     (544.) 
later,   posterior,  -ius.     (544.) 
latter     (the),     hie,     haec,     hoc. 

(221,  c.) 
law,  lex,  legis,  /.;   ius,  iuris,  n. 
lay  waste,  vasto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus; 

populor,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 
lead,    duco,    -ere,    duxi,    ductus; 

lead    on,    adduco;     lead    across 

or   over,    traduco;     lead    down, 

deduco;    lead  out,  educo. 
leader,   dux,  ducis.     (530.) 
learn,  cognosce,  -ere,  -novi,  -ni- 

tus;    disco,  -ere,  didici,  . 

least,  adj,,  minimus,  -a,  -um.  (544.) 
least,  adv.,  minime.     (546.) 
leave,  relinquo,  -ere,  -liqui,  -lictus. 
left,  sinister,  -tra,  -trum;    on  the 

left  wing,  a  sinistro  cornu. 
left   (be),   supersum,   -esse,   -fui, 

-futurus. 
legion,  legio,  -nis,  /. 
length  (at),  tandem, 
less,  adj.,  minor,  minus.     (544.) 
less,   adv.,   minus.     (546.) 
let,    expressed    by    the    subjunct. 

(456-457.) 
letter,  litterae,  -arum,  /.  pi. 
liberty,  libertas,  -atis,  /. 
lieutenant,    legatus,    -i,    m. 
life,  vita,  -ae,  /. 
light,  lux,  Iticis,  /. 
like,  similis,  -e,  vrith  dat.   (330); 
I       par,  paris,  with  dat.     (539.) 


282 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


likewise,  item, 
line  of  battle,  acies,  -ei,  /. 
linger,  moror,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 
little,    parvus,    -a,    -um.     (544.) 
live,  habito,  -are,  -avi,  -aturus; 

incolo,  -ere,  -ui,  . 

long,  longus,  -a,  -um. 

long  time  (for  a),  diu.      (546.) 

longer,  adv.,  diutius.     (546.) 

longest,  adv.,  diutissime. 

Lord,  Dominus,  -I,  m. 

lose,  amitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missus. 

loss,  calamitas,  -atis,  /. 

low,  humilis,  -e   (330);    inferus, 

-a,  -um.     (544.) 
lower,  inferior,  -ius.     (544.) 
lowest,  infimus,  -a,  -um.     (544.) 
lowly,  humilis,  -e.     (330.) 

M 

magistrate,  magistratus,  -us,  m. 
make,    facio,    -ere,    feci,    factus; 

pass,    sup-plied    by    flo    (612- 

616);  make  an  attack,  impetum 

facio,    with    in    and    the    ace; 

make  a  march,  iter  facio. 
man,  vir,  viri,  m.  (529);    homo, 

hominis,  m.     (532.) 
manage,  gero,  -ere,  gessi,  gestus; 

administro,    -are,    -avi,    -atus; 

euro,  -are,  avi,  -atus. 
manner,  ratio,  -nis,  /. 
many,  multl,  -ae,  -a,  pi.;    com- 

plures,   complura;    how    many, 

quot;    so  many,  tot. 
march,    iter,    itineris,    n.    (536); 

make  a  march,  iter  facio,  -ere, 

feci,  factus. 
march,  iter  facio,  -ere,  feci,  factus. 
Marcus,   Marcus,  -i,  m. 
marsh,  palus^  -Qdis,  /. 


may    (sign    of  a  wish),    utinam^ 

with  subjunct.     (512-515.) 
me,  see  I. 
means,  ratio,  -nis,  /.;    by   means 

of,  abl.  of  means.     (46.) 
meantime  (in  the),  interim, 
meanwhile,  interim, 
merchant,   mercator,  -oris,   m. 
message,  nuntius,  -i,  m. 
messenger,  nuntius,  -I,  m. 
mile     (Roman),     mTlle      passus; 

miles,  milia  passuum. 
mind,  animus,  -I,  m. 
mine,  meus,  -a,  -um. 
misfortune,  casus,  -us,  m. 
money,' pecunia,  -ae,  /. 
month,  mensis,  -is,  m. 
more,    adj.,    ,    plus.     (544- 

545.) 
more,  adv.,  magis.     (546.) 
most,    adj.,    plurimus,    -a,    -um 

(544);  sign  of  superl.     (320,  a.) 
most,     adv.,     plurimum     (546); 

maxime  (546.) 
mother,  mater,  matris,  /. 
mound,    vallum,    -I,    n.  ;    agger, 

-eris,  m,. 
mountain,      mons,      montis,    m. 

(533.) 
move,  moveo,  -ere,  movl,  motus; 

commoveo. 
much,  adj.,  multus,  -a,  -um  (544); 

how  much,   quantus,    -a,  -um; 

so  much,  tantus,  -a,  -um. 
much,  adv.,  multum  (546);  much, 

by  much,   multo. 
multitude,    multitudo,    -dinis,    /. 
must,     expressed     by     the     pass. 

periphrastic    conj.     (480-483.) 
my,  meus,  -a,  -um;     myself,  see 

self. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


283 


N 
name,  nomen,  nominis,  n. 
nation,     natio,     -nis,     /.;     gens, 

gentis,  /. 
native  land,  patria,  -ae,  /. 
nature,  natura,  -ae,  /. 
near,  ad,   tuith  ace. 
nearer,   propior,  -ius.      (544.) 
nearest,  proximus,  -a,  -um.  (544.) 
neglect,  neglego,  -ere,  -lexi,  -lec- 

tus. 
neighbor,  flnitimus,  -i,  m. 
neither,     neque      (nee);      neither 

.  .  .  nor,    neque  .   .   .  neque. 
neither     {of    two),    neuter,    -tra, 

-trura.     (264.) 
nevertheless,  tamen. 
next,  proximus,  -a,  -um.     (544.) 
night,    noun,  nox,  noctis,  /.;  by 

night,  during  (in)  the  night,  noctu. 
night,  adj.,  nocturnus,  -a,  -um. 
nineteen,      undeviginti,      indecl. 

adj. 
nine  hundred,  nongenti,  -ae,  -a. 
no,   adj.,  nullus,   -a,   -um   (264); 

no  one,  nemo.     (556.) 
noble,  nobilis,  -e, 
none,  nullus,  -a,  -um.     (264.) 
nor,  neque  (nee) ;  see  neither, 
not,    non;     in    purpose    clauses, 

substantive  clauses,  wishes,  and 

exhortations,     ne;      in    fearing 

clauses,  ut. 
nothing,  nihil,  indecl.  noun. 
notice,  animadverto,  -ere,  -verti, 

-versus. 
now,  iam;    nunc, 
number,  numerus,  -I,   m.;    great 

number,  multitudo,  -dinis,  /. 
numerous,  frequens,  -entis;  cre- 

ber,  -bra,  -brum. 


O  that  {sign  of  a  wish),  utinam, 

with  subjunct.     (495-498.) 
obey,    pareo,    -ere,    -ui,    -iturus, 

with  dat. 
observe,  animadverto,  -ere,  -verti, 

-versus. 
of,  sign  of  gen. 
office,  magistratus,  -us,  m. 
often,    saepe ;     oftener,    saepius ; 

oftenest,   saepissime.     (546.) 
old,    vetus,    -eris    (note,    p.    83); 

senex,   senis    (544);     old    man, 

senex,  senis,  m. 
older,  minor  natu;    oldest,   maxi- 

mus  nata.     (544.) 
on,   in,    tuith    abl.;    on   all    sides, 

undique. 
on    account    of,    ob,    vnth    ace. ; 

propter,  with  ace. 
once  (at),  statim. 
one,    unus,   -a,   -um    (264);     one 

.  .  .  another,   alius    .  .  .  alius; 

the    one  .  .  .  the    other,    alter 

.  .  .  alter;  one  .  .  .  one 

thing,     another    .    .     .    another, 

alius  .  .  .  aliud.     (264-265.) 
only,   solus,  -a,  -um;    unus,  -a, 

-um.     (264.) 
open,  aperio,  -Ire,  -ui,  apertus. 
opinion,  sententia,  -ae,  /. 
oppose,  resisto,  -ere,  -stiti,  , 

with  dat.  ;   obsum,  -esse,  -fui, 

-fu turns,  wiih  dat. 
oppress,  premo,  -ere,  press!,  pres- 

sus. 
or,  aut;  either  ...  or,    aut  .  .  . 

aut. 
oration,   oratio,   -nis,    /.;    deliver 

an   oration,    orationem    habeo. 
order,  ordo,  -dinis,  m. 


284 


FIEST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


order,   iubeo,  -ere,   iussl,   iussus. 

order  that  (in),  ut,  with  subjunct.; 
in  order  that  not,  ne,  luith  sub- 
junct. 

other,  alius,  -a,  -ud  (264,  541); 
of  two,  alter,  -era,  -erum.  (264.) 

others,  the  others,  ceterl,  -ae,  -a,  pi. 

ought,  debeo,  -ere,  -ul,  -itus; 
expressed  by  the  pass,  peri- 
phrastic conj. 

our,  noster,  -tra,  -trum;  our- 
selves, nos  (547);  our  men, 
nostri,  -orum,  m. 

out  of,  e  (ex),  with  abl. 

outer,  exterior,  -ius  (544);  outer- 
most, extremus,  -a,  -um.    (544.) 

outward,  exterus,  -a,  -um.     (544.) 

over  (go),  transeo,  -Ire,  -ii,  -itus; 
lead  over,  traduco,  -ere,  -duxl, 
-ductus. 

overcome,  supero,  -are,  -avi, 
-atus. 

overrun,  vexo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 

overtake,  consequor, -sequi,  -secu- 
tus  sum. 

owe,  debeo,  -ere,  -ul,  -itus. 


pace,  passus,  -us,  m. 

pacify,  paco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 

pain,  dolor,  -oris,  m. 

part,  pars,  partis,  /. 

peace,  pax,  pads,  /. 

people,    populus,    -i,    m.;     gens, 

gentis,  /.;   natio,  -nis,  /. 
perform,  fungor,  -i,  functus  sum, 

with  abl. 
permit,     concede,     -ere,     -cessi, 

-cessus,  with  ut  and  subjunct.; 

patior,  pati,  passus  sum,  with 

ut  and  subjunct. 


personal,  privatus,  -a,  -um. 
persuade,  persuadeo,  -ere,  -suasi, 

-suasurus,  with  dat.  and  ut  with 

subjunct. 
pertain,  pertineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentus. 
pitch    camp,    castra    pono,    -ere, 

posul,  positus. 
place,  locus,    -I,  m.  (536);     from 

what  place,  unde. 
place,  pono    -ere,  posul,  positus; 

colloco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
plain,  planities,  -el,  /. 
plan,     consilium,     -I,    n.;    ratio, 

-nis,  /. 
please,  placeo,  -ere,  -ul,  -iturus, 

with  dat. 
pledge,  fides,  -el,  /. 
plenty,  copia,  -ae,  /. 
poet,  poeta,  -ae,  m. 
Pompeii,  Pompeii,  -orum,  m.  pi. 
Pompey,  Pompeius,  -i,  m. 
poor,  miser,  -era,  -erum.     (538.) 
port,  portus,  -us,  m. 
possession  (get),  potior,  -iri,  -itus 

sum,  with  abl. 
power,   potestas,    -atis,    /.;     im- 

perium,    -I,    n.;     royal    power, 

regnum,  -i,  n. 
powerful,  potens,  -entis. 
praise,  laus,  laudis,  /. 
praise,    laudo,    -are,    -avi,    -atus. 

(557-563.) 
prefer,  malo,  malle,  malul, . 

(624-628.) 
prepare,   paro,   -are,   -avi,   -atus; 

compare. 
prepare  for,  paro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
prepared,    paratus,   -a,   -um. 
present  (be),  adsum,  -esse,  -fui, 

-futurus. 
preserve,  servo,  are,  -avi,  -atus. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULAIiY 


285 


press   hard,   premo,   -ere,   pressi, 

pressus. 
prestige,    auctoritas,    -atis,    /. 
pretty,    pulcher,    -chra,    -chrum. 

(538.) 
prevent,  impedio,  -Ire,  -Ivi,  -Itus; 

prohibeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus. 
private,    privatus,    -a,    -um. 
prize,  praemium,  -I,  n. 
promise,  poUiceor,  -eri,  -itus  sum. 
protect,     defendo,     -ere,     -feridl, 

-fensus. 
province,  provincia,  -ae,  /. 
provisions,    commeatus,    -us,    m. 
public,  publicus,  -a,  -um. 
purpose   of   (for  the),  causa,  fol- 
lowing   the    gen.    (473) ;      ad, 

with  ace.     (473.) 
pursue,  sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum. 
put  in  charge  of,  put  in  command 

of,  praeficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectus, 

with  ace.  and  dat. 

Q 

quarters  (winter),  hibema,  -orum, 

n.  pi. 
queen,  regina,  -ae,  /. 
quick,  celer,  -eris,  -ere. 
quickly,   celeriter. 
quickness,  celeritas,  -atis,  /. 

R 

race  {nation),  gens,  gentis,  /.; 
natio,  -nis,  /. 

rampart,  agger,  -eris,  m.;  vallum, 
-1,  n. 

rank,  ordo,  -inis,  m. 

rather,  expressed  by  the  comp.  de- 
gree.    (331.) 

ravage,  populor,  -arl,  -atus  sum. 

read,  lego,  -ere,  legl,  lectus. 


ready,  paratus,  -a,  -um. 

realize,  sentio,  -ire,  sensi,  sensus. 

rear  of  the  army,  agmen  novis- 

simum. 
reason,  causa,  -ae,  /. 
recall,   revoco,   -are,   -avi,   -atus. 
receive,  capio,  -ere,  cepi,  captus 

(578-584);   accipio,  -ere,  -cepi, 

-ceptus. 
recover,  recipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -cep- 
tus. 
reenforcement,  subsidium,  -I,  n. 
refuse,  recuse,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
region,  regio,  -nis,  /. 
rejoice,     gaudeo,     -ere,     gavlsus 

sum.     (312.) 
relate,  narro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
remain,     maneo,     -ere,     mansi, 

mansiirus. 
remaining,    reliquus,    -a,    -um. 
remove,    removeo,    -ere,    -movl, 

-motus;    refero,  -ferre,  rettuli, 

-latus. 
renew,     redintegro,     -are,     -avi, 

-atus. 
repel,  repello,  -ere,  pull,  -pulsus, 
reply,    respondeo,    -ere,    -spondi, 

-sponsus,  with  dat. 
report,  nuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atus; 

defero,     -ferre,     -tull,     -latus; 

refers,  -ferre,  rettuli,  -latus. 
reproach,  accuse,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
republic,     res    publica;     rel    pu- 

blicae,  /. 
request,  rogo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
rescue,  eripio,  -ere,  -ul,  -reptus. 
resist,  resisto,  -ere,  -stiti,  , 

with  dat. 
rest  of  (the),    adj.,    reliquus,   -a, 

-um;   noun,  reliqui,  -orum,  m. 

pi.;  ceterl,  -orum,  m.  pi. 


286 


FIRST   BOOK  IN   LATIN 


restrain,    retineo,   -ere,  -ul,  -ten- 

tus;    contineo. 
retain,  retineo,  -ere,  -ul,  -tentus. 
retreat,  me    recipio,   -ere,  -cepi, 

-ceptus;    pedem  refero,  -ferre, 

rettull,  -latus. 
return   {come  or  go  back),   redeo, 

-Ire,  -ii,    -iturus;    reverter,  -i, 

reverti,   or  reversus   sum. 
return   (give  back),    reddo,   -ere, 

-didi,  -ditus. 
reward,  praemium,  -i,  n. 
right,  ius,  iuris,  n. 
right  (hand),  dexter,  -tra,  -trum; 

on  the  right  wing,  a  dextro  cornu. 
rise,   orior,   -iri,   ortus  sum. 
river,   flumen,   fluminis,   n. 
road,  via, -ae,  /.;   iter,  itineris,  n. 

(536.) 
Roman,  adj.,  Romanus,  -a,  -um; 

noun,  Romanus,  -i,  m. 
Rome,  Roma,  -ae,  /. 
rout,  pello,  -ere,  pepull,  pulsus. 
route,  iter,  itineris,  n.     (536.) 
royal  power,  regnum,  -i,  n. 
rule,  imperium,  -I,  n. 
rule,     rego,     -ere,     rexl,     rectus. 

(571-577.) 

S 

safe,  tutus,  -a,  -um;  incolumis,  -e. 
safely,  tuto. 
safety,  salus,  -utis,  /. 
.         sailor,  nauta,  -ae,  m. 

sake  of  (for  the),  causa,  following 

the  gen. 
sally,  eruptio,  -nis,  /. 
same,  Idem,  eadem,  idem.   (551.) 
savage,  ferus,  -a,  -um. 
save,   servo,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
say,  dico,  -ere,  dixi,  dictus. 


scout,    explorator,    -oris,    m. 

sea,  mare,  -is,  n. 

second,    secundus,    -a,    -um. 

see,  video,  -ere,  vidi,  visus; 
conspficio,  -ere,  -spexl,  -spectus. 

seek,  peto,  -ere,  -IvI,  -itus; 
quaero,  -ere,  quaeslvl,  quae- 
sltus. 

seize,    occupo,   -are,   -avI,    -atus. 

self,  himself,  herself,  itself,  them- 
selves, ipse,  -a,  -um,  intensive 
(382);  sui,  reflexive    (253,  6). 

senate,  senatus,  -us,  m. 

send,  mitto,  -ere,  misl,  missus; 
send  ahead,  praemitto,  -ere, 
-misl,  -missus;  send  away  or 
off,  dimitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -mis- 
sus. 

separate,  divido,  -ere,  -visl,  -vIsus. 

servant,    servus,    -I,    m.       (528.) 

servitude,  servitus,  -tutis,  /. 

set,  constituo,  -ere,  -ui,  -utus. 

set  fire  to,  incendo,  -ere,  -cendi, 
-census. 

set  out,  proficlscor,  -i,  profectus 
sum. 

setting,  occasus,  -us,  m. 

setting   out,   profectio,   -nis,   /. 

seven,  septem,  indecl.  adj. 

several,  complures,  -a,  pi. 

severe,  gravis,  -e. 

severely,  graviter. 

sharp,   acer,   acris,   acre.     (539.) 

she,  ea;    ilia. 

shield,  scutum,  -I,  n. 

ship,  navis,  -is,  /. 

shore,  lltus,  -oris,  n. 

short,  brevis,  -e. 

shout,  clamor,  -oris,  m. 

show,  demonstro,  -are,  -avi, 
-atus;   doceo,  -ere,  -ui,  doctus. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY 


287 


side,  latus,  -eris,  n.;    from  or  on 

all  sides,  undique. 
siege,  oppugnatio,  -nis,  /.;    siege- 
work,  opus,  -eris,  n. 
sight,  conspectus,  -us,  m.;    catch 

sight  of,  conspicio,  -ere,  -spexi, 

-spectus. 
sign,  signum,  -I,  n. 
signal,  signum,  -I,  n. 
similar,    similis,    -e.      (330.) 
since,    cum,  vrith    the    suhjunct. 
six,  sex,  indecl.  adj. 
six  hundred,  sescenti,  -ae,  -a. 
sixty,  sexaginta,  indecl.  adj. 
size,  magnitudo,  -dinis,  '/. 
skilled,  skillful,  peritus,  -a,  -um, 

with  gen. 
slaughter,   caedes,  -is,  /.     (533.) 
slave,  servus,  -i,  m.     (528.) 
slavery,  servitus,  -utis,  /. 
slay,   occldo,   -ere,   -cidl,   -cisus; 

interJEicio,    -ere,   -feci,   -fectus; 

neco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
small,  parvus,  -a,  -um.     (544.) 
smaller,     minor,     minus.     (544.) 
smallest,      minimus,      -a,      -um. 

(544.) 
snatch    away,    eripio,    -ere,    -ui, 

-reptus. 
so,  tam;    ita;    so  great,  so  much, 

tantus,  -a,  -um;    so  many,  tot, 

indecl.   adj.;    so   that,   ut,   tuith 

suhjunct.;    so  that  not,  ne,  vrith 

suhjunct. 
soldier,    miles,    -itis,    m.     (530); 

foot-soldier,     pedes,     -itis,      m. 
sole,  solus,  -a,  -um.     (264.) 
some    (one)  indef.  pron.,  aliquis, 

-qua, -quid  (409,  6);  some  .  .  . 

others,      alii    .    .    .    alii     (265); 

nonnulli,  -orum,   m.   pi. 


some,    indef.    adj.,    aliqui,    -qua, 

-quod.     (409,  h.) 
son,    filius,    fili,    m.     (529.) 
son-in-law,    gener,    -eri,    m. 
sorrow,  dolor,  -oris,  ?n. 
sort  {what  sort  of),  qualis,  -e. 
sortie,  eruptio,  -nis,  /. 
space,    spatium,    -i,    n. 
speak,    dico,    -ere,    dixi,    dictus; 

loquor,    loqui,     locutus    sum; 

speak  with  or  together,  colloquor. 
speech,  oratio,  -nis,  /.;  deliver  a 

speech,  orationem   habeo,  -ere, 

-ui,  -itus. 
speed,  celeritas,  -atis,  /. 
spot,    locus,    -i,    m.    (n.    in   pi.). 

(536.) 
standard,  signum,  -i,  n. 
state,  civitas,  -atis,    /.;    res  pu- 

blica,  rei  publicae,  /. 
state  (of  the),  publicus,  -a,  -um. 
station,  colloco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
stay,  maneo,  -ere,  mansi,  man- 

surus. 
steadfast,  firmus,  -a,  -um. 
step,  passus,  -us,  m. 
still,  tamen. 
stone,  lapis,  -idis,  m. 
storm,   tempestas,   -atis,   /. 
storm   (take  by),  expugno,  -are, 

-avi,  -atus. 
story,  fabula,  -ae,  /. 
street,  via,  -ae,  /. 
strength,  vires,   -ium,  /.   pi.     Cf. 

vis.     (536.) 
strengthen,  confirm©,  -are,  -avi, 

-atus. 
stretch,  pertineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentus. 
strong,  firmus,  -a,  -um. 
struggle,  contendo,  -ere,  -tendi, 

-tentus. 


288 


FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


subdue,  paco,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 

sudden,  subitus,  -a,  -um. 

suddenly,  subito. 

suffer,  patior,  pati,  passus  sum. 

sufficiently,  satis. 

suitable,    idoneus,    -a,    -um. 

summer,  aestas,  -atis,  /. 

summon,    convoco,     -are,     -avi, 

-atus;  arcesso,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itus. 
sun,  sol,  solis,  m.;  sunset,  occasus 

solis. 
supplies,    commeatus,   -iis,    m. 
supply,     copia,     -ae,     /.;      grain 

supply,    res     frumentaria,     rei 

frumentariae,  /. 
sure,  certus,  -a,  -um. 
surpass,  supero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus. 
surrender,  deditio,  -nis,  /. 
surrender,     dedo,     -ere,     dedidi, 

deditus;     trado,    -ere,    -didi, 

-ditus. 
survive,    supersum,    -esse,    -fui, 

-futurus. 
suspicion,  suspicio,  -nis,  /. 
sustain,  sustineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentus. 
swift,  celer,  -eris,  -ere. 
swiftness,    celeritas,    -atis,    /. 
sword,  gladius,  -i,  m. 


take,  capio,  -ere,  cepi,  captus 
(578-584);  take  by  storm,  ex- 
pugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atus;  take 
back,  recipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -cep- 
tus;  take  care  of,  euro,  -are, 
avi,  -atus. 

talk,  loquor,  loqui,  locutus  sum; 
talk  with,  or  together,  colloquor, 
-loqui,     -locutus     sum. 

Tarentum,    Tarentum,    -i,    n. 

teach,  doceo,  -ere,  -ui  -doctus. 


tell,  narro,  -are,  -avi,  -atus; 
dico,  -ere,  dixi,  dictus. 

ten,  decem,  indecl.  adj. 

tender,    tener,    -era,    -erum. 

terrify,  perterreo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itus. 

territory,  fines,  -ium,  m.  pi. 

than,  quam;  abl.  after  a  comp. 
(322-324.) 

that,  demon,  pron.  and  adj.,  is,  ea, 
id  (549);  ille,  -a,  -ud  (548); 
that  (of  yours),  iste,  -a,  -ud. 
(550.) 

that,  in  order  that,  so  that,  conj., 
in  purpose,  result,  and  sub- 
stantive clauses,  ut,  vnth  sub- 
junct.;  after  verbs  of  fearing, 
ne,  with  subjunct.;  after  verbs 
of  saying,  etc.,  not  expressed 
(302);  that  not,  in  purpose 
clauses,  ne;  after  verbs  of 
fearing,  ut;  in  result  clauses, 
ut  non;  would  that,  utinam, 
in  wishes.     (512-515.) 

their,  when  referring  to  the  sub- 
ject, suus,  -a,  -um  (253,  d); 
otherwise,  eorum,  m.  and  n., 
earum,  /.     (253,  d.) 

them,  see  they. 

themselves,  see  self. 

then,  tum. 

there,  ibi;  not  translated  in  such 
phrases  as  "  there  is  "  "  there 
are,"  etc. 

therefore,  itaque. 

they,  ei,  eae,  ea;    illi,  illae,  ilia. 

thing,  res,  rei,  /.     (535.) 

think,  puto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus; 
existimo,    -are,    -avi,    -atus. 

third,  tertius,  -a,  -um. 

this,  hie,  haec,  hoc  (548);  is, 
ea,  id  (549). 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


289 


though,   cum,   with  subjunct. 
thousand,     mllle,     indecl.     adj.; 

thousands,  milia,  -ium,   n.   pL, 

noun.     (271,  b.) 
three,     tres,     tria     (524);      three 

hundred,     trecenti,      -ae,      -a. 
through,  per,  with  ace. 
throw,    iacio,    -ere,    iecl,    iactus; 

conicio,   -ere,   -iecl,   -iectus. 
thus,  ita. 
time,    tempus,    -oris,    n.    (532); 

at  that   time,  turn;    for  a  long 

time,  dia. 
to,    expressed   by   the   dat.;     with 

verbs  of  motion,  ad,  in,  vnth  ace.; 

when    expressing    purpose,    ut, 

with   the   subjunct.    (358,  491); 

to  the  foot  of,  sub,  with  ace. 
to-day,  hodie. 
together  (gather),  compare,  -are, 

-avi, -atus;  bring  together,  com- 

porto,  -are,  -avi,  -atus.      come 

together,   convenio,  -ire,  -veni, 

-venturus. 
toil,  labor,  -oris,  m. 
to-morrow,  eras. 
too,     expressed     by     the     comp. 

degree.     (331.) 
topmost,     supremus,     -a,     -um; 

summus,     -a,     -um.     (544.) 
tower,  turris,  -is,  /.     (152,  b.) 
town,  oppidum,  -i,  n. 
transport,  transports,  -are,  -avi, 

-atus. 
treachery,  insidiae,  -arum,  /.  pi. 
treat,  ago,  -ere,  egl,  actus. 
trial,  iudicium,  -i,  n. 
tribe,  gens,  gentis,  /.;  natio,  -nis,  /. 
tribune,  tribunus,  -i,  m. 
troops,  copiae,  -arum,  /.  pi. 
trouble,  labor,  -oris,  m. 
u 


true,  verus,  -a,  -um. 

trust,  fides,  -ei,  /. 

trust,  credo,  -ere,  credidi,  credi- 

tuF,   vrith  dat.;    confido,  -ere, 

-fisus  sum,  with  dat. 
try,  Conor,  -arl,  -atus  sum. 
turn,  verto,   -ere,  verti,  versus; 

converts, 
twelfth,  duodecimus,  -a,  -um. 
two,     duo,     duae,     duo     (541); 

two   hundred,  ducenti,  -ae,  -a. 

U 

under,  sub,  with  ace.  after  verbs 

of  motion;   with  abl.  after  verbs 

of  rest. 
undergo,   subeo,   -ire,   -ii,   -itus. 
understand,  intellego,  -ere,  -lexi, 

-Iectus. 
undertake,   suscipio,   -ere,   -cepi, 

-ceptus. 
unequal,    inlquus,    -a,    -um. 
unfavorable,  iniquus,  -a,  -um. 
unharmed,  incolumis,  -e;    tutus, 

-a,  -um. 
unjust,  iniquus,  -a,  -um. 
unless,  nisi, 
unlike,    dissimilis,    -e,    with   dat. 

(330.) 
unwilling  (be),  nolo,  nolle,  nolui, 

.     (624-628.) 

upper,  superus,  -a,  -um;  superior, 

-ius.     (544.) 
urge,    hortor,    -arl,    -atus    simi; 

cohortor,  -ari,  -atus  sum. 
use,  usus,  -us,  m. 
use,  utor,  uti,  usus  sum,  with  abl. 
used     to     (become),     consuesco, 

-ere,  -suevi,  -suetus;    be  used 

to,    soleo,    -ere,    solitus    sum. 

(312.) 


290 


FIRST  BOOK   IN  LATIN 


valley,  valles,  -is,  /. 

valor,  virtus,   -utis,   /.     (531.) 

very,    swperl.    of    adj.    or    adv.; 

intens.  pron.  and  adj.,  ipse,  -a, 

-um.     (282,  a,  550.) 
victor,  victor,  -oris,  m. 
victory,  victoria,  -ae,  /. 
village,  vicus,  -I,  m. 
virtue,  virtus,  -utis,  /.     (531.) 
voice,  vox,  vocis,  /. 

W 
wage,   gero,   -ere,   gessi,   gestus; 

wage  war,  bellum  gero;   bellum 

infero,     -ferre,     -tuli,     -latus, 

vrith  dat. 
wagon,  carrus,  -i,  m. 
wait    for,    exspecto,    -are,    -avi, 

-atus,  vrith  ace. 
wall,  murus,  -I,  m. 
wanting  (be),  desum,  -esse,  -fui, 

-futurus. 
war,    bellum,    -i,    n.    (528);    see 

wage  and  carry  on. 
warn,    moneo,    -ere,    -ui,    -itus. 

(564-570.) 
waste    (lay),    vasto,    -are,    -avi, 

-atus;      populor,     -ari,     -atus 

sum. 
watch  {part  of  the  day  or  night), 

vigilia,  -ae,  /. 
water,  aqua,  -ae,  /. 
way,  via,  -ae,  /.;    iter,  itineris, 

n.     (536.) 
we,  nos.     (547.) 
weapon,  telum,  -i,  n.    pL,  arma, 

-orum,  n. 
welfare,  salus,  -utis,  /. 
well,  bene.     (546.) 
what,  interr.  pron.,  quid.     (200.) 


what,  interr.  adj.,  qui,  quae, 
quod.     (201.) 

what  sort  of,  qualis,  -e,  adj. 

when,  cum,  vdth  subjunct.  when 
the  imp.  or  plup.  tense  is  used, 
otherwise,  the  indie.;  ubi,  with 
indie. 

whence,  unde. 

where,  ubi;  with  verbs  of  motion, 
quo. 

which,  rel.  pron.  or  adj.,  qui,  quae, 
quod  (227-231);  interr.  pron., 
quis,  quid  (200);  interr. 
adj.,  qui,  quae,  quod  (201); 
which  of  two,  uter,  utra,  utrum. 
(264.) 

while,  dum,  with  pres.  indie; 
cum,  see  when. 

whither,  quo. 

who,  rel.  pron.,  qui,  quae  (227- 
231);  inierr.  pron.,  quis.    (200.) 

whole,  totus,  -a,  -um  (264); 
omnis,  -e.     (539.) 

why,  cur. 

wicked,  malus,  -a,  -um.     (544.) 

wide,  latus,  -a,  -um. 

width,  latitude,  -dinis,  /. 

wife,  uxor,  -oris,  /. 

will,  sign  of  the  future  tense. 

willing  (be),  volo,  velle,  volui, 
(624-628);  be  more  will- 
ing, malo,  malle,   malui,  

(624-628);       not     be     wiUing, 

nolo,  nolle,  nolui, .     (624- 

628.) 

wing  {of  an  army),  cornu,  -us,  n. 
(534)  ;  on  the  right  (left)  wing, 
a  dextro  (sinistro)  cornu, 

winter,  hiems,  hiemis,  /. ;  winter 
quarters,  hiberna,  -orum,  n.  pi. 

winter,  hiemo,  -are,  -avi,  -aturus. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


291 


wish,  voluntas,  -atis,  /. 

wish,    volo,    velle,    volul,    

(624-628);     cupio,    -ere,    -ivi, 

-itus;     not    wish,    nolo,    nolle, 

nolul,    (624-628);     wish 

more,  malo,  malle,  malul, . 

(624-628.) 
with,  expressed  by  abl.;    denoting 

manner  or  accompaniment,  cum, 

vrith  abl.     (131,  195.) 
withdraw,  cedo,  -ere,  cessi,  ces- 

surus;    discedo;    me     recipio, 

etc.   {re-flex.). 
withdrawal,   discessus,  -us,  m. 
within,  abl.  of  time.      (137.) 
without,  sine,  with  abl. 
withstand,     sustineo,     -ere,     -ui, 

-tentus. 
woman,  mulier,  -eris,  /. ;  femina, 

-ae,  /. 
wood,  silva,  -ae,  /. 
work,  opus,  -eris,  n. 
worth,  dignitas,  -atis,  /. 
worse,  adj.,  peior,  peius.     (544.) 
worse,  adv.,  peius.     (546.) 
worst,    adj.,   pessimus,   -a,   -um. 

(544.) 
worst,    adv.,    pessime.     (546.) 
would    that,    utinam,    used    with 

subjunct.     in     wishes.      (512- 

515.) 
wound,  vulnus,  -eris,  n. 


wound,  vulnero,  -are,  -avi,  -atus, 
wretched,  miser,  misera,  miserum. 

(538,  543.) 
wretchedly,   misere. 
write,  scrlbo,  -ere,  scrips!,  scrip- 

tus. 
wrong,  iniuria,  -ae,  /. 


year,  annus,  -i,  m.;  year  of  our 
Lord,  annus  Domini. 

yesterday,  heri. 

yet,  tamen. 

yield,  cedo,  -ere,  cessi,  cessurus; 
concede;    with  dat. 

you,  tu,   sing.;    vos,   pi.     (547.) 

young,  tener,  -era,  -erum;  young 
man,  iuvenis,  -is,  m.  (544); 
adulescens,  -entis,  m. 

younger,  minor  natu;  iunior 
(544);  youngest,  minimus  natu. 
(544.) 

your,  yours,  tuus,  -a,  -um,  apply- 
ing to  one  person;  vester, 
vestra,  vestrum,  applying  to 
more  than  one  person  (253,  c); 
that  of  yours,  iste,  -a,  -ud. 
(550.) 

youth,  see  young  man. 


zeal,  studium,  -i,  n. 


INDEX 


(The  numbers  refer  to  sections.) 


&  or  ab  with  ablative  of  agent,  110. 
Ablative  absolute,  401-404. 

expressing  condition,  508. 
Ablative  case,  45-47. 

absolute,  401-404,  508. 

after  a  comparative,  322-324. 

of  accompaniment,  195. 

of  agent,  110. 

of  cause,  173. 

of  degree  of  difference,   332-333. 

of  description,    145. 

of  manner,  131. 

of  means  or  instrument,  46. 

of  place  where,  47. 

of  place  whence,  213. 

of  specification,   160-161. 

of  time,   137. 

with  utor,  etc.,  313. 
-abus,  in  dative  and  ablative  of  first 

declension,  52,  6. 
Accent,  18-19. 

of  contracted  genitive  of  nouns  in 
-ius  and  -iuvi,  79. 
Accompaniment,  ablative  of,  195. 
Accusative   case,   24. 

object,  26. 

of  extent,  272. 

of  place  to  which,  214. 

subject  of  infinitive,  303. 
acer,  declension,  179. 

comparison,  329. 
acriter,  comparison,  350. 
Active     periphrastic       conjugation, 

478-479,  636-639. 
Active  voice,  108. 
ad  with  gerund  or  gerundive,  473. 


Adjectives,  comparison  of — 
regular    comparison,     318-320. 
adjectives    in   -er   and    adjectives 

in  -lis,  329-330. 
irregular     comparison,     339-341. 
declension    of    comparative,    321. 
Adjectives,  declension  of  — 
first  declension,  55. 
second  declension,  69. 
first    and    second    declension    ad- 
jectives   complete,   80;    in   -er, 
-{e)ra,    -(e)rum,    95. 
third  declension,  178-179,  185. 
review    of    adjective    declension, 

186. 
irregular  adjectives,  264. 
comparative,    declension   of,    321. 
possessive    adjectives,    252,    253, 
c-d. 
Adjectives,  syntax  of  — 
agreement,  71-72. 
modifying   an  infinitive,  288,  c. 
predicate     adjective,     88-89. 
with  dative,  187. 
with  genitive,  440—441. 
Adverbs  — 

formation  of,  348-349. 
comparison  of,  350-351. 
aestas,  declension,  136. 
Agent,   ablative  of,   110. 

dative  of,  482-483. 
ager,  declension,  94. 
Agreement  — 

adjectives,  71-72. 
noun    in    apposition,    86-87. 
participle    in    compound    tenses, 
129,  b,  301,  a. 


293 


294 


INDEX 


Agreement  —  continued. 

participles,  295,  a. 

predicate    adjectives    and   nouns, 
88-89. 

relative  pronouns,  230,  b,  231. 

verb,  62. 
agricola,  declension,  70. 
aliquis,  409,  6,  555. 
alius,  264,  541;   idiomatic  uses,  265. 
Alphabet,  1. 

alter,  264;  idiomatic  uses,  265. 
altior,  declension,  321. 
altus,  comparison,  320. 
animal,  declension,  152. 
Antecedent,  230,  a. 
Antepenult,  10. 
Apodosis,  496. 
Appeals,  456. 
Apposition,  8&-87. 
audaz,  declension,  185. 

comparison,  320. 
auded,  semi-deponent,  312. 
audid,  conjugation,  585-591. 

B 
Base,  23. 

bellum,  declension,  78. 

bene,  comparison,  351. 

bonus,  declension,  80. 

comparison,  339. 


caed§s,  declension,  152. 
capid,  conjugation,  244,  578-584. 
caput,  declension,  136. 
Cardinal  numerals,  271,  542. 

declension,  271. 
Case  of  relative,  231. 
Cases,  see  Nominative,  Genitive,  etc. 
causS.,  with  gerund  or  gerundive,  473. 
Causal  clauses,  390,  2,  392. 
Cause,  ablative  of,  173. 
citerior,  comparison,  341. 
civis,  ablative  of,  152,  6. 
Clauses,  principal  and  subordinate, 
226,  d. 

after  verbs  of  fearing,  433. 

causal,  390,  2,  392. 

concessive,  390,  3,  392. 


Clauses  —  continued. 

indirect  questions,  365-366. 

purpose,  358-359. 

relative  clauses  of  purpose,  393- 
394. 

result,   375-376. 

substantive,   425-428. 
Commands,  453,  455. 
Comparative  of  adjectives  — 

formation,  319,  2. 

declension   of,    321 ;    pliis,   545. 

followed  by  ablative,  322-324. 

meaning,  318,  320,  a,  331. 
Comparative  of  adverbs,  formation, 

350-351. 
Comparison,    ablative    of,    322-324. 
Comparison  of  adjectives,    318-320, 
329-330,   339-341. 

regular  comparison,  318-320. 

adjectives  in  -er,  329. 

adjectives  in  -lis,  330. 

irregular  comparison,   339-341. 
Comparison  of  adverbs,  350-351. 
Complementary  infinitive,  287. 
Complex  sentences,  226,  c-d. 
Compound  sentences,  226,  b. 
Compounds  of  sum,  416-418,  421. 
Concessive  clauses,  390,  392. 
Conditions,    496-498,    503-508. 

real  or  simple  conditions,  497-498. 

unreal  or  contrary  to  fact  condi- 
tions, 503-504. 

ideal    or    less    vivid    conditions, 
505-506. 
Conjugations,   distinguished,    166. 

first,    laudo,    557-563. 

second,  moneo,  564-570. 

third,  rego,  571-577;  capio,  578- 
584, 

fourth,  audio,  585-591. 

deponents,    310-311,    629-635. 

periphrastic,     478-482,     636-643. 

irregular  verbs,  see    eo,  fid,    fero, 

•  mold,     nolo,    possum,    prosum, 
sum,  void. 
c6nor,  311,  629-635. 
cSnsilium,  genitive  in  -I,  79. 
Consonants,  pronunciation,  3. 
cdnsul,  declension,  144. 
cornu,  declension,  236,  d. 


INDEX 


295 


cum,  conjunction,  390-392. 

causal  clauses,  390,  392. 

concessive  clauses,  390,  392. 

temporal  clauses,  390-391. 
cum,   preposition, — 

ablative  of  manner,  131. 

ablative  of  accompaniment,    195. 

with   personal   and  reflexive  pro-, 
nouns,  253,  e. 


D 


Dative  case,  38-40. 

of  agent,  481,  h-c,  483. 
of  indirect  object,  39-40. 
of  the  possessor,  410-411. 
of  service,  385. 
with  adjectives,  187. 
with    compound   verbs,    419-420. 
with  compounds  of  sum,  418,  3. 
with  intransitive  verbs,   238-239. 
dea,  dative  and  ablative  plural,  52,  6. 
Declension,  21 ;  see    Nouns,  Adjec- 
tives, Pronouns. 
Degree    of     difference,   ablative  of, 

332-333. 
Demonstrative    pronouns    and    ad- 
jectives,   see    Pronouns;      also 
hie,  ille,  is,  iste,  idem,  ipse. 
Deponent  verbs,  310-311,   629-635. 
Descriptive    genitive    and    ablative, 

145. 
deus,  declension,  536. 
die,  imperative  of  died,  454,  c. 
dies,  declension,  278,  279. 
difficilis,  comparison,  330. 
Diphthongs,  pronunciation,  4. 

quantity,  15. 
Direct  and  indirect  discourse,   302- 

305,  521-523. 
dissimilis,   comparison,  330. 
diu,  comparison,  351. 
domi,  locative,  245,  a. 
dom6,  expressing  place  whence,  246, 

3. 
domum,  expressing  place  to  which, 

246,  2. 
domus,  declension,  227,  c,  536. 
gender,    237,    a. 
place   constructions,    246. 


due,  imperative  of  duco,  454,  c. 
duo,  declension,  541. 
Duration  of  time,  accusative  of,  272. 
dux,  declension,  136. 

E 

ego,  declension,  252. 

6ius,  contrasted  with  suus,  253,   d. 

Enclitics,  19. 

eo,  conjugation,  439,  605-611. 

eSrum,  and  earum,  contrasted  with 

suus,  253,  d. 
exercitus,  declension,  236. 
Exhortations,  456-457. 
Extent  of  space,  accusative  of,  272. 
exterus,   comparison   of,   340. 


fac,  imperative  of  faeid,  454,  c. 
facilis,  comparison,  330. 
facio,  passive  supplied  by  fid,  462,  h. 
Fearing,  verbs  of,  followed  by  sub- 
junctive,  433. 
fer6,  462,  a,  617-623. 
fido,  semi-deponent,  312. 
Fifth  declension,  278. 
filia,  dative  and  ablative  plural,  52,  h. 
filius,  declension,  529;   genitive  and 

vocative  of,  79. 
finis,  ablative  of,  152,  6. 
fi6,  462,  h,    612-616. 
First    conjugation,    laudo,    557-563. 
First  declension,  puella,  52,  527, 
fortis,  comparison,  320. 
Fourth     conjugation,     audio,     259, 

585-591. 
Fourth  declension,  236-237. 
fruor,  with  ablative,  313. 
fungor,  with  ablative,  313. 
Future  perfect  tense,  formation  of, 
115,  c,  129,  a,  121,  a;  meaning, 
121. 

first     conjugation,     active,     121; 
passive,  125. 

second  conjugation,   172. 

third  conjugation,  207,  244. 

fourth   conjugation,   259, 

no  subjunctive,  364,  e. 

in  conditions,  497,  a. 


296 


INDEX 


Future  tense,  meaning  and  distinc- 
tion,  102;    formation,   101,  a. 
first  conjugation,  active,  101;  pas- 
sive, 109. 
second  conjugation,  167. 
third  conjugation,  207,  244. 
fourth   conjugation,   259. 
no  subjunctive,  364,  e. 
See  Infinitives  and  Participles. 

G 

gauded,  semi-deponent,  312. 
Gender,  53. 

general  rules,   158. 

first  declension,  54. 

second  declension,  68,  78,  94. 

third  declension,  158. 

fourth  declension,  237. 

fifth  declension,  279. 

summary  of  gender  rules  of  the 
first    three    declensions,    158. 
Genitive  case,  31-33. 

of  description,  145. 

of  possession,  33  ;  contrasted  with 
dative  of  the  possessor,  411. 

partitive,  342-343. 

with  adjectives,  440-441. 
Gerund,  468-469,  472-473. 
Gerundive,  470-473. 

used  with   sum  to  form  the  pas- 
sive   periphrastic    conjugation, 
480. 
gracilis,  comparison,  330. 

H 

hie,  declension,  219;   uses,  221. 
Historical  tenses,  367-368. 
homo,   declension,   144. 
Hortatory    subjunctive,    456-457. 
hostis,  declension,  152. 
humi,  locative,  245,  a. 
humilis,  comparison,  330. 


i-consonant,  1,  3. 

-i    in    the     ablative,     nouns     with, 

152,  6. 
i-stem  nouns,  150-152. 


idem,  declension,  551. 

use,  etc.,  384. 
lens,  declension,  540. 
ignis,  ablative  of,  152,  b. 
ille,  declension,  220. 

uses,  221. 
-im,  accusative  ending,  152,  b. 
Imperative  mood,  453-454. 
Imperfect   tense,   meaning   and   dis- 
tinction, 102;  formation,  101,  a. 
first  conjugation,  active,  101 ;  pas- 
sive, 109. 
second  conjugation,  167. 
third  conjugation,   207,   244. 
fourth  conjugation,  259. 
subjunctive,  357,    6;    in   purpose 
clauses,    358,     6;      with     cum 
temporal,     391 ;   in    conditions, 
503-504;   in  wishes,  514. 
sequence  of  tenses,  367-368. 
in,    with    accusative    and    ablative, 

214,  6. 
Indefinite  pronouns  and  adjectives, 
409;    see   also  quidam,   aliquis, 
quisque,      quisquam. 
Indirect     discourse,     simple     state- 
ments   in,    302-305;     complex 
statements  in,  521-523. 
Indirect  object,  39-40. 
Indirect  questions,  365-366. 
Infinitives  — 

complementary,  287. 
formation,  301. 

in  indirect  discourse,  302-305. 
substantive,  288. 
take  subject  accusative,  303. 
tenses  in  indirect  discourse,  365. 
inferus,  comparison,  340. 
ingens,  declension,  185,  539. 
Instrumental  ablative,  46. 
interior,  comparison,  341. 
Interrogative  pronoun  and  adjective, 

200-201. 
Intransitive  verbs  with  dative,  238- 

239. 
-16,  verbs  in  -id  of  the  third  conjuga- 
tion, 244,  578-584. 
ipse,   declension,   550. 

uses,  382. 
Irregular  adjectives,  264. 


INDEX 


297 


Irregular  comparison  of  adjectives, 
339-341. 

of  adverbs,  351. 
Irregular    verbs,    see    eo,    fero,    fid, 
maid,     nolo,     possum,    prosum, 
sum,,  void. 
is,  declension  and  use,  193-194. 
iste,  declension,  550. 

use,  383. 
iter,  declension,  536. 
-ium,  genitive  of  nt)uns  in,  79. 
-ius,  genitive  of  nouns  in,  79. 

vocative,  79. 
-ius,  genitive  of  adjectives,  264. 
iuvenis,  comparison,  339. 


laete,  comparison,  350. 
laudans,    declension,   540. 
laudo,   conjugation,  557-563. 
Liquid  stems,   144. 
Locative  case,  245-247. 
locus,  declension,  536. 

M 

magnus,  comparison,  339. 

male,  comparison,  351. 

malo,  conjugation,  448,  624-628. 

malus,  comparison,  339. 

Manner,  ablative  of,  131. 

manus,  gender,  237,  a. 

Means  or  instrument,  ablative  of,  46. 

mens,   252,  253,   c. 

miles,  declension,  136. 

mille,  declension  and  use,  271,  b. 

miser,    declension,    95,    538. 

comparison,  329. 
moned,   conjugation,   564-570. 
m6n3,    declension,    152. 
multum,    comparison,   351. 
multus,   comparison,  339. 

N 

nSvis,  ablative  of,  152,  6. 
-ne,  enclitic,  19,  63. 
ne,  that  not,  that. 

after  verbs   of  fearing  with  sub- 
junctive, 433. 


ne  —  continued. 

introducing      negative      purpose 

clauses,  359. 
introducing   negative   substantive 

clauses,   427. 
not  used  in  prohibitions,   455. 
with  wishes,  512. 
with  hortatory  subjunctive,  456. 
nemO,   declension,   556. 
neuter,   declension,   264. 
nobilis,  comparison,  330,  6. 
noli,  and  nolite,  used  in  prohibitions, 

455. 
n616,    conjugation,     448,     624-628; 

see  noil. 
Nominative  case,  24. 

of  pronouns  used  only  when  em- 
phatic, 253,  a. 
predicate   nouns   and    adjectives, 

88-89. 
subject,  25. 
ndnne,   use,   202. 
n6s,  declension,  252. 
noster,  declension  and  use,  252, 253,  c. 
Nouns  — 

declension  I,   23,   24,  31,  38,  45, 

52,  527. 
declension  II,  68, 78, 79, 94, 528-529. 
declension  III,  136,  143,  144,  150- 

152,  530-533. 
declension  IV,  236,  534. 
declension  V,  278,  535. 
gender,   54,   68,   70,   78,   94,    158, 

237,  279. 
irregular  declensions,  536. 
predicate  nouns,  88,  a. 
review  of  declensions,  280. 
nullus,  declension,  264. 
num,  in  questions,  202. 
Number,  singular  and  plural,  23. 
Numerals,  table  of,  542, 
cardinal,  270-271. 
declension,  271,  a-b,  277,  a. 
ordinal,  277. 


Object,  direct,  26, 
indirect,  39-40. 
with  intransitive  verbs,   238-239. 


298 


INDEX 


omnis,  declension,  179. 
Order  of  words,  103. 
Ordinals,  table  of,  542. 
declension,  277. 


pftr,   declension,   539. 
Participles,  293-295,  400-404. 

agreement,  295,  a ;    in  compound 

forms  of  verb,  129,  h,  301,  a. 
declension,    293,   a;    lauddns  and 

tens,  540. 
deponent  verbs,  310. 
equivalent  to  clauses,  295,  c;   ex- 
pressing condition,  508 ;  forma- 
tion, 294. 
future    participle    with    sum    to 
form     the     active     periphrastic 
conjugation,      478;       to     form 
future  infinitive,  301. 
in  ablative  absolute,  401-404. 
meanings,  293. 

no  present  participle  of  sum,  404. 
perfect    passive    participle,    with 
sum  to  form  passive  voice,  129, 
a,  301. 
tenses,  293,  295,  6,  403,  6. 
time  expressed  by,  295,  h,  403,  6. 
Partitive  genitive,  342-343. 
parvus,   comparison,   339. 
Passive  voice,  108. 

formation,  109,  a-h  ;  of  compound 

tenses,    129,   a,   301. 
agent  with  passive  verb,  110. 
periphrastic      conjugation,      480- 
482,  640-643. 
pater,  declension,  144. 
patior,  conjugation,  311. 
Penult,  10;  when  accented,  18,  6. 
Perfect    tense,    formation,     115,    c, 
121,    a,  129,   a;  meaning,    122; 
endings,   115,  6,   121. 
first     conjugation,     active,     121; 

passive,  129. 
second  conjugation,  172,  a. 
third  conjugation,  207,  244. 
fourth  conjugation,  259. 
subjunctive,  formation,     364,     c; 
conjugation,  374. 


Perfect  tense  —  continued. 

sequence  of  tenses,  367-368. 
See  Infinitives  and  Participles. 
Periphrastic  conjugations,   478-482, 

636-643. 
Personal  endings,  61,  109. 

perfect,  115. 
Personal   pronouns,   252,   253. 
pes,   declension,    143. 
Place    where,    47;     with    names    of 
towns,  etc.,  "246-247. 
to    which,    214;     with    names    of 

towns,  etc.,  246-247. 

from  which,  213;    with  names  of 

towns,  etc.,  246-247. 

Pluperfect  tense,  formation,   115,  c, 

121,   a,   129,   a;    meaning,    122. 

first     conjugation,     active,     121 ; 

passive,  129. 
second  conjugation,    172. 
third   conjugation,   207,   244. 
fourth  conjugation,  259. 
subjunctive,     formation,     364,     c; 
conjugation,     374;      with     cum, 
temporal,  390-391. 
sequence  of  tenses,  367-368. 
in  conditions,  503-504  ;  in  wishes, 
515. 
plus,  declension,  545. 
portus,  236,  6. 

Position  of  verb,  61,  d,  63,  103. 
Positive  degree,  318-319,   1. 
Possession,  genitive  of,  32-33. 
Possessive  adjectives,  252,  253,  c-d. 
Possessor,  dative  of  the,  410-411. 
possum,  conjugation,  285,  597-599. 
posterns,  comparison,  340. 
potior,    conjugation,    311,    629-635; 

with  ablative,  313. 
Predicate  nouns  and  adjectives,  88- 

89. 
Present    tense,    meaning    and    dis- 
tinction, 102. 
first    conjugation,   active,    61,    a; 

passive,  109. 
second   conjugation,    167. 
third   conjugation,   207,   244. 
fourth  conjugation,  259. 
subjunctive,   357,   a;    in   purpose 
clauses,  358,  6. 


INDEX 


299 


Present  tense  —  continued. 

sequence  of  tenses,  367-368. 
See    Infinitives,    Participles,    Im- 
perative mood, 
in  conditions,  506 ;  in  wishes,  513. 
Primary  tenses,  367-368. 
princeps,  declension,   143. 
Principal   and    subordinate   clauses, 

226,  d. 
Principal  parts,  123;  of  deponents,311. 
Principal  tenses,  367,  368. 
prior,  comparison,  341. 
Prohibitions,  455. 
Pronouns,   547-556. 

demonstrative,     definition,      193 ; 
declension,    548-551;     see    hie, 
ille,    iste,  is,  Idem,  ipse. 
indefinite,   409,   555;    see  aliquis, 

quidam,  quisque,  quisquam. 
interrogative,    200-201,    553-554; 

see  quis. 
personal,  252-253,  547;    see  per- 
sonal pronouns,  ego,  tu,  sui. 
possessive,    see  Possessive    adjec- 
tives, 
reflexive,  252,  253,  6,  547;  see  sul. 
relative,  227-231,  552;    see  qui. 
Pronunciation,    1-5. 
Proper  names  in  -ius,  genitive  and 

vocative  of,  79. 
propior,  comparison,  341. 
prSsum,  conjugation,  416,  600-604, 
Protasis,  496. 

puella,  declension,  52,  527 
puer,  declension,  94,  529. 
pulcher,  declension,  95;  comparison, 

329. 
Purpose,   expressed  by  — 

ad  with  accusative  of.  gerund  or 

gerundive,  473. 
causa  following  genitive  of  gerund 

or  gerundive,  473. 
dative  of  service,  385. 
not  expressed  by  infinitive,   358. 
relative  clause,  393-394. 
summary    of    purpose    construc- 
tions, 491. 
supine  in  -urn,  489. 
ut  or  ne  with   subjunctive,   358- 
359. 


quam    with    comparative,    322-324. 
Quantity,  11-16. 
-que,  enclitic,  19,  208. 
Questions,  direct,  63,  202. 

indirect,  365,  366. 
qui,  relative,  227-231,  552. 

interrogative  adjective,  201. 
quidam,  409,  a,  555. 
quis,  200,  553. 
quisquam,  409,  d. 
quisque,  409,  c. 

R 

Reflexive  pronouns,  252,  253,  6. 

regS,  207,  571-577. 

Relative  clauses  of  purpose,  393-394. 

Relative  pronouns,  228-231,  552. 

res,  declension,  278. 

Result  clauses,  375-376. 

Review  of  — 

adjective  declension,  186. 

comparison     of     adjectives     and 
adverbs,  352. 

conditions,  507. 

first  conjugation  indicative,    130. 

declensions  I-III  of  nouns,   158- 
159. 

declensions  I-V  of  nouns,  280. 

indirect  discourse,  520. 

irregular  verbs,  463. 

place  constructions,  213-214,  246, 
442. 

purpose  constructions,  491. 

subjunctive  mood  and  its  uses  in 
subordinate  clauses,  434. 

subjunctive  mood  and  its  uses,  516 
ruri,  locative,  245,  a. 
rus,  place  constructions,  246. 

S 

saepe,  comparison,  351. 

se,  see  sul. 

Second  conjugation,  moneo,  564r-670. 

Second  declension  — 

nouns  in  -us,  68. 

nouns  in  -um,   78. 

nouns  in  -ius  and  -ium,  79. 

nouns  in  -er  and  -ir,  94. 


300 


INDEX 


Secondary  tenses,  367-368. 
Semi-deponents,  312. 
senez,  declension,  536. 

comparison,  339. 
Sentences  — 

simple,  226,  a. 

compound,  226,  b. 

complex,  226,  c. 
Sequence  of  tenses,  367-368. 
Service,  dative  of,  385. 
servus,  declension,  68. 
similis,  comparison,  330. 
Simple  sentences,  226,  a. 

in  indirect  discourse,  302-304. 
soled,  semi-deponent,  312. 
sdlus,  declension,  264. 
Specification,   ablative  of,    160-161. 
Subject  — 

of  a  verb,  24,  25. 

of  an  infinitive,  303,  304,  o, 

not  expressed,  61,  b-c,  253,  a. 

verb  agreement,  62. 
Sabjunctive   mood,   357;    see   Con- 
jugations. 

after  verbs  of  fearing,  433. 

appeals  and  commands,  456-457. 

conditions,  503-506. 

cum  clauses,  390-392. 

formation  of  imperfect,  357,  b; 
of  perfect,  364,  c;  of  pluper- 
fect, 364,  d. 

hortatory,  456-457. 

indirect  discourse,  subordinate 
clauses  in,  521-522. 

indirect  questions,   365-366. 

purpose,  358-359,  393-394. 

relative  clauses  of  purpose,  393- 
394. 

result,  375-376. 

review  of  the  subjimctive  and  its 
uses  in  subordinate  clauses,  434. 

review  of  the  subjunctive  and  its 
uses,  516. 

sequence  of  tenses  in,  367-368. 

substantive  clauses,  426-429. 

wishes,  512-515. 
Substantive  clauses,  425-429. 
Substantive  infinitive,  288. 
sui,  declension,  252. 

use,  253,  6,  382. 


sum,  conjugation,  592-596. 

compounds,  416-418,  421. 
Superlative,  318,  319,  3. 

declension,  321. 

adjectives  in  -er,  329. 

adjectives  in  -lis,  330. 

of  adverbs,  350-351. 
superus,  comparison,  340. 
Supines,  488-490. 
suus,  252,  253,   c-d. 
Syllables,  6-10. 
Synopsis,  130,  6. 


Temporal  clauses,  390-391. 

tempus,  declension,   144. 

Tenses,  see  Present^  Imperfect,  etc. 

distinction,  102,  122. 

of  infinitive  in  indirect  discourse, 
305. 

of  participles,  293,  295,  b,  403,  6. 

principal  and  historical,  367-368. 

sequence  of,  367-368. 
Third    conjugation,   rego,   207,   571- 

577;    capio,   244,  578-584. 
Third  declension  — 

mute  stem  nouns,  136,  143. 

hquid  stem  noims,   144. 

i-stem  nouns,  150-152. 

gender,   158,    c. 

adjectives,  178-179,  185. 
Time  when  and  within  which,  137. 

duration,  272. 
tOtus,  declension,  264. 
Towns,  constructions  with  names  of, 

245-247. 
tres,  declension,  541. 
tribus,  236,  b. 
tu,  declension,  252. 
tuus,  252,  253,  c. 

U 

-tL,  in  dative  of  fourth  declension, 

236,  a. 
-ubus,    in    dative    plural    of    fourth 

declension,  236,  b. 
ullus,  declension,  264;    use,  409,  d. 
ulterior,  comparison,  341. 
ultima,  10. 


INDEX 


301 


finus,  264. 

decleiLsion,  541. 
ut,  used  in  — 

purpose  clauses,  358,  a,  359. 

result  clauses,  375-376. 

substantive  clauses,  426—429. 

clauses  after  verbs  of  fearing,  433. 
uter,  declension  and  use,  264. 
uterque,  declension  and  use,  264. 
utinam,  u.sed  in  wishes,  512. 
fltor,  conjugation,  311,  629-635. 

with  ablative,  313. 


Verbs,  see  Conjugations, 
agreement,  62. 

deponent,    see    Deponent    verbs, 
intransitive    verbs    with    dative, 

238-239. 
irr^ular,  see  Irregular  verbs. 


Verbs —  continued. 

principal  parts  of,  123,  311. 

with  ablative,  313. 
vereor,   conjugation,  311,    629-635. 
v§scor,  with  ablative,  313. 
vester,  declension  and  use,  252-253,  c. 
vetus,  comparison,  339. 
vir,  declension,  94. 
virtus,   declension,   143. 
vis,  declension,  536. 
Vocative  case,  73. 

of  proper  names  and  fUius,  79. 
Voice,  distinctions  of,  108, 
void,  conjugation,  448,  624-628. 
v68,  declension  and  use,  252, 253, 6,  e. 
Vowels,  pronunciation,  2. 

quantity,  11-15, 


W 


Wishes,  512-515. 


14  DAY  USE 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 

LOAN  DEPT. 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or 

on  the  date  to  which  renewed. 

Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


9Dec'59CRi 

PECDLD 

DEC  8  - 1959 

LD  21A-50m-4,'59                                 ,,   .General  Library     . 
(A1724810)476B                                     ^'''''^'^Sltke^f            "" 

N 


^■^1 

'  y 


f^ 


^ 


^ 


^B  00421 


M30670 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


ill 


!   i  II 


lliii  ii!     !!i 


Mi 

'f^'"' „,„„„„„,., 

iiiiiiiiiilliitalliltliili  I  |ii]ii!|i|i 


ill !  i   i 

i  Ii  !     I     i  I  { 


iji;i;;ij||||||jji|t: 


liiiil 


'''''liiliiliili 


i  i    I! 
Ii  1     ; 


I    ! 


i       II 


liii 


PPii 
I    i 


Mjiri! 
IplipiiPp  iili 


iHiiiiiiyiiiiii 


